SIS BANCORP INC
8-A12G, 1996-06-04
Previous: HERITAGE PROPANE PARTNERS L P, S-1/A, 1996-06-04
Next: PRINTRAK INTERNATIONAL INC, S-1/A, 1996-06-04



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                    FORM 8-A

                For Registration of Certain Classes of Securities
                    Pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the
                         Securities Exchange Act of 1934

                                SIS BANCORP, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

         Massachusetts                                  04-3303264
(State of Incorporation or Organization)              (I.R.S. Employer
                                                      Identification no.)


1441 Main Street
Springfield, Massachusetts                                  01102
(Address of principal executive office)                   (zip code)


If this Form relates to the                If this Form relates to the
registration of a class of                 registration of a class of
debt securities and is effective           debt securities and is to become
upon filing pursuant to General            effective simultaneously with the
Instruction A(c)(1) please check           effectiveness of a concurrent
the following box. / /                     registration statement under the 
                                           Securities Act of 1933 pursuant
                                           to General Instruction A(c)(2)
                                           please check the following box. / /



        Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


            Title of Each Class              Name of Each Exchange on Which
            to be so Registered              Each Class is to be Registered

                   None




        Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                     Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
                                (Title of Class)


<PAGE>



Item 1.  Description of Registrant's Securities to be Registered.

General

     Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of January 31,
1996 (the "Plan of Reorganization") between Springfield Institution for Savings,
a Massachusetts chartered stock savings bank (the "Bank") and SIS Bancorp, Inc.,
a newly-formed  Massachusetts corporation organized at the direction of the Bank
(the "Company"),  the Company will acquire all of the outstanding  common stock,
par value $1.00 per share,  of the Bank other than shares held by  stockholders,
if any, exercising  dissenters' appraisal rights, in a share-for-share  exchange
for the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company ("Common Stock").
The Bank will thereby  become a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company and the
Bank's  stockholders  will  become,  subject to their  exercise  of  dissenters'
appraisal   rights,   stockholders  of  the  Company.   Under  the  Articles  of
Organization  of  the  Company  (the  "Articles"),   as  amended  prior  to  the
consummation  of the Plan of  Reorganization,  the Company will be authorized to
issue up to  25,000,000  shares of Common  Stock and up to  5,000,000  shares of
preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Preferred Stock

     The Board of  Directors  of the Company is  authorized  to issue  shares of
preferred  stock  in  series  and  to  fix  the  voting  powers,   designations,
preferences,  or other special  rights of the shares of each such series and the
qualifications, limitations, and restrictions thereon. The issuance of preferred
stock by the Company is subject to the approval of a majority  vote of the Board
of  Directors  of the  Company.  Preferred  stock issued by the Company may rank
prior to the Common Stock as to dividend rights, or liquidation preferences,  or
both, may have full or limited voting rights  (including  multiple voting rights
and voting  rights as a class),  and may be  convertible  into  shares of Common
Stock.

Common Stock

     Voting  Rights.  Stockholders  are  entitled  to one vote per  share on any
matters  subject to stockholder  approval,  including the election of Directors.
The  Articles  do not  provide  for  cumulative  voting in  connection  with the
election of Directors,  and therefore  holders of a majority of the Common Stock
will be able to elect all of the  Directors  standing for election in each year,
subject to the rights of the holders of shares of preferred  stock,  if and when
issued.

      Preemptive Rights. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights as to
the  purchase  of any  shares  issued  in the  future.  Therefore,  the Board of
Directors may sell shares of capital  stock  without first  offering them to the
then stockholders of the Company.

     Assessability. Under Massachusetts law, Common Stock is non-assessable.

     Dividend  Rights;  Repurchase  or  Redemption  of Shares.  A  Massachusetts
business  corporation,  such as the Company,  may pay dividends or repurchase or
redeem its shares of capital stock; however, a director who votes to authorize a
dividend,  repurchase or redemption  which is in violation of the  corporation's
articles of  organization  or which  renders the  corporation  insolvent  may be
jointly  and  severally  liable  for  such  improper  dividend,   repurchase  or
redemption.  Stockholders  to whom a  corporation  makes  any such  distribution
(except a distribution of stock of the  corporation),  if the corporation is, or
is thereby rendered,  insolvent, are liable to the corporation for the amount of
such  distribution  made, or for the amount of such  distribution  which exceeds
that which could have been made without rendering the corporation insolvent, but
in either  event only to the extent of the amount paid or  distributed  to them,
respectively.

     It is the policy of the Federal  Reserve Board that bank holding  companies
should  pay cash  dividends  on common  stock  only out of the past  year's  net
income,  and only if  prospective  earnings  retention  is  consistent  with the
organization's  expected future needs.  The policy further  provides that a bank
holding  company should not maintain a level of cash  dividends that  undermines
the bank  holding  company's  ability  to serve as a source of  strength  to its
subsidiary  banks.  The Federal Reserve Board also requires by regulation that a
bank holding company seeking to purchase or redeem any of its equity  securities
must provide prior notice to the appropriate regional Federal Reserve

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



Bank, which may disapprove of such proposed purchase or redemption, if the gross
consideration  for such purchase or  redemption,  when  aggregated  with the net
consideration  paid by the holding company for all such purchases or redemptions
during  the  preceding  twelve  months,  exceeds  10% of the  holding  company's
consolidated net worth,  except that such prior notice requirements do not apply
to any holding  company that is "well  capitalized"  in accordance  with Federal
Reserve  Board  regulations,  has received a composite  "1" or "2" rating in its
most recent examination and is not subject to any unresolved regulatory issues.

     Any issuance of preferred stock with a preference over Company Common Stock
as to dividends may affect the dividend rights of Common Stock holders.

Directors

     Number and  Staggered  Terms.  The By-laws of the Company  (the  "By-laws")
provide that,  subject to the rights of holders of preferred  stock, if and when
issued,  a majority of the total number of Directors that the Company would have
if there were no vacancies  (the "Whole  Board") shall fix from time to time the
number of Directors  of the  Company,  which number will not in any case be less
than three, unless at the time there is an Interested  Stockholder in which case
a majority vote of the Continuing Directors is also required to fix such number.
The Board of  Directors  of the  Company  will  initially  be  composed of seven
Directors.  The Articles  provide for three classes of Directors  with one class
elected each year for three year  staggered  terms,  so that  ordinarily no more
than approximately one-third of the Directors will stand for election in any one
year, and that there will be no cumulative  voting in the election of Directors.
The term  "Interested  Stockholder" is defined in the Articles to mean generally
any beneficial owner of more than 4.9% of the outstanding  voting stock or, from
and after February 7, 1998, 10% of the  outstanding  voting stock of the Company
and certain  assignees  of such  Interested  Stockholder.  The term  "Continuing
Directors"  is defined in the Articles to mean  generally  Directors and certain
successor Directors who are not affiliates of any Interested Stockholder and who
were  Directors  prior to the time  that any  Interested  Stockholder  became an
Interested Stockholder.

     Removal.  The Articles  provide that  Directors may be removed from office,
but only for  cause,  and then  only by the  affirmative  vote of not less  than
eighty percent of the outstanding  shares entitled to vote at a duly constituted
meeting of  stockholders.  The Articles define cause to mean only the following:
(i) conviction of a felony,  (ii) declaration of unsound mind by order of court,
(iii) gross  dereliction  of duty,  (iv)  commission of an act  involving  moral
turpitude,  or  (v)  commission  of  an  action  which  constitutes  intentional
misconduct or a knowing  violation of law if such action in either event results
both in an improper  substantial  personal  benefit and a material injury to the
Company.

     Vacancies.  The By-laws provide that any vacancy  occurring on the Board of
Directors of the Company,  including  vacancies resulting from an enlargement of
the Board,  shall be filled solely by the affirmative  vote of a majority of the
remaining Directors,  unless at the time there is an Interested Stockholder,  in
which case the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the  Continuing  Directors is
required.  Any  Director  of the  Company so chosen  would  hold  office for the
remainder  of the term of the class of  Directors to which the Director has been
elected.

Meetings of Stockholders

     The Articles  provide that a special meeting of stockholders  may be called
only by the President,  or by a majority of the Whole Board, provided that if at
the time of any such call there is an  Interested  Stockholder,  such call shall
also require the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors then
in office.  The Articles  also provide that only those  matters set forth in the
call of the special  meeting  may be  considered  or acted upon at such  special
meeting, unless otherwise provided by law.

     The By-laws set forth certain advance notice and informational requirements
and time  limitations  on any Director  nomination  or any new business  which a
stockholder  wishes to propose for  consideration  at a meeting of stockholders.
Any such  nomination  or new business,  to be timely,  shall be delivered to, or
mailed and received at, the principal  executive offices of the Company not less
than 70 days  nor  more  than 90 days  prior  to the  first  anniversary  of the
preceding year's annual meeting, provided that in the event that the date of the
annual  meeting is  advanced  by more than  twenty  days or delayed by more than
seventy days from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



must be so  delivered  not earlier than the  ninetieth  day prior to such annual
meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the  seventieth
day prior to such  annual  meeting or the tenth day  following  the day on which
public  announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.  Notwithstanding
the above,  in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board
of Directors is increased and there is no public  announcement naming all of the
nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors
made by the Company at least eighty days prior to the first  anniversary  of the
preceding  year's annual  meeting,  a  stockholder's  notice would be considered
timely,  but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such
increase,  if delivered to the Clerk of the Company at its  principal  executive
offices not later than the close of business on the tenth day  following the day
on which such public  announcement  was first made by the  Company.  Stockholder
proposals that do not satisfy these requirements may be rejected by the Board of
Directors.

Stockholder Vote Required to Approve Certain Transactions

     Massachusetts   law  provides   that  certain   agreements   of  merger  or
consolidation, or the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
property  and assets,  of a  Massachusetts  corporation  must be approved by the
affirmative  vote of holders of  two-thirds of the shares of each class of stock
outstanding  and entitled to vote thereon or, if the articles of organization so
provide,  the  vote of a  lesser  proportion,  but  not  less  than a  majority.
Additionally, Massachusetts law provides that no vote of the stockholders of the
surviving  Massachusetts   corporation  is  required,  unless  its  articles  of
organization  otherwise  provide,  to approve a merger if (i) the  agreement  of
merger does not amend in any respect the corporation's articles of organization,
(ii) the number of shares of the surviving  corporation's  stock to be issued in
the merger  does not  exceed  15% of the  shares of the same  class  outstanding
immediately  prior to the effective date of the merger and (iii) the issuance of
authorized  but unissued stock pursuant to a merger by vote of the directors has
been  authorized by the by-laws or a vote of the  stockholders.  A Massachusetts
corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of stock
of another  corporation may merge such corporation into itself without a vote of
the  stockholders.  The Articles provide that an affirmative vote of the holders
of a majority of the voting  power of the then  outstanding  voting stock of the
Company, voting together as a single class, may authorize any (i) sale, lease or
exchange  of all or  substantially  all of its assets or (ii)  consolidation  or
merger of the Company with or into any other  corporation  that would otherwise,
pursuant to Chapter 156B of the  Massachusetts  General  Laws,  have required an
affirmative  vote of the  holders  of  two-thirds  of the  voting  power  of the
Company's  then  outstanding  voting  stock voting  together as a single  class,
provided that, in either case, such  transaction has previously been approved by
a vote of a  majority  of the Board of  Directors  (and,  if at the time of such
action there is an Interested  Stockholder,  an additional vote of a majority of
the Continuing Directors).

     The Articles  provides  that any Business  Combination  (as defined  below)
involving  the Company  and an  Interested  Stockholder  must be approved by the
holders of at least 80% of the outstanding  shares of the Company's voting stock
voting  together  as a single  class  (the  "Voting  Requirement").  The  Voting
Requirement  does not apply and the  affirmative  vote of only a majority of the
Company's voting stock is required,  if (i) the Business Combination is approved
by an affirmative  vote of a majority of both the  Continuing  Directors and the
Board of  Directors or (ii) certain  "fair  price"  (defined  generally to mean,
among other things,  that the  consideration  to be received by  stockholders in
such  Business   Combination  shall  be  in  the  same  form  and  kind  as  the
consideration paid by the Interested Stockholder for the Company's capital stock
owned  by such  person  and  shall  be at  least  equal  to the  highest  of the
following:  (A) the highest per share price paid by such Interested  Stockholder
in  acquiring  any of its  holdings of Common  Stock  within the two year period
immediately  prior to the  first  public  announcement  of the  proposal  of the
Business  Combination (the  "Announcement  Date") or in the transaction  through
which such person became an Interested Stockholder;  (B) the highest Fair Market
Value (as defined in the  Articles) per share of Common Stock on any date during
the one-year  period prior to and including the  Announcement  Date; and (C) the
price per share equal to (1) the Fair Market  Value per share of common stock on
the Announcement Date or on the date on which the Interested  Stockholder became
an  Interested  Stockholder,  multiplied  by (2) a fraction (x) the numerator of
which is the highest per share price paid by the Interested  Stockholder for any
share of Common  Stock  acquired by it within the  two-year  period  immediately
prior to and including the Announcement Date and (y) the denominator of which is
the Fair  Market  Value  per  share of  Common  Stock on the  first  day in such
two-year  period on which the  Interested  Stockholder  acquired  any  shares of
Common  Stock)  and other  criteria  are met.  As  defined  in the  Articles,  a
"Business  Combination"   includes,   among  other  things  (i)  any  merger  or
consolidation  of the  Company  with  an  Interested  Stockholder  or  affiliate
thereof, (ii) the sale, lease, exchange, mortgage,

                                       -4-

<PAGE>



pledge,  transfer or other  disposition  by the Company of assets  having a fair
market value of $1,000,000 or more to or with an  Interested  Stockholder  or an
affiliate thereof, (iii) the purchase,  exchange,  lease or other acquisition by
the Company of all or substantially all the assets or business of any Interested
Stockholder or affiliate  thereof,  (iv) the issuance or transfer by the Company
of any  securities of the Company to an Interested  Stockholder or any affiliate
thereof in exchange for cash,  securities  or other  property (or a  combination
thereof) having a fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, (v) the adoption of a
plan or proposal for the  liquidation or dissolution of the Company  proposed by
or on behalf of an Interested  Stockholder or an affiliate  thereof and (vi) any
transaction  that has the effect of increasing  the  proportionate  share of any
class  of  equity  security  of the  Company  that is  beneficially  owned by an
Interested Stockholder or any affiliate thereof.

Beneficial Ownership Limitation

     The  Articles  contain  a  prohibition   against  any  person  directly  or
indirectly offering to acquire, or acquiring,  beneficial  ownership (as defined
in the Articles) of more than 4.9% of any class of outstanding equity securities
of the Company prior to February 7, 1998, or directly or indirectly  offering to
acquire,  or  acquiring,  beneficial  ownership of more than 10% of any class of
outstanding equity securities of the Company at any time from and after February
7, 1998. The Articles contain an exception from this limitation for any offer to
the  Company  made by the  underwriters  acting  on  behalf  of the  Company  in
connection  with a public  offering  by the  Company of its  capital  stock.  In
addition,  the Articles  provide an exception for any  acquisition  of shares of
capital  stock which has been approved by an  affirmative  vote of not less than
two-thirds  of the  Board  of  Directors  then in  office  (or,  if  there is an
Interested  Shareholder at the time of such vote, then also the affirmative vote
of not less than  two-thirds of the  Continuing  Directors  then in office).  In
approving the Plan of  Reorganization,  the Massachusetts  Commissioner of Banks
has also imposed a substantially similar prohibition on any offer to acquire, or
acquisition  of, more than 10% of any class of the Company's  equity  securities
without prior notice to the Company and prior  approval of the  Commissioner  of
Banks. This regulatory limitation, which may not be waived by the Company or its
Board of Directors, remains in effect until February 7, 1998.

Amendment of Articles

     The Articles provide that an amendment must first be approved by a majority
of the Directors of the Company then in office and  thereafter by an affirmative
vote  of at  least  eighty  percent  (80%)  of the  voting  power  of  the  then
outstanding  voting stock of the Company (except that certain  provisions may be
amended by a majority vote of the  stockholders).  In addition,  if, at any time
within a sixty-day  period  prior to the meeting of  stockholders  at which such
amendment is to be considered there is an Interested Stockholder,  the amendment
must also be approved  by an  affirmative  vote of a majority of the  Continuing
Directors then in office, prior to approval by the stockholders.

Amendment of By-laws

     The Articles  provide that the By-laws may be adopted or amended  either by
the Board of Directors or the  stockholders  of the Company.  Such action by the
Board of Directors shall require the affirmative  vote of at least a majority of
the  Directors  then in office  at a duly  constituted  meeting  of the Board of
Directors,  unless  at the time of such  action  there  shall  be an  Interested
Stockholder,  in which case such action shall also require the affirmative  vote
of at least a majority of the  Continuing  Directors  then in office,  at such a
meeting.  Such  action by the  stockholders  of the  Company  shall  require (i)
approval by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors then in
office at a duly  constituted  meeting of the Board of Directors,  unless at the
time of such action there shall be an Interested Stockholder, in which case such
action  shall also  require the  affirmative  vote at such meeting of at least a
majority of the Continuing  Directors then in office,  (ii) unless waived by the
affirmative  vote of the Board of  Directors  (and,  if  applicable,  Continuing
Directors)   specified  in  the  preceding  sentence,   the  submission  by  the
stockholders of written proposals for adopting,  altering, amending, changing or
repealing  the By-laws that comply in all respects  with the  provisions  of the
By-laws  governing such  submissions and (iii) the affirmative  vote of at least
80% of the  votes  eligible  to be cast by  stockholders  at a duly  constituted
meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose.


                                       -5-

<PAGE>



Anti-Takeover Provisions

     Chapter  110D of the  Massachusetts  General  Laws  covers  "control  share
acquisitions" affecting corporations  incorporated in Massachusetts that have at
least  200  stockholders  and  possess  certain  statutory  indicia   reflecting
additional  substantial  ties to  Massachusetts  (as  would be the case with the
Company).  Chapter  110D limits the voting  rights of shares held by persons who
have acquired 20% or more of the voting power of the target  corporation.  Under
this statute,  shares  acquired in a control share  acquisition  retain the same
voting rights as all other shares of the same class or series only to the extent
authorized  by a vote of the  majority  of all shares  entitled  to vote for the
election of directors,  excluding such acquired  shares.  A corporation  that is
otherwise  subject to Chapter  110D may  expressly  provide in its  articles  of
organization  or bylaws that the  statute  does not apply.  Chapter  110D by its
terms would apply to the  Company.  The Company has not  included  any "opt out"
provision in either the Articles or By-laws of the Company.

     Chapter  110F  of the  Massachusetts  General  Laws  provides  that  if any
acquiror buys 5% or more of a target company's  stock,  where the target company
has at least 200 stockholders and possesses certain statutory indicia reflecting
substantial  ties or nexus to  Massachusetts,  without the prior approval of the
target  company's  board of directors,  such  acquiror  generally may not, for a
period of three  years,  (i)  complete  the  acquisition  of the target  company
through a merger,  (ii) pledge or sell any assets of the target company or (iii)
engage in other  self-dealing  transactions  with the target company.  The prior
board of directors  approval  requirement does not apply if the acquiror buys at
least 90% of the target company's  outstanding stock in the transaction in which
it crosses the 5% threshold or if the acquiror,  after  crossing the  threshold,
obtains the approval of the target  company's  board of directors and two-thirds
of the  target  company's  stock  held by persons  other  than the  acquiror.  A
corporation  that would  otherwise  be covered  by  Chapter  110F may  expressly
provide in its articles of organization that the statute does not apply. Chapter
110F by its terms would apply to the  Company.  The  Articles do not contain any
such "opt out" provision.

Item 2.  Exhibits.

     The following exhibits are filed as a part of this Registration Statement:

Exhibit Number    Description

     99.1         Articles of Organization of the Registrant

     99.2         Bylaws of the Registrant

     99.3         Annual Report on F.D.I.C. Form F-2 of Springfield Institution 
                  for Savings (the "Bank") for the fiscal year ended 
                  December 31, 1995

     99.4         Report of Independent Accountants on the financial statements 
                  of the Bank for the year ended December 31, 1993

     99.5         Notice and Proxy Statement dated March 27, 1996 for the Annual
                  Meeting of Shareholders of the Bank

     99.6         Quarterly Report on F.D.I.C. Form F-4 of the Bank for the 
                  fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1996



                                       -6-

<PAGE>


                                    SIGNATURE

     Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, the Registrant has caused this  registration  statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                                 SIS BANCORP, INC.



Date: June 4, 1996                     By: /s/ F. William Marshall, Jr.
                                           -----------------------------
                                           F. William Marshall, Jr.
                                           President



                                       -7-



                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.1


                                                                 

                       The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
                             William Francis Galvin
                         Secretary of the Commonwealth
             One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512

                            ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
                          (General Laws, Chapter 156B)


                                    ARTICLE I

                      The exact name of the corporation is:


                                SIS BANCORP, INC.


                                   ARTICLE II

          The purpose of the corporation is to engage in the following
                              business activities:

              See Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.









                                      


<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE III

State the total  number of shares and par value,  if any, of each class of stock
which the corporation is authorized to issue.

      WITHOUT PAR VALUE                          WITH PAR VALUE
- ------------------------------    ------------------------------------------
TYPE         NUMBER OF SHARES      TYPE      NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE
- ----         ----------------      ----      ----------------      ---------
Common:                           Common:         250,000             $.01

Preferred:                        Preferred:       50,000             $.01



                                   ARTICLE IV

If  more  than  one  class  of  stock  is  authorized,  state  a  distinguishing
designation  for each class.  Prior to the issuance of any shares of a class, if
shares  of  another  class  are  outstanding,  the  corporation  must  provide a
description of the preferences,  voting powers,  qualifications,  and special or
relative  rights or  privileges  of that class and of each other  class of which
shares are outstanding and of each series then established within any class.


See Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof.




                                    ARTICLE V

The  restrictions,  if any,  imposed by the  Articles of  Organization  upon the
transfer of shares of stock of any class are:


None




                                   ARTICLE VI

Other  lawful  provisions,  if any,  for the  conduct  and  regulation  of the
business and affairs of the corporation,  for its voluntary dissolution,  or for
limiting,  defining,  or  regulating  the powers of the  corporation,  or of its
directors or stockholders, or of any class of stockholders:

See Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof.





                                      


<PAGE>

                               SIS BANCORP, INC.

                            ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                   EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE II: Purposes

1. Buying, selling, investing in, holding and dealing in property of every
   nature and description, real and personal, tangible and intangible;

2. Acquiring,  investing in and holding stock in any subsidiary  permitted under
   the Bank  Holding  Company Act of 1956 or Chapter  167A of the  Massachusetts
   General Laws, as such statutes may be amended from time to time, and engaging
   in any other activity or enterprise permitted to a bank holding company under
   said statutes or other applicable law; and

3. In general,  engaging in any other  business which may lawfully be carried on
   by a  corporation  organized  under  the  Business  Corporation  Law  of  the
   Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as amended from time to time.


                                    

<PAGE>

                               SIS BANCORP, INC.

                            ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                   EXHIBIT B

ARTICLE IV: Description of Each of the Different Classes of Stock

  A description of the different classes and series of the Corporation's capital
stock and a statement of the designations  and the relative rights,  preferences
and  limitations  of the shares of each class and series of capital stock are as
follows:

  Section 4.1 Common Stock.  Except as provided by law or in this Article IV (or
in any  supplementary  sections hereto or in any certificate of establishment of
any  series  of  preferred  stock),  the  holders  of  the  common  stock  shall
exclusively  possess all voting  power.  Each  holder of shares of common  stock
shall be entitled to one vote on all matters for each share held by such holder.
There shall be no cumulative voting rights in the election of Directors.

  Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to
the holders of the  outstanding  shares of any class of stock having  preference
over the  common  stock as to the  payment  of  dividends,  the full  amount  of
dividends  and of a  sinking  fund  or a  retirement  fund or  other  retirement
payments,  if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference
to the common stock,  then  dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any
class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends,  out
of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends;  but only when and
as declared by the Board of Directors.

  Subject to Section 6.4 of these Articles of Organization,  in the event of any
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the  Corporation,  after there shall
have been paid to or set aside for the  holders of any class  having  preference
over the common stock in the event of liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of
the Corporation  the full  preferential  amounts to which they are  respectively
entitled,  the holders of the common stock,  and of any class or series of stock
entitled to  participate  in whole or in part  therewith as to  distribution  of
assets,  shall be entitled,  after payment or provision for payment of all debts
and  liabilities  of the  Corporation,  to receive the  remaining  assets of the
Corporation  available  for  distribution,  in cash or in kind, in proportion to
their holdings.

  Section 4.2  Preferred  Stock.  The Board of Directors of the  Corporation  is
authorized  by vote or votes,  from time to time  adopted,  to  provide  for the
issuance of preferred stock (the "Preferred Stock") in one or more series and to
fix  and  state  the  voting  powers,  designations,  preferences  and  relative
participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each series and
the qualifications,  limitations and restrictions  thereof,  including,  but not
limited to, determination of one or more of the following:

      (1)  The  distinctive   serial   designation  and  the  number  of  shares
    constituting such series;

      (2) The dividend rates or the amount of dividends to be paid on the shares
    of such series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which
    date or dates, the payment date or dates for dividends and the participating
    or other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;

      (3) The voting powers, if any, of shares of such series;

      (4) Whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable  and, if so, the
    price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions on which, such shares
    may be redeemed;

      (5) The amount or amounts  payable  upon the shares of such  series in the
    event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of
    the Corporation;

      (6) Whether the shares of such series  shall be entitled to the benefit of
    a sinking or retirement  fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of
    such shares,  and if so entitled,  the amount of such fund and the manner of
    its  application,  including the price or prices at which such shares may be
    redeemed or purchased through the application of such fund;


                                      

<PAGE>


      (7)  Whether  the shares of such  series  shall be  convertible  into,  or
    exchangeable  for,  shares of any  other  class or  classes  or of any other
    series  of  the  same  or  any  other  class  or  classes  of  stock  of the
    Corporation, and if so convertible or exchangeable,  the conversion price or
    prices, or the rate or rates of exchange,  and the adjustments  thereof,  if
    any, at which such  conversion or exchange may be made,  and any other terms
    and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

      (8) The price or other  consideration  for which the shares of such series
    shall be issued;

      (9)  Whether  the shares of such series  which are  redeemed or  converted
    shall have the status of authorized but unissued  shares of preferred  stock
    and  whether  such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other
    series of stock; and

      (10) Such other powers, preferences,  rights, qualifications,  limitations
    and  restrictions  thereof  as are  permitted  by law  and as the  Board  of
    Directors of the Corporation may deem advisable.

  Unless  otherwise  provided by law, any such vote shall become  effective when
the  Corporation  files  with the  Secretary  of State  of the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts  a certificate  of  designation of one or more series of preferred
stock signed by the President or any Vice President and by the Clerk,  Assistant
Clerk, Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, setting forth a copy
of the vote of the Board of Directors  establishing  and  designating the series
and fixing and determining the relative rights and preferences thereof, the date
of adoption of such vote and a certification  that such vote was duly adopted by
the Board of Directors.
                                     

<PAGE>

                               SIS BANCORP, INC.

                            ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                   EXHIBIT C

ARTICLE VI: Other Lawful Provisions

  Section 6.1 Issuance of Rights. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to
create and issue, whether or not in connection with the issuance and sale of any
of its stock or other  securities  or  property,  rights  entitling  the holders
thereof to purchase  or receive  from the  Corporation  shares of stock or other
securities or assets of the  Corporation or any other  corporation,  recognizing
that,  under  certain  circumstances,  the  creation and issuance of such rights
could have the effect of discouraging  third parties from seeking,  or impairing
their  ability to seek,  to  acquire a  significant  portion of the  outstanding
securities of the Corporation,  to engage in any transaction  which might result
in a change  of  control  of the  Corporation  or to enter  into any  agreement,
arrangement or  understanding  with another party to accomplish the foregoing or
for the purpose of acquiring,  holding, voting or disposing of any securities of
the Corporation.  The times at which and the terms upon which such rights are to
be issued  will be  determined  by the Board of  Directors  and set forth in the
contracts or instruments that evidence such right. The authority of the Board of
Directors  with  respect to such rights  shall  include,  but not be limited to,
determination of the following:

      (1) The  initial  purchase  price per share or other  unit of the stock or
    other securities or property to be purchased upon exercise of such rights.

      (2) Provisions  relating to the times at which and the circumstances under
    which such rights may be exercised or sold or otherwise transferred,  either
    together with or separately from, any other stock or other securities of the
    Corporation.

      (3) Provisions which adjust the number or exercise price of such rights or
    amount or nature of the stock or other  securities  or  property  receivable
    upon  exercise  of such  rights  in the  event  of a  combination,  split or
    recapitalization  of any stock of the Corporation,  a change in ownership of
    the  Corporation's  stock or other securities or a  reorganization,  merger,
    consolidation,   sale  of  assets  or  other  occurrence   relating  to  the
    Corporation or any stock of the Corporation,  and provisions restricting the
    ability  of the  Corporation  to enter into any such  transaction  absent an
    assumption by the other party or parties  thereto of the  obligations of the
    Corporation under such rights.

      (4)  Provisions  which deny the holder of a  specified  percentage  of the
    outstanding  stock or  other  securities  of the  Corporation  the  right to
    exercise  such rights  and/or cause the rights held by such holder to become
    void.

      (5)  Provisions  which permit the  Corporation  to redeem or exchange such
    rights,  which  redemption or exchange may be within the sole  discretion of
    the Board of  Directors,  if the Board of Directors  reserves  such right to
    itself.

      (6) The appointment of a rights agent with respect to such rights.

  Section  6.2 No Action by  Written  Consent  of  Stockholders.  Subject to the
rights of the holders of any series of  Preferred  Stock or any other  series or
class of stock as set forth in Article IV of these Articles of  Organization  to
elect  additional  Directors  under  specific  circumstances  or to  consent  to
specific actions taken by the  Corporation,  any action required or permitted to
be taken by the  stockholders  of the  Corporation  must be  effected  at a duly
called annual or special  meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not
be effected by any consent in writing in lieu of a meeting of such stockholders.

  Section 6.3 Certain Business Combinations.

  6.3.1. Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations.

  (A) In addition to any affirmative vote required by the Massachusetts  General
Laws or by Section 6.3.2 below,  the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then


                                      

<PAGE>

outstanding shares ofcapital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally
in the election of Directors (the "Voting  Stock"),  voting together as a single
class, shall be required for any Business Combination (hereinafter defined).

  (B) "Business Combination" shall mean:

      (1) any  merger or  consolidation  of the  Corporation  or any  Subsidiary
    (hereinafter  defined)  with  (a) any  Interested  Stockholder  (hereinafter
    defined) or (b) any other  corporation  (whether or not itself an Interested
    Stockholder)  which is, or after such merger or  consolidation  would be, an
    Affiliate of an Interested Stockholder; or

      (2) any  sale,  lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,  transfer  or  other
    disposition (in one transaction or a series of  transactions) to or with any
    Interested Stockholder,  or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder,  of
    any assets of the  Corporation  or any  Subsidiary  having an aggregate Fair
    Market Value (as hereinafter defined) of $1,000,000 or more; or

      (3) the purchase,  exchange, lease or other acquisition by the Corporation
    or  any  Subsidiary  (in  a  single  transaction  or  a  series  of  related
    transactions) of all or  substantially  all of the assets or business of any
    Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder; or

      (4) the issuance or transfer by the  Corporation or any Subsidiary (in one
    transaction  or  a  series  of   transactions)  of  any  securities  of  the
    Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate
    of any  Interested  Stockholder  in exchange for cash,  securities  or other
    property (or a combination  thereof)  having an aggregate  Fair Market Value
    (as hereinafter  defined) of $1,000,000 or more,  except for any issuance or
    transfer  pursuant to an employee  benefit  plan of the  Corporation  or any
    Subsidiary thereof; or

      (5)  the  adoption  of  any  plan  or  proposal  for  the  liquidation  or
    dissolution  of the  Corporation  proposed by or on behalf of any Interested
    Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder; or

      (6) any  reclassification  of  securities  (including  any  reverse  stock
    split),  or   recapitalization   of  the  Corporation,   or  any  merger  or
    consolidation  of the Corporation  with any of its Subsidiaries or any other
    transaction  (whether  or  not  with  or  into  or  otherwise  involving  an
    Interested  Stockholder)  which has the effect,  directly or indirectly,  of
    increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of
    equity or convertible  securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary which
    is  directly  or  indirectly  owned  by any  Interested  Stockholder  or any
    Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder.

  6.3.2. When Higher Vote is Not Required.

  Section  6.3.1  above  shall  not be  applicable  to any  particular  Business
Combination,  and such Business  Combination  shall require only the affirmative
vote of the majority of the outstanding  shares of Voting Stock, if, in the case
of  any  Business   Combination   that  does  not  involve  any  cash  or  other
consideration  being received by the  stockholders of the Corporation  solely in
their capacity as stockholders of the  Corporation,  the condition  specified in
the  following  paragraph A of this Section  6.3.2 is met or, in the case of any
other  Business  Combination,  the  condition(s)  specified  in  either  of  the
following paragraph A or paragraph B of this Section 6.3.2 is met:

  (A) Approval by Continuing Directors. The Business Combination shall have been
approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors  (hereinafter  defined) and a
majority of the Board of Directors.

  (B) Price and Procedure Requirements. All of the following conditions shall
have been met:

  (1) The aggregate  amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of the date
of the consummation of the Business Combination of consideration other than cash
to be  received  per  share by the  holders  of  common  stock in such  Business
Combination shall at least be equal to the higher of the following:

  (a) (if  applicable)  the  Highest  Per  Share  Price  (hereinafter  defined),
including any brokerage  commissions,  transfer  taxes and  soliciting  dealers'
fees, paid by the Interested Stockholder or any 


                                     

<PAGE>

of its  Affiliates  for any shares of common stock acquired by it (x) within the
two-year  period  immediately  prior to the  first  public  announcement  of the
proposal of the Business  Combination (the  "Announcement  Date"), or (y) in the
transaction in which it became an Interested  Stockholder,  whichever is higher;
and

  (b) the highest Fair Market Value per share of common stock on any date during
the one-year period prior to and including the Announcement Date; and

  (c) (if  applicable)  the price per share equal to the product of (i) the Fair
Market Value per share of common stock on the  Announcement  Date or on the date
on which the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder (such later
date is referred to in this Section 6.3 as the "Determination Date"),  whichever
is higher,  multiplied  by (ii) a fraction,  (x) the  numerator  of which is the
Highest Per Share Price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and
soliciting  dealers fees) paid by the Interested  Stockholder  for any shares of
common stock acquired by it within the two-year period  immediately prior to and
including the  Announcement  Date, and (y) the  denominator of which is the Fair
Market Value per share of common stock on the first day in such two-year  period
upon which the Interested Stockholder acquired any shares of common stock.

  (2) The aggregate  amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of the date
of the consummation of the Business Combination of consideration other than cash
to be received per share by holders of shares of any class of outstanding Voting
Stock  other than  common  stock  shall be at least  equal to the highest of the
following (it being intended that the  requirements of this paragraph B(2) shall
be required  to be met with  respect to every such class of  outstanding  Voting
Stock,  whether or not the Interested  Stockholder  has previously  acquired any
shares of a particular class of Voting Stock):

  (a) (if  applicable)  the  Highest Per Share Price  (including  any  brokerage
commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the Interested
Stockholder  for any shares of such  class of Voting  Stock  acquired  by it (x)
within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date, or (y) in
the  transaction  in which it became an  Interested  Stockholder,  whichever  is
higher;

  (b) (if  applicable)  the highest  preferential  amount per share to which the
holders of shares of such class of Voting Stock are entitled in the event of any
voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,   dissolution  or  winding  up  of  the
Corporation; and

  (c) the highest  Fair Market  Value per share of such class of Voting Stock on
any date during the one-year  period  prior to and  including  the  Announcement
Date; and

  (d) (if  applicable)  the price per share equal to the product of (i) the Fair
Market Value per share of such class of Voting Stock on the Announcement Date or
on the Determination Date,  whichever is higher,  multiplied by (ii) a fraction,
(x) the  numerator  of which is the  Highest  Per  Share  Price  (including  any
brokerage  commissions,  transfer taxes and soliciting dealers fees) paid by the
Interested  Stockholder for any shares of such class of Voting Stock acquired by
it  within  the  two-year  period   immediately   prior  to  and  including  the
Announcement Date, and (y) the denominator of which is the Fair Market Value per
share of such  class of Voting  Stock on the first day in such  two-year  period
upon  which the  Interested  Stockholder  acquired  any  shares of such class of
Voting Stock.

  (3) The  consideration  to be  received  by holders of a  particular  class of
  outstanding  Voting Stock (including  common stock) shall be in cash or in the
same form as the Interested  Stockholder  has previously paid for shares of such
class of Voting Stock. If the Interested  Stockholder has paid for shares of any
class  of  Voting  Stock  with  varying  forms  of  consideration,  the  form of
consideration  to be  received  per share by  holders of shares of such class of
Voting Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest number
of shares of such class of Voting Stock  previously  acquired by the  Interested
Stockholder.  The price  determined in accordance with this paragraph B(3) shall
be 
                                      

<PAGE>


subject to  appropriate  adjustment  in the event of any stock  dividend,  stock
split, combination of shares or similar event.

  (4) After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested Stockholder and
prior to the consummation of such Business  Combination:  (i) except as approved
by a majority of the Continuing  Directors,  there shall have been no failure to
declare  and pay at the  regular  date  therefor  any full  quarterly  dividends
(whether or not  cumulative) on any  outstanding  stock having  preference  over
common stock as to dividends or  liquidation,  (ii) there shall have been (x) no
reduction  in the  annual  rate of  dividends  paid on common  stock  (except as
necessary to reflect any  subdivision of common stock),  except as approved by a
majority of the Continuing Directors, and (y) an increase in such annual rate of
dividends as necessary to reflect any  reclassification  (including  any reverse
stock split),  reorganization or any similar transaction which has the effect of
reducing the number of outstanding shares of common stock, unless the failure to
so  increase  such  annual  rate is  approved  by a majority  of the  Continuing
Directors,  and  (iii)  neither  such  Interested  Stockholder  nor  any  of its
Affiliates  shall have beneficial  ownership of any additional  shares of Voting
Stock  except  as part  of the  transaction  which  results  in such  Interested
Stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder.

  (5) After such Interested  Stockholder  has become an Interested  Stockholder,
such  Interested  Stockholder  shall not have received the benefit,  directly or
indirectly (except  proportionately as a stockholder),  of any loans,  advances,
guarantees,  pledges or other  financial  assistance or any tax credits or other
tax  advantages  provided,  directly or  indirectly,  by the  Corporation or any
Subsidiary,  whether in  anticipation  of or in  connection  with such  Business
Combination or otherwise.

  (6)  A  proxy  or  information  statement  describing  the  proposed  Business
Combination and complying with the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and rules and regulations  promulgated
thereunder,  shall be mailed to stockholders of the Corporation at least 30 days
prior to the  consummation  of such  Business  Combination  (whether or not such
proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to the Exchange
Act or such rules and regulations).

  6.3.3. Certain Definitions.

  For the purposes of these Articles of Organization:

  (A) A "Person"  shall  include an  individual,  a group  acting in concert,  a
corporation,  a partnership,  an association or other entity, a joint venture, a
pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated  organization or similar
company,  a syndicate  or any other group  formed for the purpose of  acquiring,
holding or disposing of securities.

  (B) "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any Person (other than the Corporation
or Subsidiary thereof) that:

  (1) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,  of more than 4.9% of the
outstanding  Voting Stock for the 3 year period from and after  February 9, 1995
or of more than 10% of the outstanding Voting Stock thereafter; or

  (2) is an  Affiliate  of the  Corporation  and at any time within the two-year
period  immediately  prior to the date in  question  was the  beneficial  owner,
directly or indirectly,  of 4.9% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock for the
3 year  period  from  and  after  February  9,  1995  or of 10% or  more  of the
outstanding Voting Stock thereafter; or

  (3) is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares of Voting Stock
which were at any time within the two-year period  immediately prior to the date
in question beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder, if such assignment
or succession  shall have  occurred in the course of a transaction  or series of
transactions  not  involving  a  public  offering  within  the  meaning  of  the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and such  assignment or succession was not
approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

                                      

<PAGE>

  (C) "Affiliate" or "Associate" shall have the respective  meanings ascribed to
such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange
Act (the "SEC Rules").

  (D) "Beneficial  ownership" shall be determined  pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the
SEC Rules; provided, however, that, a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed
the beneficial owner of any Voting Stock:

  (1) which such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates, directly or
indirectly, beneficially owns; or

  (2) which such  Person or any of its  Affiliates  or  Associates,  directly or
indirectly,  has (A) the right to acquire  (whether  such  right is  exercisable
immediately  or only after the  passage  of time),  pursuant  to any  agreement,
arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner
of  any  Voting  Stock  solely  by  reason  of  an  agreement,   arrangement  or
understanding  with the Corporation to effect any transaction which is described
in any one or more of the  subparagraphs of paragraph A of Section 6.3.1 above),
or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options
or  otherwise,  or (B) sole or shared  voting or  investment  power with respect
thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement,  understanding,  relationship or
otherwise  (but  shall not be deemed to be the  beneficial  owner of any  voting
shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of
stockholders,  pursuant to a public  solicitation  of proxies for such  meeting,
with respect to shares of which  neither  such Person nor any such  Affiliate or
Associate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

  (3) which is beneficially owned,  directly or indirectly,  by any partnership,
limited partnership, syndicate or other group in which such Person or any of its
Affiliates or Associates participates pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement or
understanding for the purpose of acquiring,  holding, voting or disposing of any
shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation;

provided  further,  however,  that (1) no Director or officer of the Corporation
(or any Affiliate or Associate of any such Director or officer) shall, solely by
reason of any or all of such Directors or officers acting in their capacities as
such,  be  deemed,  for any  purposes  of these  Articles  of  Organization,  to
beneficially own any Voting Stock  beneficially owned by any other such Director
or  officer  (or any  Affiliate  or  Associate  thereof),  and (2)  neither  any
tax-qualified  employee  benefit plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary,  nor
any trustee with respect  thereto or any  Affiliate or Associate of such trustee
(solely by reason of such capacity of such  trustee),  shall be deemed,  for any
purposes of these Articles of Organization, to beneficially own any Voting Stock
held under any such plan.

  (E) For purposes of determining whether a Person is an Interested  Stockholder
pursuant to  paragraph B of this Section  6.3.3,  the number of shares of Voting
Stock deemed to be outstanding  shall include shares deemed owned by such Person
through  application of paragraph D of this Section 6.3.3, but shall not include
any other  shares of Voting  Stock  which  may be  issuable  by the  Corporation
pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement or  understanding,  or upon exercise of
conversion rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

  (F) "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation (including without limitation, any
banking  or  thrift  institution)  of which a  majority  of any  class of equity
security  is  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by the  Corporation;  provided,
however,  that for the purposes of the definition of Interested  Stockholder set
forth in paragraph (B) of this Section 6.3.3, the term  "Subsidiary"  shall mean
only a  corporation  of which a  majority  of each class of equity  security  is
owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

  (G) "Continuing  Director" shall mean any member of the Board of Directors who
is not an Affiliate or Associate of the Interested  Stockholder and was a member
of the  Board of  Directors  prior to the time that the  Interested  Stockholder
became an Interested  Stockholder,  and any Director who is thereafter chosen to
fill any vacancy of the Board of  Directors or who is elected and who, in either
event,  is not an Affiliate or Associate of the  Interested  Stockholder  and in
connection  with his or her  initial  assumption  of office is  recommended  for
appointment or election by a majority of Continuing  Directors then on the Board
of Directors.
                                      

<PAGE>


  (H) "Fair Market Value" shall mean:

  (1) in the case of stock,  the highest closing sales price of the stock during
the 30 calendar day-period immediately preceding the date in question of a share
of such  stock on the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers  Automated
Quotation  System or any system  then in use,  or, if such stock is  admitted to
trading on a principal United States  securities  exchange  registered under the
Exchange Act, Fair Market Value shall be the highest sale price reported  during
the 30  calendar  day-period  preceding  the date in  question,  or,  if no such
quotations  are  available,  the Fair Market  Value on the date in question of a
share of such stock as  determined  by the Board of Directors in good faith,  in
each case with  respect to any class of stock,  appropriately  adjusted  for any
dividend  or  distribution  in  shares  of  such  stock  or any  combination  or
reclassification  of  outstanding  shares of such stock into a smaller number of
shares of such stock; and

  (2) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the Fair Market Value of
such property on the date in question as determined by the Board of Directors in
good faith.

  (I)  Reference to "Highest Per Share Price" shall in each case with respect to
any  class of stock  reflect  an  appropriate  adjustment  for any  dividend  or
distribution  in  shares  of stock or any  stock  split or  reclassification  of
outstanding  shares of such stock into a greater  number of shares of such stock
or any combination or  reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock into
a smaller number of shares of such stock.

  6.3.4. Powers of the Board of Directors.

  A majority of the Directors of the Corporation  (or, if there is an Interested
Stockholder,  a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in office) shall have
the power to  determine  for the  purposes  of this  Section 6.3 on the basis of
information known to them after reasonable  inquiry,  (A) whether a Person is an
Interested Stockholder,  (B) the number or percentage of any class of securities
beneficially  owned by any  Person,  (C)  whether  a Person is an  Affiliate  or
Associate of another,  (D) whether the  requirements of Section 6.3.2 above have
been met with respect to any Business Combination,  (E) whether the assets which
are the subject of any Business  Combination  have, or the  consideration  to be
received for the issuance or transfer of  securities by the  Corporation  or any
Subsidiary in any Business  Combination  has, an aggregate  Fair Market Value of
$1,000,000  or more and (F) any other  matters of  interpretation  arising under
this Section 6.3 or under Section 6.6 below.  The good faith  determination of a
majority of the Directors (or, if there is an Interested Stockholder, a majority
of the Continuing  Directors then in office) on such matters shall be conclusive
and binding for all  purposes  of this  Section 6.3 and of Section 6.6 below.  A
majority of the  Directors  of the  Corporation  (or, if there is an  Interested
Stockholder,  a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in office) shall have
the further power to interpret all the terms and  provisions of this Section 6.3
and of Section 6.6 below.

  6.3.5. No Effect on Fiduciary Obligations of Interested Stockholders.

  Nothing  contained  in this  Section  6.3 shall be  construed  to relieve  any
Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

  Section 6.4 Standards for Board of Directors'  Evaluation of Offers. The Board
of Directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer of another Person (as
defined in Section  6.3  above) to (A) make a tender or  exchange  offer for any
equity  security of the  Corporation,  (B) merge or consolidate  the Corporation
with  another   institution  or  (C)  purchase  or  otherwise   acquire  all  or
substantially  all of the properties and assets of the  Corporation,  shall,  in
connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining  what is in the best
interests of the Corporation and its stockholders, give due consideration to all
relevant factors including,  without limitation, the social and economic effects
of  acceptance  of such  offer on the  Corporation's  and/or  its  Subsidiaries'
present and future account holders,  borrowers and employees; on the communities
in which the Corporation and its Subsidiaries operate or are located; and on the
ability of the  Corporation to fulfill the objectives of a bank holding  company
under applicable statutes and regulations.

                                      

<PAGE>

  Section  6.5  Pre-emptive  Rights.   Holders  of  the  capital  stock  of  the
Corporation  shall not be entitled  to  pre-emptive  rights with  respect to any
shares of the capital stock of the Corporation which may be issued.

  Section 6.6  Beneficial  Ownership  Limitation.  No person  shall  directly or
indirectly  offer to acquire or acquire  beneficial  ownership  (as that term is
defined in Section  6.3.3 above of more than 4.9% of the  outstanding  shares of
any class of equity  securities of the  Corporation  during the period up to and
through  February 6, 1998 or at any time  thereafter more than ten percent (10%)
of the outstanding  shares of any class of equity securities of the Corporation.
This  limitation  shall not apply (A) to any  acquisition  of shares of  capital
stock of the  Corporation  which has been  expressly  approved  in advance by an
affirmative  vote of not less than  two-thirds of the Board of Directors then in
office  (or,  if there shall be an  Interested  Stockholder  at the time of such
vote,  then  also by the  affirmative  vote of not less than  two-thirds  of the
Continuing Directors then in office) or (B) to any offer to the Corporation made
by the  underwriters  selected by the  Corporation  in connection  with a public
offering by the Corporation of the Corporation's capital stock.

  For the  purposes  of  determining  the number of shares of equity  securities
owned hereunder by any Person,  the number of shares of equity securities deemed
to be  outstanding  shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through the
application  of  paragraph  D of Section  6.3.3  above but shall not include any
other  shares of equity  securities  which may be  issuable  by the  Corporation
pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement or  understanding,  or upon exercise of
conversion rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

  In the event that  beneficial  ownership of any class of equity  securities is
acquired in violation of this Section 6.6, (i) all shares of common or preferred
stock  beneficially  owned by any Person in excess of 4.9% or ten percent (10%),
as the case may be, of the  total  number of  outstanding  shares of such  class
shall not be  counted  as  shares  entitled  to vote,  shall not be voted by any
Person or counted as voting  shares in connection  with any matter  submitted to
the  stockholders  for a vote,  and  shall not be  counted  as  outstanding  for
purposes of  determining  the  affirmative  vote necessary to approve any matter
submitted to the  stockholders  for a vote,  and (ii) the Board of Directors may
cause all securities  beneficially  owned by any Person in excess of 4.9% or ten
percent (10%), as the case may be, of the total number of outstanding  shares of
such class of equity securities to be transferred to an independent  trustee for
sale to the  Corporation  or on the open  market at a price  which  shall be the
lesser of the purchase or the market  price.  The expenses of such trustee shall
be paid out of the  proceeds  from such sale.  The term  "offer" as used in this
Section 6.6 includes every offer to buy or acquire,  solicitation of an offer to
sell,  tender  offer for or request or  invitation  for tender of, a security or
interest in a security of value.

  Section 6.7 Directors. The Corporation shall be under the direction of a Board
of Directors.  The number of Directors shall not be fewer than three.  The Board
of Directors  shall be divided  into three  classes as nearly equal in number as
possible, with one class to be elected each year.

  The initial  directors of the  Corporation  shall hold office as follows:  the
directors  initially elected to Class I shall hold office for a term expiring at
the annual meeting of stockholders  to be held in 1997, the directors  initially
elected to Class II shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual  meeting
of stockholders to be held in 1998, and the directors initially elected to Class
III shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of  stockholders
to be held in 1999,  with the  members of each such class to hold  office  until
their  respective  successors  are duly  elected and  qualified.  At each annual
meeting, or special meeting in lieu thereof, of stockholders of the Corporation,
the successors to the class of directors whose term expires at the meeting shall
be  elected  to  hold  office  for a term  expiring  at the  annual  meeting  of
stockholders  held in the third year  following  the year of their  election and
until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of  Preferred  Stock or any
other series or class of stock as set forth in any certificate of  establishment
with respect thereto to elect additional Directors under specific circumstances,
any Director may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only
by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the
voting power of the then outstanding  Voting Stock,  voting together as a single
class.  At least  thirty  days prior to such  meeting of  stockholders,  written
notice 

                                      

<PAGE>

shall be sent to the Director  whose  removal will be considered at the meeting.
For  purposes of this  Section  6.7,  "cause"  shall be defined to mean only the
following: (i) conviction of a felony, (ii) declaration of unsound mind by order
of court,  (iii) gross  dereliction of duty, (iv) commission of an act involving
moral turpitude,  or (v) commission of an action which  constitutes  intentional
misconduct or a knowing  violation of law if such action in either event results
both in an improper  substantial  personal  benefit and a material injury to the
Corporation.

  Section 6.8 Directors'  Liability.  No Director shall be personally  liable to
the Corporation or its  stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of such
Director's  fiduciary duty as a Director,  notwithstanding  any provision of law
imposing such  liability;  provided,  however,  that, to the extent  required by
applicable  law, this provision  shall not eliminate the liability of a Director
(i) for any breach of such  Director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its
stockholders,  (ii) for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith or which  involve
intentional  misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under provisions of
the Massachusetts  General Laws imposing  liabilities on Directors in respect of
distributions  to the  stockholders  of the  Corporation or loans to officers or
Directors of the  Corporation,  or (iv) any transaction from which such Director
derived any improper  personal  benefit.  This provision shall not eliminate the
liability of a Director for any act or omission occurring prior to the date upon
which  this  provision  becomes  effective.  No  amendment  to or repeal of this
provision  shall  apply  to or have  any  effect  on the  liability  or  alleged
liability of any Director of the  Corporation for or with respect to any acts or
omissions  of such  Director  occurring  prior to the date of such  amendment or
repeal.

  Section 6.9 Transactions with Interested Persons.

  6.9.1.  Unless  entered into in bad faith or in violation of any  provision of
these Articles of  Organization,  no contract or transaction by the  Corporation
shall be void,  voidable or in any way affected by reason of the fact that it is
with an Interested Person.

  6.9.2.  For the purposes of this Section 6.9,  "Interested  Person"  means any
Person in any way interested in the Corporation whether as a director,  officer,
stockholder,  employee  or  otherwise,  and any  other  entity in which any such
Person is in any way interested.

  6.9.3. Unless such contract or transaction was entered into in bad faith or in
violation of any  provision of these  Articles of  Organization,  no  Interested
Person,  because of such interest,  shall be liable to the Corporation or to any
other  Person for any loss or expense  incurred  by reason of such  contract  or
transaction  or shall be accountable  for any gain or profit  realized from such
contract or transaction.

  6.9.4.  The provisions of this Section 6.9 shall be operative  notwithstanding
the fact that the presence of an Interested Person was necessary to constitute a
quorum at a meeting of Directors or  stockholders  of the  Corporation  at which
such contract or  transaction  was  authorized or that the vote of an Interested
Person was necessary for the authorization of such contract or transaction.

  Section 6.10 Acting as a Partner.  To the extent not  prohibited by applicable
law, the Corporation may be a partner in any business  enterprise which it would
have power to conduct by itself.

  Section 6.11  Stockholders  Meetings.  Meetings of stockholders may be held at
such place in the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  or, if permitted by applicable
law, elsewhere in the United States as the Board of Directors may determine.

  Section 6.12 Call of Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings of the stockholders
for any purpose or purposes  may be called at any time only by the  President or
by the Board of Directors  pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the
total  number of  Directors  that the  Corporation  would  have if there were no
vacancies (the "Whole Board"); provided, however, that if there is an Interested
Stockholder, any such call shall also require the affirmative vote of a majority
of the Continuing  Directors then in office. Only those matters set forth in the
call of the special  meeting  may be  considered  or acted upon at such  special
meeting, unless otherwise required by law.

                                      

<PAGE>

  Section  6.13  Amendment  of  Bylaws.  The  Bylaws of the  Corporation  may be
adopted,  altered, amended, changed or repealed by the Board of Directors or the
stockholders  of the  Corporation.  Such action by the Board of Directors  shall
require the  affirmative  vote of at least a majority of the  Directors  then in
office at a duly  constituted  meeting of the Board of Directors,  unless at the
time of such action there shall be an Interested Stockholder, in which case such
action  shall also  require the  affirmative  vote of at least a majority of the
Continuing  Directors  then in  office,  at such a meeting.  Such  action by the
stockholders shall require (i) approval by the affirmative vote of a majority of
Directors  then in office,  unless at the time of such action  there shall be an
Interested  Stockholder,  in which  case such  action  shall  also  require  the
affirmative  vote of at least a majority  of the  Continuing  Directors  then in
office,  at such  meeting,  (ii)  unless  waived  by the  affirmative  vote of a
majority  of the  Directors  then in  office  (and,  if  applicable,  Continuing
Directors)   specified  in  the  preceding  sentence,   the  submission  by  the
stockholders of written proposals for adopting,  altering, amending, changing or
repealing  the Bylaws that comply in all  respects  with the  provisions  of the
Bylaws  governing such  submissions and (iii) the  affirmative  vote of at least
eighty  percent (80%) of the voting power of the then  outstanding  Voting Stock
voting together as a single class at a duly constituted  meeting of stockholders
called expressly for such purpose.

  Section 6.14 Amendment of Articles of  Organization.  No amendment,  addition,
alteration,  change or repeal of any Article of these  Articles of  Organization
shall be made,  unless the same is first approved by the  affirmative  vote of a
majority  of the Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation  then in  office,  and
thereafter  approved by the affirmative  vote of  stockholders  holding not less
than eighty  percent  (80%) of the voting power of the then  outstanding  Voting
Stock voting together as a single class cast at a duly constituted  meeting, or,
in the case of  Articles I, II and III hereof by not less than a majority of the
voting power of the then  outstanding  Voting Stock voting  together as a single
class cast at a duly constituted  meeting;  provided,  however,  that if, at any
time within the sixty day period immediately  preceding the meeting at which the
stockholder  vote is to be  taken,  there  is an  Interested  Stockholder,  such
amendment,  addition,  alteration,  change  or repeal  shall  also  require  the
affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the Continuing Directors then in
office, prior to approval by the stockholders. Unless otherwise provided by law,
any  amendment,  addition,  alteration,  change or repeal so acted upon shall be
effective  on  the  date  it is  filed  with  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  or on  such  other  date as  specified  in such
amendment,  addition,  alteration, change or repeal or as the Secretary of State
may specify.

  Section 6.15 Reduced Shareholder Vote Approval for Certain  Transactions.  The
Corporation  may,  by an  affirmative  vote of the  holders of a majority of the
voting power of the then  outstanding  Voting Stock voting  together as a single
class  cast at a duly  constituted  meeting,  authorize  any (i) sale,  lease or
exchange  of all  or  substantially  all  of  its  assets  (a  "Sale")  or  (ii)
consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation (a
"Merger",  and together  with a Sale,  a  "Transaction")  that would  otherwise,
pursuant to Chapter 156B of the  Massachusetts  General  Laws,  have required an
affirmative  vote of the holders of  two-thirds  of the voting power of the then
outstanding  Voting  Stock  voting  together  as a single  class  cast at a duly
constituted meeting; provided however, that such Transaction has previously been
approved  by a vote of at least a  majority  of the Board of  Directors  then in
office  (and,  if at the  time of  such  action  there  shall  be an  Interested
Stockholder,  an  additional  vote of at  least  a  majority  of the  Continuing
Directors  then in  office).  This  Section  6.15 is  intended  to  apply to any
Transaction that would not otherwise  constitute a Business  Combination that is
subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 above.

                                     

<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE VII

The effective date of organization of the corporation shall be the date approved
and filed by the Secretary of the  Commonwealth.  If a later  effective  date is
desired,  specify  such date which shall not be more than thirty days after that
date of filing.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

The  information  contained  in  Article  VIII  is not a  permanent  part of the
Articles of Organization.

a.   The street address (post office boxes are not  acceptable) of the principal
     office of the corporation in Massachusetts is:

         1441 Main Street, Springfield, Massachusetts 01102-3034

b.   The name,  residential address and post office address of each director and
     officer of the corporation is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  Name                               Residential Address             Post Office Address
<S>               <C>                               <C>                             <C>  

President:        F. William Marshall, Jr.           87 Ely Road                     SIS Bancorp, Inc.
                                                     Longmeadow, MA 01106            1441 Main Street
                                                                                     Springfield, MA 01102-3034
Treasurer:        John F. Treanor                    10 Dutton Circle                         "
                                                     Medford, MA 02155

Clerk:            Michael E. Tucker                  26 Lawler Drive                          "
                                                     Easthampton, MA 01027

Directors:        John M. Naughton                   75 Churchill Drive                       "
                                                     Longmeadow, MA 01106

                  F. William Marshall, Jr.           See Above                                "

                  John F. Treanor                    See Above                                "
</TABLE>


c.   The fiscal year (i.e.,  tax year) of the corporation  shall end on the last
     day of the month of: December

d.   The name  and  business  address  of the  resident  agent,  if any,  of the
     corporation is: N/A



                                   ARTICLE IX

By-laws of the corporation have been duly adopted and the president,  treasurer,
clerk and directors whose names are set forth above, have been duly elected.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF  AND UNDER THE PAINS AND  PENALTIES  OF  PERJURY,  I, whose
signature  appear  below as  incorporator  and whose  name and  business  or
residential  address  are clearly typed or printed beneath each signature do
hereby  associate  with the  intention  of forming  this  corporation  under the
provisions  of General Laws,  Chapter 156B and do hereby sign these  Articles of
Organization as incorporator this 18th day of January, 1996.

/s/ Stephen J. Coukos
Stephen J. Coukos, Esq.
SULLIVAN & WORCESTER
One Post Office Square
Boston, MA 02109



                                      

<PAGE>




                        THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

                            ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
                          (General Laws, Chapter 156B)



I hereby certify that, upon examination of these Articles of Organization,  duly
submitted to me, it appears that the  provisions of the General Laws relative to
the  organization of corporations  have been complied with, and I hereby approve
said articles;  and the filing fee in the amount of $300 having been paid,  said
articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 18th day of January 1996.



                Effective date:_________________________________


                           /s/ William Francis Galvin
                             WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
                          Secretary of the Commonwealth



FILING FEE: One tenth of one percent of the total authorized  capital stock, but
not less than  $200.00.  For the  purpose of filing,  shares of stock with a par
value less than $1.00,  or no par stock,  shall be deemed to have a par value of
$1.00 per share.



                         TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
                      Photocopy of document to be sent to:

                             Stephen J. Coukos, Esq.
                              SULLIVAN & WORCESTER
                             One Post Office Square
                                Boston, MA 02109

                             Telephone: 617-338-2912



                                      

<PAGE>




                        [FORM OF ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO
                        BE FILED PRIOR TO REORGANIZATION]


                        THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS


                 OFFICE OF THE MASSACHUSETTS SECRETARY OF STATE
                         MICHAEL J. CONNOLLY, Secretary
                ONE ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02108

                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                     General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72



We, F. William Marshall, Jr., President, and Michael E. Tucker, Clerk, of

                                SIS Bancorp, Inc.
                           (EXACT Name of Corporation)

located at:  1441 Main Street, Springfield, Massachusetts 01102
                   (MASSACHUSETTS Address of Corporation)

do hereby certify that these ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT  affecting 
Articles NUMBERED:  3
   (Number  those  articles  1, 2, 3, 4, 5  and/or  6 being amended hereby)

of the  Articles  of  Organization  were  duly  adopted  at a  meeting  held  on
__________ 1996, by vote of: the sole incorporator in accordance with the rights
and powers accorded thereto under Ch. 156B M.G.L. ss.44.



                                     

<PAGE>




To CHANGE the number of shares and the par value (if any) of any type,  class or
series of stock  which  the  corporation  is  authorized  to issue,  fill in the
following:

The total presently authorized is:


    WITHOUT PAR VALUE STOCKS                        WITH PAR VALUE STOCK
- ------------------------------      -------------------------------------------
TYPE          NUMBER OF SHARES      TYPE        NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE
- ----          ----------------      ----        ----------------      ---------
COMMON:                             COMMON:          250,000             $0.01
PREFERRED:                          PREFERRED:        50,000             $0.01


CHANGE the total authorized to:

    WITHOUT PAR VALUE STOCKS                        WITH PAR VALUE STOCK
- ------------------------------      -------------------------------------------
TYPE          NUMBER OF SHARES      TYPE        NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE
- ----          ----------------      ----        ----------------      ---------
COMMON:                             COMMON:          25,000,000          $0.01
PREFERRED:                          PREFERRED:        5,000,000          $0.01



                                     

<PAGE>




                                    








The foregoing  amendment will become  effective when these articles of amendment
are filed in accordance with Chapter 156B,  Section 6 of The General Laws unless
these articles  specify,  in accordance with the vote adopting the amendment,  a
later effective date not more than thirty days after such filing, in which event
the  amendment  will  become  effective  on such  later  date.  LATER  EFFECTIVE
DATE:__________


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY,  we have hereunto signed
our names this day of , in the year 1996.

______________________________________________President
F. William Marshall, Jr.

______________________________________________ Clerk
Michael E. Tucker


                                     

<PAGE>




                        THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                     GENERAL LAWS, CHAPTER 156B, SECTION 72



             I hereby approve the within articles of amendment and,
               the filing fee in the amount of $ having been paid,
                           said articles are deemed to
                     have been filed with me this day of 19






                               MICHAEL J. CONNOLLY
                               Secretary of State





                         TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
                  PHOTOCOPY OF ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO BE SENT

                           To: Stephen J. Coukos, Esq.
                            SULLIVAN & WORCESTER LLP
                             One Post Office Square
                                Boston, MA 02109

                             Telephone: 617-338-2912




                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.2
                                                                   

                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                                SIS BANCORP, INC.

                                   ARTICLE 1

                                  Organization

  The name of this Company is SIS Bancorp, Inc. The Company shall have and fully
exercise all powers and  authority,  both  express and implied,  available to it
under applicable law.

                                   ARTICLE 2

                                    Offices

  Section 2.1 Principal  Office.  The  principal  office of the Company shall be
located at 1441 Main Street, Springfield,  Massachusetts and may be changed from
time to time by the Board of  Directors of the  Company,  subject to  applicable
law.

  Section 2.2 Additional Offices.  The Company may have such additional offices,
either  within or without the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  as the Board of
Directors  may from time to time  designate  or the  business of the Company may
require, subject to applicable law.

                                   ARTICLE 3

                                  Stockholders

  Section 3.1 Annual  Meeting.  The annual  meeting of the  stockholders  of the
Company  shall be held on the last  Wednesday  in April of each  year,  if not a
legal holiday,  and if a legal holiday then on the next succeeding business day,
at 10:00 a.m., local time, at the principal executive offices of the Company, or
at such other date, place and/or time as may be fixed by resolution of the Board
of Directors.

  Section  3.2  Special  Meeting.  Subject to the  rights of the  holders of any
series of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), or
any other series or class of stock as set forth in the Articles of  Organization
(as defined in Section 10.3 of these Bylaws) to elect additional directors under
specified circumstances, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only
by the President or by the Board of Directors  pursuant to a resolution  adopted
by a majority of the total  number of directors  that the Company  would have if
there were no vacancies (the "Whole Board");  provided,  however, that if at the
time of such call there is an Interested  Stockholder,  any such call shall also
require the affirmative  vote of a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in
office.  As used  in  these  Bylaws,  the  terms  "Interested  Stockholder"  and
"Continuing  Director" shall have the same respective  meanings assigned to them
in the Articles of Organization.  Any  determination of beneficial  ownership of
securities  under  these  Bylaws  shall be made in the manner  specified  in the
Articles of Organization.

  Section 3.3 Place of Meeting.  The Board of Directors  may designate the place
of meeting for any meeting of the stockholders. If no designation is made by the
Board of  Directors,  the  place of  meeting  shall be the  principal  executive
offices of the Company.

  Section  3.4 Notice of  Meeting.  A written  notice of all annual and  special
meetings of  stockholders  stating the hour,  date,  place and  purposes of such
meetings  shall be given by the Clerk or an  Assistant  Clerk  (or other  person
authorized  by these  Bylaws or by law) not less than  seven  days nor more than
fifty days before the

                                     

<PAGE>

meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat or to each stockholder who,
under the Articles of  Organization  or under these Bylaws,  is entitled to such
notice by  mailing  it  addressed  to such  stockholder  at the  address of such
stockholder as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Company. If mailed,
such notice shall be deemed to be delivered  when deposited in the United States
mail with postage thereon  prepaid.  In the case of a special meeting the notice
shall also state the  purpose or  purposes  thereof.  Any  previously  scheduled
meeting of the  stockholders  may be  postponed  by  resolution  of the Board of
Directors  upon public notice given prior to the time  previously  scheduled for
such meeting of stockholders.

  Section  3.5  Waiver of Notice.  Notice of any  stockholders'  meeting  may be
waived in  writing by any  stockholder  either  before or after the time  stated
therein for convening of the meeting, and, if any person present in person or by
proxy  at a  stockholders'  meeting  does  not  protest,  prior  to  or  at  the
commencement  of the meeting,  the lack of proper  notice,  such person shall be
deemed to have waived notice of such meeting.

  Section 3.6 Quorum and Adjournment.  Except as otherwise provided by law or by
the Articles of  Organization,  the holders of a majority of the voting power of
the then  outstanding  shares of the Company  entitled to vote  generally in the
election of directors (the "Voting  Stock"),  represented in person or by proxy,
shall  constitute  a quorum  at a  meeting  of  stockholders,  except  that when
specified business is to be voted on by a class or series voting as a class, the
holders of a majority of the shares of such class or series  shall  constitute a
quorum for the  transaction of such  business.  The chairman of the meeting or a
majority of the voting  power of the shares of Voting Stock so  represented  may
adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not there is such a quorum (or
in the case of  specified  business  to be voted  on as a class or  series,  the
chairman or a majority of the shares of such class or series so represented  may
adjourn the meeting with respect to such specified  business).  No notice of the
time and place of  adjourned  meetings  need be given except as required by law.
The  stockholders  present at a duly organized  meeting may continue to transact
business   until   adjournment,   notwithstanding   the   withdrawal  of  enough
stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

  Section  3.7  Proxies.  Stockholders  may vote  either in person or by written
proxy dated not more than six months before the meeting named  therein.  Proxies
shall be filed with the Clerk of the  meeting,  or of any  adjournment  thereof,
before being voted.  Except as otherwise limited therein,  proxies shall entitle
the persons authorized  thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting,  but
they shall not be valid after final  adjournment  of such meeting.  A proxy with
respect  to  stock  held in the  name of two or more  persons  shall be valid if
executed by or on behalf of any one of them  unless at or prior to the  exercise
of the proxy the Company receives a specific written notice to the contrary from
any  one of  them.  A proxy  purporting  to be  executed  by or on  behalf  of a
stockholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise,
and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.

  Section 3.8 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

  (A) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

  (1)  Nominations  of persons  for  election to the Board of  Directors  of the
Company and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be
made at an annual  meeting of the  stockholders  (a)  pursuant to the  Company's
notice of meeting delivered  pursuant to Section 3.4 of these Bylaws,  (b) by or
at the  direction  of the  President  or the Board of  Directors  pursuant  to a
resolution  adopted  by a  majority  of the  Whole  Board  (unless  there  is an
Interested Stockholder,  in which case the affirmative vote of a majority of the
Continuing  Directors  then in  office  shall  also be  required)  or (c) by any
stockholder of the Company who is entitled to vote at the meeting,  who complied
with the notice  procedures set forth in clauses (2) and (3) of paragraph (A) of
this Section 3.8 and who was a stockholder  of record at the time such notice is
delivered to the Clerk of the Company.

  (2) For nominations or other business to be properly  brought before an annual
meeting by a  stockholder  pursuant  to clause (c) of  paragraph  (A)(1) of this
Section 3.8, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to
the  Clerk  of the  Company.  To be  timely,  a  stockholder's  notice  shall be
delivered  to the Clerk at the  principal  executive  offices of the Company not
less than seventy days nor more

                                      

<PAGE>

than ninety days prior to the first  anniversary of the preceding  year's annual
meeting;  provided,  however,  that in the  event  that the  date of the  annual
meeting is advanced by more than twenty  days,  or delayed by more than  seventy
days, from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be
so delivered not earlier than the ninetieth day prior to such annual meeting and
not later than the close of business on the later of the seventieth day prior to
such  annual  meeting  or the  tenth  day  following  the  day on  which  public
announcement  of the date of such  meeting  is first  made.  Such  stockholder's
notice  shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the  stockholder  proposes to
nominate for election or  reelection as a director all  information  relating to
such person that is required to be  disclosed  in  solicitations  of proxies for
election  of  directors,  or is  otherwise  required,  in each case  pursuant to
regulations  promulgated by the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "SEC"),
or any successor  agency  thereto,  pursuant to the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  including such person's written consent
to being named in the proxy  statement as a nominee and to serving as a director
if elected;  (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring
before the meeting,  a brief  description of the business  desired to be brought
before the meeting,  the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and
any material  interest in such business of such  stockholder  and the beneficial
owner,  if  any,  on  whose  behalf  the  proposal  is  made;  and (c) as to the
stockholder  giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf
the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder,
as they appear on the Company's books, and of such beneficial owner and (ii) the
class and number of shares of the Company  which are owned  beneficially  and of
record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.

  (3)  Notwithstanding  anything in the second  sentence of paragraph  (A)(2) of
this Section 3.8 to the  contrary,  in the event that the number of directors to
be  elected  to the  Board of  Directors  is  increased  and  there is no public
announcement  naming all of the nominees for director or specifying  the size of
the increased  Board of Directors made by the Company at least eighty days prior
to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, a stockholder's
notice required by these Bylaws shall also be considered  timely,  but only with
respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase,  if it shall
be delivered to the Clerk at the principal  executive offices of the Company not
later than the close of  business  on the tenth day  following  the day on which
such public announcement is first made by the Company.

  (B) Special Meeting of Stockholders.  Only such business shall be conducted at
a special  meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting
pursuant  to the  Company's  notice of meeting  pursuant to Section 3.4 of these
Bylaws.

  (C) General.

  (1) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth
in these Bylaws shall be eligible to serve as directors  and only such  business
shall be  conducted  at a meeting of  stockholders  as shall  have been  brought
before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws.

  (2) Except as otherwise provided by law, the Articles of Organization or these
Bylaws,  the Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company as chairman of the meeting
shall have the power and duty to determine  whether a nomination or any business
proposed  to be  brought  before the  meeting  was made in  accordance  with the
procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business
is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective  proposal
or nomination shall be disregarded.

  (3) For purposes of these Bylaws,  "public announcement" shall mean disclosure
in a press release  reported by the Dow Jones News Service,  Associated Press or
comparable  national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Company
with the SEC pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

  (4)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provisions of these Bylaws, a stockholder
shall also comply with all applicable  requirements  of the Exchange Act and the
rules and regulations  thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these
Bylaws.  Nothing  in these  Bylaws  shall be deemed to affect  any rights (i) of
stockholders to request  inclusion of proposals in the Company's proxy statement
pursuant to rules  promulgated  under the Exchange Act or (ii) of the holders of
any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.


                                      

<PAGE>

  Section 3.9 Procedure for Election of Directors;  Required  Vote.  Election of
directors  at all  meetings of the  stockholders  at which  directors  are to be
elected  shall be by written  ballot,  and except as otherwise  set forth in the
Articles of Organization  with respect to the right of the holders of any series
of  Preferred  Stock or any other  series or class of stock to elect  additional
directors under specified  circumstances,  a plurality of the votes cast thereat
shall elect the directors.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Articles of
Organization or these Bylaws,  all matters  submitted to the stockholders at any
meeting  shall be decided by the  affirmative  vote of a majority  of the shares
present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on
the matter and shall be the act of the stockholders.

  Section 3.10 No Stockholder  Action by Written Consent.  Subject to the rights
of the holders of any series of Preferred  Stock or any other series or class of
stock as set forth in the Articles of Organization to elect additional directors
under  specific  circumstances  or to consent to specific  actions  taken by the
Company, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the
Company must be effected at an annual or special  meeting of stockholders of the
Company and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

                                   ARTICLE 4

                               Board of Directors

  Section 4.1 General  Powers.  The business and affairs of the Company shall be
managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors.  In addition to the
powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly  conferred upon them, the Board
of Directors  may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such lawful
acts and things as are not by law or by the Articles of Organization or by these
Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

  Section 4.2 Composition and Term. The Board of Directors shall be composed of:
(a) those persons elected by the  incorporator(s) of the Company to serve as the
initial  directors of the Company in accordance  with Section 12 of Chapter 156B
of the Massachusetts  General Laws, such persons to serve as directors until the
respective   expiration   dates  of  their   terms   as   established   by  said
incorporator(s)  and until their  successors  are elected and  qualified and (b)
such other  persons who are elected as  directors  from time to time as provided
herein. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or
any other series or class of stock as set forth in the Articles of  Organization
to elect directors under specified circumstances,  the number of directors shall
be fixed from time to time  exclusively  pursuant to a  resolution  adopted by a
majority of the Whole Board  (provided  that if at the time of such action there
is an Interested  Stockholder,  a majority vote of the Continuing Directors then
in office  shall  also be  required),  but shall  consist of not less than three
directors. The directors,  other than those who may be elected by the holders of
any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock as set forth
in the Articles of  Organization,  shall be divided into three classes as nearly
equal in number as possible,  and designated as Class I, Class II and Class III.
Members of each Class shall hold office until their  successors  shall have been
duly elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders of
the Company,  (i) the successors of the Class of directors whose term expires at
that  meeting  shall be  elected by a  plurality  vote of all votes cast at such
meeting to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders
held in the third year  following  the year of their  election,  and until their
successors  are elected and  qualified and (ii) if authorized by a resolution of
the Board of  Directors,  directors  may be elected  to fill any  vacancy on the
Board of Directors, regardless of how such vacancy shall have been created.

  Section 4.3 Qualification. Each director shall have such qualifications as are
required by applicable law. Any director who becomes in any manner disqualified,
shall vacate his office forthwith. To the extent required by law, each director,
when appointed or elected,  shall take an oath that he will  faithfully  perform
the duties of his office.  The oath,  to the extent so required,  shall be taken
before a notary  public or justice  of the  peace,  who is not an officer of the
Company,  and a record of the oath  shall be made a part of the  records  of the
Company.

                                     

<PAGE>

To the  extent  required  by law,  members  of the Board of  Directors  shall be
citizens and residents of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

  Section  4.4 Regular  Meetings.  A regular  meeting of the Board of  Directors
shall be held without notice other than these Bylaws  immediately  after, and at
the same place as, each annual meeting of  stockholders.  The Board of Directors
may, by  resolution,  provide  the time and place for the holding of  additional
regular meetings without notice other than such resolution.

  Section 4.5 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall
be called at the request of the  Chairman of the Board,  if one is elected,  the
President,  or a  majority  of the Board of  Directors.  The  person or  persons
authorized to call special  meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place
and time of the meetings.

  Section  4.6  Notice.  Notice of any  special  meeting  shall be given to each
director  at his or her  business  or  residence  in writing  by hand  delivery,
first-class  or  overnight  mail  or  courier  service,  telegram  or  facsimile
transmission or orally by telephone communication.  If mailed, such notice shall
be deemed  adequately  delivered  when  deposited in the United  States mails so
addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five days before such meeting.
If by telegram,  overnight  mail, or courier service such notice shall be deemed
adequately  delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company or
its notice is  delivered to the  overnight  mail or courier  service  company at
least twenty-four hours before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission,  such
notice shall be deemed  adequately  delivered  when the notice is transmitted at
least  twenty-four  hours  before  such  meeting.  If by  telephone  or by  hand
delivery,  the notice shall be given at least twelve hours prior to the time set
for the meeting.  Neither  business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any
regular or special  meeting of the Board of  Directors  need be specified in the
notice of such meeting,  except for amendments to these Bylaws as provided under
Article 8 of these Bylaws.  A meeting may be held at any time without  notice if
all the  directors  are  present  or if those not  present  waive  notice of the
meeting as provided in Section 4.7 of these Bylaws.

  Section 4.7 Waiver of Notice.  Notice of any directors'  meeting may be waived
in writing by all the  directors  and, if any  director  present at a directors'
meeting does not protest prior to or at the commencement of the meeting the lack
of proper notice, he shall be deemed to have waived notice of such meeting.

  Section 4.8 Quorum.  A majority of the Whole Board shall  constitute  a quorum
for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Board of Directors
there shall be less than a quorum present,  a majority of the directors  present
may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The act of the
majority  of the  directors  present  at a meeting  at which a quorum is present
shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

  Section 4.9  Vacancies.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of
Preferred  Stock or any  other  series  or  class  of stock as set  forth in the
Articles  of  Organization  to  elect   additional   directors  under  specified
circumstances,   vacancies  resulting  from  death,   resignation,   retirement,
disqualification,  removal  from  office  or  other  cause,  and  newly  created
directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors,
may be  filled  only by the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the  remaining
directors,  though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, unless there is
an Interested Stockholder, in which case such vacancy may only be filled by vote
of a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in office.  A director so chosen
shall hold office for the  remainder  of the full term of the Class of directors
in which the vacancy occurred or the new directorship was created and until such
director's  successor has been elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number
of authorized directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

  Section 4.10  Presumption of Assent.  A director of the Company who is present
at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Company  matter is
taken shall be presumed to have  assented to the action taken unless his dissent
or abstention  shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall
file a written dissent to such action with the person acting as the Clerk of the
meeting  before  the  adjournment  thereof  or shall  forward  such  dissent  by
registered  mail to the Clerk of the  Company  within five days after the date a
copy of the minutes of the meeting is received.  Such right to dissent shall not
apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.


                                      
<PAGE>

  Section 4.11 Manner of Participation.  Members of the Board of Directors or of
committees  elected by the Board  pursuant to Section  4.15 may  participate  in
meetings of the Board or such  committee  by means of  conference  telephone  or
similar  communications  equipment  by which all  persons  participating  in the
meeting can hear each other.  Such  participation  shall constitute  presence in
person but shall not  constitute  attendance  for the  purpose  of  compensation
pursuant  to  Section  4.12,  unless the Board of  Directors  by  resolution  so
provides.

  Section 4.12  Compensation  of  Directors.  The Board of Directors  shall have
authority  to fix  fees of  directors,  including  a  reasonable  allowance  for
expenses actually incurred in connection with their duties.

  Section  4.13  Resignation.  Any  director may resign at any time by sending a
written  notice of such  resignation  to the principal  executive  office of the
Company  addressed  to the  Chairman of the Board,  the  President or the Clerk.
Unless the resigning director otherwise  specifies in the notice of resignation,
such  resignation  shall take effect upon  receipt by the Chairman of the Board,
the President or the Clerk.

  Section 4.14 Limitation on Service by Directors. A director upon attaining the
age of seventy (70) shall  retire from service as a director of the Company.  In
special circumstances,  a person may be nominated as a Director who has attained
the age of seventy (70) because of the special contribution such person may make
to the business and management of the Company.

  Section 4.15 Committees.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by
a majority  of the Whole  Board,  designate  one or more  committees,  including
without  limitation an executive  committee,  each committee to consist of three
(3) or more directors elected by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors
may elect one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee,  who
may  take the  place of any  absent  member  or  members  at a  meeting  of such
committee.

  If a member  of any  such  committee  shall be  absent  from any  meeting,  or
disqualified  from voting thereat,  the remaining  member or members present and
not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a
quorum, may, by unanimous vote, appoint another member of the Board of Directors
to act at the  meeting in place of an absent or  disqualified  member.  Any such
committee,  to the extent  provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors,
and except as otherwise  provided by law, the Articles of  Organization or these
Bylaws,  shall  have and may  exercise,  when the Board of  Directors  is not in
session, all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the direction
of the Company.

  Such  committee  or  committees  shall  have  such  name  or  names  as may be
determined  from time to time by  resolution  adopted by the Board of Directors.
Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  resolution  of  the  Board  of  Directors
designating  the  committee,  the majority of the total number of members of the
committee  shall  constitute a quorum for the  transaction of business,  and the
vote of the majority of the members of the  committee  present at any meeting of
which there is a quorum shall be the act of the  committee.  Each such committee
shall keep  regular  minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of
Directors, when required.

  Section  4.16  Removal.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of
Preferred  Stock or any  other  series  or  class  of stock as set  forth in the
Articles  of  Organization  to  elect   additional   directors  under  specified
circumstances, any director may be removed from office at any time, but only for
cause and then only by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least  eighty
percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding  Voting Stock,  voting
together as a single class.

                                   ARTICLE 5

                                    Officers

  Section  5.1  Enumeration.  The  officers of the  Company  shall  consist of a
President,  a Treasurer,  a Clerk and such other  officers,  including,  without
limitation,  a Chairman of the Board, a Clerk and one or more Vice Presidents as
the Board of Directors may  determine to be necessary for the  management of the
Company.
                                      

<PAGE>


  Section 5.2 Election. The President, Treasurer and the Clerk (and, if any, the
Secretary)  shall be elected  annually  by the Board of  Directors  at its first
meeting  following the annual meeting of  stockholders.  Other officers shall be
elected  by the  Board  of  Directors  at such  first  meeting  of the  Board of
Directors or at any other meeting.

  Section 5.3 Qualification.  Any two or more offices may be held by any person.
The President  shall be a Director.  Any officer may be required by the Board of
Directors to give bond for the faithful performance of his duties in such amount
and with such sureties as the Board of Directors may determine.

  Section 5.4 Tenure.  Except as  otherwise  provided by law, by the Articles of
Organization,  or by these Bylaws,  the President,  Treasurer and Clerk (and, if
any, the  Secretary)  shall hold office until the first  meeting of the Board of
Directors  following the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until their
respective successors are chosen and qualified and all other officers shall hold
office  until the first  meeting of the Board of  Directors  following  the next
annual  meeting  of  stockholders,  or for  such  shorter  term as the  Board of
Directors  may fix at the time such  officers  are chosen.  The Chief  Executive
Officer may resign at any time by written  notice to the Board of  Directors  or
the Clerk.  Any other  officer  may resign at any time by written  notice to the
Chief Executive Officer. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless
the  resignation  otherwise  provides.  Election or  appointment  of an officer,
employee  or agent  shall not of itself  create  contract  rights.  The Board of
Directors  may,  however,  authorize  the  Company to enter  into an  employment
contract  with any officer in accordance  with law, but no such  contract  right
shall  impair the right of the Board of  Directors  to remove any officer at any
time in accordance with Section 5.5 hereof.

  Section 5.5 Removal.  Except as  otherwise  provided by law or the Articles of
Organization,  the Board of  Directors  may remove any  officer  with or without
cause by the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the  Whole  Board;  provided,
however, that if at the time of such removal there is an Interested Stockholder,
the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in office
shall also be required. Any such removal, other than for cause, shall be without
prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the persons  involved.  Any officer
may be removed for cause only after ten days' written notice and  opportunity to
be heard by the Board of Directors.

  Section 5.6 Absence or  Disability.  In the event of the absence or disability
of any officer,  the Board of Directors  may  designate  another  officer to act
temporarily in place of such absent or disabled officer.

  Section 5.7 Vacancies. Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the
unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

  Section  5.8  Chief  Executive  Officer.  The  President  shall  be the  Chief
Executive  Officer,  unless the Board of Directors shall elect a Chairman of the
Board and designate such Chairman to be the Chief Executive  Officer.  The Chief
Executive  Officer  shall,  subject to the  direction of the Board of Directors,
have  general  supervision  and  control  of the  Company's  business  and shall
preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders.

  Section 5.9 Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board shall preside at
all  meetings  of the  Board of  Directors.  If a  Chairman  of the Board is not
elected or is absent,  the President  shall preside at all meetings of the Board
of  Directors.  The Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and shall
perform  such  other  duties  as the  Board of  Directors  may from time to time
designate.  If the Chairman of the Board is not the Chief Executive Officer,  he
shall  also have such  powers and  perform  such  duties as the Chief  Executive
Officer may from time to time designate.

  Section  5.10 The  President.  The  President,  if he is the  Chief  Executive
Officer, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders. If a Chairman of the
Board is not elected or is absent,  the President  shall preside at all meetings
of the Board of Directors.  If the President is not the Chief Executive Officer,
he shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Chief Executive Officer
may from time to time designate.

                                      

<PAGE>

  Section  5.11  Vice  Presidents,   Treasurer  and  Other  Officers.  Any  Vice
President,  the Treasurer and any other officers whose powers and duties are not
otherwise  specifically  provided  for herein  shall have such  powers and shall
perform  such  duties  as the  Chief  Executive  Officer  may from  time to time
designate.

  Section 5.12 Clerk and Assistant Clerks.  The Clerk shall keep a record of the
meetings of stockholders.  If a Secretary is not elected or is absent, the Clerk
shall keep a record of the meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of
the Clerk,  an Assistant  Clerk,  if one is elected,  shall  perform the Clerk's
duties.  Otherwise a Temporary Clerk  designated by the person  presiding at the
meeting shall perform the Clerk's duties.

  Section 5.13 Secretary and Assistant  Secretaries.  The  Secretary,  if one is
elected,  shall keep a record of the meetings of the Board of Directors.  In the
absence of the  Secretary,  any Assistant  Secretary,  the Clerk,  any Assistant
Clerk or a  Temporary  Secretary  designated  by the  person  presiding  at such
meeting shall perform the Secretary's duties.

                                   ARTICLE 6

                        Stock Certificates and Transfers

  Section 6.1 Certificates of Stock.  Unless otherwise  provided by the Board of
Directors,  each  stockholder  shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital
stock of the Company in such form as may from time to time be  prescribed by the
Board of Directors.  Such certificate shall be signed by the President or a Vice
President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer. Such signatures may be
facsimile if the  certificate  is signed by a transfer  agent or by a registrar,
other than a Director,  officer or employee of the Company.  In case any officer
who has signed or whose facsimile  signature has been placed on such certificate
shall have ceased to be such officer before such  certificate is issued,  it may
be issued by the Company  with the same effect as if he were such officer at the
time of its issue.  Every  certificate  for shares of stock which are subject to
any  restriction  on transfer and every  certificate  issued when the Company is
authorized  to issue more than one class or series of stock shall  contain  such
legend with respect thereto as is required by law.

  Section 6.2  Transfers.  Subject to any  restrictions  on transfer  and unless
otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shares of stock may be transferred
on the books of the  Company by the  surrender  to the  Company or its  transfer
agent of the certificate  therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written
assignment and power of attorney  properly  executed,  with transfer  stamps (if
necessary) affixed,  and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the
Company or its transfer agent may reasonably require.

  Section  6.3 Record  Holders.  Except as  otherwise  required  by law,  by the
Articles of  Organization  or by these Bylaws,  the Company shall be entitled to
treat  the  record  holder  of stock as shown on its  books as the owner of such
stock for all  purposes,  including  the payment of  dividends  and the right to
vote,  regardless of any transfer,  pledge or other  disposition  of such stock,
until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Company in accordance
with the requirements of these Bylaws.

  It shall be the duty of each  stockholder to notify the Company of his address
and any changes thereto.

  Section 6.4 Record Date.  The Board of Directors  may fix in advance a time of
not more than sixty days before the date of any meeting of the stockholders, the
date for the  payment  of any  dividend  or the  making of any  distribution  to
stockholders or the last day on which the consent or dissent of stockholders may
be effectively expressed for any purpose, as the record date for determining the
stockholders having the right to notice of and to vote at such meeting,  and any
adjournment  thereof,  or the right to receive such dividend or  distribution or
the right to give such consent or dissent.  In such case,  only  stockholders of
record on such record date shall have such right,  notwithstanding  any transfer
of stock on the books of the Company after the record date.

  If no record  date is fixed and the  transfer  books are not  closed,  (a) the
record  date for  determining  stockholders  having the right to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business

                                      

<PAGE>

on the day next  preceding the day on which notice is given,  and (b) the record
date for  determining  stockholders  for any other purpose shall be the close of
business on the date on which the Board of Directors acts with respect thereto.

  Section  6.5  Replacement  of  Certificates.  In  case  of the  alleged  loss,
destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may
be  issued in place  thereof,  upon such  terms as the  Board of  Directors  may
prescribe.

  Section 6.6 Issuance of Capital Stock. Except as provided by law, the Board of
Directors  shall have the  authority  to issue or reserve for issue from time to
time the  whole or any part of the  capital  stock of the  Company  which may be
authorized  from  time to  time,  to such  persons  or  organizations,  for such
consideration, whether cash, property, services or expenses and on such terms as
the  Board of  Directors  may  determine,  including,  without  limitation,  the
granting of options, warrants or conversion or other rights to subscribe to said
capital stock.

  Section 6.7 Dividends. Subject to applicable law, the Articles of Organization
and these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may from time to time declare,  and the
Company may pay, dividends on outstanding shares of its capital stock.

                                   ARTICLE 7

                                Indemnification

  Section 7.1 Indemnification and Insurance.

  (A) Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party
to or is otherwise involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, derivative, criminal,  administrative
or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"),  by reason of the fact that he or
she or a  person  of  whom  he or she is the  legal  representative  is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the
request of the Company as a director,  officer,  partner,  trustee,  employee or
agent of another corporation or of a partnership,  joint venture, trust or other
enterprise,  including  service  with  respect  to  any  employee  benefit  plan
(hereinafter an  "indemnitee"),  whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged
action or  inaction in an official  capacity  as a director,  officer,  partner,
trustee, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director,
officer,  partner,  trustee,  employee or agent,  shall be indemnified  and held
harmless by the Company  against all  expense,  liability  and loss  (including,
without limitation, attorneys' fees and disbursements,  judgments, fines, excise
taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended,  and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement)  reasonably  incurred by
such  indemnitee  in  connection  with  such  proceeding,   provided  that  such
indemnitee  shall have acted in good faith in the  reasonable  belief  that such
action was in, or not  opposed  to, the best  interests  of the  Company or such
corporation,  partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, as the case
may be, or with respect to any employee  benefit plan, the best interests of the
participants or beneficiaries of such employee benefit plan; provided,  however,
that except as provided in  paragraph  (C) of this  Section 7.1 with  respect to
proceedings  seeking to enforce  rights to  indemnification,  the Company  shall
indemnify any such  indemnitee  seeking  indemnification  in  connection  with a
proceeding  (or  part  thereof)  initiated  by  such  indemnitee  only  if  such
proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

  (B) The right to  indemnification  conferred in paragraph  (A) of this Section
7.1 shall  include the right to be paid by the Company the  expenses  (including
attorneys' fees and disbursements)  incurred in defending any such proceeding in
advance of its final  disposition  (hereinafter  an  "advancement of expenses");
provided,   however,  that,  to  the  extent  required  by  applicable  law,  an
advancement  of expenses  incurred by an  indemnitee in his or her capacity as a
director or officer  (and not in any other  capacity in which  service was or is
rendered  by such  indemnitee,  including,  without  limitation,  service  to an
employee  benefit  plan)  shall be made only upon  delivery to the Company of an
undertaking (hereinafter an "undertaking"),  by or on behalf of such indemnitee,
to repay 

                                      

<PAGE>

all amounts so advanced if it shall  ultimately be determined by final  judicial
decision  from which there is no further right to appeal  (hereinafter  a "final
adjudication")  that such  indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such
expenses under this paragraph (B) or otherwise.

  (C) If a claim under  paragraphs (A) or (B) of this Section 7.1 is not paid in
full by the Company  within  thirty days after a written claim has been received
by the Company, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in
which case the applicable period shall be twenty days, the indemnitee may at any
time  thereafter  bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of
the claim.  If successful in whole or in part in any such suit,  the  indemnitee
shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of  prosecuting  or defending such
suit.  In (i)  any  suit  brought  by the  indemnitee  to  enforce  a  right  to
indemnification  hereunder  (but  not in a suit  brought  by the  indemnitee  to
enforce a right of an  advancement  of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and
(ii) in any suit  brought by the Company to recover an  advancement  of expenses
pursuant  to the terms of an  undertaking,  the  Company  shall be  entitled  to
recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met
any applicable  standard for  indemnification  set forth under  applicable  law.
Neither  the  failure  of  the  Company   (including  its  Board  of  Directors,
independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to
the commencement of such action that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper
in the circumstances  because the indemnitee has met the applicable  standard of
conduct set forth  under  applicable  law,  nor an actual  determination  by the
Company  (including  its  Board  of  Directors,  independent  legal  counsel  or
stockholders)  that the  indemnitee  has not met  such  applicable  standard  of
conduct,  shall  create  a  presumption  that  the  indemnitee  has  not met the
applicable  standard  of conduct  or, in the case of such a suit  brought by the
indemnitee,  be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to
enforce a right to indemnification  or to an advancement of expenses  hereunder,
or brought by the Company to recover an advancement of expenses  pursuant to the
terms of an  undertaking,  the  burden or  proving  that the  indemnitee  is not
entitled to be  indemnified,  or to such  advancement  of expenses,  under these
Bylaws or otherwise shall be on the Company.

  (D) The right to indemnification  and the advancement of expenses conferred in
this  Section 7.1 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may
have or  hereafter  acquire  under any  statute,  provision  of the  Articles of
Organization,  provision of these Bylaws,  agreement,  vote of  stockholders  or
disinterested directors or otherwise.

  (E) The Company may maintain insurance,  at its expense, to protect itself and
any director,  officer, employee or agent of the Company or another corporation,
partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise  against any  expense,
liability or loss,  whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify
such person against such expense, liability or loss under applicable law.

  (F) The Company may, to the extent  authorized  from time to time by the Board
of Directors, grant rights to indemnification,  and rights to the advancement of
expenses,  to any employee or agent of the Company to the fullest  extent of the
provisions of these Bylaws with respect to the  indemnification  and advancement
of expenses of directors and officers of the Company.

  (G) The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred
in paragraphs (A) and (B) of this Section 7.1 shall be contract  rights and such
rights  shall  continue  as to an  indemnitee  who has ceased to be a  director,
officer,  employee or agent and shall  inure to the benefit of the  indemnitee's
heirs, executors and administrators.

  Section  7.2  Merger  or  Consolidation.  If the  Company  is  merged  into or
consolidated  with  another  corporation  and the  Company is not the  surviving
corporation,  the  surviving  corporation  shall assume the  obligations  of the
Company  under this Article 7 with respect to any action,  suit,  proceeding  or
investigation  arising out of or relating to any actions,  transactions or facts
occurring at or prior to the date of such merger or consolidation.

  Section 7.3 Savings  Clause.  If this Article 7 or any portion hereof shall be
invalidated  on any  ground by any  court of  competent  jurisdiction,  then the
Company shall nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to 


                                      

<PAGE>

each  indemnitee  as to any expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees),
judgments,  fines,  liabilities,  losses,  and  amounts  paid in  settlement  in
connection with any action,  suit,  proceeding or investigation,  whether civil,
criminal  or  administrative,  including  an  action  by or in the  right of the
Company,  to the fullest  extent  permitted  by any  applicable  portion of this
Article  7 that  shall  not have  been  invalidated  and to the  fullest  extent
permitted by applicable law.

  Section 7.4  Subsequent  Legislation.  If the  Massachusetts  General Laws are
amended after adoption of this Article 7 to expand  further the  indemnification
permitted to an indemnitee, then the Company shall indemnify all such persons to
the fullest extent permitted by the Massachusetts General Laws, as so amended.

                                   ARTICLE 8

                                   Amendments

  Section  8.1  Amendments.  These  Bylaws may be altered,  amended,  changed or
repealed by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Company,  provided
notice of the proposed change was given in the notice of the meeting and, in the
case of the Board of Directors, in a notice given no less than twenty-four hours
prior to the meeting.  Such action by the Board of Directors  shall  require the
affirmative  vote of at least a majority  of the  Directors  then in office at a
duly constituted  meeting of the Board of Directors,  unless at the time of such
action there shall be an Interested Stockholder, in which case such action shall
also  require  the  affirmative  vote of at least a majority  of the  Continuing
Directors  then in office,  at such a meeting.  Such action by the  stockholders
shall  require (i) approval by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of Directors
then in office,  unless at the time of such action there shall be an  Interested
Stockholder,  in which case such action shall also require the affirmative  vote
of at least a majority  of the  Continuing  Directors  then in  office,  at such
meeting,  (ii)  unless  waived  by the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the
Directors then in office (and, if applicable, the affirmative vote of a majority
of the Continuing Directors then in office) specified in the preceding sentence,
the submission by the stockholders of written proposals for adopting,  altering,
amending,  changing or repealing the Bylaws that comply in all respects with the
provisions of these Bylaws  governing such submissions and (iii) the affirmative
vote  of at  least  eighty  percent  (80%)  of the  voting  power  of  the  then
outstanding  Voting Stock voting together as single class at a duly  constituted
meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose.

                                   ARTICLE 9

                             Special Corporate Acts

  Section 9.1 Execution of Negotiable  Instruments.  All checks,  drafts, notes,
bonds, bills of exchange, and orders for the payment of money shall be signed by
such  officer  or  officers  of the  Company  as the  Board of  Directors  shall
determine  from time to time.  The Board of Directors  may  authorize the use of
facsimile signatures of any officer or employee in lieu of manual signatures.

  Section 9.2 Execution of Deeds, Contracts, Etc. Subject always to the specific
directions  of the Board of Directors  or the  Executive  Committee,  all deeds,
mortgages,  assignments,  extensions, releases, partial releases, and discharges
of mortgages made by the Company and all other written contracts, agreements and
undertakings to which the Company shall be a party shall be executed in its name
by the Chairman of the Board of Directors,  the  President,  any Executive  Vice
President,  any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, or such other officer
as may be designated by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President,
and,  when  requested,  the Clerk or an  Assistant  Clerk  shall  attest to such
signatures and affix the corporate seal to the instruments.

  Section 9.3 Endorsement of Stock Certificates.  Subject always to the specific
directions  of the Board of Directors or the Executive  Committee,  any share or
shares of stock issued by any  corporation  and owned by the Company  (including
reacquired  shares  of stock of the  Company)  may,  for  sale or  transfer,  be
endorsed in the name of the Company by the  Chairman of the Board of  Directors,
the  President or such other officer as may be 


                                     
<PAGE>

designated by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the  President,  and his
signature  shall be  attested  to by the Clerk or an  Assistant  Clerk who shall
affix the corporate seal.

  Section 9.4 Voting of Shares Owned by Company.  Subject always to the specific
directions  of the Board of Directors or the Executive  Committee,  any share or
shares of stock issued by any other  corporation  and owned or controlled by the
Company may be voted at any  stockholders'  meeting of the other  corporation by
the President or Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company,  or in the absence by
such other  officer as may be  designated  by the  President or Chief  Executive
Officer.  Whenever,  in the  judgment of the  President  or the Chief  Executive
Officer,  or in their absence, of any such other officer as may be designated by
the  President or Chief  Executive  Officer,  it is desirable for the Company to
execute  a proxy or give a  stockholders'  consent  in  respect  to any share or
shares of stock issued by any other  corporation  and owned or controlled by the
Company,  the proxy or consent  shall be  executed in the name of the Company by
the President of Chief Executive  Officer without necessity of any authorization
by the Board of Directors.  Any person or persons designated in the manner above
stated as the proxy or proxies of the Company  shall have full right,  power and
authority to vote the share or shares of stock issued by the other corporation.

                                   ARTICLE 10

                            Miscellaneous Provisions

  Section  10.1 Fiscal  Year.  Except as  otherwise  determined  by the Board of
Directors,  the fiscal year of the  Company  shall be the twelve  months  ending
December 31 or on such other date as may be required by law.

  Section 10.2 Seal. The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter
the seal of the Company.

  Section 10.3 Articles of  Organization.  All references in these Bylaws to the
Articles  of  Organization   shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  the  Articles  of
Organization of the Company, as amended and in effect from time to time.

                                      

                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.3

                      FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                Washington, D.C.

                                    FORM F-2
                         Annual Report under Section 13
                   of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended                                     23297
December 31, 1995                                    (FDIC Certificate Number)

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
                  (exact name of bank as specified in charter)

                          COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
         (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

                                   04-1859200
                      (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

                                1441 Main Street
                        Springfield, Massachusetts 01102
                          (address of principal office)

                            Telephone: (413) 748-8000
                 (Bank's telephone number, including area code)

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                 Title of Class
                     Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 10 is
not  contained  herein,  and will not be  contained,  to the best of the  Bank's
knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by
reference in Part III of the Form F-2 [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the bank (1) has filed all reports to be filed by
Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter  period that the bank was  required to file such  reports),
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                                   YES [X] NO [ ]


The   aggregate   market  value  of  the  voting  stock  of  the  Bank  held  by
non-affiliates  of the Bank,  based on the  closing  sale  price for the  Bank's
Common Stock on February 28, 1996 as reported by NASDAQ, was $102,078,762.50. At
December 31, 1995,  the Bank had  5,710,700  shares of common  stock,  par value
$1.00 per share.  The number of shares of common stock  outstanding  on February
28, 1996, the most recent practicable is 5,718,200.


<PAGE>



                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE


Portions of the Springfield Institution for Savings Notice of Annual Meeting and
Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 9, 1996
are incorporated by reference into Part I and III of this Form F-2.

Portions of the Springfield  Institution for Savings  Registration  Statement on
Form F-1,  as  amended,  and  certain  exhibits  thereto,  are  incorporated  by
reference into Part IV of this Form F-2.



                    CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE
                PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995


The Bank desires to take  advantage of the new "safe  harbor"  provisions of the
Private  Securities  Litigation Reform Act of 1935. This Report contains certain
"forward-looking  statements" including statements concerning plans, objectives,
future events or performance  and  assumptions  and other  statements  which are
other than  statements of historical  fact.  The Bank wishes to caution  readers
that the following important factors,  among others, may have affected and could
in the future affect the Bank's actual results and could cause the Bank's actual
results for subsequent  periods to differ materially from those expressed in any
forward-looking  statement  made by or on  behalf  on the Bank  herein:  (i) the
effect of changes in laws and regulations,  including  federal and state banking
laws and  regulations,  with which the Bank must comply,  the cost of compliance
either  currently or in the future as applicable;  (ii) the effect of changes in
accounting policies and practices,  as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies
as well as by the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board,  or of changes in the
Bank's  organization,  compensation  and benefit plans;  (iii) the effect on the
Bank's competitive  position within in its market area increasing  consolidation
within the banking industry, and increasing competition from larger regional and
out-of-state  banking  organizations  as well as  nonbank  providers  of various
financial services; (iv) the effect of unforeseen changes in interest rates; and
(v) the effect of changes in the business cycle and downturns in the New England
and national economy.

                               

<PAGE>

                                     PART I

ITEM 1: BUSINESS

Overview

     Established in 1827, Springfield  Institution for Savings (the "Bank") is a
state chartered,  stock savings bank headquartered in Springfield,  MA. The Bank
provides  a  wide  variety  of  financial  services  which  include  retail  and
commercial banking,  residential mortgage origination and servicing,  commercial
real estate lending and consumer lending.  The Bank serves its primary market of
Hampden and Hampshire Counties through a network of 20 retail branches. The Bank
completed a successful  conversion from mutual to stock form (the  "Conversion")
on February 7, 1995.  Through the issuance of 5,562,500  shares of common stock,
the Bank received proceeds of $35.9 million, net of Conversion related costs and
the Bank's Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

     The Bank's revenues are derived  principally from interest  payments on its
loan portfolios and mortgage-backed and other investment securities.  The Bank's
primary  sources of funds are  deposits,  borrowings  and principal and interest
payments on loans and mortgage-backed securities.

Background

     Historically,  the Bank's principal  business was attracting  deposits from
the general  public and  investing  those funds in loans  secured by one to four
family  residential  real  estate.  During  the  1980's  the Bank  significantly
increased  its  portfolio  of  commercial  real  estate and real  estate-related
commercial  loans both directly and through certain of its  wholly-owned  direct
and  indirect  real  estate   investment   subsidiaries,   including   Colebrook
Corporation  ("Colebrook").  As the  national and  regional  economic  recession
generally  impaired  borrowers'  ability to repay loans, the level of the Bank's
non-performing  assets  increased  from the period of 1989  through  1992.  As a
consequence,  the Bank  increased  its provision for loan losses and expenses of
managing and disposing of non-performing assets, which resulted in net losses in
each of the years 1990 through  1994.  These net losses  caused the Bank's total
surplus to  decline  from a peak of $93.5  million  or 8.64% of total  assets at
December  31, 1989 to $28.5  million or 3.10 % of total  assets at December  31,
1994.

     The increase in the level of non-performing  assets and regulatory concerns
over the preservation of the Bank's capital,  together with other factors in the
operations of the Bank,  resulted in the Bank  entering  into a Stipulation  and
Consent to the issuance of an Order to Cease and Desist (the  "Order")  with the
Federal  Deposit   Insurance   Corporation   ("FDIC")  and  the  Office  of  the
Massachusetts  Commissioner of Banks  ("Commissioner of Banks") on May 12, 1992.
The Order required,  among other things,  that the Bank submit a written plan to
the FDIC and the Commissioner of Banks outlining the Bank's strategy to increase
capital in the event the Bank's Tier I leverage capital ratio fell below 6%.

     In accordance with the Order, the Bank submitted a capital restoration plan
to the FDIC and the Commissioner of Banks,  strengthened  its senior  management
team  ("Management") and developed and implemented new strategies to improve the
Bank's  financial  condition and to enhance  profitability.  The Bank's  capital
restoration  plan called for the Bank to raise  additional  capital  through the
issuance of common stock in connection with the Conversion. In October 1994, the
Commissioner  of Banks  approved the Bank's Plan of  Conversion.  On November 8,
1994,  the  FDIC  raised  no  objections  to  the  Bank's  Plan  of  Conversion.
Consequently,  the  Bank  commenced  a  concurrent  Depositor  Subscription  and
Community Offering.  The Bank closed the Conversion on February 7, 1995 with the
issuance  of  5,562,500  shares of common  stock at $8.00 per  share.  The stock
commenced trading on February 8, 1995 on the NASDAQ National Market System under
the symbol  'SISB'.  As a result of the  Conversion  there was a net increase to
capital  of  $35.9  million.  The Bank  substantially  strengthened  its  senior
management  team by hiring a new President and Chief  Executive  Officer,  a new
Chief Financial  Officer,  new Senior  Executives in Credit  Administration  and
Commercial  Lending,  Retail  Banking,  Treasury,  Audit and Human Resources and
several senior  officers in Loan Review,  Loan Workout and  Commercial  Lending.
Management  subsequently  implemented  a strategy to (1) reduce the level of the
Bank's  


                                        3

<PAGE>

non-performing  assets,  (2) reduce the risk profile of the Bank, (3) refocus on
the Bank's "core" community  banking  activities to serve the needs of consumers
and small  businesses in the Bank's primary  market area,  (4) reduce  operating
expenses and improve  operating  efficiency,  and (5) improve the Bank's capital
position.

     Management  recognized  that the Bank  needed to reduce its  non-performing
assets  in order to make the bank  more  profitable  and  competitive.  The Bank
adopted  an  accelerated   disposition   program  comprised  of  bulk  sales  of
non-performing  assets  and  other  assets,   accelerated  sales  of  foreclosed
properties  and   procedures  to  intensify   loan  workout  and   restructuring
activities.  This program resulted in significant  reductions in  non-performing
assets in 1994 and 1995.  At December 31, 1994 and 1995,  non-performing  assets
totaled $25.9 million,  or 2.81% of total assets, and $13.9 million, or 1.30% of
assets,  respectively.  In 1995,  as a result  of this  significant  decline  in
non-performing  assets,  the Bank reduced its loan loss provision and foreclosed
real estate expenses which contributed to net income of $11.5 million.  With the
proceeds  from the  Conversion  and net  income for the year,  the Bank's  total
equity increased to $81.5 million or 7.61% of total assets at December 31, 1995.
By regulatory definitions,  the Bank is considered "well capitalized." Effective
April  24,  1995,  the Bank  received  notification  from  both the FDIC and the
Commissioner of Banks that the Order had been terminated,  which unconditionally
released the Bank from its obligations under the Order.

     Since 1993,  the Bank has been in the process of divesting  its real estate
investment  business that was largely conducted through Colebrook and the Bank's
other wholly-owned real estate investment  subsidiaries  (collectively the "Real
Estate  Subsidiaries").  This  divestment  is required  by the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA"). The Bank submitted its
divestiture  plan for the Real Estate  Subsidiaries to the FDIC,  which approved
the plan in December  1995.  This plan is  scheduled to be completed by December
1997.

Investment Activities

     The Bank engages in investment activities for both investment and liquidity
purposes.  The Bank maintains an investment  securities portfolio which consists
primarily of U.S.  Government and agency securities,  corporate  obligations and
Federal  Home Loan Bank stock.  Other  short-term  investments  held by the Bank
periodically include interest-bearing  deposits and federal funds sold. The Bank
also maintains a mortgage-backed  securities  portfolio consisting of securities
issued and guaranteed by the Federal National  Mortgage  Association  (FNMA) and
Federal Home Loan Mortgage  Corporation  (FHLMC) in addition to publicly  traded
and rated mortgage-backed  securities issued by private financial intermediaries
which are rated "AA" or higher by rating agencies of national prominence.

     Effective  January  1,  1994,  the  Bank  adopted  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 115, " Accounting for Certain  Investments in
Debt and Equity  Securities,"  and now holds both "available for sale" and "held
to maturity" portfolios. Securities which the Bank has the intent and ability to
hold until  maturity  are  classified  as held to  maturity  and are  carried at
amortized cost, while those securities which have been identified as assets that
may be sold prior to maturity or assets for which there is not a positive intent
to hold to maturity are classified as available for sale and are carried at fair
value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a
separate component of stockholders' equity.


                                        4

<PAGE>



     The following table sets forth certain information  regarding the amortized
cost and fair value of the Bank's  investment  portfolio at the dates indicated.
Data for  periods  prior to  January  1,  1994 do not  distinguish  between  the
available for sale and held to maturity portfolios,  as the Bank had not adopted
SFAS No. 115 prior to that time.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    December 31, 1995
                                             ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Available for Sale                   Held to Maturity
                                             -----------------------------      ----------------------------
                                                Amortized                         Amortized
                                                  Cost         Fair Value          Cost            Fair Value
                                             --------------   ------------      ------------      -----------
                                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                          <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>  
U.S. government and agency obligations         $  7,700         $  7,699         $      -         $      -
Mortgage-backed securities                      222,673          224,101          161,168          161,481
Other bonds and short term obligations            9,300            9,300           11,625           11,449
Other securities                                  5,884            5,884                -                -
                                               --------         --------         --------         --------
    Total                                      $245,557         $246,984         $172,793         $172,930
                                               ========         ========         ========         ========

 <CAPTION>
                                                                    December 31, 1994
                                             ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Available for Sale                   Held to Maturity
                                             -----------------------------      ----------------------------
                                                Amortized                         Amortized
                                                  Cost         Fair Value          Cost            Fair Value
                                             --------------   ------------      ------------      -----------
                                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                          <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>  
U.S. government and agency obligations         $ 23,953         $ 23,882         $ 17,350         $ 16,173
Mortgage-backed securities                      112,452          109,455          136,901          125,096
Other bonds and short term obligations           23,229           23,169            3,992            3,992
Other securities                                  4,808            4,815                -                -
                                               --------         --------         --------         --------
    Total                                      $164,442         $161,321         $158,243         $145,261
                                               ========         ========         ========         ========
                                                               
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      December 31, 1993
                                                                               -----------------------------
                                                                                  Amortized
                                                                                   Cost            Fair Value
                                                                                ------------      -----------
                                                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                                             <C>              <C>  
U.S. government and agency obligations                                           $ 47,477         $ 47,487
Mortgage-backed securities                                                        114,443          114,602
Other bonds and short term obligations                                             64,813           65,022
Other securities                                                                    4,832            4,842
                                                                                 --------         --------
    Total                                                                        $231,565         $231,953
                                                                              ========         ========
</TABLE>

     The Bank's investment  portfolio  increased $100.2 million between December
31, 1994 and  December 31,  1995.  This  increase  reflects  the  investment  of
proceeds from the Conversion and funds obtained from wholesale borrowing.

     In 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued a special
report, "A Guide to  Implementation of Statement 115," that provided  additional
guidance related to the application of SFAS 115. In connection with the issuance
of this  special  report,  the FASB  allowed all  organizations  to review their
portfolio  classifications  and make a one-time  reclassification  of securities
between  categories  during the period from  November  15, 1995 to December  31,
1995. On December 15, 1995, the Bank  transferred  securities  with an amortized
cost of $84.3  million and an  unrealized  loss of $1.2 million from the held to
maturity  portfolio to the available for sale portfolio.  In addition,  the Bank
also transferred securities with an estimated fair value of $47.3 million and an
unrealized  gain of $0.3 million from the  available  for sale  portfolio to the
held to maturity  portfolio.  The unrealized  gain of $0.3 million  remains as a
separate component of stockholders' equity.  Subsequent to the transfer of these
securities,  the Bank sold $82.9 million of available  for sale  securities at a
net loss of $0.9 million.



                                        5

<PAGE>

The following  table sets forth the  contractual  maturity  distribution  of the
carrying value and the weighted  average  yields of the investment  portfolio at
December 31, 1995. Changes in interest rates will affect actual maturities.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Available for Sale:                               Held to Maturity:
                        ----------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
                            U.S.                  Other                     U.S.                 Other
                         Government   Mortgage   Bonds &      Total      Government  Mortgage    Bonds &      Total
                          Agency      Backed     Short Term    Debt      & Agency     Backed    Short Term    Debt
                         Obligations Securities Obligations  Securities  Obligations Securities Obligations Securities   Total
                        ------------ ---------- ----------- -----------  ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------   ------   
                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>

Within One Year:
  Amortized Cost         $      -    $      -    $  9,300    $  9,300    $      -    $      -    $      -    $      -    $  9,300
  Weighted Avg Yield         0.00%       0.00%       5.38%       5.38%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       0.00%       5.38%
 
1-5 Years:
  Amortized Cost         $  4,700    $  8,487    $      -    $ 13,187    $      -    $ 10,593    $      -    $ 10,593    $ 23,780
  Weighted Avg Yield         6.74%       7.53%       0.00%       6.74%       0.00%       7.81%       0.00%       7.81%       7.22%
      
5-10 Years:
  Amortized Cost         $  3,000    $      -    $      -    $  3,000    $      -    $  9,963    $    100    $ 10,063    $ 13,063
  Weighted Avg Yield         6.00%       0.00%       0.00%       6.93%       0.00%       7.05%       6.73%       7.02%       6.97%
       
Over 10 Years:
  Amortized Cost         $      -    $214,186    $      -    $214,186    $      -    $140,612    $ 11,525    $152,137    $366,323
  Weighted Avg Yield         0.00%       6.91%       0.00%       6.91%       0.00%       7.05%       6.73%       7.02%       6.97%
       
Total:
  Amortized Cost         $  7,700    $222,673    $  9,300    $239,673    $      -    $161,168    $ 11,625    $172,793    $412,466
  Market Value           $  7,699    $224,101    $  9,300    $241,100    $      -    $161,481    $ 11,449    $172,930    $414,030
  Weighted Avg Yield         6.45%       6.94%       5.38%       6.86%       0.00%       7.12%       6.75%       7.10%       6.96%
       
</TABLE>

As of December  31,  1995,  approximately  96.2% of  mortgage-backed  securities
available for sale and 65.3% of mortgage-backed securities held to maturity were
adjustable rate.

Lending Activities

Gross loans  comprised  $573.1  million or 53.5% of total assets at December 31,
1995,  compared to $513.5 million or 55.8% of total assets at December 31, 1994.
The following table sets forth information  concerning the Bank's loan portfolio
in dollar amounts and  percentages,  by type of loan at December 31, 1995,  1994
and 1993, respectively.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            At December 31,
                                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1995                       1994                             1993
                                          ----------------------    -------------------------        -------------------------
                                                      Percent of                   Percent of                       Percent of
                                           Amount        Total       Amount          Total             Amount         Total
                                          --------    ----------    --------       ----------         --------      ----------
                                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                      <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>                <C>            <C>
Residential real estate loans             $263,551      45.99%       $257,623       50.17%            $264,011        41.21%
Commercial  real estate loans              118,005      20.59%        122,091       23.78%             227,313        35.49%
Commercial loans                           117,674      20.53%         80,296       15.64%             110,630        17.27%
Home equity loans                           67,657      11.81%         46,593        9.07%              26,819         4.19%
Consumer loans                               6,196       1.08%          6,883        1.34%              11,801         1.84%
                                           -------     ------        --------      ------             --------       ------
   Total loans receivable, gross           573,083     100.00%        513,486      100.00%             640,574       100.00%
                                           -------     ------        --------      ------             --------       ------
Less:
  Unearned income and fees                    (566)                        60                              940
  Allowance for loan losses                 14,986                     15,844                           18,367
                                          --------                   --------                         --------
   Total loans receivable, net            $558,663                   $497,582                         $621,267
                                          ========                   ========                         ========
</TABLE>

                                       6
<PAGE>

Maturity of Loan Portfolio

The following table sets forth the Bank's loan portfolio,  before  allowance for
loan losses and unearned discounts,  based on contractual maturities.  The table
does not consider  prepayment  assumptions.  Principal  amortization is included
based on scheduled  payments.  Demand loans, and loans having no stated schedule
of repayment and no stated maturity are reported as due within one year.  Actual
maturities  may be  significantly  shorter due to changes in interest  rates and
economic conditions.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                At December 31, 1995
                                             ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Less Than          1 Year            More Than
                                              1 Year         to 5 Years           5 Years               Total
                                             ----------      ----------           ---------             -----
                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                         <C>            <C>                   <C>                  <C>    
Fixed rate loans (1):
  Residential real estate (2)                $ 8,221          $ 5,028             $ 29,050             $ 42,299
  Commercial real estate                       8,404            8,560               15,045               32,009
  Commercial                                   7,574           15,846                4,486               27,906
  Home equity                                    115              756                1,845                2,716
  Consumer                                     2,175            3,758                  263                6,196
                                              ------           ------              -------              -------
    Total fixed rate loans                    26,489           33,948               50,689              111,126
                                              ------           ------              -------              -------
Adjustable rate loans (1):
  Residential real estate                      2,943           14,348              203,961              221,252
  Commercial real estate                      11,341           42,278               32,377               85,996
  Commercial                                  20,798           44,852               24,118               89,768
  Home equity                                    145              798               63,998               64,941
  Consumer                                         -                -                    -                    -
                                              ------           ------              -------              -------
    Total adjustable rate loans               35,227          102,276              324,454              461,957
                                              ------           ------              -------              -------

    Total amounts due                        $61,716         $136,224             $375,143             $573,083
                                             =======         ========             ========             ========

<FN>

  (1)   Includes non-accrual loans.
  (2)   Loans held for sale of $6.7 million are included as maturing in less than one year.
</FN>
</TABLE>

Delinquency

The  following  table sets forth a summary  of the  Bank's  delinquent  loans at
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                  At December 31, 1995
                                             ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     60-89 Days                        90 Days or More
                                             ---------------------------          ---------------------------
                                              Number           Principal           Number           Principal
                                                of              Balance              of              Balance
                                               Loans           of Loans            Loans             of Loans
                                             --------          ---------          --------          --------- 
<S>                                             <C>            <C>                   <C>            <C>
Residential real estate loans                     39             $2,472                75             $3,080
Commercial real estate loans                       2                171                19              2,067
Commercial loans                                   8                493                 3                 36
Home equity loans                                  5                147                 7                 71
Consumer loans                                    24                 13                12                 14
                                                  --             ------               ---             ------
    Total delinquent loans                        78             $3,296               116             $5,268
                                                  ==             ======               ===             ======
Delinquent loans to total gross loans                             0.58%                                0.92%


                                       7

<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
                                                                  At December 31, 1994
                                             ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     60-89 Days                        90 Days or More
                                             ---------------------------          ---------------------------
                                              Number           Principal           Number           Principal
                                                of              Balance              of              Balance
                                               Loans           of Loans            Loans             of Loans
                                             --------          ---------          --------          --------- 
<S>                                             <C>            <C>                   <C>            <C>
Residential real estate loans                     24               $690                63             $2,686
Commercial real estate loans                       1                129                 6              2,150
Commercial loans                                   3                203                 3                165
Home equity loans                                 10                195                16                339
Consumer loans                                    43                 59                30                 41
                                                  --             ------               ---             ------
    Total delinquent loans                        81             $1,276               118             $5,381
                                                  ==             ======               ===             ======
Delinquent loans to total gross loans                             0.25%                                1.05%

<CAPTION>
                                                                  At December 31, 1993
                                             ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     60-89 Days                        90 Days or More
                                             ---------------------------          ---------------------------
                                              Number           Principal           Number           Principal
                                                of              Balance              of              Balance
                                               Loans           of Loans            Loans             of Loans
                                             --------          ---------          --------          --------- 
<S>                                             <C>            <C>                   <C>            <C>
Residential real estate loans                     40             $1,406               103             $8,296
Commercial real estate loans                       5              5,066                 8              5,976
Commercial loans                                  21                575                34              5,143
Home equity loans                                  8                159                20                571
Consumer loans                                    75                 88               151                140
                                                  --             ------               ---             ------
    Total delinquent loans                       149             $7,294               316            $20,126
                                                 ===             ======               ===             ======
Delinquent loans to total gross loans                             1.14%                                3.14%
</TABLE>
 
Allowance for Loan Losses

     The  allowance  for  possible  loan  losses  reflects  an  amount  that  in
Management's  judgment is adequate to provide for  potential  losses in the loan
portfolio.  In addition,  examinations  of the adequacy of the loan loss reserve
are conducted periodically by various regulatory agencies.

     The Bank's  loan loss  reserve  methodology  emphasizes  an  evaluation  of
non-performing  loans and those  loans  that  have been  identified  as having a
higher  risk  of  becoming  non-performing  loans.  The  overall  analysis  is a
continuing  process  that gives  consideration  to such factors as size and risk
characteristics  of the loan portfolio,  the risk rating of individual  credits,
general economic conditions,  historical  delinquency and charge-off experience,
the borrowers' financial capabilities and the underlying collateral,  including,
when appropriate, independent appraisals of real estate properties. In addition,
Management  periodically  reviews the methodology of allocating  reserves to the
various loan categories based on similar factors.

     The  Bank's  allowance  for  possible  loan  losses  is  decreased  by loan
charge-offs  and increased by provisions for possible loan losses and recoveries
on loans  previously  charged-off.  When commercial and residential  real estate
loans are  foreclosed,  the loan balance is compared  with the fair value of the
property.  If the net  carrying  value of the  loan at the  time of  foreclosure
exceeds  the fair  value of the  property  less  estimated  selling  costs,  the
difference  is charged to the  allowance  for possible  loan losses and the fair
value of the property  becomes the new cost basis of the real estate owned.  The
Bank has or  obtains  current  appraisals  on real  estate  owned at the time it
obtains possession of the property. Real estate owned is subsequently carried at
the lower of cost or fair value less  estimated  selling  costs with any further
adjustments  reflected as a charge  against  operations.  The Bank  assesses the
value of real estate owned on a periodic basis.  The Bank maintains an allowance
for estimated  losses,  which at December 31, 1995 amounted to $0.8 million,  to
account for declines in the carrying value of foreclosed real estate.

                                       8
<PAGE>

     The  allowance  for  possible  loan losses at  December  31, 1995 was $15.0
million,  compared to $15.8  million at December 31,  1994.  The activity in the
allowance for possible loan losses for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1995,
1994 and 1993 is set forth in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              For The Years Ended December 31,
                                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                          1995         1994          1993
                                                         ------       ------        ------
                                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance, beginning of period                           $ 15,844     $ 18,367     $ 12,176
Provision for loan losses                                 4,359       25,742       15,740
Charge-offs:
  Residential real estate loans                            (472)      (4,588)      (2,558)
  Commercial real estate loans                           (4,632)     (20,430)      (3,693)
  Commercial loans                                         (705)      (5,729)      (4,161)
  Home equity loans                                         (51)        (124)        (215)
  Consumer loans                                           (208)        (233)        (373)
                                                       --------     --------     --------
    Total charge-offs                                    (6,068)     (31,104)     (11,000)
Recoveries:
  Residential real estate loans                               0          460          242
  Commercial real estate loans                              379        1,199          558
  Commercial loans                                          301        1,058          566
  Home equity loans                                          82           79           46
  Consumer loans                                             89           43           39
                                                       --------     --------     --------
    Total recoveries                                        851        2,839        1,451
                                                       --------     --------     --------
Net charge-offs                                          (5,217)     (28,265)      (9,549)
Balance at end of period                               $ 14,986     $ 15,844     $ 18,367
                                                       ========     ========     ========
Ratio of net loan charge-offs during the period to
    average loans outstanding during the period           (0.96%)      (4.94%)      (1.36%)
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans
    at the end of the period                               2.61%        3.09%        2.87%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to non-performing
    loans at the end of the period                       155.71%      106.71%       33.09%
</TABLE>

     Effective  January 1, 1995,  the Bank adopted No. SFAS 114,  "Accounting by
Creditors  for  Impairment  of a Loan."  At  December  31,  1995,  the  recorded
investment  in loans that are  considered  impaired  under SFAS No. 114 was $8.0
million. Included in this amount is $0.9 million of impaired loans for which the
related SFAS 114  allowance  is $0.3 million and $7.1 million of impaired  loans
for which the SFAS 114  allowance is zero.  The average  recorded  investment in
impaired  loans during the year ended December 31, 1995 was  approximately  $9.8
million For the year ended  December  31,  1995,  the Bank  recognized  interest
income on these impaired loans of $0.3 million.

     The following  table shows the  allocation of the allowance for loan losses
to various types of loans.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  At December 31,
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            1995                        1994                       1993
                                                  --------------------------   ------------------------  --------------------------
                                                                % of Total                 % of Total                 % of Total
                                                               Allowance for              Allowance for              Allowance for
                                                    Amount      Loan Loss       Amount    Loan Losses      Amount     Loan Losses
                                                  ---------   ---------------   -------  ---------------  -------    -------------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>          <C>              <C>         <C>           <C>
Residential real estate loans  . . . . . . . . .    1,881        12.55%         4,377          27.63%     $ 1,949         10.61%
Commercial real estate loans  . . . . . . . .       6,784        45.27%         7,240          45.69%      10,568         57.54%
Commercial loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5,480        36.57%         3,101          19.57%       5,605         30.52%
Home Equity loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         672         4.48%           906           5.72%         120          0.65%
Consumer loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       169         1.13%           220           1.39%         125          0.68%
                                                  -------       ------        -------         ------      -------        ------
Total allowance for loan losses  . . . . . .      $14,986       100.00%       $15,844         100.00%     $18,367        100.00%
                                                  =======       ======         ======         ======      =======        ======
</TABLE>

                                       9
<PAGE>

Deposit Distribution

     The  principal  source  of  funds  for the  Bank are  deposits  from  local
consumers and businesses.  There were no brokered deposits at December 31, 1995.
The Bank's deposits  consist of demand and NOW accounts,  passbook and statement
savings accounts, Money Market accounts and Time deposit accounts.

     Total  deposits were $885.4 million at December 31, 1995 compared to $853.6
million at December  31,  1993.  In the fall of 1993,  the Bank  initiated a new
strategy for obtaining  consumer deposit accounts with a focus on increasing the
number of checking and savings  accounts at the Bank.  From December 31, 1993 to
December 31, 1995, the Bank has increased its demand and savings accountbalances
by approximately $37.8 million, with the greatest proportion of growth in demand
deposit  accounts.  This  increase  is a result of the Bank's  consumer  deposit
strategy to attract  and retain core  deposits  which  provides  the Bank with a
lower cost source of funds.

     During the period from December 31, 1994 to December 31, 1995, Time deposit
balances have increased $42.0 million,  largely attributable to the introduction
of the "Can't Lose CD" product, a 90 day CD which pays a rate equal to the prime
rate less 350 basis points.  As of December 31, 1995, the Bank had $32.0 million
in "Can't Lose CD" balances.

     Money Market accounts have steadily declined from December, 1993 reflecting
a shift  to  higher  yielding  Time  deposits  as well as an  outflow  to  other
investment vehicles such as annuities and mutual funds.

The following table sets forth the  distribution of the Bank's deposit  accounts
for each of the three years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             At December 31,
                                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1995                     1994                  1993
                                                   ---------------------    -------------------    -------------------
                                                                 Percent                Percent                Percent
                                                                   of                     of                     of
                                                    Amount        Total      Amount      Total      Amount      Total
                                                   --------      -------    -------     -------    --------    -------  
                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                               <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>
Demand deposits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       $ 71,539       8.08%     $ 51,932      6.08%    $ 36,997      4.23%
NOW accounts   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         57,271       6.47%       56,297      6.59%      58,595      6.70%
Savings accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        185,555      20.96%      184,513     21.62%     182,301     20.84%
Money market accounts . . . . . . . . . .           203,313      22.96%      235,168     27.55%     255,553     29.21%
Time deposits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      367,708      41.53%      325,723     38.16%     341,460     39.02%
                                                   --------     -------     --------    -------    --------    -------
   Total deposits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $885,386     100.00%     $853,633    100.00%    $874,906    100.00%
                                                   ========     =======     ========    =======    ========    =======
</TABLE>

     The Bank does not  actively  solicit  Time  deposit  accounts  in excess of
$100,000. The following table sets forth the remaining contractual maturities of
the Bank's Time deposit  portfolio in amounts  greater than $100,000 at December
31, 1995.

                                                 At December 31, 1995
                                                 ---------------------
                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
Three months or less  . . . . . . . . . .               $11,051
Over three through six months  . . . . .                  5,168
Over six through 12 months  . . . . . . .                 8,926
Over 12 months  . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 5,464
                                                        -------
      Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                $30,609
                                                        =======
Borrowings

Deposits are the primary source of funds for the Bank. However, the Bank is able
to borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank  ("FHLB") of Boston and can enter into
repurchase  agreements.  At December 31, 1995, the Bank's total outstanding FHLB
advances  and  repurchase  agreements  were  $41.5  million  and $31.1  million,
respectively.

                                       10
<PAGE>
Competition

     Vigorous  competition  exists  in all areas in which  the Bank  engages  in
business.  The Bank faces  intense  competition  in its market  areas from major
banking and  financial  institutions,  including  many which have  substantially
greater  resources or market  presence  than the Bank.  Competitors  of the Bank
include  commercial banks,  savings banks,  mutual funds,  insurance  companies,
finance companies, credit unions and mortgage companies.

Government Regulation

     The Bank is in a heavily regulated industry.  As a state-chartered  savings
bank whose deposits are insured by the FDIC and the Depositors Insurance Fund, a
private excess  insurer,  the Bank is subject to regulation by federal and state
regulatory  authorities  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  FDIC  and  the
Commissioner of Banks.


ITEM 2: PROPERTIES

     The  Bank's  corporate  headquarters  are  located  at  1441  Main  Street,
Springfield,  Massachusetts  01102. At December 31, 1995 the Bank had 20 banking
offices which are set forth in the table below.

                                                              Own/Lease
                  Location                                 Expiration Date
                ------------                              -----------------
Banking Offices
40 Springfield Street, Agawam                                      Own
693 Memorial Drive, Chicopee                                       Own
153 Meadow Street, Chicopee                                        Own
465 North Main Street, East Longmeadow                         Lease/2010
1360 Carew Street, East Springfield                            Lease/2004
50 Holyoke Street, Holyoke                                     Lease/2001
724 Bliss Road, Longmeadow                                     Lease/01/97
52 East Street, Ludlow                                         Lease/08/97
175 Main Street, Northampton                                       Own
412 Boston Road, Springfield                                       Own
1800 Boston Road, Springfield                                      Own
619 Chestnut Street, Springfield                                   Own
441 Cooley Street, Springfield                                     Own
561 Sumner Avenue, Springfield                                     Own
1441 Main Street, Springfield                                      Own
807 Wilbraham Road, Springfield                                Lease/08/96
958 State Street, Springfield                                  No Lease
968 Riverdale Road, West Springfield                           Lease/2006
1425 Westfield Street, West Springfield                        Lease/02/97
60 Main Street, Westfield                                          Own


ITEM 3:  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Bank is not  involved in any pending  litigation  other than  routine  legal
proceedings  occurring  in the  ordinary  course  of  business.  While the legal
responsibility  and  financial  impact with  respect to such  litigation  cannot
presently be ascertained, the Bank does not anticipate that any of these matters
will result in the payment by the Bank of damages, that, in the aggregate, would
be material in relation to the consolidated  financial position or operations of
the Bank.
                                       11
<PAGE>

ITEM 4:  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

As of December 31, 1995,  the Bank had  5,710,700  shares of Common Stock issued
and outstanding. The response to this Item is incorporated by reference from the
discussion under the headings  "Security  Ownership of Management and Directors"
on  Pages 56 and 57 of the  "Proxy  Statement  of  Springfield  Institution  for
Savings, Annual Meeting of Shareholders, May 9, 1996" filed as Form F-5 with the
FDIC (the "Proxy Statement").

                                     PART II


ITEM 5:  MARKET FOR BANK'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SECURITY HOLDER MATTERS

     (a) The Bank's Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ  National Market System
("NASDAQ") under the symbol "SISB".  The following table sets forth the high and
low last sale prices of the Common Stock, as reported by NASDAQ.

1995                                     High                    Low
                                       --------                -------
First Quarter**                        $11 1/16                $ 9 5/8
Second Quarter                         $13 1/16                $10 7/8
Third Quarter                          $16                     $12 7/8
Fourth Quarter                         $17 1/8                 $14 5/8

- --------
** The Bank was a mutual  company in 1994 and converted to a  stockholder  owned
savings bank on February 7, 1995.  Trading in the Bank's shares commenced on the
NASDAQ market on February 8, 1995.

     (b) As of February 28, 1996, the most recent  practicable date, the closing
sale price of the Bank's  Common Stock,  as reported by NASDAQ,  was $17 7/8 per
share.  As of that same date, the Bank had 1,202 holders of record of the Bank's
Common Stock. This figure does not reflect  beneficial  ownership of shares held
in nominee names.

     (c)  While it is not  anticipated  that the Bank  will be  paying  any cash
dividends  in the near  future,  the  Board of  Directors  will be  periodically
reviewing whether any cash dividend should be paid.

                                       12
<PAGE>



ITEM 6:  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               At December 31,
                                                                    ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         1995         1994         1993         1992         1991
                                                                     -----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                             (In Thousands)   
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>   
Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $1,070,978   $  920,689   $  969,904   $1,002,513   $1,045,365
Investment securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .      419,777      319,564      231,565      156,279      131,130
Loans receivable, gross  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .      573,083      513,486      640,574      717,301      786,600
Allowance for possible loan losses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       14,986       15,844       18,367       12,176       11,873
Investments in real estate and real estate
  partnerships  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        6,092        6,699        9,939       13,219       15,361
Deposits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      885,386      853,633      874,906      898,050      937,316
Borrowings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       78,071        2,392        6,063        6,240        6,415
Total stockholders' equity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       81,469       28,503       58,531       72,762       82,905

Asset Quality:

  Non-accruing loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        9,037       14,472       52,308       63,865       54,888
  Loans past due 90 days and still accruing  . . . . . . . . .               587          376        3,205        5,679        4,215
                                                                      ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
     Total non-performing loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             9,624       14,848       55,513       69,544       59,103
  Foreclosed real estate, net  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         1,529        4,951       25,085       52,757       49,750
  Restructured loans on accrual status  (1)  . . . . . . . . . .           2,732        6,114       15,845        1,544       10,509
                                                                      ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
     Total non-performing assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       $   13,885   $   25,913   $   96,443   $  123,845   $  119,362
                                                                      ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
<FN>
        (1)  Restructured  loans  are loans  for  which  concessions,  including
        reduction  of  interest  rates or  deferral  of  interest  or  principal
        payments,  have been granted to  acknowledge  changes in the  borrower's
        financial  condition  or  changes  in the  underlying  cash flows of the
        loan's collateral. Restructured loans on non-accrual status are reported
        in the non-accrual loan category.  Restructured  loans on accrual status
        are those that have complied with the terms of a restructuring agreement
        for a satisfactory period (generally six months).
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       13
<PAGE>

SELECTED OPERATING DATA:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          For the Year Ended December 31,
                                                                           --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              1995        1994       1993        1992         1991
                                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                                                             (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>  
Interest and dividend income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 69,916    $ 57,913    $ 63,174    $ 72,187    $ 86,165
Interest and dividend expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    32,556      23,792      27,175      36,537      57,562
                                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Net interest and dividend income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    37,360      34,121      35,999      35,650      28,603
Less: provision for possible loan losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4,359      25,742      15,740      13,219       8,610
                                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Net interest and dividend income after 
     provision for possible loan losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    33,001       8,379      20,259      22,431      19,993

Noninterest income:
  Net gain (loss) on sale of loans and securities  . . . . . . . . . . . .     (643)       (553)      2,351       1,612       2,095
  Loan fees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3,221       3,213
  Deposit fees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5,191       4,122       4,337       4,038
  Other fees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       355       1,547       1,207
                                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
      Total noninterest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8,124       8,329      11,671      10,426       9,377

Noninterest expense:
  Operating expenses:
  Salaries and employee benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    15,961      16,808      16,583      13,927      13,267
  Occupancy expense of bank premises  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3,459       3,410       3,502       3,575       3,532
  Furniture and equipment expense  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1,943       1,830       1,696       1,929       1,558
  Other operating expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    13,768      15,109      13,442      11,274      10,084
                                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
      Total operating expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    35,131      37,157      35,223      30,705      28,441
Foreclosed real estate expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      521       5,470      11,734      13,272       3,547
Net expense (income) of real estate operations  . . . . . . . . . . . . .      (227)        988       2,632       1,077       6,493
                                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
    Total noninterest expense  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35,425      43,615      49,589      45,054      38,481
                                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------

Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in
  accounting principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5,700     (26,907)    (17,659)    (12,197)     (9,111)
Income tax (benefit) expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   (5,759)       --        (3,384)     (3,228)       (636)
                                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accouting principle .    11,459     (26,907)    (14,275)     (8,969)     (8,475)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (1) . . . . . . . . .      --          --          --         1,295        --
                                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
    Net income (loss)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11,459    ($26,907)   ($14,275)   ($10,264)   ($ 8,475)
                                                                           ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
<FN>
(1)  Results from the January 1, 1992 adoption of SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting for Income Taxes."
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       14
<PAGE>



SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS AND OTHER DATA:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   At or For the Year Ended December 31,
                                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       1995          1994          1993          1992       1991
                                                                      ------        ------        ------        ------     -----
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>        <C>    
Performance Ratios: (1)
Return on average assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1.16%        (2.88%)       (1.46%)       (1.01%)    (0.79%)
Return on average equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    17.25%       (63.55%)      (20.85%)      (13.24%)    (9.47%)
Net interest income/spread (2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      3.59%         3.72%         4.06%         3.92%      2.74%
Net interest margin  (3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4.00%         3.90%         4.13%         3.97%      2.95%
Efficiency ratio (4)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     76.16%        86.41%        77.72%        69.06%     79.26%
Operating expenses to average assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      3.55%         3.98%        (3.60%)        3.02%      2.66%
Ratio of net loan charge-offs to average loans outstanding . . . .    (0.96%)       (4.94%)       (1.36%)       (1.72%)    (1.19%)

Asset Quality Ratios:
Non-performing loans to total gross loans  . . . . . . . . . . . .     1.68%         2.89%         8.67%         9.70%        7.51%
Non-performing assets to total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1.30%         2.81%         9.94%        12.35%       11.42%
Allowance for possible loan losses to non-performing loans  . . .    155.71%       106.71%        33.09%        17.51%       20.09%
Allowance for loan losses to total gross loans  . . . . . . . . .      2.61%         3.09%         2.87%         1.70%        1.51%

Capital Ratios:
Equity to total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      7.61%         3.10%         6.03%         7.26%        7.93%
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      7.57%         3.43%         6.02%         7.28%        7.72%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     12.52%         6.07%         8.47%        10.13%       10.78%
Total risk-based capital ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    13.77%         7.32%         9.72%        11.38%       12.28%


Other Data:
Number of deposit accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    208,254      156,524       147,835       144,118      152,395
Residential loan originations ($000s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $107,045     $176,355      $380,202      $392,045     $234,375
Loans serviced for others ($000s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $880,558     $935,066      $911,028      $792,243     $501,114
Number of full time equivalent employees . . . . . . . . . . . . .       410          463           533           530          480

Facilities:
Full-service customer service facilities  . . . . . . . . . . . .         20           19            19            20           20
Mortgage origination offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         -            2             2             2            2

<FN>

(1)   With the  exception  of end of  period  ratios,  all  ratios  are based on
      average daily  balances  during the indicated  periods and are  annualized
      where appropriate.
(2)   Interest  spread  represents the difference  between the weighted  average
      yield  on  interest-earning  assets  and  the  weighted  average  cost  of
      interest-bearing liabilities (which do include non-interest bearing demand
      accounts).
(3)   Net interest  margin  represents  the net interest  income as a percent of
      average  interest-earning  assets,  including  the average  daily  balance
      amount of non-performing loans.
(4)   The efficiency ratio represents  operating expenses as a percentage of net
      interest income and noninterest income,  excluding gains/(losses) on sales
      of loans and securities.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       15
<PAGE>

ITEM 7: MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Financial Condition

     The  following  discussion  and  analysis of the  financial  condition  and
results of operations of the Bank should be read in conjunction  with the Bank's
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and Notes  thereto,  which are  included in
Exhibit A of this report.

Balance Sheet Changes

     Total  assets of $1,071.0  million at December  31, 1995  increased  $150.3
million or 16.3 % from  $920.7  million at  December  31,  1994.  This  increase
reflects the  investment of net proceeds of $35.9 million from the Conversion as
well as  increases  of $75.7  million  in  borrowed  funds and $31.8  million in
deposits.

     The growth in total assets occurred primarily in commercial and home equity
loans and the investment  portfolio.  Commercial loans totaled $117.7 million as
of December  31, 1995  compared to $80.3  million as of December  31,  1994,  an
increase of $37.4 million or 46.5%.  This increase reflects the Bank's continued
effort to expand its share of loans to small and medium sized  businesses.  Home
equity loan  balances  grew from $46.6  million as of December 31, 1994 to $67.7
million as of December 31,  1995,  an increase of $21.1  million or 45.6%.  This
increase is the result of the Bank's  competitive  loan pricing approach coupled
with the waiver of closing costs on its home equity loan  products.  Investments
increased  $100.2  million to a total of $419.8  million as of December 31, 1995
from the $319.6 million reported one year earlier.

     Total  deposits  were $885.4  million as of December  31, 1995  compared to
$853.6  million as of December 31, 1994,  an increase of $31.8  million or 3.7%.
During this  period,  the Bank sought to increase  its share of primary  deposit
relationships.  As a result of its consumer strategy,  the Bank increased demand
deposits  by $19.6  million or 37.8%.  Time  deposit  balances  increased  $42.0
million or 12.9%  primarily due to the 1995  introduction of the "Can't Lose CD"
product,  a 90 day CD which  pays a rate  equal to the prime rate less 350 basis
points.  Total balances in this new CD product were $32.0 million as of December
31, 1995.  Offsetting these increases,  Money Market account balances  decreased
$31.9  million  during  the  period  reflecting  a shift in  balances  to higher
yielding Time deposits as well as outflow to other  investment  vehicles such as
annuities and mutual funds.

Asset Quality/Non-Performing Assets

     Non-performing  assets  declined $12.0 million to $13.9 million at December
31, 1995. The following table sets forth information regarding the components of
non-performing assets for the periods presented.

                                                      At December 31,
                                              ------------------------------
                                                1995        1994       1993
                                               ------      ------     ------
                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
Non-accrual loans (1):
   Residential real estate loans             $ 2,553     $ 2,651     $ 6,112
   Commercial real estate loans                5,745      10,003      32,569
   Commercial loans                              638       1,492      13,489
   Home equity loans                              90         289           0
   Consumer loans                                 11          37         138
                                              ------      ------      ------
     Total non-accrual loans                   9,037      14,472      52,308
                                              ------      ------      ------
Loans past due 90 days still accruing (2)        587         376       3,205
                                              ------      ------      ------
     Total non-performing loans                9,624      14,848      55,513
Foreclosed real estate (3)                     1,529       4,951      25,085
Restructured loans on accrual status (4)       2,732       6,114      15,845
                                              ------      ------      ------
     Total non-performing assets             $13,885     $25,913     $96,443
                                              ======     =======     =======
Total non-performing loans to total
   gross loans                                 1.68%       2.89%       8.67%
Total non-performing assets to total
   assets                                      1.30%       2.81%       9.94%
Allowance for possible losses to
   non-performing loans                      155.71%     106.71%      33.09%


                                       16
<PAGE>

(1)  Non-accrual loans are loans that are contractually past due in excess of 90
     days,  for which the Bank has  stopped the  accrual of  interest,  or loans
     which are not past due but on which the Bank has  stopped  the  accrual  of
     interest based on management's assessment of the circumstances  surrounding
     these loans.

(2)  Accruing  loans  past due 90 days or more  are  loans  which  have not been
     placed on non-accrual status as, in management's opinion, the collection of
     the loan and contractual interest, in full, is not in doubt.

(3)  Foreclosed  real estate  includes  OREO,  defined as real  estate  acquired
     through  foreclosure  or acceptance of a deed in lieu of  foreclosure.  The
     Bank  carries   foreclosed  real  estate  at  net  realized  value,   which
     approximates fair value less estimated selling costs.

(4)  Restructured loans are loans for which concessions,  including reduction of
     interest  rates or deferral of interest  or  principal  payments  have been
     granted due to the borrower's  financial  condition.  Restructured loans on
     non-accrual   status  are  reported  in  the  non-accrual   loan  category.
     Restructured  loans on accrual  status are those  loans that have  complied
     with  terms  of  a  restructuring   agreement  for  a  satisfactory  period
     (generally six months).

Liquidity

     Liquidity measures the ability of the Bank to meet its maturing obligations
and existing commitments,  to withstand  fluctuations in deposit levels, to fund
its operations and to provide for customer credit needs.

     The Bank's principal sources of funds are deposits,  advances from the FHLB
of  Boston,  repurchase  agreements,  repayments  and  maturities  on loans  and
securities,  proceeds  from the  sale of  securities  in the  available-for-sale
portfolio,  and funds provided by operations.  While scheduled loan and security
amortization and maturities are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit
flows and loan and  security  prepayments  are  greatly  influenced  by economic
conditions  and the general level of interest  rates and  competition.  The Bank
utilizes   particular   sources  of  funds  based  on   comparative   costs  and
availability. The Bank generally manages the pricing of its deposits to maintain
a steady deposit balance,  but has from time to time decided not to pay rates on
deposits  as  high as its  competition,  and  when  necessary,  will  supplement
deposits  with longer term and/or less  expensive  alternative  sources of funds
such as advances from the FHLB and repurchase agreements.

     Liquidity  management  is  both a daily  and  long-term  responsibility  of
Management.  The Bank adjusts its investments in cash and cash equivalents based
upon  Management's  assessment  of  expected  loan  demand,  projected  security
maturities,   expected  deposit  flows,  yields  available  on  interest-bearing
deposits,  and the objectives of its asset/liability  management program. If the
Bank  requires  funds  beyond its ability to generate  them  internally,  it has
additional  borrowing  capacity  with  the  FHLB  and  collateral  eligible  for
repurchase  agreements.  Because  the  Bank has a stable  retail  deposit  base,
Management  believes  that  significant  borrowings  will  not be  necessary  to
maintain its current liquidity position.

     The  Bank's  ongoing   principal  use  of  capital  resources  remains  the
origination of single-family  residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate
loans,  commercial  loans,  and home equity loans  secured by  residential  real
estate.

Capital Resources/Regulatory Capital

     Under current FDIC capital regulations,  state-chartered,  non-member banks
(banks that are not members of the Federal  Reserve  System),  such as the Bank,
are required to comply with three separate minimum capital requirements: a "Tier
1 leverage capital ratio" and two  "risk-based"  capital  requirements:  "Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio" and "Total risk-based capital ratio."

     The Tier 1 leverage  capital  ratio is expressed as a percentage of "Tier 1
capital" to quarterly average total assets.  Tier 1 capital  generally  includes
common   stockholders'   equity  (including   retained   earnings),   qualifying
non-cumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock and any related surplus and minority
interests  in  the  equity  accounts  of  fully  consolidated  subsidiaries.  In
addition,  deferred tax assets are allowable up to a certain  limit.  Intangible

                                       17
<PAGE>

assets,  other than properly valued  purchased  mortgage  servicing rights up to
certain specified limits, must be deducted from Tier 1 capital. The unrealized
gain or loss on securities  available for sale is not included as a component of
Tier 1 capital under the current guidelines.

     The Tier 1 risk-based  capital ratio is expressed as a percentage of Tier 1
capital to total risk-weighted  assets.  Risk-weighted  assets are calculated by
assigning assets to one of several broad risk categories (0%, 20%, 50%, or 100%)
based primarily on credit risk. The aggregate dollar value of the amount in each
category is then  multiplied by the  risk-weight  associated  with the category.
Risk-weights  for all  off-balance  sheet  items are  determined  by a  two-step
process.  First, the "credit  equivalent  amount" of off-balance  sheet items is
determined in most cases by multiplying the  off-balance  sheet item by a credit
conversion  factor.  Second,  the credit  equivalent  amount is treated like any
balance sheet asset and generally is assigned to the appropriate  risk category.
The  resulting  weighted  values  from  each of the risk  categories  are  added
together,  and this sum is the Bank's total  risk-weighted  assets that comprise
the denominator of the risk-based capital ratios.

     The  Total  risk-based  capital  ratio  is  expressed  as a  percentage  of
"Qualifying  total  capital" to total risk  weighted  assets.  Qualifying  total
capital  consists  of the sum of  Tier 1  capital  plus  Tier 2  capital,  which
consists of cumulative  perpetual preferred stock,  mandatory  convertible debt,
term  subordinated  debt, and a certain portion of the allowance for loan losses
up to a maximum of 1.25 % of risk- weighted assets.

     The following table reflects the regulatory capital position of the Bank at
year end 1995, 1994 and 1993 as well as the December 31, 1995 minimum regulatory
capital requirements for well-capitalized institutions.

                                        At December 31,      
                                   -----------------------      FDIC
                                    1995    1994    1993     Requirement
                                   ------  ------  ------    ----------- 
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio       7.57%   3.43%   6.02%       5.00%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio    12.52%   6.07%   8.47%       6.00%
Total risk-based capital ratio     13.77%   7.32%   9.72%      10.00%

Interest Rate Risk Management

     The  operations  of the  Bank are  subject  to the  risk of  interest  rate
fluctuations to the extent that there is a substantial  difference in the amount
of the Bank's assets and liabilities that reprice or mature within specific time
periods.   An   asset-sensitive   position   indicates   that   there  are  more
rate-sensitive  assets than  rate-sensitive  liabilities  repricing  or maturing
within specific time horizons, which would generally imply a favorable impact on
net interest income in periods of rising interest rates and a negative impact in
periods  of  falling  interest  rates.  A  liability-sensitive   position  would
generally  imply a negative  impact on net interest  income in periods of rising
interest rates and a positive impact in periods of falling interest rates.

     The  objective of the Bank's  interest rate risk  management  process is to
identify,  manage,  and control its interest rate risk within established limits
in order to produce  consistent  earnings that are not contingent upon favorable
trends in interest rates.  This is attained by monitoring the levels of interest
rates, the  relationships  between the rates earned on assets and the rates paid
on liabilities,  the absolute amount of assets and liabilities  which reprice or
mature  over  similar  periods,  and the  effect of all of these  factors on the
estimated  level of net  interest  income.  During 1995,  the Bank  continued to
enhance its  analytical  capability  for  measuring  interest  rate risk and its
ability to respond to potential situations that might unduly increase such risk.

     There are a number  of  industry  standards  used to  measure  a  financial
institution's  interest  rate risk  position.  Most  common  among  these is the
one-year  gap  which  is  the  difference  between  assets,   liabilities,   and
off-balance  sheet  instruments  that will  mature or  reprice  within  one year
expressed as a percentage of total assets. Using Management's estimates of asset
prepayments and core deposit decay in its  computation,  the Bank estimates that
its  cumulative  one-year gap position was a positive  $104.6 million or 9.8% of
total assets at December  31, 1995.  The Bank also  utilizes  income  simulation
modeling in  measuring  its interest  rate risk and  managing its interest  rate
sensitivity.  Income simulation not only considers the impact of changing market
interest  rates  on  forecasted  net  interest  income,   but  also  takes  into
consideration  other factors such as yield curve  relationships,  the volume and
mix  of  assets  and  liabilities,  customer  preferences,  and  general  market
conditions.

                                       18
<PAGE>

     The  following  table  sets forth the  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities
outstanding at December 31, 1995, which are anticipated by the Bank to mature or
reprice in each of the future time periods shown using certain assumptions based
on its historical experience,  the current interest rate environment,  and other
data  available  to  Management.  Management  believes  that  these  assumptions
approximate  actual  experience  and  considers  such  assumptions   reasonable;
however,  the interest rate  sensitivity  of the Bank's  assets and  liabilities
could vary substantially if different assumptions were used or actual experience
differs from the assumptions  used.  Management  periodically  reviews and, when
appropriate,  changes  assumptions  used in evaluating the Bank's  interest rate
sensitivity.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          GAP Position at December 31, 1995
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    More than six
                                                    Less than        months less
                                                   six months      than one year       1 - 5 Years       Over 5 Yrs        TOTAL
                                                  ------------     -------------       -----------       ----------       -------
                                                                           (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                              <C>                <C>                 <C>              <C>           <C>    
Assets: 
  Federal funds sold and
    interest bearing deposits                      $  8,045           $       -           $      -        $       -     $    8,045
  Investment securities                             232,642             121,884             40,786           24,465        419,777
  Residential real estate loans                      82,744              62,958            100,894           14,730        261,326
  Commercial real estate loans                       32,620              18,767             60,279              568        112,234

  Residential real estate loans                      82,744              62,958            100,894           14,730        261,326
  Commercial loans                                   74,532               6,752             35,905                -        117,189
  Home equity loans                                  61,401                 290              4,585            1,616         67,892
  Consumer loans                                      4,239                 287              1,026              419          5,971
  Other Assets                                            -                   -                  -           78,544         78,544
                                                   --------            --------           --------         --------     ----------
    Total assets                                   $496,223            $210,938           $243,475         $120,342     $1,070,978
                                                   ========            ========           ========         ========     ==========

Liabilities & stockholders' equity:
  Savings accounts                                 $ 27,834            $ 27,834           $129,887         $      -     $  185,555
  NOW accounts                                        8,590               8,590             40,091                -         57,271
  Money market accounts                              60,994              60,994             81,325                -        203,313
  Time deposits                                     189,458             113,283             64,967                -        367,708
  Borrowed funds                                     51,577              25,009                 83            1,402         78,071
  Other liabilities & stockholders' equity           14,210              14,210             42,632          108,008        179,060
                                                   --------            --------           --------         --------     ----------
    Total liabilities & stockholders' equity       $352,663            $249,920           $358,985         $109,410     $1,070,978
                                                   ========            ========           ========         ========     ==========
Period GAP position                                $143,560           ($38,982)         ($115,510)          $10,932

Net period GAP as a percentage of total assets        13.40%              (3.64%)          (10.79%)       
Cumulative GAP                                     $143,560            $104,578          ($10,932)                -
Cumulative GAP as a percentage of total
   assets                                            13.40%               9.76%             (1.02%)               -
</TABLE>

For purposes of the above interest sensitivity analysis:

     Residential  loans held for sale at December 31, 1995 totaling $6.7 million
     are included in the less than six month interest sensitivity period.

     Fixed rate assets are scheduled by contractual maturity and adjustable rate
     assets are scheduled by their next repricing date.

     In both cases, assets that have prepayment optionality are adjusted for the
     Bank's estimate of prepayments.

     Loans do not include non accrual loans of $9.0 million.

     Loans do not  include  the  allowance  for  possible  loan  losses of $15.0
     million.

                                       19
<PAGE>

          In certain deposit categories where there is no contractual  maturity,
          Management assumed the sensitivity  characteristics listed below based
          on the current  interest rate  environment  and the Bank's  historical
          experience.  Management reviews these assumptions on a quarterly basis
          and may modify them as circumstances dictate. 

          --Savings accounts are assumed to decay at an annual rate of 30%.

          --NOW accounts are assumed to decay at an annual rate of 30%

          --Money market accounts are assumed to decay at an annual rate of 60%.
 
          --Non-interest bearing demand deposit accounts are included in other
            liabilities and are assumed to decay at an annual rate of 40%.

     Certain  shortcomings  are inherent in the method of analysis  presented in
the foregoing table. For example,  while certain assets and liabilities may have
similar  contractual  maturities  or  periods  to  repricing,  they may react in
different ways to changes in market interest rates.  Further,  in the event of a
change in interest rates,  prepayment and early  withdrawal  levels would likely
deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table. Additionally,
certain assets, such as adjustable rate mortgages,  have features which restrict
changes in interest rates on a short-term  basis and over the life of the asset.
Finally, the ability of borrowers to service their adjustable rate mortgages may
decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.

                                       20
<PAGE>



Results of Operations

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994

General

     For the year ended  December 31, 1995 the Bank reported net income of $11.5
million as compared to a net loss of $26.9  million for the year ended  December
31, 1994. This increase in earnings reflects growth in earning assets as well as
lower levels of loan loss provision and foreclosed  real estate expenses in 1995
versus 1994.

     During  the year  ended  December  31,  1995 the Bank  recorded a number of
nonrecurring items. The Bank released $6.0 million of the valuation allowance on
that portion of its net deferred tax asset associated with temporary differences
(principally loan loss reserves).  In addition, the Bank recorded a $0.9 million
loss on the sale of  securities  in  connection  with the  restructuring  of its
investment   portfolio  and  a  $0.5  million   severance   accrual  related  to
organizational  changes.  These items were offset in part by a $0.4 million gain
on the sale of a real estate investment and a $0.6 million insurance rebate from
the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation.  The Bank's core operating earnings,
net of nonrecurring  items, were  approximately  $6.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 1995.

Net Interest Income

     Net interest  income  represents  the  difference  between income earned on
interest-earning  assets and expense paid on interest bearing  liabilities.  Net
interest income is affected by the mix and volume of assets and liabilities, and
the movement and level of interest rates.



                                       21
<PAGE>

     The  following  table  sets  forth,  for  the  periods  indicated,  average
balances,  interest  income and expense,  and yields earned or rates paid on the
major categories of assets and liabilities. Non-accrual loans have been included
in the  appropriate  average  balance  loan  category,  but unpaid  interest  on
non-accrual  loans has not been  included for purposes of  determining  interest
income. For purposes of this table, investment securities available for sale are
reflected at amortized cost.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 Twelve Months Ended December 31
                                                         --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            1995                                  1994
                                                         ---------------------------------------   --------------------------------
                                                          Average                       Average     Average               Average
                                                          Balance        Interest      Yield/Cost   Balance    Interest  Yield/Cost
                                                         ---------       --------      ----------   --------   --------  ----------
                                                                                    (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>            <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
Interest-earning assets:
Fed funds sold and interest-bearing deposits             $ 22,294       $ 1,316         5.82%      $ 11,682     $   527      4.45%
Investment securities held to maturity                    183,139        10,849         5.92%       147,943       8,173      5.52%
Investment securities available for sale                  184,551        12,214         6.62%       143,801       6,576      4.57%
Residential real estate loans                             266,276        20,970         7.88%       249,294      18,575      7.45%
Commercial real estate loans                              116,957         9,671         8.27%       182,626      13,236      7.25%
Commercial loans                                           96,246         9,050         9.27%        95,093       7,210      7.48%
Home equity loans                                          57,943         5,306         9.16%        32,890       2,651      8.06%
Consumer loans                                              6,482           540         8.33%        12,088         965      7.98%
                                                         --------      --------         ----      ---------    --------      ----  
    Total interest-earning assets                         933,888        69,916         7.49%       875,417      57,913      6.62%

Allowance for loan losses                                (16,346)                                  (22,015)
Non-interest-earning assets                                71,341                                    80,574
                                                         --------                                  --------
    Total assets                                         $988,883       $69,916                    $933,976     $57,913
                                                         ========       =======                    ========     =======
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits
  Savings accounts                                       $185,176       $ 4,616         2.49%      $188,125     $ 3,846      2.04%
  NOW accounts                                             53,955           727         1.35%        56,699         801      1.41%
  Money market accounts                                   212,272         6,945         3.27%       249,674       6,452      2.58%
  Time deposit accounts                                   349,950        18,136         5.18%       326,616      12,693      3.89%
                                                         --------      --------         ----      ---------    --------      ---- 
    Total Deposits                                        801,353        30,424         3.80%       821,114      23,792      2.90%
Borrowed funds                                             34,457         2,132         6.10%             -           -         -
                                                         --------      --------         ----      ---------    --------      ---- 
Total interest-bearing liabilities                        835,810        32,556         3.90%       821,114      23,792      2.90%
Non-interest-bearing liabilities                           86,632                                    70,236
                                                         --------                                  --------
Total liabilities                                         922,442                                   891,350
Total stockholders' equity                                 66,441                                    42,626
                                                         --------                                  --------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity           $988,883       $32,556                    $933,976     $23,792
                                                         ========       =======                    ========     =======
Net interest income/spread                                              $37,360         3.59%                   $34,121      3.72%
                                                                        =======         ====                    ========     ====
Net interest margin as a % of interest-
earning assets                                                                          4.00%                                3.90%
                                                                                        ====                                 ====
</TABLE>

     Net  interest  income  increased  $3.2  million  or 9.4% for the year ended
December 31, 1995 versus the same period last year. This increase was the result
of an increase in interest-earning  assets combined with an increase of 10 basis
points in the net interest  margin to 4.00% for the year ended December 31, 1995
from 3.90% for the same period last year.

     Total  interest  income was $69.9  million for the year ended  December 31,
1995, an increase of $12.0 million or 20.7%.  This increase is  attributable  to
higher levels of interest-earning  assets and weighted average yields as 


                                       22
<PAGE>

well as lower levels of non-performing assets.  Interest-earning assets averaged
$933.9  million for the year ended  December 31, 1995 compared to $875.4 million
for the year ended  December  31,  1994,  an increase of $58.5  million or 6.7%.
Average investments increased $75.9 million or 26.0% reflecting the reinvestment
of proceeds from the  Conversion  and leveraging a portion of the Bank's capital
position.  Average loans decreased $28.1 million reflecting bulk sales of loans,
which occurred in 1994, partially offset by increases in residential real estate
loans as well as home equity loans. The average yield on interest-earning assets
was 7.49% for the year ended  December  31, 1995  compared to 6.62% for the same
period in 1994, an increase of 87 basis points or 13.1% reflecting the repricing
of  adjustable  rate loans and  investment  securities to market rates and lower
levels of  non-accruing  loans.  These positive  effects on interest income were
partially  offset by a change in asset mix from higher  yielding  loans to lower
yielding investment securities.

     Total  interest  expense was $32.6 million for the year ended  December 31,
1995  compared to $23.8 million for the same period in 1994, an increase of $8.8
million or 37.0%.  This increase is attributable to higher deposit rates and the
use of borrowings  in 1995.  The average rate paid on deposits was 3.80% for the
year ended  December 31, 1995  compared to 2.90% for the same period in 1994, an
increase  of 90  basis  points  or  31.0%  reflecting  a  higher  interest  rate
environment,  continued competitive pricing pressures on consumer deposits,  and
the introduction of the "Can't Lose CD" product,  which pays a rate equal to the
prime rate less 350 basis points.  Borrowings averaged $34.5 million during 1995
reflecting the Bank's leveraged Employee Stock Ownership Plan as well as the use
of Federal  Home Loan Bank  Advances  and  repurchase  agreements  to leverage a
portion of the Bank's capital position.

Rate/Volume Analysis

     The following table presents the changes in net interest  income  resulting
from changes in interest  rates or changes in the volume of interest  assets and
interest-bearing  liabilities  during the periods  indicated.  Changes which are
attributable  to both rate and volume  have been  allocated  evenly  between the
change in rate and volume components.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       For The Years Ended December 31,
                                                              1995 versus 1994 
                                                      ----------------------------------
                                                          Increase (Decrease) Due to
                                                      ----------------------------------
                                                       Volume       Rate         Net
                                                      --------     ------       -----
                                                               (In Thousands)
<S>                                                <C>         <C>         <C>   
Interest earning assets:
Federal funds sold and
  interest bearing deposits . . . . . . . . .        $    553    $    236    $    789
Investment securities held to maturity . .              2,015         661       2,676
Investment securities available for sale .              2,280       3,358       5,638
Residential real estate loans . . . . . . . .           1,301       1,094       2,395
Commercial real estate loans . . . . . . .             (5,095)      1,530      (3,565)
Commercial loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               98       1,742       1,840
Home equity loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           2,156         499       2,655
Consumer loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             (457)         32        (425)
                                                      -------     -------     -------
    Total interest-earning assets . . . . . . . . .     2,851       9,152      12,003
                                                      -------     -------     -------
Interest bearing liabilities:
Deposits:
  Savings accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          (67)        837         770
  NOW accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            (38)        (36)        (74)
  Money market accounts . . . . . . . . . . .          (1,095)      1,588         493
  Time deposit accounts . . . . . . . . . . . .         1,058       4,385       5,443
                                                      -------     -------     -------
    Total deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (142)      6,774       6,632
Borrowed funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          1,066       1,066       2,132
                                                      -------     -------     -------
    Total interest-bearing liabilities . . . . . . .      924       7,840       8,764
                                                      -------     -------     -------
    Change in net interest income . . . . . . . .    $  1,927    $  1,312    $  3,239
                                                      =======     =======    ========
</TABLE>


                                       23
<PAGE>

Provision for Loan Losses

     The Bank  recorded  $4.4 million for the provision for possible loan losses
in the year ended  December 31, 1995 compared to $25.7 million in the year ended
December 31, 1994. The loan loss  provision in 1994 reflects the  implementation
of an accelerated disposition program. The provision for possible loan losses is
based  upon  Management's  judgment  of the amount  necessary  to  maintain  the
allowance for possible loan losses at a level which is considered adequate.  For
further  discussion of this topic please refer to the section titled  "Allowance
for  Possible  Loan  Losses"  in the  Balance  Sheet  Analysis  section  of this
document.

Non-interest Income

     Non-interest  income is composed of fee income for bank  services and gains
or losses from the sale of assets. The components of non-interest income for the
periods represented are as follows:

                                                    For The Years Ended
                                                         December 31,
                                                    ----------------------
                                                     1995            1994
                                                    ------          ------
                                                     (Dollars in thousands)
Net gain (loss) on sale of loans . .                $ 243            $ (505)
Net gain (loss) on sale of securities                (886)              (48)
Loan charges and fees . . . . . . .                 3,221             3,213
Service charges and fees . . . . . .                5,191             4,122
Other charges and fees . . . . . . .                  355             1,547
                                                   ------            ------
                                                   $8,124            $8,329
                                                   ======            ======

     Net loss on sale of loans declined $0.7 million  reflecting  mark to market
losses of $0.5 million on residential loans held for sale recorded in 1994.

     Net loss on sale of securities  increased $0.9 million reflecting losses on
the sale of securities in connection  with the  restructuring  of the investment
portfolio.

     Deposit  service  charges and fees  increased $1.1 million due primarily to
increased service charges on noninterest bearing accounts.

     Other charges and fees declined $1.1 million in the year ended December 31,
1995  compared  to the same  period in 1994  primarily  as the  result of losses
incurred in 1995 from the disposition of fixed assets and  non-recurring  income
recorded in 1994, specifically gains on sales of lease financing receivables and
tax abatements.

Non-interest Expense

Salaries and Benefits Expense

     Salaries  and benefits  expense  totaled  $15.9  million for the year ended
December  31,  1995  compared to $16.8  million  for the same period in 1994,  a
decrease of $0.8 million or 4.8%  reflecting a reduction in headcount  partially
offset by standard  wage  increases  as well as new  employee  benefit  programs
instituted in 1995.

Other Operating Expense
                                                      For The Years Ended 
                                                           December 31,
                                                    -----------------------
                                                        1995          1994
                                                      -------       -------
                                                      (Dollars in thousands)

Marketing and public relations . . . . .              $ 1,339       $ 1,638
Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           2,440         3,270
Professional services . . . . . . . . . . . .           2,902         4,076
Outside processing . . . . . . . . . . . . .            2,893         2,683
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           4,194         3,442
                                                      -------       -------
                                                      $13,768       $15,109
                                                      =======       =======

                                       24
<PAGE>

     Marketing and public relations expense decreased $0.3 million  reflecting a
lower level of advertising expenses incurred in 1995.

     Insurance  expense  includes  FDIC  Insurance  expense,  which totaled $1.9
million in 1995  compared to $2.6 million in 1994,  a decrease of $0.7  million.
This decrease  reflects an insurance  premium reduction of $0.6 million from the
FDIC in 1995.

     Professional  services  expense  decreased  $1.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 1995  compared to the same period last year  primarily due to costs
incurred in 1994 related to the  management and  disposition  of  non-performing
assets.

     Outside   processing   expenses   increased  $0.2  million  due  to  higher
transaction  and account  volume  associated  with  increased  account  activity
resulting from the consumer banking strategy,  partially offset by savings which
resulted from a renegotiated data processing contract.

     Other  operating  expenses  increased  $0.8 million  primarily due to costs
associated  with  shareholder  relation  activities  and costs  associated  with
significant  growth  in retail  deposit  accounts  as a result  of the  consumer
strategy.

Foreclosed Real Estate Expense

     Foreclosed real estate expense reflects losses on sales, writedowns and net
operating results of foreclosed properties.  These expenses were $5.5 million in
1994  compared to $0.5 million in 1995.  The expenses in 1994 reflect the Bank's
aggressive  program of selling  foreclosed  properties as part of its efforts to
reduce the level of non-performing assets.

Net Expenses of Real Estate Operations

     The Bank has certain  subsidiaries  that are engaged in various real estate
investments directly or in joint ventures with unaffiliated  partners.  The Bank
has  terminated  its real estate  development  activities  and plans to sell its
remaining real estate  investments by December 31, 1997 as part of a divestiture
plan submitted to the FDIC. The FDIC approved the plan in December of 1995.

     The net  expense  of real  estate  operations  reflects  the net  operating
results  of  these   activities,   writedowns  on  real  estate  properties  and
gains/losses on sales of these  properties.  Net expense (income) of real estate
operations was ($0.2) million and $1.0 million in 1995 and 1994, respectively.

Income Taxes

     In accordance  with SFAS 109,  "Accounting  for Income  Taxes,"  Management
evaluated  the  income  tax  benefits   associated  with  deductible   temporary
differences, based on the weight of available evidence, as to whether it is more
likely than not that the income tax benefits would be realized.  As a result,  a
100%  valuation  allowance  was  established  at December 31,  1994.  Management
reviews  the  valuation  allowance  on a  periodic  basis  and,  based  upon all
available  facts and  circumstances  at that  time,  may adjust the level of the
allowance.

     At December 31, 1995, Management evaluated the weight of available evidence
and  concluded  that it is more  likely  than not that the Bank  will  realize a
significant  portion of the net deferred tax asset and has reduced the valuation
allowance  from $15.9  million at December  31, 1994 to $7.9 million at December
31,  1995.  As part of that  reduction,  the Bank  released  $6.0 million of its
valuation allowance resulting in a tax benefit. Factors influencing Management's
judgment  include among other things changes in the level of actual and expected
future taxable  income and  anticipated  reversals of net  deductible  temporary
differences.  In addition,  the Bank  recorded $0.2 million of state and federal
alternative minimum tax provision in 1995.

                                       25
<PAGE>

Impact of Inflation

     Monetary  assets  and  liabilities  are  claims to  receive or pay a sum of
money,  the amount of which is fixed.  Most assets and liabilities of a bank are
monetary in nature. In times of inflation, monetary assets lose purchasing power
and monetary  liabilities  gain purchasing power because the obligations will be
repaid with dollars that have less purchasing  power than at the time the assets
and liabilities were recorded.

     Since  the  Bank's  primary  source of  earnings  is net  interest  income,
interest  rates  have  a  more  significant   impact  on  the  Bank's  financial
performance  than  the  general  levels  of  inflation.   Interestrates  do  not
necessarily  move in the same  direction  or to the same extent as the prices of
goods and services.

Impact of Accounting Changes

     In March 1995, the FASB issued SFAS 121,  "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived  Assets and for Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed Of," which requires
that long-lived assets and certain identifiable  intangibles to be held and used
by  an  entity  be  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in
circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of an  asset  may  not  be
recoverable.  SFAS 121 is effective  prospectively  for fiscal  years  beginning
after December 15, 1995,  and will be adopted by the Bank  effective  January 1,
1996. The Bank does not believe  adoption of this statement will have a material
impact on its results of operations.

     In May 1995,  the FASB issued SFAS 122,  "Accounting  for Mortgage  Service
Rights." SFAS 122 amends certain  provisions of SFAS 65, "Accounting for Certain
Mortgage Banking  Activities," to eliminate the accounting  distinction  between
rights to service  mortgage  loans for others  that are  acquired  through  loan
origination  activities and those acquired through purchase  transactions.  SFAS
122 is effective  prospectively  for fiscal years  beginning  after December 15,
1995, and will be adopted by the Bank  effective  January 1, 1996. The Bank does
not believe the adoption of this  statement  will have a material  impact on its
results of operations or financial position.

     In November  1995,  the FASB issued SFAS 123,  "Accounting  for Stock Based
Compensation"  which gives  companies  the option of employing  intrinsic  value
accounting  under the guidelines of Accounting  Principles Board (APB) No. 25 or
fair value  accounting  for stock  based  compensation.  While SFAS 123 does not
require  the  adoption  of  fair  value  accounting,  it  does  require  certain
disclosures  in the financial  statements as if fair value  accounting  had been
adopted,  including  pro forma net income and  earnings  per share.  SFAS 123 is
effective  prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995, and
will be adopted by the Bank effective January 1, 1996. The Bank will continue to
apply APB 25 in accounting for stock based compensation.


                                       26
<PAGE>

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 1994 and 1993

General

     For the year ended  December 31, 1994 the Bank reported a net loss of $26.9
million as compared to a net loss of $14.3  million for the year ended  December
31, 1993. The increased loss resulted from higher levels of loan loss provisions
attendant to the completion of four bulk sales of loans and other problem assets
during 1994. These sales involved  non-performing loans,  foreclosed real estate
properties,  and loans that were performing, but which management determined had
undesirable credit characteristics.

Net Interest Income

     Net interest  income  represents  the  difference  between income earned on
interest-earning  assets and expense paid on interest bearing  liabilities.  Net
interest income is affected by the mix and volume of assets and liabilities, and
the movement and level of interest rates.

     The  following  table  sets  forth,  for  the  periods  indicated,  average
balances,  interest  income and expense,  and yields earned or rates paid on the
major categories of assets and liabilities. Non-accrual loans have been included
in the  appropriate  average  balance  loan  category,  but unpaid  interest  on
non-accrual  loans has not been  included for purposes of  determining  interest
income. For purposes of this table, investment securities available for sale are
reflected at amortized cost.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Twelve Months Ended December 31,
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           1994                                 1993
                                                          ------------------------------------    --------------------------------
                                                          Average                    Average      Average                 Average
                                                          Balance       Interest    Yield/Cost    Balance     Interest   Yield/Cost
                                                          -------       --------    ----------    -------     --------   ----------
                                                                                    (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
Interest-earning assets:
Fed funds sold and interest-bearing deposits              $ 11,682      $   527       4.45%      $  8,154     $   251       3.04%
Investment securities held to maturity                     147,943        8,173       5.52%       159,554       7,728       4.84%
Investment securities available for sale                   143,801        6,576       4.57%             -           -          -
Residential real estate loans                              249,294       18,575       7.45%       292,941      23,626       8.07%
Commercial real estate loans                               182,626       13,236       7.25%       233,820      18,177       7.77%
Commercial loans                                            95,093        7,210       7.48%       126,107       9,451       7.39%
Home equity loans                                           32,890        2,651       8.06%        26,875       1,850       6.88%
Consumer loans                                              12,088          965       7.98%        23,261       2,091       8.99%
                                                         ---------     --------       -----     ---------     -------       -----
    Total interest-earning assets                          875,417       57,913       6.62%       870,712      63,174       7.26%
Allowance for loan losses                                  (22,015)                               (15,837)
Non-interest-earning assets                                 80,574                                123,340
                                                         ---------                              ---------                        
    Total assets                                          $933,976      $57,913                  $978,215     $63,174
                                                         =========     ========                 =========     =======
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits
  Savings accounts                                        $188,125      $ 3,846       2.04%      $179,080     $ 4,190       2.34%
  NOW accounts                                              56,699          801       1.41%        57,509       1,045       1.82%
  Money market accounts                                    249,674        6,452       2.58%       259,568       7,010       2.70%
  Time deposit accounts                                    326,616       12,693       3.89%       353,775      14,930       4.22%
                                                         ---------     --------       -----     ---------     -------       -----
Total interest-bearing liabilities                         821,114       23,792       2.90%       849,932      27,175       3.20%
Non-interest-bearing liabilities                            70,236                                 59,818
                                                         ---------                              --------- 
Total liabilities                                          891,350                                909,750
Total stockholders' equity                                  42,626                                 68,465
                                                         ---------                              --------- 
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity            $933,976      $23,792                  $978,215     $27,175
                                                         =========     ========                 =========     =======

Net interest income/spread                                              $34,121       3.72%                   $35,999       4.06%
                                                                       ========       =====                   =======       =====
Net interest margin as a % of interest-
earning assets                                                                        3.90%                                 4.13%
                                                                                      =====                                 =====
</TABLE> 

                                       27
<PAGE>

     Net  interest  income  declined  $1.9  million  or 5.2% for the year  ended
December 31, 1994 versus the same period last year.  This net decrease  resulted
from a  decrease  in  interest  income of $5.3  million  offset  partially  by a
decrease in interest  expense of $3.4 million.  The decrease in interest  income
resulted  from a  change  in  asset  mix to  lower  yielding  (and  lower  risk)
investments.  The net impact of the above changes was a 34 basis point  decrease
in net interest spread and a 23 basis point decrease in net interest margin.

     Despite  a  small  increase  in  interest-earning  average  assets  of $4.7
million,  interest  income  declined  $5.3  million or 8.3 %. This  decrease was
largely  attributable  to a change in asset mix from  higher  yielding  loans to
lower yielding investment securities. Average loans outstanding decreased $131.0
million or 18.6% from $703.0  million at December 31, 1993 to $572.0  million at
December  31, 1994.  This  decrease was  attributable  to the Bank's  program to
accelerate the disposition of its problem assets, and also to the securitization
of $40 million in single-family  residential  mortgage loans.  This decrease was
offset by an increase of $132.2 million in investment securities.

     Interest  expense  declined $3.4 million in 1994 due largely to lower rates
paid on deposits and, to a lesser extent, lower deposit levels. The average rate
paid on deposits declined 30 basis points from 3.20% for the year ended December
31, 1993 to 2.90% for the year ended December 31, 1994.  This accounted for $2.2
million  of the  decrease.  The lower  interest  rates were  across all  deposit
products.  In  addition,  interest  expense also  declined due to lower  average
deposit balances of $821.1 million at December 31, 1994 versus $849.9 million at
December 31, 1993, a 3.4% decrease.

Rate/Volume Analysis

     The following table presents the changes in net interest  income  resulting
from changes in interest  rates or changes in the volume of interest  assets and
interest-bearing  liabilities  during the periods  indicated.  Changes which are
attributable  to both rate and volume  have been  allocated  evenly  between the
change in rate and volume components.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    For the Years Ended 
                                                               December 31, 1994 versus 1993
                                                            ---------------------------------
                                                                Increase (Decrease) Due to
                                                            ---------------------------------
                                                               Volume      Rate        Net
                                                            -----------  -------    ---------
                                                                         (In Thousands)
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
Interest earning assets:
Federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits . . .       $   134    $   142    $   276
Investment securities held to maturity . . . . . . .            (602)     1,047        445
Investment securities available for sale . . . . . .           3,288      3,288      6,576
Residential real estate loans . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (3,386)    (1,665)    (5,051)
Commercial real estate loans . . . . . . . . . . . .          (3,845)    (1,096)    (4,941)
Commercial loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        (2,338)        97     (2,241)
Home equity loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          449        352        801
Consumer loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          (948)      (178)    (1,126)
                                                              ------     ------     ------
    Total interest-earning assets . . . . . . . . . . . .     (7,248)     1,987     (5,261)
                                                              ------     ------     ------
Interest bearing liabilities:
Deposits:
  Savings accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       198       (542)      (344)
  NOW accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         (13)      (231)      (244)
  Money market accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           (261)      (297)      (558)
  Time deposit accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (1,101)    (1,136)    (2,237)
                                                              ------     ------     ------
    Total interest-bearing liabilities . . . . . . . . . .    (1,177)    (2,206)    (3,383)
                                                              ------     ------     ------
    Change in net interest income . . . . . . . . . . .      ($6,071)   $ 4,193    ($1,878)
                                                             =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>

                                       28
<PAGE>

Provision for Loan Losses

     The Bank added  $25.7  million  to its  allowance  for loan  losses in 1994
compared to $15.7  million in the prior year.  The loan loss  provision  in 1994
reflects  the  implementation  of the  accelerated  disposition  program and the
implementation  of new loan loss reserve  methodology.  The  provision  for loan
losses is based upon  Management's  judgment of the amount necessary to maintain
the allowance for possible loan losses at a level which is considered adequate.

Non-interest Income

     Non-interest  income is composed of fee income for bank  services and gains
or losses from the sale of assets. The components of non-interest income for the
periods represented are as follows:

                                      For The Years Ended December 31,
                                      -------------------------------
                                           1994         1993
                                         -------       ------
                                         (Dollars in thousands)

Net gain (loss) on sale of loans . .    ($   505)   $  2,627
Net gain (loss) on sale of securities        (48)       (276)
Loan charges and fees . . . . . . .        3,213       3,776
Service charges and fees . . . . . .       3,909       4,123
Other charges and fees . . . . . . .       1,760       1,421
                                        --------    --------
                                        $  8,329    $ 11,671
                                        ========    ========

     The Bank  originates  fixed-rate  residential  mortgage loans primarily for
sale into the  secondary  market.  Net gains on the sale of loans  declined $3.1
million  partly  due to lower  production  in 1994 as  compared  to  1993,  as a
consequence of the decreased  demand for refinancing.  A more volatile  interest
rate  environment  in 1994 resulted in a reduction of gains on sales of loans as
well as the recognition of mark to market losses.

     Loan charges and fees  declined  $0.6 million due to the sale of the Bank's
VISA credit card  portfolio  in the fourth  quarter of 1993 and lower  levels of
residential mortgage originations.

     Other  charges  and fees  increased  $0.3  million  in 1994 as a result  of
non-recurring  income,  specifically  gains  on  the  sale  of  lease  financing
receivables recorded in 1994.

Non-interest Expense

Other Operating Expense
                                                      For The Years Ended
                                                           December 31,
                                                    -----------------------
                                                      1994            1993
                                                    -------         -------
Marketing and public relations                     $ 1,638          $ 1,526
Insurance                                            3,270            3,324
Professional services                                4,076            3,399
Outside processing                                   2,683            2,027
Other                                                3,442            3,166
                                                   -------          -------
                                                   $15,109          $13,442
                                                   =======          =======

     Professional  Services  expense  increased $0.7 million due to professional
fees related to the management  and  disposition  of  non-performing  assets and
additional  consulting  services  in  connection  with the Bank's  new  business
strategies.

     Outside   processing   expenses   increased  $0.7  million  due  to  higher
transaction and account volumes  associated  with increased  activity  resulting
from the new consumer banking strategy.


                                       29
<PAGE>

Foreclosed Real Estate Expense

     Foreclosed real estate expense reflects losses on sales, writedowns and net
operating  results of foreclosed  properties.  This expense totaled $5.5 million
for the year ended  December  31, 1994  compared  to $11.7  million for the year
ended  December 31, 1993.  Expenses in both years reflect the Bank's  aggressive
selling of  foreclosed  properties  as part of its effort to reduce the level of
non-performing assets.

Net Expenses of Real Estate Operations

     Colebrook  represents certain  subsidiaries of the Bank that are engaged in
various real estate  investment  activities  directly or through joint  ventures
with  unaffiliated  partners.  The Bank plans an orderly  divestment of its real
estate  investments with a target date of December 31, 1997. Net expense of real
estate operations reflect the net operating results of Colebrook,  writedowns of
real estate  properties,  and  gains/losses  on sales of these  properties.  Net
expenses of real estate  operations was $1.0 million for the year ended December
31, 1994 versus $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1993.

Income Taxes

     Due to the  Bank's  continuing  losses,  there was no  federal or state tax
benefit or expense for the year ended  December 31, 1994. In the fourth  quarter
of 1993, the Bank changed its status for federal  income tax purposes.  The Bank
was no longer  classified as a thrift  institution but,  rather,  qualified as a
bank under  federal  income tax rules.  As a result,  the Bank was  eligible  to
carryback  losses  related  to  bad  debts  to  the  ten  preceding  tax  years.
Accordingly,  the Bank  recorded  a tax  benefit  of $3.4  million in the fourth
quarter of 1993.

Impact of Inflation

     Monetary  assets  and  liabilities  are  claims to  receive or pay a sum of
money,  the amount of which is fixed.  Most assets and liabilities of a bank are
monetary in nature. In times of inflation, monetary assets lose purchasing power
and monetary  liabilities  gain purchasing power because the obligations will be
repaid with dollars that have less purchasing  power than at the time the assets
and liabilities were recorded.

     Since  the  Bank's  primary  source of  earnings  is net  interest  income,
interest  rates  have  a  more  significant   impact  on  the  Bank's  financial
performance  than  the  general  levels  of  inflation.  Interest  rates  do not
necessarily  move in the same  direction  or to the same extent as the prices of
goods and services.

                                       30
<PAGE>


ITEM 8: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The  response  to this Item is attached  as Exhibit A. The  following  items are
found in the 1995 Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes.

                                                                         Page

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1994             A-1

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years ended
  December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993                                      A-2

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the
  three years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993                    A-3

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended
    December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993                                    A-4

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                               A-6

Report of Independent Accountants                                       A-28



     All other  schedules  are omitted  because they are not  applicable  or the
required information is shown in the Consolidated  Financial Statements or Notes
thereto.


                                       31
<PAGE>

                                    PART III

ITEM 9.   DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL OFFICERS OF THE BANK

     (a)  Directors  of the Bank:  The  response  to this Item  regarding  those
persons who are directors of the Bank is contained in the  discussion  under the
caption  "Directors and Nominees"  contained on pages 41 through 43 of the Proxy
Statement  filed as Form F-5 with the FDIC,  which is  incorporated by reference
herein.

     (b) Principal  Officers of the Bank: The following table sets forth certain
information regarding the principal officers of the Bank (those Officers subject
to Section 16 reporting requirements):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                                Age       Position and office with the Bank                  Office held since
- ----                                ---       ---------------------------------                  -----------------
<S>                                <C>       <C>                                                      <C> 
F. William Marshall, Jr.(1)         54        President & Chief Executive Officer, Director            1993

Frank W. Barrett(2)                 56        Executive Vice President/Credit & Commercial             1994
                                              Lending Group
B. John Dill(3)                     44        Executive Vice President of Bank; President of           1987
                                              Colebrook Corporation
John F. Treanor(4)                  48        Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer        1994
                                              & Treasurer
Gilbert F. Ehmke(5)                 36        Senior Vice President, Chief Investment Officer          1995

Henry J. McWhinnie(6)               52        Senior Vice President/Human Resources Group              1994

Jeanne Rinaldo(7)                   47        Senior Vice President/Residential Mortgage               1992
                                              Group
Christopher A. Sinton(8)            51        Senior Vice President/Retail Banking Group               1995

Michael E. Tucker(9)                39        Senior Vice President & General Counsel                  1993

Ting Chang(10)                      32        Vice President/Investor Relations                        1995

Laura Sotir Katz(11)                32        Vice President & Controller                              1992
Brian Schwartz(12)                  28        Vice President & Director of Internal Auditing           1995
</TABLE>


     (c) Family  Relationships:  The  response to this item is  incorporated  by
reference  from the  discussion  under  the  caption  "Management  of the Bank -
Directors and Nominees" in the Proxy Statement.

- --------
(1)  Mr.  Marshall  joined the Bank in May, 1993. He formerly served as Chairman
     and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank of Ireland First Holdings, Inc. and
     First NH Bank.  Prior  to 1991,  Mr.  Marshall  served  as  Executive  Vice
     President of Shawmut National Corporation. Mr. Marshall served as a Trustee
     of the Bank from May,  1993 until the  Conversion of the Bank to stock form
     on February 8, 1995.

(2)  Mr. Barrett joined the Bank in January,  1994. He formerly served as Senior
     Vice President of Bank of Ireland First Holdings and First NH Bank;  Senior
     Vice  President of Shawmut  Bank,  N.A.,  and Executive  Vice  President of
     Shawmut Worcester County Bank, N.A.

(3)  Mr. Dill joined the Bank in 1974 and has served as Executive Vice President
     of the Bank  since  1987 and  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of
     Colebrook since 1982.

(4)  Mr.  Treanor  joined  the Bank in  August,  1994.  He  formerly  served  as
     Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of Sterling
     Bancshares  Corporation  and Senior  Vice  President  of  Shawmut  National
     Corporation.

                                       32
<PAGE>

(5)  Mr. Ehmke joined the Bank in February,  1995. Prior to joining the Bank, he
     was Senior Vice  President  and  Treasurer  of Northeast  Savings,  F.A. in
     Hartford, Connecticut.

(6)  Mr.  McWhinnie  joined the Bank in September,  1994. He formerly  served as
     Senior Vice President  Human  Resources of Bristol Savings Bank in Bristol,
     Connecticut  and as  Executive  Vice  President of  Centerbank,  Waterbury,
     Connecticut.

(7)  Ms. Rinaldo joined the Bank in 1988 and has served as Senior Vice President
     since May, 1992.

(8)  Mr.  Sinton  joined the Bank in February,  1995.  He formerly was Executive
     Vice President-Retail Banking Division of United Jersey Bank.

(9)  Mr. Tucker joined the Bank in 1980 and has served as Senior Vice  President
     since December, 1993 and General Counsel since 1985.

(10) Ms.  Chang  joined  the Bank in 1989 and has served as Vice  President  for
     Investor Relations since 1995.

(11) Ms. Katz joined the Bank in 1990. She previously was a C.P.A.  at Ernst and
     Young in Boston, Massachusetts.

(12) Mr.  Schwartz  joined the Bank in May,  1995.  He formerly  served as Audit
     Manager with Shawmut National Corporation.  Prior to 1993, he was Corporate
     Compliance Officer with MNC Financial Corporation.


ITEM 10.   MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION AND TRANSACTIONS

     The response to this Item is contained in the discussion under the captions
"Executive  Compensation",  "Employment  Agreements",  "Benefits  Under  Plans",
"Transactions with Certain Related Persons" and "Certain Business Relationships"
contained on Pages 45 through 57 of the Proxy  Statement,  which is incorporated
by reference herein.

     The disclosure  required  regarding the reporting  requirements  of Section
16(a) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 is  contained  at page 62 of the
Proxy  under  the  caption  "Compliance  with  Section  16(a) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934".


                                     PART IV

ITEM 11: EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM  F-3

(a) Contents:

     (1) Financial Statements:  All Financial Statements referred to in Part II,
Item 8 of this Report are included as Exhibit A. The index is on page 31 of this
Report.

     (2)  Financial  Statement  Schedules:  Schedules  are  omitted  because the
information is either not required,  not applicable,  or is included in Part II,
items 6-8 of this report.


(b) Reports on Form F-3:  None filed during the fourth quarter of 1995.

(c) Exhibits:

(1)  Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

     (a)  Amended and Restated Charter of Springfield  Institution for Savings -
          filed as Exhibit 1(a) from the Bank's  Registration  Statement on Form
          F-1

     (b)  Amended and Restated By-laws of Springfield  Institution for Savings -
          filed as Exhibit 1(b) from the Bank's  Registration  Statement on Form
          F-1

                                       33
<PAGE>

(2)  Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders

     (a)  Amended and Restated Charter of Springfield  Institution for Savings -
          filed as Exhibit 1(a) from the Bank's  Registration  Statement on Form
          F- 1

     (b)  Amended and Restated By-laws of Springfield  Institution for Savings -
          filed as Exhibit 1(b) from the Bank's  Registration  Statement on Form
          F- 1

     (c)  Specimen  Certificate  for shares of Common  Stock of the  Springfield
          Institution  for  Savings  
          -  filed  as  Exhibit  3  from  the  Bank's Registration Statement on 
          Form F-1

(3) Material Contracts

     (a)  Employment  agreements for Messrs. F. William Marshall,  Jr., Frank W.
          Barrett, B. John Dill, John F. Treanor, Henry J. McWhinnie, Ms. Jeanne
          Rinaldo,  and Mr. Michael E. Tucker are  incorporated  by reference to
          Exhibit 7 from the Bank's Registration Statement on Form F-1

     (b)  The form of  Employment  agreements  for Messrs.  Gilbert F. Ehmke and
          Christopher A. Sinton is attached to this Report as Exhibit B.

(4)  Statement Regarding Computation of Per Share Earnings

     Such  computation is attached to this Report as Exhibit C.

(5)  Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios

     As the Bank does not have any debt securities  registered  under Section 12
     of the Act, no ratio of earnings  to fixed  charges  appears in this Annual
     Report on Form F-2.

(6)  Exhibit Report to Security Holders

     The  Springfield  Institution  for Savings 1995 Annual  Report is furnished
     only for the information of the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation and
     is not deemed to be filed herewith.

(7)  Letter Regarding Change in Accounting Principles

     None

(8)  Previously Unfiled Documents

     None

(9)  Subsidiaries of the Bank

     The  Bank  owns  100%  of the  capital  stock  of  each  of  the  following
subsidiaries,  all of which are  Massachusetts  corporations  (unless  otherwise
indicated)  and all of which are included in the Bank's  consolidated  financial
statements:

(1) Commerce Properties, Inc.
(2) Properties Two, Inc. (Connecticut corporation)
(3) Montague Properties, Inc
(4) Village Park Properties, Inc. (Georgia corporation)
(5) 1190 Adams Street Corporation
(6) SIS Investment Corporation
(7) SIS Investment Corporation II
(8) Sherman Street Corporation
(9) SIS Center, Inc.
(10) Newgate Corporation
(11) Colebrook Corporation
(12) Colebrook-Leominster, Inc.

                                       34
<PAGE>

     The Bank  also  owns  100% of the  capital  stock of each of the  following
subsidiaries  through  Colebrook  Corporation,  all of which  are  Massachusetts
corporations  (unless otherwise  indicated) and all of which are included in the
Bank's consolidated financial statements:

         (1) Colebrook Realty Services, Inc.
         (2) Colebrook-Diamond, Inc.
         (3) Colebrook-Riverdale Corporation
         (4) New Marlboro Corp.
         (5) Colebrook-Woodcrest, Inc.
         (6) Colebrook/Westor, Inc.
         (7) 140 Glastonbury Boulevard, Inc. (Connecticut Corporation)
         (8) Overlook, Inc.

     In  addition,  the Bank owns,  either  directly or through the wholly owned
subsidiaries of Colebrook  Corporation  specified below, the percentage interest
in the  partnership  or  corporation  set forth  opposite each such wholly owned
subsidiary.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Partnership or
            Subsidiary                Corporation Owned                  Percentage Interest
- ------------------------------   ----------------------------          --------------------------
<S>                               <C>                                   <C>
(1) Colebrook-Woodcrest, Inc.      Hillman Associates                    50% general partnership
                                   Partnership #4

                                   Waltham Medical Associates            12.5% limited partnership
                                   Limited Partnership

                                   Wiljon Partnership                    50% general partnership

(2) New Marlboro                   Francoline Colebrook                  50% general partnership
                                   Partnership #7

(3) Colebrook/Westor Corporation   Westor Corporation                    50% stockholder

                                   Westor Partnership                    1% general partnership (98%
                                                                         limited partnership owned by
                                                                         Westor Corporation).

(4) Newgate Corporation            Sunchase Limited Partnership          14.57% limited partnership

                                   Capital Drive Limited Partnership     25% general partnership

(5) Overlook, Inc.                 Chester Commons                       99% limited partnership

(6) Sherman Street Corporation     Van Der Hayden                        1% general partnership

</TABLE>




                                       35
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES



     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Section 13 of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the Bank has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


February 28, 1996

                                SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS

                                By:    /s/  F. William Marshall, Jr.
                                       F. William Marshall, Jr.,
                                       President and
                                       Chief Executive Officer



     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
Report has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the Bank and
in the capacities on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Signature                                  Title                       Date
         ---------                                 -------                      ----
<S>                                     <C>                                    <C>

By: /s/  F. William Marshall, Jr.        President, Chief Executive             February 28, 1996
    F. William Marshall, Jr.             Officer and Director

By: /s/  John F. Treanor                 Executive Vice President,              February 28, 1996
    John F. Treanor                      Chief Financial Officer and
                                         Treasurer

By: /s/  Laura Sotir Katz                 Vice President, Controller            February 28, 1996
    Laura Sotir Katz                     (Chief Accounting Officer)

By: /s/  John M. Naughton                Director, Chairman of the              February 28, 1996
    John M. Naughton                     Board

By: /s/  Teresita Alicea                 Director                               February 28, 1996
    Teresita Alicea

By: /s/  Mary E. Boland                  Director                               February 28, 1996
    Mary E. Boland

By: /s/ Sister Mary Caritas Geary, S.P.  Director                               February 28, 1996
    Sister Mary Caritas Geary, S.P.


By; /s/  Donald F. Collins               Director                               February 28, 1996
    Donald F. Collins




                                       36
<PAGE>

<CAPTION>

         Signature                                  Title                       Date
         ---------                                 -------                      ----
<S>                                     <C>                                    <C>

By: /s/  Harry J Courniotes              Director                               February 28, 1996
    Harry J. Courniotes

By: /s/  Paulette Henderson-Johnson      Director                               February 28, 1996
    Paulette Henderson-Johnson

By: /s/  Charles L. Johnson              Director                               February 28, 1996
    Charles L. Johnson

By: /s/  Stephen A. Shatz                Director                               February 28, 1996
    Stephen A. Shatz

By: /s/  Gary P. Shannon                 Director                               February 28, 1996
    Gary P. Shannon

By: /s/  John H. Southworth              Director                               February 28, 1996
    John H. Southworth

By: /s/  Albert E. Steiger, Jr.          Director                               February 28, 1996
    Albert E. Steiger, Jr.
</TABLE>




                                       37

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                                                        Page

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1994            A - 1

Consolidate Statements of Operations for the three years ended
  December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993                                     A - 2

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
  for the three years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993            A - 3

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended
  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993                                      A - 4

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                              A - 6

Report of Independent Accountants                                       A - 28


                                                    


<PAGE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                      SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                            (Dollars in Thousands)


                                                                                      December 31,
                                                                            ----------------------------
                                                                             1995                  1994
                                                                            ------                ------
<S>                                                                       <C>                    <C>   
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks                                                    $ 30,377              $ 30,100
Federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits                              8,045                25,620
Investment securities available for sale                                    246,984               161,321
Investment securities held to maturity (market value                        172,793               158,243
   $172,930 at December 31, 1995; and $145,261 at
   December 31, 1994)
Loans receivable, net of allowance for possible losses                      558,663               497,582
   ($14,986 at December 31, 1995 and $ 15,844 at
   December 31, 1994)
Accrued interest and dividends receivable                                     7,109                 5,116
Investments in real estate and real estate partnerships                       6,092                 6,699
Foreclosed real estate, net                                                   1,529                 4,951
Bank premises, furniture and fixtures, net                                   25,706                23,413
Other assets                                                                 13,680                 7,644
                                                                         ----------              --------
                                                                         $1,070,978              $920,689
                                                                         ==========              ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits                                                                   $885,386              $853,633
Federal Home Loan Bank advances                                              41,500                     -
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase                               31,101                     -
Loans payable                                                                 5,470                 2,392
Mortgagors' escrow deposits                                                   4,193                 5,306
Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                       21,859                30,855
                                                                         ----------              --------
    Total liabilities                                                       989,509               892,186
                                                                         ----------              --------
Commitments and contingent liabilities
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock ($1 par value; 5,000,000 shares
   authorized; no shares issued and outstanding)                                  -                     -
  Common stock ($1 par value; 25,000,000 shares
   authorized; 5,710,700 shares issued in 1995)                               5,710                     -
Unearned compensation                                                       (4,937)                     -
Additional paid-in capital                                                   35,887                     -
Retained earnings                                                            43,083                31,624
Net unrealized gains (losses) on investment
   securities available for sale                                              1,726               (3,121)
                                                                         ----------              --------
    Total stockholders' equity                                               81,469                28,503
                                                                         ----------              --------
                                                                         $1,070,978              $920,689
                                                                         ==========              ========
</TABLE>

         See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

                                      A-1


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                             (Dollars In Thousands)

                                                                               For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                                       -------------------------------------------   
                                                                             1995           1994           1993
                                                                            ------         ------         ------
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>  
Interest and dividend income
  Interest on loans                                                    $    45,536    $    42,637    $    55,195
  Interest and dividends on investment securities available for sale        12,215          6,576              -
  Interest and dividends on investment securities held to maturity          10,849          8,173          7,728
  Interest on federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits               1,316            527            251
                                                                       -----------     ----------     ----------
      Total interest and dividend income                                    69,916         57,913         63,174
                                                                       -----------     ----------     ----------
Interest expense
  Interest on deposits                                                      30,424         23,792         27,175
  Interest on borrowed funds                                                 2,132              -              -
                                                                       -----------     ----------     ----------
      Total interest expense                                                32,556         23,792         27,175
                                                                       -----------     ----------     ----------
Net interest and dividend income                                            37,360         34,121         35,999
Less: Provision for possible loan losses                                     4,359         25,742         15,740
                                                                       -----------     ----------     ----------
Net interest and dividend income after provision
 for possible loan losses                                                   33,001          8,379         20,259
Noninterest income
  Net gain (loss) on sale of loans                                             243           (505)         2,627
  Net gain (loss) on sale of securities                                       (886)           (48)          (276)
  Fees and other income                                                      8,767          8,882          9,320
                                                                       -----------     ----------     ----------
       Total noninterest income                                              8,124          8,329         11,671
                                                                       -----------     ----------     ----------
Noninterest expense
  Operating expenses
    Salaries and employee benefits                                          15,961         16,808         16,583
    Occupancy expense of bank premises, net                                  3,459          3,410          3,502
    Furniture and equipment expense                                          1,943          1,830          1,696
    Other operating expenses                                                13,768         15,109         13,442
                                                                       -----------     ----------     ----------
      Total operating expenses                                              35,131         37,157         35,223
                                                                       -----------     ----------     ----------
Foreclosed real estate expense                                                 521          5,470         11,734
Net (income) expense of real estate operations                                (227)           988          2,632
                                                                       -----------     ----------     ----------
     Total noninterest expense                                              35,425         43,615         49,589
                                                                       -----------     ----------     ----------
Income (loss) before income tax benefit                                      5,700        (26,907)       (17,659)
Income tax benefit                                                          (5,759)             -         (3,384)
                                                                       -----------     ----------     ----------
    Net income (loss)                                                  $    11,459    ($   26,907)   ($   14,275)
                                                                       ===========    ===========     ===========
Pro forma earnings per share: (1)
         Primary                                                       $      2.21    ($     5.21)   ($     2.77)
         Fully diluted (2)                                             $      2.19    ($     5.21)   ($     2.77)

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding: (1)
         Primary                                                         5,174,037      5,174,037      5,174,037
         Fully diluted                                                   5,220,778      5,220,778      5,220,778
<FN>
(1)    Net income  (loss) per share for the twelve  months  ended  December  31,
       1995,  1994 and 1993 is  computed  on a pro  forma  basis as if the stock
       issued in the  conversion  had been  issued as of the  beginning  of each
       period presented.

(2)  For the years ended  December 31, 1994 and 1993 the fully diluted  earnings
     per share calculation is anti-dilutive.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                                                               
         See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


                                       A-2


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>   
                   SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
              For The Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
                             (Dollars In Thousands)


                                                                                                  Net
                                                                                               unrealized        Net
                                                                                               gain (loss)    unrealized  
                                                                                              on investment    loss on       
                                                             Unearned  Additional              securities     marketable        
                                                   Common     Compen-    Paid-In    Retained   available       equity          
                                                   Stock      sation     Capital    Earnings   for sale      securities     Total
                                                ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ------------- -------------- ------- 
<S>                                             <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance at December 31, 1992                     $   --     $   --      $   --     $ 72,806    $   --      ($    44)   $ 72,762
Net Loss                                             --         --          --      (14,275)       --          --       (14,275)
Change in net unrealized loss on
    marketable equity securities                     --         --          --         --          --            44          44
                                                 --------   --------    --------   --------    --------    --------    --------
Balance at December 31, 1993                         --         --          --     $ 58,531    $   --      $   --      $ 58,531
                                                 ========   ========    ========   ========    ========    ========    ========

Balance at December 31, 1993                     $   --     $   --      $   --     $ 58,531    $   --      $   --      $ 58,531
Net Loss                                             --         --          --      (26,907)       --          --       (26,907)
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on 
  investment securities available 
  for sale                                           --         --          --         --        (3,121)       --        (3,121)
                                                 --------   --------    --------   --------    --------    --------    --------
Balance at December 31, 1994                         --         --          --     $ 31,624    ($ 3,121)   $   --      $ 28,503
                                                 ========   ========    ========   ========    ========    ========    ========

Balance at December 31, 1994                     $   --     $   --      $   --     $ 31,624    ($ 3,121)   $   --      $ 28,503
Net Income                                           --         --          --       11,459        --          --        11,459
Issuance of common stock                            5,562       --        33,909       --          --          --        39,471
Unearned compensation                                 148     (5,375)      1,667       --          --          --        (3,560)
Decrease in unearned compensation                    --          438         311       --          --          --           749
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on 
  investment securities available 
  for sale                                           --         --          --         --         4,847        --         4,847
                                                 --------   --------    --------   --------    --------    --------    --------
Balance at December 31, 1995                     $  5,710   ($ 4,937)   $ 35,887   $ 43,083    $  1,726    $   --      $ 81,469
                                                 ========   ========    ========   ========    ========    ========    ========

</TABLE>

                                       A-3


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (Dollars In Thousands)

                                                                         For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                                      ------------------------------------
                                                                         1995        1994         1993
                                                                         ------      ------       ------
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
Net income (loss)                                                    $  11,459    ($ 26,907)   ($ 14,275)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used for)/
   provided by operating activities
     Provision for possible loan losses                                  4,359       25,742       15,740
     Provision for foreclosed real estate                                  836        6,034        7,975
     Depreciation                                                        3,026        3,605        3,089
     Amortization of premium on investment securities, net                 972        1,812        1,348
     Amortization of lease income                                         --             (1)        (197)
     Investment security losses                                            886           48          276
     Loss from equity investment in partnerships                           133          987          346
     (Gain) loss on sales of loans                                        (243)         505       (2,627)
     Disbursements for mortgage loans held for sale                    (65,747)    (126,727)    (353,041)
     Receipts from mortgage loans held for sale                         65,989      126,161      354,747
     Loss (gain) on sale of fixed assets and real estate                   609       (4,306)         178
     Changes in assets and liabilities:
          (Increase) decrease in other assets, net                      (8,029)       1,382          563
          (Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other             (8,996)       5,678        4,060
             liabilities                                                -------      ------      -------
                 Net cash  (used for)/provided by operating activities   5,254       14,013       18,182
                                                                        -------      ------      -------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities

    Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for         213,252       59,609         -
       sale
    Proceeds from maturities and principal payments received
       on investment securities available for sale                     135,076      406,369         --
                                                                                              
    Purchase of investment securities available for sale              (345,959)    (497,675)        --
    Proceeds from sales of investment securities held to                  --           --         82,406
      maturity
        Net cash  (used for)/provided by operating activities            5,254       14,013       18,182
    Proceeds from maturities and principal payments received
       on investment securities held to maturity                        33,287       13,783      160,770
    Purchase of investment securities held to maturity                (132,878)     (75,067)    (320,043)
    Net decrease in investment in real estate                             --          6,005        2,353
    Cash distributions from partnerships                                  --             63           36
    Capital contributions to partnerships                                 --           (401)         (22)
    Net (increase) decrease in loans receivable                        (66,864)      20,685       50,119
    Net decrease in foreclosed real estate                               2,928       16,437       24,395
    Principal payments received under leases                              --            177        1,358
    Proceeds from sale of loans                                          1,081       74,925       12,166
    Proceeds from sale of fixed assets and leases                         --             27          546
    Purchase of fixed assets                                            (5,454)      (1,967)      (1,925)
                                                                        -------      ------      -------
        Net cash  (used for)/provided by investing activities         (165,531)      22,970       12,159
                                                                      ---------      ------      -------
</TABLE>

         See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

                                      A-4

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                        (Dollars In Thousands)

                                                                         For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                                      ------------------------------------
                                                                         1995        1994         1993
                                                                         ------      ------       ------
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>
Cash Flows From Financing Activities

  Net proceeds from stock conversion                                 $  35,911     $    --      $    --
  Net increase (decrease) in deposits                                   31,753       (21,273)     (23,144)
  Net increase (decrease) in borrowings                                 75,679        (3,671)        (177)
  Net (decrease) increase in mortgagors' escrow deposits                (1,113)           79          883
  Net decrease in unearned compensation                                    749          --           --
                                                                     ---------     ---------    ---------
        Net cash provided by/(used for) financing activities           142,979       (24,865)     (22,438)
                                                                     ---------     ---------    ---------
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents                       (17,298)       12,118        7,903
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                            55,720        43,602       35,699
                                                                     ---------     ---------    ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                               $  38,422     $  55,720    $  43,602
                                                                     =========     =========    =========
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
     Cash paid during the year for interest to depositors and        $  32,456     $  23,751    $  27,317
         interest on debt
Non-cash investing activities:
     Transfers to foreclosed real estate, net                        $     342     $   2,337    $   4,698

</TABLE>

                                       A-5


<PAGE>
                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (Dollars In Thousands)

General

     Established  in  1827,  Springfield  Institution  for  Savings  is a  state
chartered,  stock  savings bank  headquartered  in  Springfield,  Massachusetts.
Springfield Institution for Savings and its subsidiaries (the "Bank") provides a
variety of financial  services  which  include  retail and  commercial  banking,
residential mortgage  origination and servicing,  commercial real estate lending
and  consumer  lending.  The Bank  serves  its  primary  market of  Hampden  and
Hampshire Counties of Massachusetts through a network of 20 retail branches.

     The Bank's revenues are derived  principally from interest  payments on its
loan portfolios and mortgage-backed and other investment securities.  The Bank's
primary  sources of funds are  deposits,  borrowings  and principal and interest
payments on loans and mortgage-backed securities.

1.  Accounting Policies

     The  accounting  and reporting  policies of the Bank conform with generally
accepted accounting principles. The significant policies are summarized below.

     The consolidated  financial statements of the Bank are dependent on the use
of estimates, particularly with regard to the allowance for possible loan losses
and the value of other real estate.  Estimates of loan  collectability  and real
estate values  involve a high degree of judgment and the use of  appraisals  and
other  information.  Subsequent  changes in general economic  conditions and the
financial condition of borrowers may require changes in such estimates.

Consolidation

     The consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of the Bank and
its wholly owned subsidiaries, most of which are involved in the purchase, sale,
management and rental of real estate.  All significant  intercompany  items have
been  eliminated.  Certain  amounts in prior periods have been  reclassified  to
conform to the current year presentation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

     For purposes of reporting  cash flows,  cash and cash  equivalents  include
cash on hand,  amounts due from banks,  federal funds sold and interest  bearing
deposits. Generally, federal funds are sold for one day periods.

Investment Securities

     In May  1993,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  issued
Statement of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (FAS) No. 115,  "Accounting  for
Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" which requires that debt and
equity  securities be segregated  into three  categories:  (i) held to maturity,
which will be carried at amortized cost; (ii) available for sale,  which will be
valued  at market  with  unrealized  gains and  losses  reported  as a  separate
component of stockholders' equity net of tax and (iii) trading securities, which
will be valued at market with  unrealized  gains and losses  included in current
earnings.  The Bank adopted FAS 115 effective  January 1, 1994.  The effect upon
adoption at January 1, 1994 was to increase stockholders' equity by $1,069.

     Prior  to  adoption  of  this  new  standard,  investment  debt  securities
represented those securities which management had the intent and ability to hold
until maturity and were stated at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and
accretion of discounts. Marketable equity securities were stated at the lower of
their  aggregate cost or market value with net unrealized  losses  reported as a
reduction to the  stockholders'  equity  account.  Gains or losses from security
transactions are computed under the specific identification method.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>
                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Investments in Real Estate and Real Estate Partnerships

     Investments in real estate reflect the Bank's interest in wholly owned real
estate  properties.  Investments  in real estate  properties  are carried at the
lower  of  cost,   including  cost  of  improvements   incurred   subsequent  to
acquisition,  or fair  value  less costs to sell.  Investments  in  partnerships
reflect  the  Bank's  interest  in  joint  venture  real  estate   developments.
Investments  in  partnerships  which are greater  than 50% owned by the Bank are
accounted  for using the equity  method and are carried at the Bank's  equity in
the underlying assets.

Loans

     Loans are  stated at the  principal  amount  outstanding,  net of  unearned
income.  Interest  income on loans is accrued  based on rates applied to amounts
outstanding.  Unearned  income on loans made or purchased on a discounted  basis
are  recognized  in  interest  income over the lives of the loans using a method
that approximates a level yield. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of
cost or market value.

     Loan  origination and commitment  fees and certain direct loan  origination
costs are deferred and the net amount is  amortized as a yield  adjustment  over
the average  life of the loans using a method  that  approximates  a level yield
method.

     Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are classified
as  nonaccrual  loans.  Interest  accruals  on loans are  normally  discontinued
whenever  the payment of interest or  principal is more than 90 days past due or
when,  in the opinion of  management,  such  action is  prudent.  When a loan is
placed on nonaccrual status, all interest previously accrued in the current year
but not collected is reversed  against current year interest  income.  Loans are
removed from  nonaccrual  status when they become  current as to  principal  and
interest and when, in the opinion of  management,  the loans are estimated to be
fully collectible as to principal and interest.  The Bank may continue to accrue
interest  on loans  past due 90 days or more  that are well  secured  and in the
process of collection.

     Restructured loans are loans for which concessions,  including reduction of
interest rates or deferral of interest or principal payments,  have been granted
to  acknowledge  changes in the  borrower's  financial  condition  or changes in
underlying cash flows of the loan's collateral.  Interest income on restructured
loans  is  accrued  at  the  modified  rates  after  a  satisfactory  period  of
performance (generally six months).

     Effective  January  1,  1995  the Bank  adopted  FAS  114,  "Accounting  by
Creditors  for  Impairment  of a Loan."  FAS 114  modifies  the  accounting  for
impaired loans,  defined as those loans, where, based on current information and
events,  it is  probable  that a creditor  will be unable to collect all amounts
due, both interest and principal, according to the contractual terms of the loan
agreement.  Specifically,  FAS 114 requires that the allowance for possible loan
losses  related to impaired  loans be  determined  based on the present value of
expected cash flows  discounted at the loan's  effective  interest rate or, as a
practical expedient, the loan's observable market price or the fair value of the
collateral if the loan is collateral  dependent.  The adoption of this statement
did not have a material  impact on the Bank's results of operations or financial
position.

     Effective  January 1, 1995,  the Bank also adopted FAS 118,  "Accounting by
Creditors  for an  Impairment of a Loan - Income  Recognition  and  Disclosure,"
which  amends  FAS  114 to  permit  a  creditor  to  use  existing  methods  for
recognizing  interest  income on  impaired  loans.  Generally,  interest  income
received on impaired  loans  either  continues to be applied by the Bank against
principal or is realized as interest income,  according to Management's judgment
as to the collectability of the principal.


                                      A-7
<PAGE>
                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Allowance for Possible Loan Losses

     The  allowance  for possible  loan losses is  established  through  charges
against income.  Loans deemed  uncollectable  are charged against the allowance,
while  recoveries  of  amounts  previously   charged-off  are  credited  to  the
allowance.  The allowance represents an amount which, in Management's  judgment,
will be adequate  to absorb  probable  losses on existing  loans that may become
uncollectable.   Management's  judgment  in  determining  the  adequacy  of  the
allowance is based on various  factors  influencing  the  collectability  of the
loan.  These  factors  include,  but are not  limited  to,  an  analysis  of the
borrower's ability to meet the repayment terms, the borrower's overall financial
condition,  the  estimated  value  of  collateral  supporting  the  credit,  the
concentration  of credit risk in the portfolio and judgments as to the effect of
current and anticipated economic conditions.  Management's  determination of the
allowance is, by necessity, dependent upon estimates,  appraisals and judgments,
which  may  change  because  of  changing  economic  conditions  and the  Bank's
perception  as to how these  factors may affect the  financial  condition of the
borrowers.

Foreclosed Real Estate

     Real estate acquired through  foreclosure is transferred to foreclosed real
estate at the lower of the  estimated  fair value of the asset  acquired or book
value. The excess if any, of the loan over the fair value of the property at the
time  of  transfer  is  charged  to the  Allowance  for  Possible  Loan  Losses.
Subsequent  declines in the value of the property  are  reflected as a valuation
allowance and charged to  operations.  Subsequent to transfer,  foreclosed  real
estate is carried at the lower of cost or the estimated fair value less expenses
to dispose of the asset.

Bank Premises, Furniture and Fixtures

     Bank premises,  furniture and fixtures are stated at cost less  accumulated
depreciation  and   amortization.   Depreciation  is  computed  by  use  of  the
straight-line  method over the  estimated  useful  lives of the related  assets,
ranging  from 3 to 30  years.  Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  over the
shorter of the lease terms or the useful life of the improvement.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

     In 1992,  the  Bank  adopted  FAS 107,  "Disclosures  about  Fair  Value of
Financial  Instruments,"  which  requires  disclosure of fair value  information
about  financial  instruments,  whether or not  recognized  in the  statement of
financial position, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. In cases
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
using present value or other valuation  techniques.  In that regard, the derived
fair value  estimates  cannot be  substantiated  by  comparison  to  independent
markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the
instrument.  The  calculation of fair value  estimates is dependent upon certain
subjective  assumptions  and involves  significant  uncertainties,  resulting in
variability in estimates with changes in assumptions.  Potential taxes and other
expenses  that  would  be  incurred  in an  actual  sale or  settlement  are not
reflected  in the  fair  value  amounts  disclosed.  FAS  107  excludes  certain
financial  instruments  and all  non-financial  instruments  from its disclosure
requirements.  Accordingly,  the aggregate  fair value amounts  presented do not
represent  the  underlying  value of the  Bank.  In  addition,  the  fair  value
estimates  are not intended to reflect the  liquidation  value of the  financial
instruments.  The  following  methods and  assumptions  were used by the Bank to
estimate the fair value for each class of financial  instruments for which it is
practicable to estimate that value.

         Cash and  short-term  investments  - The carrying  amounts for cash and
         short-term  investments are reasonable  estimates of those assets' fair
         values.

         Investment securities - Fair values for investment securities are based
         on quoted market prices,  where available.  If quoted market prices are
         not  available,  fair  values  are based on quoted  market  prices  for
         similar securities.

                                      A-8
<PAGE>
                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


         Loans  receivable,  net - For adjustable  rate  residential  loans that
         reprice  frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair
         values are based on the market prices for securities  collateralized by
         similar loans.  For certain  homogeneous  categories of loans,  such as
         some  residential  fixed rate mortgages,  fair value is estimated using
         the  quoted  market  price  for  securities  backed by  similar  loans,
         adjusted for  differences  in loan  characteristics.  The fair value of
         other types of loans is estimated by discounting  the future cash flows
         using  the  current  rates  at  which  similar  loans  would be made to
         borrowers  with  similar  credit  ratings  and for the  same  remaining
         maturities.

         Accrued  interest and  dividends  receivable  - The carrying  amount of
         interest and dividends receivable approximates its fair value.

         Deposit  liabilities  - The fair  value  of  demand  deposits,  savings
         accounts,  and certain money market  deposits is the amount  payable on
         demand at the reporting  date,  that is, the carrying  value.  The fair
         value of fixed maturity  certificates  of deposit is estimated  using a
         discounted cash flow  calculation that applies interest rates currently
         offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities on the future cash
         flows expected to be paid on the deposits. In estimating the fair value
         of deposit  liabilities,  FAS 107  prohibits  financial  entities  from
         taking  into  account  the value of its  long-term  relationships  with
         depositors, commonly known as core deposit intangibles.

          Federal Home Loan Bank  advances - The fair value of advances from the
          Federal  Home Loan Bank of  Boston  is based on  discounted  values of
          contractual  cash flows using rates currently  offered for instruments
          with similar terms and  maturities or, when  available,  quoted market
          prices.

         Securities  sold under  agreements  to  repurchase  - The fair value of
         securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase  are  based  on the
         discounted  value of  contractual  cash flows using dealer quoted rates
         for agreements of similar terms and maturities.

         Loans  payable  - The fair  values  of the  Bank's  loans  payable  are
         estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on rates currently
         available  to the  Bank for  debt  with  similar  terms  and  remaining
         maturities.

         Standby  letters  of credit - The  estimated  fair  value of  financial
         guarantees,  such as  standby  letters  of  credit,  are  based on fees
         currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account
         the remaining terms of the agreements and the  creditworthiness  of the
         counterparties  or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise
         settle the obligations with the counterparties.

         Commitments  to extend credit - The fair value of commitments to extend
         credit,  which includes  unused lines of credit and commitments to fund
         loans,  is  estimated  using the fees  currently  charged to enter into
         similar   agreements   and   the   present   creditworthiness   of  the
         counterparties.  For  fixed  rate loan  commitments,  fair  value  also
         considers the difference  between  current levels of interest rates and
         the committed  rates.  The commitments to extend credit have terms that
         are consistent with current market terms.

Long-Lived Assets

     In March 1995, the FASB issued FAS 121,  "Accounting  for the Impairment of
Long-Lived  Assets and for Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed Of," which requires
that long-lived assets and certain identifiable  intangibles to be held and used
by  an  entity  be  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in
circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of an  asset  may  not  be
recoverable. FAS 121 is effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1995,  and will be adopted by the Bank  effective  January 1, 1996.
The Bank does not believe adoption of this statement will have a material impact
on its results of operations.

                                      A-9
<PAGE>
                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Pension Plan and Other Employee Benefit Plans

     All eligible  employees are covered by a  non-contributory  defined benefit
pension plan which is  administered  by the Savings Bank  Employees'  Retirement
Association. The pension plan is funded in an amount consistent with the funding
requirements of federal laws and regulations.

     The Bank sponsors  postretirement  health care and life  insurance  benefit
plans that provide health care and life insurance benefits for retired employees
that have met certain age and service  requirements.  Postretirement health care
and life insurance  benefits  expense is based upon an actuarial  computation of
current and future  benefits to earnings for employees  and  retirees.  The Bank
accounts  for its  postretirement  health  care and life  insurance  benefits in
accordance with FAS 106 "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other
Than Pensions."

     The Financial  Accounting  Standards Board has issued FAS 112,  "Employers'
Accounting for  Postemployment  Benefits," which requires accrual of a liability
for all types of benefits paid to former or inactive  employees after employment
but before retirement. Benefits subject to this accounting pronouncement include
salary continuation,  supplemental  unemployment  benefits,  severance benefits,
disability-related benefits (including workers' compensation),  job training and
counseling and  continuation  of such benefits as health care and life insurance
coverage.  The Bank adopted this accounting  standard beginning January 1, 1994.
The adoption of FAS 112 did not have a material  impact on the Bank's results of
operations or financial position.

     The Bank sponsors a leveraged  employee stock  ownership plan ("ESOP") that
covers all full-time and part-time  employees with more than one year of service
at the Bank.  The ESOP was formed with the  completion of the Bank's  conversion
from mutual to stock form (the "Conversion") on February 7, 1995. The Bank makes
annual  contributions  to the ESOP equal to the ESOP's debt service.  The ESOP's
shares initially were pledged as collateral for its debt. As the debt is repaid,
shares are released from collateral and allocated to active employees,  based on
the  proportion of debt service paid during the year.  The Bank accounts for its
ESOP in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 93-6. Accordingly,  the debt
of the ESOP is recorded as long-term  debt and the shares  pledged as collateral
are reported as unearned  compensation in the Bank's Consolidated Balance Sheet.
As shares are released from collateral,  the Bank records  compensation  expense
equal  to the  current  market  price  of the  shares,  and  the  shares  become
outstanding for purposes of calculating earnings per share.

     The Bank's Stock Option Plan (the "Stock  Option Plan") was approved by the
Bank's stockholders at its annual meeting on May 31, 1995. The Stock Option Plan
provides for the granting of incentive and nonqualified stock options to certain
employees  and   non-employee   directors  of  the  Bank  and  its  wholly-owned
subsidiaries  for the purchase of the Bank's  common stock at 100 percent of the
fair market  value at the date of grant.  The  maximum  option term is 10 years.
Options granted under the Stock Option Plan will generally vest,  under ordinary
circumstances,  at 20% per year commencing on the first  anniversary of the date
of grant. Under the terms of the Stock Option Plan, 556,250 shares of authorized
but  unissued  common stock were  reserved  for issuance  under the Stock Option
Plan.  At December 31, 1995,  415,600  stock  options had been granted under the
Stock Option Plan.

     The Bank's Restricted Stock Plan (the "Restricted Stock Plan") was approved
by the Bank's stockholders at its annual meeting on May 31, 1995. The Restricted
Stock Plan  provides for the granting of restricted  stock to certain  employees
and non-employee  directors of the Bank and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  The
restricted  stock vests over a period of time in which such  grantee is employed
by or serves as a director of the Bank.  Each award under the  Restricted  Stock
Plan  will  generally  vest,  under  ordinary  circumstances,  at 20%  per  year
commencing on the first  anniversary of the date of grant. At December 31, 1995,
148,200 shares of restricted  stock had been granted under the Restricted  Stock
Plan.
                                      A-10
<PAGE>
                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


     The Bank sponsors a defined  contribution  profit  sharing plan (the Plan),
with cash or deferral arrangements permitted by Internal Revenue Code subsection
401(k). The Plan was formed by the Bank in 1995. Substantially all employees are
eligible to participate after  satisfaction of the one year service  requirement
under the Plan.  Under the savings aspect of the Plan,  employees may contribute
1% to 12% of  base  compensation  with  up to 6%  being  eligible  for  matching
contributions, at 25%, from the Bank. Contributions to the Plan by the Bank were
$52 for the year ended December 31, 1995.

     In  November  1995,  the FASB issued FAS 123,  "Accounting  for Stock Based
Compensation"  which gives  companies  the option of employing  intrinsic  value
accounting  under the guidelines of Accounting  Principles Board (APB) No. 25 or
fair  value  accounting  for stock  based  compensation.  While FAS 123 does not
require  the  adoption  of  fair  value  accounting,  it  does  require  certain
disclosures  in the financial  statements as if fair value  accounting  had been
adopted,  including  pro forma net income  and  earnings  per share.  FAS 123 is
effective  prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995, and
will be adopted by the Bank effective January 1, 1996. The Bank will continue to
apply APB 25 in accounting for stock based compensation.

Mortgage Banking Activities

     Fees paid for the right to  service  mortgage  loans  are  capitalized  and
amortized in  proportion  to, and over the period of,  estimated  net  servicing
income. Amortization is adjusted prospectively to reflect increases or decreases
in prepayment  experience.  Purchased mortgage servicing rights of $405 and $589
at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, are included in other assets.

     Servicing income  represents fees earned for servicing real estate mortgage
loans owned by outside  investors.  The fees are  calculated on the  outstanding
principal balances of the loans serviced and are recorded as income when earned.
The mortgage loans being serviced for outside  investors are not included in the
consolidated  financial  statements because they are not assets of the Bank. The
Bank  maintained  a servicing  portfolio  for other  investors  of $880,558  and
$935,066 at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     In May 1995,  the FASB issued FAS 122,  "Accounting  for  Mortgage  Service
Rights." FAS 122 amends certain  provisions of FAS 65,  "Accounting  for Certain
Mortgage Banking  Activities," to eliminate the accounting  distinction  between
rights to service  mortgage  loans for others  that are  acquired  through  loan
origination activities and those acquired through purchase transactions. FAS 122
is effective  prospectively  for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995,
and will be adopted  by the Bank  effective  January 1, 1996.  The Bank does not
believe  the  adoption  of this  statement  will have a  material  impact on its
results of operations or financial position.

Income Taxes

     The Bank accounts for income taxes in accordance with FAS 109,  "Accounting
for Income Taxes." FAS 109 requires an asset and liability  method of accounting
for income taxes.  Under the asset and liability  method,  deferred income taxes
are  recognized  for the  estimated  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to
differences  between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets
and  liabilities  and their  respective  tax  bases.  Deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which
those temporary  differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect
on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period
that includes the enactment date. Under the deferred method, deferred taxes were
recognized using the tax rate applicable to the year of the calculation and were
not adjusted for subsequent changes in tax rates.


                                      A-11
<PAGE>
                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Pro forma Earnings Per Share

     Net income (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and
1993 is computed on a pro forma basis as if the stock  issued in the  Conversion
had been issued as of the  beginning of each year  presented and is adjusted for
common stock equivalents as appropriate.

2. Conversion and Regulatory Matters

     On May 12, 1992,  the Bank entered  into a  Stipulation  and Consent to the
issuance  of an Order to Cease and Desist  (the  "Order")  with the FDIC and the
Massachusetts  Commissioner  of Banks  ("Commissioner  of Banks").  The Bank had
previously  entered into an informal  agreement with the  Commissioner of Banks.
The terms of this informal agreement, which was entered into in April 1991, were
similar to those of the Order.  The Order  placed  certain  restrictions  on the
Bank's  operations,  made other actions  subject to the approval of the FDIC and
the Commissioner of Banks, and contained  certain  affirmative  obligations.  In
addition,  the Order  required  the Bank to  maintain a Tier 1 leverage  capital
ratio of at least 2%,  and  further  provided  that in the event that the Bank's
Tier 1 leverage  capital  ratio falls below 6%, the Bank would  submit a written
plan to the FDIC to  increase  such ratio to at least 6%,  and,  within 180 days
thereafter,  achieve and thereafter  maintain a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of
at least 6%.

     As a consequence  of the net losses  incurred by the Bank during 1994,  the
Bank's Tier 1 leverage  capital ratio fell below the 6% minimum  required by the
Order,  and its  total  risk-based  capital  ratio  fell  below  the 8%  minimum
regulatory  requirement.  These net losses  resulted  primarily  from the Bank's
efforts to reduce the level of its  non-performing  assets  through  accelerated
dispositions,  which  included  bulk  sales,  and the  adoption of new loan loss
reserve methodologies and charge-off requirements. In accordance with the Order,
the Bank submitted a capital  restoration plan (the "Capital  Restoration Plan")
to the  FDIC  in May  1994,  which  plan,  as  subsequently  modified  following
discussions with the FDIC,  satisfied the FDIC's directive to raise capital. The
Capital  Restoration Plan, which was accepted by the Regional Office of the FDIC
in August 1994, called for the Bank to raise the additional capital necessary to
comply with the required capital ratios through the Conversion.

     The  Conversion  was  successfully  completed on February 7, 1995. The Bank
issued  5,562,500  shares of common  stock at a price of $8.00 per share.  After
deducting net expenses of approximately $5,029 relating to underwriting fees and
other  costs of the  conversion  process,  and  amounts  relating to the ESOP of
$3,560, the Bank received net proceeds of $35,911.  With the infusion of the net
proceeds  from  the  Conversion,  the Bank  immediately  satisfied  the  capital
requirements of the Order and all minimum  regulatory  requirements  and has the
requisite  capital  levels to  qualify  for  treatment  as a "well  capitalized"
institution under the FDIC Improvement Act ("FDICIA").

     Effective April 24, 1995, the Bank received notification from both the FDIC
and the  Commissioner  of  Banks  that the  Order  had  been  terminated,  which
unconditionally released the Bank from its obligations under the Order.

3. Cash and Due from Banks

     Under  provisions of the Federal Reserve Act,  depository  institutions are
required  to  maintain   certain  average  balances  in  the  form  of  cash  or
non-interest  bearing balances with a Federal Reserve Bank.  Reserve balances of
$4,794 and $3,004 at December 31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively,  were maintained
in accordance with these requirements.


                                      A-12


<PAGE>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


4. Investment Securities

The  aggregate  carrying  amounts and  approximate  market  values of investment
securities at the following dates were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Securities Available for Sale

                                                           December 31, 1995
                                             --------------------------------------------
                                                Book     Unrealized  Unrealized   Market
                                                Value      Gains      Losses      Value
                                             ---------   ----------- ----------- --------
<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>   
  U.S. Government and agency obligations      $  7,700   $      5   ($     6)   $  7,699
  Mortgage-backed securities                   222,673      1,562       (134)    224,101
  Other bonds and short-term obligations         9,300          -          -       9,300
  Other securities                               5,884          -          -       5,884
                                              --------   --------   --------    --------
    Total                                     $245,557   $  1,567   ($   140)   $246,984
                                              ========   ========   ========    ========
<CAPTION>
Securities Held to Maturity
                                                           December 31, 1995
                                             --------------------------------------------
                                                Book     Unrealized  Unrealized   Market
                                                Value      Gains      Losses      Value
                                             ---------   ----------- ----------- --------
<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>   
  Mortgage-backed securities                  $161,168   $    779   ($   466)   $161,481
  Other bonds and short-term obligations        11,625         43       (219)     11,449
                                              --------   --------   --------    --------
    Total                                     $172,793   $    822   ($   685)   $172,930
                                              ========   ========   ========    ========
<CAPTION>
Securities Available for Sale
                                                           December 31, 1994
                                             --------------------------------------------
                                                Book     Unrealized  Unrealized   Market
                                                Value      Gains      Losses      Value
                                             ---------   ----------- ----------- --------
<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>   
  U.S. Government and agency obligations      $ 23,953   $      -   ($    71)   $ 23,882
  Mortgage-backed securities                   112,452          -     (2,997)    109,455
  Other bonds and short-term obligations        23,229          -        (60)     23,169
  Other securities                               4,808          7          -       4,815
                                              --------   --------   --------    --------
    Total                                     $164,442   $      7   ($ 3,128)   $161,321
                                              ========   ========   ========    ========
<CAPTION>
Securities Held to Maturity
                                                           December 31, 1994
                                             --------------------------------------------
                                                Book     Unrealized  Unrealized   Market
                                                Value      Gains      Losses      Value
                                             ---------   ----------- ----------- --------
<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>   
  U.S. Government and agency obligations      $ 17,350   $      -   ($ 1,177)   $ 16,173
  Mortgage-backed securities                   136,901          -    (11,805)    125,096
  Other bonds and short-term obligations         3,992          -          -       3,992
                                              --------   --------   --------    --------
    Total                                     $158,243   $      -   ($12,982)   $145,261
                                              ========   ========   ========    ========


</TABLE>


                                      A-13
<PAGE>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


     At December  31,  1995,  the net  unrealized  gain,  net of tax effect,  on
available  for sale  securities  that was  included as a separate  component  of
stockholders'  equity was $1,427. At December 31, 1994, the net unrealized loss,
net of tax effect, on available for sale securities was $3,121.

     Proceeds from the sale of available  for sale  investment  securities  were
$213,252 and $59,609 during 1995 and 1994, respectively. Gross realized gains on
sales of investment  securities  were $13 in 1995 and $473 in 1994,  while gross
realized losses were $899 in 1995 and $521 in 1994.

     In 1995, the FASB issued a special report,  "A Guide to  Implementation  of
Statement 115," that provided  additional guidance related to the application of
FAS 115. In  connection  with the  issuance  of this  special  report,  the FASB
allowed all organizations to review their portfolio  classifications  and make a
one-time  reclassification  of securities  between  categories during the period
from  November  15, 1995 to December 31,  1995.  On December 15, 1995,  the Bank
transferred  securities with an amortized cost of $84,299 and an unrealized loss
of  $1,177  from  the  held to  maturity  portfolio  to the  available  for sale
portfolio.  In addition,  the Bank also transferred securities with an estimated
fair value of $47,280 and an unrealized gain of $299 from the available for sale
portfolio to the held to maturity portfolio. The unrealized gain of $299 remains
as a separate component of stockholders'  equity.  Subsequent to the transfer of
these  securities,  the Bank sold  approximately  $82,900 of available  for sale
securities at a net loss of $899.

     The book value of securities pledged to collateralize securities sold under
agreements to repurchase and other items was $40,960 and $31,757 at December 31,
1995 and 1994, respectively.

     The amortized cost and estimated  market value of debt securities are shown
below by contractual  maturity.  Actual  maturities may differ from  contractual
maturities  because borrowers have the right to call or prepay  obligations with
or without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              December 31, 1995
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Securities Available                      Securities Held
                                              For Sale                               To Maturity
                                  --------------------------------      ---------------------------------
                                      Book               Market             Book                Market
                                      Value              Value              Value                Value
                                  ------------        ------------      ------------          -----------
<S>                               <C>                <C>                <C>                  <C>
Within 1 year                        $9,300              $9,300                 $0                   $0
1-5 years                            13,187              13,251             10,593               10,625
5-10 years                            3,000               2,997             10,063               10,131
over ten years                      214,186             215,552            152,137              152,174
                                   --------            --------           --------             --------
   Total                           $239,673            $241,100           $172,793             $172,930
                                   ========            ========           ========             ========
<CAPTION>
                                                             December 31, 1994
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Securities Available                      Securities Held
                                              For Sale                               To Maturity
                                  --------------------------------      ---------------------------------
                                      Book               Market             Book                Market
                                      Value              Value              Value                Value
                                  ------------        ------------      ------------          -----------
<S>                               <C>                <C>                <C>                  <C>
Within 1 year                      $ 44,182           $ 44,111           $ 11,500             $ 10,820
1-5 years                             3,000              2,940             32,969               30,744
5-10 years                            2,955              2,955             66,491               60,677
over ten years                      109,497            106,500             47,283               43,020
                                   --------           --------           --------             --------
   Total                           $159,634           $156,506           $158,243             $145,261
                                   ========           ========           ========             ========

</TABLE>

                                      A-14

<PAGE>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


5. Investments in Real Estate and Real Estate Partnerships

     The Bank has certain  subsidiaries  that are engaged in various real estate
activities  individually  or  in  joint  ventures  with  unaffiliated  partners.
Investments in real estate are comprise the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 December 31,
                                                                        ---------------------------
                                                                           1995                1994
                                                                          ------              -----
<S>                                                                    <C>                  <C>
Operating properties
    Land                                                                 $1,320              $1,704
    Buildings and improvements, net of accumulated depreciation of
      $4,133 and $3,752, respectively                                     4,318               4,408
                                                                        -------             -------
Total investment in real estate                                           5,638               6,112
Investments in real estate partnerships                                     454                 587
                                                                        -------             -------
    Investments in real estate and real estate partnerships              $6,092              $6,699
                                                                        =======             =======
</TABLE>
Net expense of real estate operations is summarized as follows:

                                             Years Ended December 31,
                                         -----------------------------
                                             1995        1994       1993
                                             ----        ----       ----
Net expenses of operating real estate      ($    3)   $   303    $   720
Writedowns on real estate                        6      5,011      1,946
Net (gain)/loss on sale of real estate        (230)    (4,326)       (34)
                                           -------    -------    -------
    Net expenses of real estate operations ($  227)   $   988    $ 2,632
                                           =======    =======    =======

     Depreciation  expense  of $381 in 1995,  $912 in 1994,  and $563 in 1993 is
included in net expense of real estate operations. Losses recorded from the real
estate partnerships under the equity method were $69, $987 and $346 for the same
three  year  period  and  are  also  included  in net  expense  of  real  estate
operations.  Loans to these  partnerships at December 31, 1995 and 1994 amounted
to $339 and $6,332, respectively.

6.  Loans Receivable, Net

     Loans receivable, net, is composed of the following:


                                              December 31,
                                     ---------------------------
                                        1995              1994
                                     ---------         ---------
Residential real estate loans        $ 263,551         $ 257,623
Commercial real estate loans           118,005           122,091
Commercial loans                       117,674            80,296
Home equity loans                       67,657            46,593
Consumer loans                           6,196             6,883
                                     ---------         ---------
Total loans receivable                 573,083           513,486
Less: unearned discounts                   566               (60)
Allowance for possible losses          (14,986)          (15,844)
                                     ---------         ---------
    Loans receivable, net            $ 558,663         $ 497,582
                                     =========         =========

     At December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1994,  residential  real estate loans
included loans held for sale of $6,724 and $625, respectively.


                                      A-15

<PAGE>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


     In an effort to  accelerate  resolution  of certain  of its  non-performing
assets,  the Bank  entered  into  contracts  for the bulk sale of certain  loans
during 1994.  During the year ended  December  31, 1994,  the Bank sold loans in
accordance with these contracts with a book value  aggregating  $66,269 of which
$44,409  were then  non-performing.  The Bank  charged-off  $11,953  against the
allowance for possible loan losses as a result of these sales.


Risk Elements

     The Bank grants commercial and residential loans to customers  primarily in
New England. Although the Bank has a diversified portfolio, its debtors' ability
to honor their contracts is  substantially  dependent upon the general  economic
conditions  of the  region.  The  Bank  manages  its  loan  portfolio  to  avoid
concentration  by  industry  or  loan  size to  minimize  its  credit  exposure.
Commercial loans may be  collateralized  by the assets underlying the borrowers'
business such as accounts  receivable,  equipment,  inventory and real property.
Residential  mortgage  and home equity loans are  generally  secured by the real
property  financed.  Commercial  real estate loans are generally  secured by the
underlying real property and lease agreements.

     The following table shows the components of non-performing assets:

                                                   December 31,
                                               --------------------
                                                 1995         1994
                                               -------      -------
Nonaccruing loans                              $ 9,037      $14,472
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing          587          376
                                               -------      -------
Total nonperforming loans                        9,624       14,848
Foreclosed real estate, net                      1,529        4,951
Restructured loans on accrual status             2,732        6,114
                                               -------      -------
    Total non performing assets                $13,885      $25,913
                                               =======      ======= 

     The principal  amount of  non-performing  loans,  excluding  non-performing
restructured loans, aggregated  approximately $9,422 and $14,750 at December 31,
1995 and 1994,  respectively.  Interest  income that would have been recorded if
the loans had been performing in accordance with their original terms aggregated
$1,196,  $1,683 and $2,282 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively.  Interest  income  recorded on these loans  during the three years
ended  December  31,  1995,   1994  and  1993  was  $983,   $1,203  and  $1,126,
respectively.

     The principal amount of restructured  loans  aggregated  $2,934 at December
31, 1995, and $6,212 at December 31, 1994.  Interest income that would have been
recorded if the loans had been  performing  in  accordance  with their  original
terms  aggregated  $378,  $704 and $3,646 for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively. Interest income recorded on these loans amounted to
$180,  $570 and $2,555 for the years ended  December  31,  1995,  1994 and 1993,
respectively.


Loans to Related Parties

     At  December  31,  1995,  and  1994,  the  amount of loans  outstanding  to
directors,   officers  and  other  related   parties   (including   real  estate
partnerships) was approximately  $9,854 and $15,367,  respectively.  Included in
the  loans to  related  parties  are  non-accrual  loans of zero and  $5,053  at
December 31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively.  Such loans were made in the ordinary
course of business  under the Bank's normal credit terms.  During 1995 and 1994,
new loans  aggregating  $791 and  $2,124,  respectively,  were made or added and
deductions  and  repayments  totaled  $6,304  and  $23,176,   respectively.  Net
charge-offs  of zero and $850 were made  against  these  loans in 1995 and 1994,
respectively.  Changes in the  composition  of the related  parties  resulted in
additions to or deductions from loans outstanding to related parties.

                                      A-16

<PAGE>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


7.  Allowance for Possible Loan Losses

     Changes  in the  allowance  for  possible  loan  losses are  summarized  as
follows:
                                              Year ended December 31,
                                         --------------------------------
                                            1995        1994        1993
                                           ------      ------      ------
Balance, beginning of year               $ 15,844    $ 18,367    $ 12,176
Provision charged to operating expense      4,359      25,742      15,740
Loan charge-offs                           (6,068)    (31,104)    (11,000)
Loan recoveries                               851       2,839       1,451
                                         --------    --------    --------
    Balance, end of year                 $ 14,986    $ 15,844    $ 18,367
                                         ========    ========    ========

     As discussed in Note 1, the Bank adopted FAS 114 effective January 1, 1995.
The FAS 114  analysis is applied  only to the  commercial  and  commercial  real
estate  loan  portfolios.  Because  of  their  homogeneous  nature,  the  Bank's
residential  mortgage,   home  equity  and  consumer  portfolios  are  evaluated
collectively  for  impairment and a reserve  requirement is developed  under the
historical loss method.

     Impaired loans are those loans for which, based on current information,  it
is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to
the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  All commercial and commercial real
estate  non-accrual  loans are considered  impaired loans,  however the impaired
classification may also include other loans which in Management's  judgment meet
the criteria described above.

     At December 31, 1995, the recorded  investment in loans that are considered
impaired under FAS 114 was $8.0 million. Included in this amount is $0.9 million
of impaired  loans for which the related FAS 114  allowance  is $0.3 million and
$7.1  million of impaired  loans for which the FAS 114  allowance  is zero.  The
average recorded investment in impaired loans during the year ended December 31,
1995 was approximately  $9.8 million.  For the year ended December 31, 1995, the
Bank  recognized  interest  income on these impaired loans of $0.3 million which
approximated the net cash received.

8.  Foreclosed Real Estate, Net

     Foreclosed real estate, net consists of the following:

                                                      December 31,
                                             --------------------------
                                                1995              1994
                                               ------            ------
Residential                                     $231              $481
Commercial                                     2,073             5,012
                                              ------            ------
                                               2,304             5,493
Less allowance                                 (775)             (542)
                                              ------            ------
Foreclosed real estate, net                   $1,529            $4,951
                                              ======            ======

  
In an effort to accelerate  resolution of certain of its non-performing  assets,
the Bank entered into a contract  for the bulk sale of certain  foreclosed  real
estate  during 1994.  During the year ended  December  31,  1994,  the Bank sold
foreclosed  real  estate in  accordance  with this  contract  with a book  value
aggregating  $4,743.  The Bank  charged-off  $1,210  against the  allowance  for
foreclosed real estate as a result of this sale.

                                    A-17


<PAGE>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


     Changes in the  allowance  for  foreclosed  real estate are  summarized  as
follows:
                                        Year Ended December 31,
                                   ------------------------------
                                      1995      1994       1993
                                     ------    ------     -----
Balance, beginning of period       $   542    $ 3,420    $ 2,068
Provision charged to expense           836      6,034      7,975
Dispositions, net                     (603)    (8,912)    (6,623)
                                   -------    -------    -------
    Balance, end of period         $   775    $   542    $ 3,420
                                   =======    =======    =======

Foreclosed real estate expense is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Year Ended December 31,
                                                            -----------------------------
                                                               1995      1994      1993
                                                              ------    ------    ------
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>       <C>  
Net expense of operating foreclosed real estate             ($  225)   $   547   $ 1,687
Writedowns and net (gain) loss on foreclosed real estate,       746      4,923    10,047
net                                                         -------    -------   ------- 
    Foreclosed real estate expense                           $  521    $ 5,470   $11,734
                                                            =======    =======   =======
</TABLE>        


9.  Bank Premises, Furniture and Fixtures, Net

Major categories of fixed assets are as follows:


                                                       December 31,
                                                  --------------------
                                                     1995        1994
                                                    ------      ------
Buildings and improvements                        $ 27,529    $ 24,867
Leasehold improvements                               6,114       6,051
Furniture and fixtures                              14,828      13,298
                                                  --------    --------
                                                    48,471      44,216
Less accumulated depreciation                      (22,765)    (20,803)
                                                  --------    --------
    Bank premises, furniture and fixtures, net    $ 25,706    $ 23,413
                                                  ========    ========

     Depreciation  expense  aggregated  $2,646,  $2,693 and $2,526 for the years
ended  December  31,  1995,  1994 and 1993,  respectively,  and is  included  in
occupancy expense and furniture and equipment expense.  Rental income of $1,393,
$1,368  and  $1,120 for the years  ended  December  31,  1995,  1994,  and 1993,
respectively, is also included in occupancy expense.

10.  Deposits

Deposits consist of the following:
                                                    December 31,
                                            ------------------------- 
                                               1995            1994
                                               ----            ----
Money market accounts                        $203,313        $235,168
Demand deposits                                71,539          51,932
NOW accounts                                   57,271          56,297
Savings accounts                              185,555         184,513
Time deposits
  Time deposits under $100                    337,099         302,670
  Time deposits of $100 or more                30,609          23,053
                                             --------        --------
    Total deposits                           $885,386        $853,633
                                             ========        ========


                                      A-18
<PAGE>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


11.  Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

     Pursuant to a blanket  pledge  agreement with the Federal Home Loan Bank of
Boston ("FHLB"),  advances are secured by the Bank's stock in the FHLB,  certain
qualifying   first  mortgage   loans,   mortgage-backed   and   mortgage-related
securities, and other securities not otherwise pledged.

     Advances  from the FHLB at  December  31, 1995 and 1994 are  summarized  as
follows:
                                           December 31,
                     ------------------------------------------------------
                              1995                          1994
                     -----------------------      ------------------------
                                   Weighted                       Weighted
                                    Average                        Average
Year of Maturity      Amount        Rate             Amount        Rate
- ----------------     --------      --------        ---------      --------
     1996            $40,000        5.75%           $     -            -
     2015              1,500        6.23%                 -            -
                     -------        -----           -------        -----
                     $41,500        5.76%           $     -            -
                     =======        =====           =======        =====

     At December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1994,  there were no commitments  for
additional advances from the FHLB.

12.  Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

     At December  31,  1995,  securities  sold under  agreements  to  repurchase
totaled $31,101. These agreements are treated as financings, and the obligations
to repurchase  securities sold are reflected as a liability in the  Consolidated
Balance Sheet

     The Bank's activity in securities  sold under  agreements to repurchase for
the years ended December 31 is summarized as follows:

                                                       Year Ended December 31,
                                                     --------------------------
                                                       1995      1994     1993
                                                       ----      ----     ----
Maximum month-end balance during the period          $39,552      --       --
Average balance during the period                    $19,297      --       --
Weighted average interest rate during the period       5.87%      --       --
Weighted average interest rate at end of period        5.49%      --       --


     At December 31, 1995,  securities  sold under  agreements to repurchase had
maturity ranges from May 1996 to December 1998 with a weighted  average maturity
at December 31, 1995 of 771 days.

     At December 31,  1995,  mortgage-backed  securities  with  carrying  values
totaling  $32,765 and  estimated  fair values  totaling  $32,969 were pledged as
collateral for securities sold under agreements to repurchase.  It is the Bank's
policy to enter into repurchase  agreements only with major brokerage firms that
are primary dealers in government securities.


                                      A-19


<PAGE>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


13.  Loans Payable

Loans payable consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        December 31,
                                                                                 -------------------------
                                                                                     1995             1994
                                                                                    ------           -----
<S>                                                                              <C>              <C>
   Mortgage  note  payable,  principal and interest are payable in equal
   monthly  installments  of $18.  This fully  amortizing  mortgage note
   bears interest at an interest rate of 7.5% and matures on October 25,
   2015.  Mortgage-backed  securities with carrying values of $2,151 and
   estimated fair values of $2,201 were pledged as collateral for this
   mortgage note.                                                                  $2,266           $2,314

   Note issued by the Bank's Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP"), and
   guaranteed by the Bank. This note is subject to mandatory  redemption
   through  the  operation  of a  sinking  fund  commencing  on the last
   business day of June 1995 and  continuing on the last business day of
   each June and  December  thereafter.  The note  bears  interest  at a
   variable  rate per annum  equal to the Prime Rate as  published  from
   time  to  time in the  Wall  Street  Journal.  The  interest  rate at
   December  31, 1995 was 8.50%.  The  proceeds  for the issuance of the
   note  were  used  by the  Bank's  ESOP  solely  for  the  purpose  of
   purchasing 445,000 shares of the Bank's
   common stock.                                                                    3,204               --

   Other loans payable                                                                 --               78
                                                                                   ------           ------
                                                                                   $5,470           $2,392
                                                                                   ======           ======
</TABLE>

     Aggregate  required principal payments on the loans payable at December 31,
1995 for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

                     1996                    $  407
                     1997                       411
                     1998                       416
                     1999                       421
                     2000                       425
                     2001 and thereafter      3,390
                                             ------
                                             $5,470
                                             ======

     At December 31, 1995, mortgage-backed securities having a carrying value of
$4,325 and an  estimated  fair value of $4,402 were pledged to  collateralize  a
letter of credit  supporting the ESOP note,  which honors demands for payment by
the Note Trustee presented in accordance with the terms of the letter of credit.

     At December 31, 1995, the Bank also had an available,  but unused,  line of
credit in the amount of $14,932 with the FHLB.


                                      A-20

<PAGE>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


14.  Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments

     The  following   table  presents  the  Bank's  assets,   liabilities,   and
unrecognized financial instruments at both their respective carrying or notional
amounts and fair values.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    December 31, 1995    December 31, 1994
                                                   -------------------  -------------------
                                                    Carrying    Fair     Carrying    Fair
                                                     Amount     Value     Amount     Value
                                                   ---------  --------  ----------  -------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>  
Financial Assets:
  Cash and due from banks                          $ 30,377   $ 30,377   $ 30,100   $ 30,100
  Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits    8,045      8,045     25,620     25,620
  Investment securities                              19,777    419,914    319,564    306,582
  Loans receivable, net                              58,663    577,772    497,582    487,265

  Accrued interest and dividends receivable           7,109      7,109      5,116      5,116

Financial Liabilities:
  Deposits                                         $885,386   $886,529   $853,633   $851,539
  Federal Home Loan Bank advances                    41,500     41,543          -          -
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     31,101     31,189          -          -
  Loans payable                                       5,470      5,746      2,392      1,799
<CAPTION>

                                                    Notional     Fair     Notional     Fair
                                                    Amount       Value     Amount      Value
                                                   ---------   --------  ----------   -------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>  
Unrecognized Financial Instruments:
  Standby letters of credit                        $    252   $      3   $    146   $      1
  Commitments to extend credit                      133,084          -    103,568          -

</TABLE>

     A  discussion  of the  methodologies  and  assumptions  used by the Bank in
determining  these fair values is included in Note 1 under the subheading  "Fair
Values of Financial Instruments."

15. Pension Plan and Other Employee Benefit Plans

     The Bank's  pension  plan  covers all  employees  who meet  certain age and
service requirements.  Vested benefits,  paid at retirement,  are computed based
upon a formula  considering  length of service  and average  compensation.  Plan
assets consist of marketable  equity securities and United States Government and
agency  obligations.  Net periodic pension cost for 1995, 1994 and 1993 included
the following components:

                                                   1995       1994       1993
                                                   ----       ----       ----
Service cost - current period                   $   631    $   847    $   786
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation       725        680        719
Actual return on assets                          (1,549)      (474)    (1,108)
Net amortization and deferral                       799       (213)       481
                                                -------    -------    -------
    Net periodic pension cost                   $   606    $   840    $   878
                                                =======    =======    =======


     Assumptions  used in the accounting for pension cost in 1995, 1994 and 1993
were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1995          1994             1993
                                                         ------        -----            ------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>               <C>
Discount rate                                              7.0%          8.0%              8.0%
Average remaining service                              28 years      28 years          29 years
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets           8.0%          8.0%              8.0%
                                                       --------      --------          --------
</TABLE>

                                      A-21
<PAGE>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


     The discount rate is the estimated rate at which the obligation for pension
benefits could effectively be settled.  The average wage increase  assumption of
5% reflects the Bank's best  estimate of the future  compensation  levels of the
individual  employees covered by the plan. The expected long-term rate of return
on plan assets  reflects  the average rate of earnings  that the Bank  estimates
will be generated on the assets of the plan.

     The funded status of the plan is as follows:
                                                                October 31,
                                                         ----------------------
                                                             1995        1994
                                                            ------      ------
Accumulated benefit obligation
Vested benefits                                           $  6,292    $  6,356
Nonvested benefits                                             278         210
                                                          --------    --------
Accumulated benefit obligation                            $  6,570    $  6,566
                                                          ========    ========
Projected benefit obligation                              ($10,170)   ($10,167)
Plan assets at fair value                                    8,808       8,237
                                                          --------    --------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets       (1,362)     (1,930)
Unrecognized net (gain)/loss                                (2,103)       (911)
Unrecognized net transition asset being recognized over       (316)       (334)
 25 years                                                 --------    --------
Accrued pension cost                                      ($ 3,781)   ($ 3,175)
                                                          ========    ========


     As discussed in Note 1, the Bank formed an ESOP with the  completion of the
Conversion  in  February,  1995.  ESOP  compensation  expense for the year ended
December  31, 1995 was $749.  The ESOP  shares as of  December  31, 1995 were as
follows (dollars in thousands except share amounts):


                                                   1995
                                                  ------
Allocated shares                                      --
Shares released for allocation                    54,812
Unreleased shares                                390,188
                                                 -------
    Total ESOP shares                            445,000
                                                 =======
Fair value of unreleased shares                   $6,389
                                                 =======

16.  Stock Plans

Stock Option Plan

     As  discussed  in Note 1, the Bank formed the Stock  Option and  Restricted
Stock Plans in 1995 for the benefit of directors,  officers and employees of the
Bank and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

     A summary of the Bank's Stock Option Plan follows:


                                                  Year Ended
                                                  December 31,
                                                      1995
                                                 -------------
Options outstanding, beginning of year                  --
  Granted                                          415,600
  Exercised                                             --
  Cancelled                                             --
                                                   -------
Options outstanding, end of year                   415,600
                                                   =======
Option price per share                              $12.25
                                                   -------

                                      A-22
<PAGE>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


     Of the 415,600 options granted in 1995, 376,415 shares represent  incentive
stock options and 39,185 shares represent non-qualified stock options.

     At December 31, 1995 there were  options on 140,650  shares  available  for
future  grants under the Stock Option  Plan.  There were no options  exercisable
under the Stock Option Plan at December 31, 1995.

Restricted Stock Plan

     A summary of the Bank's Restricted Stock Plan follows:


                                                 Year Ended
                                                December 31,
                                                    1995
                                                ------------
Balance, beginning of year                             -
      Granted                                    148,200
      Cancelled                                        -
                                                 -------
Balance, end of year                             148,200
                                                 =======
Market price at date of grant                     $12.25
                                                 -------

     The fair market value of the share  allocations,  based on the market price
at date of grant, is recorded as unearned compensation. Unearned compensation is
amortized  over the periods to be benefited.  In 1995, the Bank recorded $230 of
compensation expense related to the Restricted Stock Plan.

     At December 31, 1995,  there were 74,300  shares  available for grant under
the  Restricted  Stock Plan.  There were no shares  vested under the  Restricted
Stock Plan at December 31, 1995.

17. Fees and Other Income

     Fees and other income are composed of the following:

                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                        ------------------------
                                         1995     1994     1993
                                         ----     ----     ----
Loan charges and fees                  $3,221   $3,213   $3,776
Service charges on deposit accounts     5,191    4,122    4,123
Other charges and fees                    355    1,547    1,421
                                       ------   ------   ------
                                       $8,767   $8,882   $9,320
                                       ======   ======   ======
18.  Other Operating Expenses

     Other operating expenses are composed of the following:

                                        Year Ended December 31,
                                     ---------------------------
                                       1995      1994      1993
                                       ----      ----      ----
Marketing and public relations       $ 1,339   $ 1,638   $ 1,526
Insurance                              2,440     3,270     3,324
Professional services                  2,902     4,076     3,399
Outside processing                     2,893     2,683     2,027
Other                                  4,194     3,442     3,166
                                     -------   -------   -------
                                     $13,768   $15,109   $13,442
                                     =======   =======   =======

                                      A-23
<PAGE>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


19.  Income Taxes

     The  components  of the income tax benefit for the years ended  December 31
are as follows:


                          1995       1994       1993
                          ----       ----       ----
Current
    Federal             $   136    $     -    ($3,384)
    State                    99          -          -
Deferred
    Federal              (6,363)         -          -
    State                   369          -          -
                        -------    -------    -------
                        ($5,759)   $     -    ($3,384)
                        =======    =======    =======

  
     A  reconciliation  of the  statutory  income  tax rate to the  consolidated
effective  income tax rate as well as a  reconciliation  of expected  income tax
benefit,  computed at the  applicable  statutory  rate, to the actual income tax
benefit for the three years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993 follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1995                          1994                    1993
                                                  --------------------------   ------------------------- ----------------------
                                                                 Percentage                  Percentage             Percentage
                                                                 of pretax                   of pretax               of pretax
                                                   Amount          income          Amount       loss      Amount       loss
                                                   ------        ----------        ------    ----------   ------    -----------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
Federal income tax at statutory rate               $1,938           34.00%       ($9,148)    (34.00%)    ($6,004)     (34.00%)
Change in valuation allowance                      (8,002)        (140.38%)        9,952      36.99%       2,733       15.48%
State income taxes                                    309            5.42%             -          -%           -        0.00%
Other                                                  (4)          (0.07%)         (804)     (2.99%)       (113)      (0.64%)
                                                  -------         --------        ------     -------     -------      -------
                                                  ($5,759)        (101.03%)       $    -       0.00%     ($3,384)     (19.16%)
                                                  =======         ========        ======     =======     =======      =======
</TABLE>

     The tax  effects of  temporary  differences  that give rise to  significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31,
1995 and 1994 are as follows:

                                                         1995        1994
                                                      ---------   --------
Deferred Tax Assets:
  Allowance for loan losses                           $  5,622    $  5,909
  Accrued pension                                        1,720       1,412
  Employee stock awards                                    132           -
  Net operating loss carryforwards                       4,261       6,147
  Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards             298         298
  Investment tax credit carryforwards                    1,721       1,721
  Other                                                  1,549       1,924
                                                      --------    --------
     Total gross deferred tax assets                    15,303      17,411
                                                      --------    --------
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
  Investment in real estate and Bank premises           (1,442)       (989)
  Other                                                      -        (553)
                                                      --------    --------
     Total gross deferred tax liabilities               (1,442)     (1,542)
                                                      --------    --------
Net deferred tax asset prior to valuation allowance     13,861      15,869
Valuation allowance                                     (7,867)    (15,869)
                                                      --------    --------
    Net deferred tax asset after valuation allowance  $  5,994    $      -
                                                      ========    ========



                                      A-24
<PAGE>
                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


     The  components  of  deferred  tax  (benefit)  expense  for the years ended
December 31 follow:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1995       1994
                                                                                ----       ----
<S>                                                                        <C>         <C>    
Change in Deferred Tax Assets:
  Allowance for loan losses                                                 $    287    ($ 2,492)
  Accrued pension                                                               (308)       (405)
  Employee stock awards                                                         (132)          -
  Net operating loss carryforwards                                             1,886      (5,164)
  Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards                                     -           -
  Investment tax credit carryforwards                                              -           -
  Other                                                                          375         152
                                                                             -------      ------
     Total change in gross deferred tax assets                                 2,108      (7,909)
                                                                             -------      ------
Change in Deferred Tax Liabilities:
  Investment in real estate and Bank premises                                    453      (3,460)
  Other                                                                         (553)        501
                                                                             -------      ------
     Total change in gross deferred tax liabilities                             (100)     (2,959)
                                                                             -------      ------
Net deferred tax (benefit) expense prior to change in valuation allowance      2,008     (10,868)
Change in Valuation allowance                                                 (8,002)     10,868
                                                                             -------      ------
    Net deferred tax (benefit) expense                                      ($ 5,994)   $      -
                                                                             =======     =======
</TABLE>

     At December 31, 1994 in accordance with FAS 109,  Management  evaluated the
income tax benefits associated with the deductible temporary differences,  based
on the weight of  available  evidence,  as to whether it is more likely than not
that  the  income  tax  benefits  would be  realized,  and as a  result,  a 100%
valuation allowance was established.  Management reviews the valuation allowance
on a periodic basis and,  based upon all available  facts and  circumstances  at
that  time,  may  adjust  the  level of the  allowance.  At  December  31,  1995
Management  evaluated the weight of available  evidence and concluded that it is
more likely than not that the Bank will realize a significant portion of the net
deferred  tax asset and has  reduced the  valuation  allowance  from  $15,869 at
December  31,  1994  to  $7,867  at  December  31,  1995.  Factors   influencing
Management's  judgment  include,  among other  things,  changes in the levels of
actual and  expected  future  taxable  income and  anticipated  reversals of net
deductible temporary differences.

     The net change in the total valuation allowance for the year ended December
31, 1995 was a decrease of $8,002 and for the year ended  December  31, 1994 was
an increase of $10,868.

     At December 31, 1995, the Bank had investment tax credit  carryforwards  of
approximately  $1,721 which expire in years from 1998 through 2008. In addition,
the Bank had alternative minimum tax credit  carryforwards of approximately $298
which have an indefinite  utilization period. At December 31, 1995, the Bank had
net tax operating loss  carryforwards of approximately  $4,261 which will expire
2009.

     If certain  substantial  direct or indirect changes in the Bank's ownership
should occur, there would be an annual limitation on the amount of carryforwards
(including  certain net  unrealized  built-in  losses) which can be utilized for
regular and alternative minimum tax purposes.

20.  Commitments, Contingencies and Financial Instruments with Off-Balance 
     Sheet Risk

Off-Balance Sheet Instruments

The Bank is party to financial  instruments with  off-balance  sheet risk in the
normal course of business to meet the financing  needs of its  customers.  These
financial  instruments  include commitments to extend credit and standby letters
of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and
interest rate risk
                                      A-25
<PAGE>
                      SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


in excess of the  amount  recognized  in the  Balance  Sheet.  The  contract  or
notional amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank
has in particular classes of financial instruments.


     The Bank uses the same credit  policies in making  commitments  and standby
letters of credit as it does for on- balance sheet instruments.

     Commitments  to extend credit are  agreements to lend to a customer as long
as  there  is no  violation  of  any  condition  established  in  the  contract.
Commitments  generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination  clauses
and may require  payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to
expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily
represent future cash  requirements.  The Bank evaluates each customer's  credit
worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed
necessary upon extension of credit,  is based on management's  credit evaluation
of the  counterparty.  The Bank's  commitments to extend credit,  which includes
unused  lines of  credit  and  commitments  to fund  loans,  were  approximately
$133,084 and $103,568 at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     Standby letters of credit are conditional  commitments  issued to guarantee
the  performance  of a customer to a third  party.  The credit risk  involved in
issuing  letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending
loan facilities to customers.  The Bank's  commitments  under standby letters of
credit were $252 and $146 at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     Commitments  to sell loans are contracts  for delayed  delivery of loans in
which the Bank agrees to make delivery at a specific  future date of a specified
instrument,  at a  specific  price or  yield.  Risks  arise  from  the  possible
inability  to meet the terms of the  contracts  and from  movements  in interest
rates.  The Bank had commitments to sell $16,054 and $4,243 of loans at December
31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

Leases

     The Bank leases certain of its branch office facilities and equipment under
nonfinancing  leases having  various  maturities to 2010.  Certain of the leases
require  payment of real estate  taxes,  insurance and  maintenance.  The future
minimum  rental  payments  required  under  these  leases are  approximately  as
follows:

Year Ended December 31,
- -----------------------
1996                                         $  332
1997                                            250
1998                                            215
1999                                            216
2000                                            230
2001 - 2010                                     919
                                             ------
                                             $2,162
                                             ======

     Total rental  expense for 1995,  1994,  and 1993 amounted to  approximately
$431, $461, and $401, respectively.

Real Estate Partnerships

     The Bank is a limited  partner  in three  limited  partnerships.  Under the
terms of the partnership  agreements,  the Bank is committed to make approximate
future capital contributions as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
- -----------------------
      1996               $134
      1997                 30
      1998                  -
                         ----
                         $164
                         ====

                                      A-26
<PAGE>
                      SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Litigation

     The  Bank is  involved  in  litigation  arising  in the  normal  course  of
business. Management does not believe that the ultimate liabilities arising from
such  litigation,  if any,  would be material  in  relation to the  consolidated
results of operations or financial position of the Bank.

21. Quarterly Consolidated Financial Information (Unaudited)

Following is the quarterly financial information of the Bank for 1995 and 1994.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             First quarter         Second quarter           Third quarter          Fourth quarter
                                        ---------------------   ---------------------   -------------------   ----------------------
                                           1995        1994        1995        1994        1995       1994        1995        1994
                                           ----        ----        ----        ----        ----       ----        ----        ----
<S>                                    <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
Net interest and dividend income        $  9,260    $  8,467    $  9,251    $  8,853    $  9,439   $  8,191    $  9,410    $  8,609
Provision for possible loan losses         1,153      10,795       1,202       5,243       1,002      7,704       1,002       2,000
Net gain (loss) on sale of loans              (6)       (114)         (4)       (327)         72        (77)        180          13
Net gain (loss) on sale of securities          4          46          10        (137)          -        (24)       (899)         67
Fees and other income                      2,048       2,094       2,188       2,192       2,099      1,939       2,432       2,657
Noninterest expense                        9,325      11,306       8,888      12,199       8,746      9,560       8,466      10,549
Income tax expense (benefit)                  39           -          74           -          50          -      (5,922)          -
                                        --------    --------    --------    --------    --------   --------    --------    --------
    Net income (loss)                   $    789    ($11,608)   $  1,281    ($ 6,861)   $  1,812   ($ 7,235)   $  7,577    ($ 1,203)
                                        ========    ========    ========    ========    ========   ========    ========    ========

Earnings per share and pro forma 
  earnings per share
Primary                                 $   0.15     $ (2.25)   $   0.25     $ (1.34)   $   0.35    $ (1.39)   $   1.43     $ (0.24)
Fully diluted                           $   0.15     $ (2.25)   $   0.25     $ (1.34)   $   0.34    $ (1.39)   $   1.43     $ (0.24)
</TABLE>



                                      A-27


<PAGE>


                       Report of Independent Accountants

To the Board of  Directors  and  Stockholders  of  Springfield  Institution  for
Savings

     In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated  statements of operations,  changes in stockholders'  equity and of
cash flows present fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial position of
Springfield  Institution  for Savings and its  subsidiaries at December 31, 1995
and 1994, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years
in conformity with generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Bank's  management;  our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on our audits.  We
conducted our audits of these  statements in accordance with generally  accepted
auditing  standards  which  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,   assessing  the
accounting  principles  used and significant  estimates made by management,  and
evaluating the overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above. The financial
statements of  Springfield  Institution  for Savings for the year ended December
31,  1993 were  audited by other  independent  accountants  whose  report  dated
January 21, 1994 expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements.

     As discussed  in Notes 1 and 4, the Bank  changed its method of  accounting
for investments in debt and equity securities in 1994.


/s/Price Waterhouse LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
January 24, 1996

                                      A-28


<PAGE>



                                                                      EXHIBIT B

                                     FORM OF
                       EMPLOYMENT AND SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
                           FOR SENIOR VICE PRESIDENTS
                     OF SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS


         This  AGREEMENT  is made as of [date] by and between  ___________  (the
"Executive") and SPRINGFIELD  INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS,  a Massachusetts  savings
bank (the "Bank").

         WHEREAS, the Bank recognizes the substantial contribution the Executive
has made and is expected to make to the Bank and wishes to protect his  position
therewith for the period provided in this Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  the Executive has been elected to, and has agreed to serve in
the position of Senior Vice  President  of the Bank,  a position of  substantial
responsibility;

         NOW,   THEREFORE,    in   consideration   of   the   contribution   and
responsibilities  of the  Executive,  and upon the other  terms  and  conditions
hereinafter provided, the parties hereto agree as follows:

I.       TERM OF AGREEMENT.
         The term of this Agreement  shall be deemed to have commenced as of the
date hereof and shall continue for a period of twelve (12) full calendar  months
thereafter.  Commencing  on the first  anniversary  date of this  Agreement  and
continuing at each anniversary date thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall
renew for an additional  year unless written notice is provided to the Executive
by the Bank, or to the Bank by the Executive,  at least ninety (90) days and not
more than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to any such anniversary date, that
this Agreement shall cease at the end of the then current term hereof.

II.      DEFINITIONS.
         For purposes of this Agreement,

         (a)  "Affiliate"  means any  person  or entity of any kind  effectively
controlling,  effectively controlled by or effectively under common control with
the Bank.

         (b) "Board"  means the board of trustees of the Bank,  if the Bank is a
mutual  savings  bank,  and the board of directors of the Bank, if the Bank is a
stock savings bank.

         (c)  "Change  in  Control"  means a change in  control of the Bank of a
nature  that would be  required  to be  reported  in  response  to Item 1 of the
current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section
13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the  "Exchange
Act"),  other than any change in control  directly  related to or in  connection
with the conversion of the Bank from a state-chartered  mutual savings bank to a
state-chartered  stock  savings bank; a change in control of the Bank within the
meaning of 12 U.S.C.  ss.1817(i),  the Change in Bank Control Act, and the Rules
and  Regulations  promulgated  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation
("FDIC")  at 12 C.F.R.  ss.303.4(a),  other than any change in control  directly
related  to  or  in  connection   with  the   conversion  of  the  Bank  from  a
state-chartered  mutual  savings bank to  state-chartered  stock  savings  bank;
individuals who constitute the Board  immediately  after the consummation of the
process of converting the Bank from a mutual-form  savings bank to a stock- form
savings bank (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least
a majority thereof,  provided that any person becoming a director  subsequent to
such   consummation   whose  election  was  approved  by  a  vote  of  at  least
three-quarters  of the directors then  comprising the Incumbent  Board, or whose
nomination  for election by the Bank's  shareholders  was approved by the Bank's
nominating  committee  then serving  under the Board,  shall be, for purposes of


                                       B-1


<PAGE>

this clause (iii),  considered as though he or she was a member of the Incumbent
Board (but  excluding,  for this  purpose,  any such  individual  whose  initial
assumption  of office  occurs  as a result  of  either  an actual or  threatened
election  contest  (as such  terms  are used in Rule  14a-11 of  Regulation  14A
promulgated  under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened  solicitation
of proxies or consents;  approval by the depositors or  shareholders of the Bank
of a reorganization,  merger or  consolidation,  or the consummation of any such
reorganization,  merger  or  consolidation,  other  than,  in any  case any such
transaction  occurring in connection with or directly  related to the conversion
of the Bank from a  state-chartered  mutual  savings  bank to a  state-chartered
stock savings bank, or a reorganization, merger or consolidation with respect to
which all or  substantially  all of the  individuals  and  entities who were the
beneficial  owners,   immediately  prior  to  such  reorganization,   merger  or
consolidation,  of the Voting Interest in the Bank beneficially own, directly or
indirectly, immediately after such reorganization,  merger or consolidation more
than eighty  percent (80%) of the Voting  Interest of the  corporation  or other
entity   resulting  from  such   reorganization,   merger  or  consolidation  in
substantially  the same proportions as their respective  ownership,  immediately
prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation, of the Voting Interest in
the Bank;  approval by the depositors or  shareholders  of the Bank, as the case
may be, of a complete  liquidation  or  dissolution  of the Bank, or the sale or
other  disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank, or the
occurrence  of any such  liquidation,  dissolution,  sale or other  disposition,
other than, in any case, to a Subsidiary,  directly or indirectly,  of the Bank,
or any Affiliate, or in connection with or directly related to any conversion of
the Bank from a state-chartered  mutual savings bank to a state-chartered  stock
savings bank; and/or the solicitation of proxies from shareholders or depositors
of the Bank by someone other than the current management of the Bank and without
the approval of the Board,  seeking depositor or shareholder  approval of a plan
or  reorganization,  merger  or  consolidation  of the  Bank  with  one or  more
corporations as a result of which the depositors' or the shareholders' interests
in the Bank are actually  exchanged for or converted into  securities not issued
by the Bank. No failure on the part of the Executive to exercise any rights upon
the  occurrence  of a Change in Control shall be deemed a waiver of or otherwise
impair  the rights of the  Executive  in  respect  of any  subsequent  events or
circumstances constituting a Change in Control.

         (d) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and as
in effect from time to time, and/or any successor code thereto.

         (e) "Excise Tax" means any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the
Code and/or any successor section thereto.

         (f) "Good Reason"  means,  and shall be deemed to exist if, without the
written  consent of the  Executive,  the Bank fails to appoint or reappoint  the
Executive as  [Executive\Senior]  Vice-President  of the Bank,  there occurs any
reduction of base salary or material reduction in other benefits or any material
change by the Bank to the Executive's  function,  duties, or responsibilities in
effect on the date hereof,  which change  would cause the  Executive's  position
with the Bank to become one of lesser responsibility,  importance, or scope from
the  position  and  attributes  thereof in effect on the date  hereof,  or there
occurs any material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

         (g)  "Subsidiary"  means any corporation in which the Bank has a direct
or indirect legal or beneficial ownership interest, but only if the Bank owns or
controls,  directly or  indirectly,  securities  possessing  at least 50% of the
total  combined   voting  power  of  all  classes  of  securities  in  any  such
corporation.

         (h) "Voting Interest" means securities of any class or classes or other
ownership interests having general voting power under ordinary  circumstances to
elect members of a board of directors or trustees of any entity.

III.     PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON TERMINATION.

         (a)  The provisions of Section 4(a) hereof shall apply upon:

                  (i)      the   involuntary   termination  of  the  Executive's
                           employment  at any  time  during  the  term  of  this
                           Agreement,  other  than  Termination  for  Cause  (as
                           defined below),  following the occurrence of a Change
                           in Control; or

                  (ii)     the   voluntary   termination   of  the   Executive's
                           employment  for Good  Reason at any time  during  the
                           term of this Agreement, following the occurrence of a
                           Change of Control.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>


         (b) The  provisions  of Section  4(b) shall apply upon the  involuntary
termination  of the  Executive's  employment at any time during the term of this
Agreement,  other than for Termination  for Cause,  prior to the occurrence of a
Change in Control.

         (c) The term "Termination for Cause" shall mean termination  because of
a material loss to the Bank or one of its Subsidiaries caused by the Executive's
personal dishonesty,  willful misconduct, any breach of fiduciary duty involving
personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation
of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses)
or final cease and desist order, or any material  breach of this Agreement.  For
purposes of this  Section,  no act, or the failure to act, on  Executive's  part
shall be  "willful"  unless done,  or omitted to be done,  not in good faith and
without  reasonable  belief that the action or omission was in the best interest
of the Bank or its Subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall
not be deemed to have been  terminated  for Cause  unless and until  there shall
have been delivered to him a Notice of Termination which shall include a copy of
a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of
the  members  of the Board at a meeting  of the Board  called  and held for that
purpose  (after  reasonable  notice to  Executive  and an  opportunity  for him,
together with counsel,  to be heard before the Board),  finding that in the good
faith  opinion  of the Board,  the  Executive  was guilty of conduct  justifying
Termination  for Cause and specifying  the  particulars  thereof in detail.  The
Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for
any period after  Termination  for Cause  (except as required by the  Employment
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") or other applicable
law). Any stock options and limited rights granted to Executive  under any stock
option plan or unvested  awards granted to Executive  under any  recognition and
retention plan of the Bank, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof, shall become
null and void effective upon  Executive's  receipt of Notice of Termination  for
Cause and shall not be exercisable  by Executive at any time  subsequent to such
Termination for Cause.

4.       TERMINATION BENEFITS.

         (a) Upon the termination of the  Executive's  employment by the Bank as
described in Section 3(a) hereof, the Bank shall be obligated to make a lump sum
severance payment, within thirty (30) days of such termination to the Executive,
or in the event of his subsequent  death, his beneficiary or  beneficiaries,  or
his estate,  as the case may be, in an amount equal to one (1) year's salary (at
the then applicable annual salary of the Executive).  In addition, the Executive
shall be entitled to any other  compensation  and benefits as may be provided in
accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable plans and programs of
the Bank.

         (b) Upon the termination of the  Executive's  employment by the Bank as
described in Section 3(b) hereof, the Bank shall be obligated to make a lump sum
severance  payment within thirty (30) days of such termination to the Executive,
or in the event of his subsequent  death, his beneficiary or  beneficiaries,  or
his estate,  as the case may be, in an amount equal to one (1) year's salary (at
the then applicable annual salary of the Executive).  In addition, the Executive
shall be entitled to any other  compensation  and benefits as may be provided in
accordance  with the terms and provisions of any applicable  plans and programs,
if any, of the Bank.

5.       NOTICE OF TERMINATION.

         (a) Any purported termination by the Bank, or by the Executive shall be
communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of
this  Agreement,  a "Notice of  Termination"  shall mean a written  notice which
shall indicate the specific termination  provision in this Agreement relied upon
and shall set forth in detail the facts and  circumstances  claimed to provide a
basis for  termination  of the  Executive's  employment  under the  provision so
indicated.

         (b) "Date of  Termination"  shall mean the date specified in the Notice
of  Termination  which,  in the  instance  of  Termination  for Cause,  shall be
immediate.

6.       EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFIT PLANS.

         This Agreement  contains the entire  understanding  between the parties
hereto and  supersedes any prior  agreement  between the Bank and the Executive,
except that this Agreement  shall not affect or operate to reduce

                                      B-3
<PAGE>

any benefit or compensation  inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere  provided.
No provision of this  Agreement  shall be  interpreted to mean that Executive is
subject  to  receiving  fewer  benefits  than  those  available  to him  without
reference to this Agreement.

         Nothing in this Agreement  shall confer upon the Executive the right to
continue in the employ of the Bank or shall impose on the Bank any obligation to
employ or retain the Executive in its employ for any period.

7.       NO ATTACHMENT.

         Except as  required  by law,  no right to receive  payments  under this
Agreement  shall be  subject to  anticipation,  commutation,  alienation,  sale,
assignment,encumbrance,  charge,  pledge,  or  hypothecation,  or to  execution,
attachment,  levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any
attempt,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  to affect any such action  shall be null,
void, and of no effect.

8.       SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

         This Agreement  shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the
Executive, the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

9.       MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

         (a)  This  Agreement  may  not be  modified  or  amended  except  by an
instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

         (b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been
waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision
of this Agreement,  except by written  instrument of the party charged with such
waiver or estoppel.  No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing  waiver
unless specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as
to the specific  term or condition  waived and shall not  constitute a waiver of
such  term  or  condition  for  the  future  or as to any act  other  than  that
specifically waived.

10.      SEVERABILITY.

         If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any
provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision
of this  Agreement or any part of such  provision not held so invalid,  and each
such other  provision and part thereof shall to the full extent  consistent with
law continue in full force and effect.

11.      HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

         The headings of sections and paragraphs  herein are included solely for
convenience   of  this   reference   and  shall  not   control  the  meaning  or
interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

12.      GOVERNING LAW.

         The validity,  interpretation,  performance,  and  enforcement  of this
Agreement shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

13.      ARBITRATION.

         Any dispute or  controversy  arising under or in  connection  with this
Agreement   shall  be  settled   exclusively  by  arbitration  in   Springfield,
Massachusetts  as hereinbelow  provided.  If a dispute or controversy  hereunder
arises and, within thirty (30) days of each party's written notice thereof, such
dispute or controversy has not been resolved by mutual accord, then such dispute
or  controversy  shall be  conclusively  determined  by three  arbitrators,  one
arbitrator being selected by the Executive, one arbitrator being selected by the
Bank and the third being  selected by the two  arbitrators  so selected.  In the
event of their  inability to agree on the selection of a third 

                                      B-4
<PAGE>

arbitrator,  the third  arbitrator  shall be designated  in accordance  with the
rules of the American Arbitration  Association then in effect. In the event that
within ten (10) business days after the  above-referenced  30-day period expires
without  resolution  of any dispute or  controversy  by mutual  accord any party
shall not have selected its  arbitrator  and given written notice thereof to the
other party,  such arbitrator  shall be selected in accordance with the rules of
the American Arbitration  Association as then in effect. All determinations made
by the arbitrators  selected pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall be
by majority vote and shall be final.  Notice of any such determination  shall be
forthwith given to each party. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators' award
in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that the Executive shall be
entitled to seek specific  performance of his right to be paid until the Date of
Termination  during the pendency of any dispute or controversy  arising under or
in connection with this Agreement.

14.      INDEMNIFICATION AND ATTORNEYS' FEES.

         (a) The Bank shall  indemnify,  hold  harmless and defend the Executive
against  reasonable costs,  including legal fees,  incurred by him in connection
with his consultation  with legal counsel or arising out of any action,  suit or
proceeding  in which he may be  involved,  as a result of his  efforts,  in good
faith, to defend or enforce the terms of this Agreement.

         (b) In the  event  any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under  or in
connection  with  the  Executive's  termination  is  resolved  in  favor  of the
Executive,  whether by judgment,  arbitration or settlement, the Executive shall
be entitled to the payment of all back-pay,  including  salary,  bonuses and any
other cash  compensation,  fringe benefits and any compensation and benefits due
the Executive under this Agreement.

         (c) The Bank shall  indemnify,  hold harmless and defend  Executive for
all acts or omissions  taken or not taken by him in good faith while  performing
services for the Bank to the same extent and upon the same terms and  conditions
as other  similarly  situated  officers and directors of the Bank. If and to the
extent  that the  Bank  maintains,  at any time  during  its  employment  of the
Executive an insurance  policy  covering the other officers and directors of the
Bank against law suits,  the Bank shall use its best efforts to cause  Executive
to be covered  under such  policy  upon the same terms and  conditions  as other
similarly situated officers and directors.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS has caused this
Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized  officer,  and the Executive has
signed this Agreement, as of the ____ day of _______________, 1994.


ATTEST:                            SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS


_____________________              BY:_____________________________
Secretary                          Name:   F. William Marshall, Jr.
                                   Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer

[SEAL]

WITNESS:


_____________________________              ____________________________
                                               [Name of Executive]


                                       B-5


<PAGE>


                                    FORM F-2
                                    EXHIBIT C
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
      COMPUTATION OF PRO FORMA PRIMARY AND FULLY DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
                     (In Thousands Except Per Share Amounts)

                                                        Twelve Months Ended
                                                            December 31,
                                                --------------------------------
                                                  1995         1994        1993
                                                  ----         ----        ----
<S>                                             <C>         <C>         <C> 
Primary: 
Net income (loss)                                $ 11,459    ($26,907)   ($14,275)
Pro forma income on net proceeds                     --         1,189       1,189
Pro forma ESOP adjustment                            --        (1,028)     (1,028)
Pro forma RSP adjustment                             --          (230)       (230)
                                                 --------    --------    --------
Pro forma net income (loss)                      $ 11,459    ($26,976)   ($14,344)
                                                 ========    ========    ========
Pro forma weighted average shares
   outstanding during the period                    5,562       5,562       5,562
Unearned ESOP shares                                 (431)       (431)       (431)
Stock options considered outstanding
   during the period                                   25          25          25
Restricted stock shares considered outstanding
   during the period                                   18          18          18
                                                 --------    --------    --------
Total shares                                        5,174       5,174       5,174
                                                 ========    ========    ========
Pro forma net income (loss) per share            $   2.21    ($  5.21)   ($  2.77)
                                                 ========    ========    ========

Fully Diluted:
Net income (loss)                                $ 11,459    ($26,907)   ($14,275)
Pro forma income on net proceeds                     --         1,189       1,189
Pro forma ESOP adjustment                            --        (1,028)     (1,028)
Pro forma RSP adjustment                             --          (230)       (230)
                                                 --------    --------    --------
Pro forma net income (loss)                      $ 11,459    ($26,976)   ($14,344)
                                                 ========    ========    ========
Pro forma weighted average shares
   outstanding during the period                    5,562       5,562       5,562
Unearned ESOP shares                                 (431)       (431)       (431)
Stock options considered outstanding
   during the period                                   60          60          60
Restricted stock shares considered outstanding
   during the period                                   30          30          30
                                                 --------    --------    --------
Total shares                                        5,221       5,221       5,221
                                                 ========    ========    ========
Pro forma net income (loss) per share            $   2.19    ($  5.17)   ($  2.75)
                                                 ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>

     Pro forma net income  (loss) for the years ended  December 31, 1995,  1994,
and 1993, respectively,  assume that the stock issued in the conversion had been
issued as of the beginning of the year.

     This  computation  includes the impact of the Restricted Stock Plan ("RSP")
and the Stock Option Plan which were approved by the  stockholders at the Annual
Meeting of the Stockholders held on May 31, 1995.

     For the year ended  December 31, 1994 and 1993 the fully  diluted  earnings
per share  calculation is antidilutive  and therefore,  the primary earnings per
share is shown on  Consolidated  Statement of Operations in accordance  with APB
15.


                                      C-1




                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.4

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Springfield Institution for Savings

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated statement of operations,  changes
in  stockholders'  equity and cash flows of Springfield  Institution for Savings
and  subsidiaries  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1993.  These  financial
statements are the responsibility of the Bank's  management.  Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of
Springfield Institution for Savings and subsidiaries for the year ended December
31, 1993 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                        /s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.



Springfield, Massachusetts
January 21, 1994



                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.5

SIS BANK
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Springfield Institution for Savings
                                                               1441 Main Street
                                                          Springfield, MA 01103
March 27, 1996
                                                       Telephone (413) 748-8000


Dear Stockholder:

     You are  cordially  invited  to  attend  the  1996  Annual  Meeting  of the
Stockholders (the "Annual Meeting") of Springfield  Institution for Savings (the
"Bank") to be held on  Thursday,  May 9, 1996 at 10:00 a.m.  local time,  at the
Springfield Marriott Hotel, Springfield, Massachusetts.

The Annual Meeting has been called for the following purposes:

  1. To approve the formation of a holding  company for the Bank pursuant to the
     Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization  dated as of January  31,  1996 (the
     "Plan of  Reorganization")  between  the Bank and SIS  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the
     "Company"),  a  newly-formed  Massachusetts  corporation  organized  at the
     direction of the Bank. Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization,  the Company
     would  acquire all of the  outstanding  common  stock,  par value $1.00 per
     share,  of the Bank (the "Bank  Common  Stock")  other than  shares held by
     stockholders,  if  any,  exercising  dissenters'  appraisal  rights,  in  a
     share-for-share exchange for the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of
     the Company. The Bank will thereby become a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the
     Company;

  2. To elect five Directors for a three-year term;

  3. To elect a Clerk;

  4. To approve an amendment to the 1995 Management Stock Option Plan to
     increase the number of shares of Bank Common Stock reserved for issuance
     thereunder by 250,000 shares; and

  5. To transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting or
     any adjournments or postponements thereof.

The  accompanying  Proxy  Statement  of the Bank and  Prospectus  of the Company
provides  detailed  information  concerning  the  matters  to be voted on at the
Annual Meeting.  Also, enclosed is the Bank's 1995 FDIC Form F-2 and 1995 Annual
Report to  Stockholders,  which  contain  additional  information  and review of
results for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.

It is important that your shares be represented at the Annual  Meeting.  Whether
or not you plan to attend the Annual  Meeting,  you are  requested  to complete,
date,  sign and return the  enclosed  proxy card in the  enclosed  postage  paid
envelope.

Thank you for returning your proxy. We appreciate the support you have given the
Bank.

                                          Sincerely,

                                          /s/ John M. Naughton

                                          John M. Naughton
                                          Chairman of the Board

<PAGE>


                      SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS

                                1441 Main Street
                        Springfield, Massachusetts 01102
                           Telephone: (413) 748-8000

                                  ------------

                    NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

                      To Be Held on Thursday, May 9, 1996

                                  ------------

                                                      Springfield, Massachusetts
                                                                  March 27, 1996

To the Holders of Common Stock of
Springfield Institution for Savings:

  Notice is Hereby Given that the Annual Meeting of  Stockholders of Springfield
Institution  for Savings (the "Bank") will be held at the  Springfield  Marriott
Hotel, 1500 Main Street, Springfield,  Massachusetts at 10:00 a.m. local time on
Thursday, May 9, 1996 for the following purposes:

1. To approve the  formation of a holding  company for the Bank  pursuant to the
   Agreement and Plan of Reorganization  dated as of January 31, 1996 (the "Plan
   of  Reorganization"),  a copy of which is attached as Appendix A to the Proxy
   Statement-Prospectus  accompanying  this  Notice,  between  the  Bank and SIS
   Bancorp,  Inc. (the  "Company"),  a  newly-formed  Massachusetts  corporation
   organized  at  the   direction   of  the  Bank.   Pursuant  to  the  Plan  of
   Reorganization  the Company would acquire all the  outstanding  common stock,
   par value $1.00 per share, of the Bank (the "Bank Common Stock"),  other than
   shares held by stockholders, if any, exercising dissenters' appraisal rights,
   in a  share-for-share  exchange  for the common  stock,  par value  $0.01 per
   share,  of the Company (the "Company  Common  Stock").  The Bank will thereby
   become  a  wholly-owned   subsidiary  of  the  Company  (Proposal  One)  (the
   "Reorganization");

2. To elect five Directors of the Bank for a three-year term (Proposal Two);

3. To elect a Clerk of the Bank (Proposal Three);

4. To approve an amendment to the 1995 Management Stock Option Plan to increase
   the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder from
   445,000 to 695,000; and

5. To transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting or
   any adjournments or postponements thereof.

  If the Plan of  Reorganization  is approved by the  stockholders at the Annual
Meeting and effected by the Bank,  any  stockholder  (i) who files with the Bank
before the taking of the vote on the  approval of the Plan of  Reorganization  a
written objection to the Plan of Reorganization,  stating that he or she intends
to demand payment for his or her shares if the  Reorganization  is  consummated,
and (ii) whose shares are not voted in favor of the Plan of Reorganization,  has
the right to demand in writing from the Bank,  within twenty days after the date
of  mailing  to him of notice in  writing  that the  Reorganization  has  become
effective,  payment for his shares and an  appraisal of the value  thereof.  The
Bank and any such stockholder shall in such cases have the rights and duties and
shall follow the  procedure set forth in Sections 85 through 98,  inclusive,  of
Chapter 156B of the General Laws of  Massachusetts,  a copy of which is attached
as Appendix B to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus accompanying this Notice.

  The Board of  Directors  has fixed the close of  business on March 13, 1996 as
the record date for determination of stockholders  entitled to notice of, and to
vote at, the Annual Meeting and any adjournments or 


<PAGE>

postponements  thereof. Only holders of Bank Common Stock of record at the close
of business on that date will be entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual
Meeting and any adjournments thereof.

  In the event there are not sufficient  votes to approve any one or more of the
foregoing proposals at the time of the Annual Meeting, the Annual Meeting may be
adjourned in order to permit further solicitation of proxies by the Bank.

                                  By Order of the Board of Directors

                                  /s/ Michael E. Tucker

                                  Michael E. Tucker, Esquire
                                  Clerk

                                   IMPORTANT

EVEN  THOUGH  YOU MAY PLAN TO  ATTEND  THE  ANNUAL  MEETING  IN  PERSON,  PLEASE
COMPLETE,  SIGN AND DATE THE  ENCLOSED  PROXY CARD AND RETURN IT PROMPTLY IN THE
ENCLOSED  ENVELOPE WHICH REQUIRES NO POSTAGE IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.  IF
YOU ATTEND  THE ANNUAL  MEETING  AND DESIRE TO  WITHDRAW  YOUR PROXY AND VOTE IN
PERSON, YOU MAY DO SO.

<PAGE>

                                    SIS BANK
                                1441 Main Street
                        Springfield, Massachusetts 01102
                                  ------------
             PROXY STATEMENT OF SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
                         ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

                                  May 9, 1996
                                  ------------

                                   PROSPECTUS
                              OF SIS BANCORP, INC.

                             Shares of Common Stock
                           $0.01 par value per share

  This Proxy Statement-Prospectus serves as a Proxy Statement in connection with
the solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors of Springfield Institution
for  Savings  (the  "Bank"  or  "SISBank")   for  the  1996  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders of the Bank (the "Annual Meeting"),  to be held on Thursday, May 9,
1996 at 10:00 a.m.  local time, at the  Springfield  Marriott  Hotel,  1500 Main
Street,  Springfield,  Massachusetts,  and at any  adjournments or postponements
thereof.  This Proxy  Statement-Prospectus,  the  accompanying  Notice of Annual
Meeting and the  accompanying  proxy card are first being mailed to stockholders
on or about March 27, 1996.

  The Annual Meeting has been called for the following purposes: (1) to consider
and vote upon the formation of a holding company for the Bank by the approval of
the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of January 31, 1996 (the "Plan
of  Reorganization"),  between the Bank and SIS Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  "Company")
pursuant to which the Bank will become a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company
and each issued and  outstanding  share of common  stock of the Bank,  par value
$1.00 per share  (other  than shares held by  stockholders,  if any,  exercising
dissenters'  rights)  will be  exchanged  for one share of  common  stock of the
Company, par value $0.01 per share (the "Reorganization");  (2) to elect a class
of five Directors of the Bank for a three-year term; (3) to elect a Clerk of the
Bank; (4) to amend the 1995 Management  Stock Option Plan to increase the number
of shares  reserved  for  issuance  thereunder;  and (5) to transact  such other
business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting or any  adjournments  or
postponements thereof.

  This document also serves as the Prospectus of the Company with respect to the
issuance of a maximum of 5,755,400 shares (assuming that the  Reorganization  is
completed prior to June 1, 1996;  otherwise,  a maximum of 5,835,800  shares) of
the Company's  common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Company Common Stock"),
to the  stockholders  of the Bank in  exchange  for shares of the Bank's  common
stock, par value $1.00 per share ("Bank Common Stock"), upon consummation of the
Reorganization.  The number of shares of Company  Common Stock to be issued will
be based upon the exchange  ratio of one share of Company  Common Stock for each
share of Bank Common Stock. The maximum number of shares of Company Common Stock
referred to above is based on the 5,718,200 shares of Bank Common Stock that are
outstanding  as of the Record Date and the 37,200  shares of Bank  Common  Stock
that are subject as of the Record Date to vested options to purchase such shares
and the  additional  80,480 shares of Bank Common Stock that will become subject
as of June 1, 1996 to vested  options to purchase  such  shares.  Shares of Bank
Common Stock held by  stockholders,  if any,  exercising  dissenters'  appraisal
rights will not be exchanged as part of the Reorganization.

  THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED BY SIS BANCORP,  INC. IN THE  REORGANIZATION  HAVE
NOT  BEEN  APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE   COMMISSIONER  OF  BANKS  OF  THE
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS OR BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR
BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE  COMMISSIONER OR THE FDIC
OR  THE  SEC   PASSED   UPON   THE   ACCURACY   OR   ADEQUACY   OF  THIS   PROXY
STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

  IN RELIANCE UPON THE EXEMPTION  PROVIDED BY SECTION 3(a)(12) OF THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THE SECURITIES OF SIS BANCORP, INC. TO BE ISSUED IN THE
REORGANIZATION  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  REGISTERED  WITH THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE
COMMISSION OR WITH ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.
                                  ------------
  THE SHARES OF COMPANY COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE NOT DEPOSITS AND ARE
NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER
GOVERNMENT AGENCY.
                                  ------------
         The date of this Proxy Statement-Prospectus is March 27, 1996.

<PAGE>


                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

  The  Bank is  subject  to the  informational  requirements  of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  as  administered by the
Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation (the "FDIC"), and in accordance therewith
files reports and other information with the FDIC. Reports, proxy statements and
other information  filed by the Bank pursuant to the informational  requirements
of the  Exchange  Act  can be  inspected  and  copied  at the  public  reference
facilities  maintained by the FDIC at 550  Seventeenth  Street,  N.W.,  Room No.
F-643, Washington, D.C. 20429, telephone no. 202-898-8913. The Bank Common Stock
is listed for  quotation on the NASDAQ  National  Market  System;  consequently,
reports,  proxy statements and other information concerning the Bank may also be
inspected  at the offices of the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,
Inc., 1735 K Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20006. The Company has been formed
at  the  direction  of  the  Bank  solely  for  the  purpose  of  effecting  the
Reorganization.  The Company  has not issued any shares of its capital  stock to
date and is not subject to the  requirements of the Exchange Act. The Company is
applying  to have  the  shares  of  Company  Common  Stock to be  issued  in the
Reorganization  approved for  inclusion on the NASDAQ  National  Market  System,
effective  upon  consummation  of  the  Reorganization.   Although  the  Company
anticipates  obtaining  such  approval,  no  assurance  can be given  that  such
approval will be received.  If the  Reorganization  is consummated,  the Company
will become subject to the reporting and proxy  statements  requirements  of the
Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith,  will file reports,  proxy statements
and other  information with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "SEC").
In  addition,  in  connection  with the annual  meeting of  shareholders  of the
Company,   proxy  statements  accompanied  or  preceded  by  annual  reports  to
shareholders  will  contain  financial  statements  that have been  examined and
reported upon, with an opinion expressed by an independent auditor.

  No  person  has  been  authorized  to give  any  information  or to  make  any
representation not contained in this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus,  and, if given
or made, such  information or  representation  must not be relied upon as having
been authorized by the Company. Neither the delivery hereof nor any distribution
of securities  hereunder shall, under any  circumstances,  create an implication
that there has been no change in the  affairs  of the  Company or the Bank since
the date hereof or that the  information in this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  is
correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof.

  Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. This Proxy
Statement-Prospectus  shall not constitute an offer to sell or the  solicitation
of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities in any State
in  which  such  offer,   solicitation  or  sale  would  be  unlawful  prior  to
registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

  A copy of the Bank's Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December
31, 1995 accompanies this Proxy Statement-Prospectus.  Additional copies of such
Annual Report may be obtained without charge by any stockholder of the Bank upon
written request to Ting Chang, Vice  President-Investor  Relations,  Springfield
Institution for Savings, 1441 Main Street, Springfield, Massachusetts 01102.

  This Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  hereby  incorporates by reference the Bank's
Annual  Report on Form F-2, as filed with the FDIC and included  with this Proxy
Statement-Prospectus mailed to stockholders,  for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1995.

                    CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE
                PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995

  The  Company and the Bank desire to take  advantage  of the new "safe  harbor"
provisions of the Private  Securities  Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This Proxy
Statement-Prospectus  contains certain  "forward-looking  statements"  including
statements  concerning  plans,  objectives,  future  events or  performance  and
assumptions and other  statements  which are other than statements of historical
fact.  The  Company  and the Bank wish to  caution  readers  that the  following
important  factors,  among  others,  may have  affected  and could in the future
affect the Bank's and the  Company's  actual  results and could cause the Bank's
and/or the Company's actual 

                                       2


<PAGE>


results for subsequent  periods to differ materially from those expressed in any
forward-looking  statement  made by or on behalf of the Bank  and/or the Company
herein: (i) the effect of changes in laws and regulations, including federal and
state  banking  laws and  regulations,  with which the Company and the Bank must
comply, the cost of such compliance and the potentially material adverse effects
if the Bank  and/or  the  Company  were  not in  substantial  compliance  either
currently  or in the  future  as  applicable;  (ii) the  effect  of  changes  in
accounting policies and practices,  as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies
as well as by the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board,  or of changes in the
Bank's and/or the Company's organization,  compensation and benefit plans; (iii)
the effect on the Bank's or the Company's competitive position within its market
area of  increasing  consolidation  within the banking  industry and  increasing
competition from larger regional and out-of-state banking  organizations as well
as  nonbank  providers  of  various  financial  services;  (iv)  the  effect  of
unforeseen  changes  in  interest  rates;  and (v) the  effect of changes in the
business cycle and downturns in the local, regional or national economies.



                                       3


<PAGE>



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section                                                                Page
- -------                                                                ----

SUMMARY OF PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS.................................    6

VOTING, REVOCATION AND SOLICITATION OF PROXIES........................   11
Annual Meeting........................................................   11
Record Date...........................................................   11
Proxies...............................................................   11
Quorum; Vote Required.................................................   12

PROPOSAL ONE-FORMATION OF HOLDING COMPANY.............................   13
Recommendation of Directors...........................................   13
Description of the Plan of Reorganization.............................   13
Reasons for the Holding Company Formation.............................   14
Financial Resources of the Company....................................   15
Conditions of the Reorganization......................................   16
Rights of Dissenting Stockholders.....................................   17
Income Tax Consequences...............................................   18

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS......................................   21
Capital Stock.........................................................   22
Common Stock..........................................................   22
Preferred Stock.......................................................   23
Directors.............................................................   23
Meetings of Stockholders..............................................   24
Stockholder Vote Required to Approve Certain Transactions.............   25
Provisions Relating to Exercise of Business Judgment 
  by Board of Directors...............................................   26
Beneficial Ownership Limitation.......................................   26
Indemnification and Limitation of Liability...........................   27
Amendment of Charter and Articles.....................................   27
Amendment of By-laws..................................................   27
Legal Investments.....................................................   28
Anti-Takeover Provisions..............................................   28

CAPITALIZATION........................................................   29

MARKET FOR STOCK AND DIVIDENDS........................................   30

DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK..................................   31
General...............................................................   31
Common Stock..........................................................   31
Preferred Stock.......................................................   31
Transfer Agent and Registrar..........................................   32
Changes in Control....................................................   32

BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY...............................................   33
General...............................................................   33
Property..............................................................   33
Competition...........................................................   33
Employees.............................................................   34

REGULATION............................................................   34
Holding Company Regulation............................................   34
Other Regulatory Considerations.......................................   35
Federal Securities Laws...............................................   38

                                       4


<PAGE>



Section                                                                Page
- -------                                                                ----
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY.............................................   39
Directors.............................................................   39
Committees............................................................   40
Executive Officers....................................................   40
Compensation..........................................................   40
Employee Benefit Plans................................................   40

PROPOSAL TWO-ELECTION OF CLASS OF DIRECTORS...........................   40
Recommendation of Directors...........................................   41

MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK................................................   41
Directors and Nominees................................................   41
Meetings of Board of Directors and Committees.........................   42
Principal Officers of the Bank........................................   44
Compensation of Directors.............................................   45
Executive Compensation................................................   45
Compensation Committee Report.........................................   49
Comparative Performance Graph.........................................   51
Employment Agreements.................................................   51
Benefits Under Plans..................................................   53
Security Ownership of Management and Directors........................   56
Transactions with Certain Related Persons.............................   56
Certain Business Relationships........................................   57
Prohibition on Beneficial Ownership of Five Percent of Common Stock...   57

PROPOSAL THREE-ELECTION OF CLERK......................................   57
Recommendation of Directors...........................................   58

PROPOSAL FOUR-INCREASE IN AUTHORIZED SHARES UNDER THE 1995 MANAGEMENT
STOCK OPTION PLAN.....................................................   58
Proposal to Stockholders..............................................   58
Description of the 1995 Management Stock Option Plan..................   58
Federal Income Tax Consequences of the 1995 Management 
  Stock Option Plan...................................................   60
Required Vote.........................................................   61
Recommendation of Directors...........................................   61

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS.................................................   62

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS...............................................   62

OTHER MATTERS.........................................................   62

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 1934.....   62

Appendix A Agreement and Plan of Reorganization.......................  A-1

Appendix B Provisions of Massachusetts General Laws Relating 
   to Rights of Dissenting Stockholders................................ B-1

Appendix C Articles of Organization and By-Laws of SIS Bancorp, Inc.... C-1


                                       5


<PAGE>



                     SUMMARY OF PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS

  The following is a brief summary of certain information contained elsewhere in
this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus.  This summary is not intended to be a complete
statement of all material  features of the matters being considered and voted on
by the stockholders of the Bank and is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the full  text of this  Proxy  Statement-Prospectus,  including  the  Appendices
hereto, and the documents referred to herein.

Date, Time and Place of Annual Meeting

  The Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  (the "Annual  Meeting")  of  Springfield
Institution  for Savings (the "Bank" or "SISBank")  will be held at  Springfield
Marriott Hotel, 1500 Main Street, Springfield, Massachusetts at 10:00 a.m.
local time on Thursday, May 9, 1996.

Purposes of the Annual Meeting

  The purposes of the Annual  Meeting are to consider  and vote upon  proposals:
(1) to consider and vote upon the formation of a holding company for the Bank by
the approval of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of January 31,
1996 (the "Plan of Reorganization"), between the Bank and SIS Bancorp, Inc. (the
"Company"),  pursuant to which the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of
the Company and each issued and  outstanding  share of common stock of the Bank,
par value  $1.00 per share  ("Bank  Common  Stock"),  other than  shares held by
stockholders, if any, exercising dissenters' appraisal rights, will be exchanged
for one  share of  common  stock of the  Company,  par  value  $0.01  per  share
("Company Common Stock"); (2) to elect a class of five Directors of the Bank for
a  three-year  term;  (3) to elect a Clerk of the  Bank;  (4) to amend  the 1995
Management  Stock  Option Plan to  increase  the number of shares  reserved  for
issuance  thereunder;  and (5) to transact  such other  business as may properly
come before the Annual Meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof.

Record Date

  The Board of  Directors  has fixed the close of  business on March 13, 1996 as
the record  date (the  "Record  Date")  for the  determination  of  stockholders
entitled  to notice of and to vote at the Annual  Meeting  and any  adjournments
thereof. Only holders of record of Bank Common Stock at the close of business on
the Record Date will be entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual  Meeting
or any adjournments  thereof.  At the close of business on the Record Date there
were 5,718,200 shares of Bank Common Stock issued and outstanding, and each such
outstanding  share  is  entitled  to  one  vote.  As of  such  date  there  were
approximately  1,213 holders of record of the Bank Common  Stock.  On the Record
Date, the Directors and principal officers of the Bank beneficially owned in the
aggregate  295,286  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock or 5.16%  of the  issued  and
outstanding  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock  which  may be voted  at the  Annual
Meeting, all of which are expected to be voted at the Annual Meeting in favor of
the  Reorganization  and the Board of Directors'  recommendations  regarding the
election  of  Directors  and  Clerk of the Bank  and the  amendment  of the 1995
Management Stock Option Plan.

Stockholder Vote Required

  The  presence,  in  person or by proxy,  of at least a  majority  of the total
number of  outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock is necessary to constitute a
quorum at the Annual  Meeting for the  transaction  of business.  A quorum being
present, the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the issued and outstanding shares
of Bank Common Stock eligible to be cast by  stockholders  of record of the Bank
at the close of  business  on the Record Date is required to approve the Plan of
Reorganization  (Proposal One). The affirmative vote of a plurality of the votes
cast at the Annual  Meeting is required  to approve the  election of each of the
persons  within the proposed  class of five  Directors as a Director of the Bank
(Proposal  Two).  The  affirmative  vote of a majority of the shares 


                                       6


<PAGE>

present and voting,  in person or by proxy, is necessary to approve the election
of a Clerk of the Bank (Proposal  Three).  The affirmative vote of a majority of
the issued and  outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock  eligible to be cast by
stockholders  of record of the Bank at the close of  business on the Record Date
is required to approve  the  proposed  amendment  to the 1995  Management  Stock
Option Plan (Proposal Four).

                   PROPOSAL ONE-FORMATION OF HOLDING COMPANY

Proposal to Stockholders

  At the Annual Meeting, stockholders of the Bank are being asked to approve the
formation of a holding company for the Bank, to be accomplished by approving the
Plan  of   Reorganization   pursuant  to  which  the  Company,   a  newly-formed
Massachusetts  corporation  organized at the direction of the Bank, will acquire
all of the issued and outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock in exchange for an
equal number of shares of Company  Common Stock.  Upon the effective date of the
transactions  contemplated by the Plan of  Reorganization,  the outstanding Bank
Common  Stock,  other  than  shares  held by  stockholders,  if any,  exercising
dissenters'  appraisal  rights,  will be exchanged for Company Common Stock on a
one-for-one basis (the  "Reorganization").  The Bank will then be a wholly-owned
subsidiary  of the  Company  and  the  stockholders  of the  Bank  will  then be
stockholders of the Company. A copy of the Plan of Reorganization is attached to
this  Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  as  Appendix  A and  should  be  read  in its
entirety. See "Proposal One-Formation of Holding Company."

Recommendation of Directors

  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK HAS APPROVED THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND
RECOMMENDS   THAT  THE   STOCKHOLDERS   VOTE  FOR   APPROVAL   OF  THE  PLAN  OF
REORGANIZATION.

Parties to the Plan of Reorganization

  Springfield  Institution  for Savings.  The Bank is a  Massachusetts-chartered
savings bank organized in 1827 and headquartered in Springfield,  Massachusetts.
The  conversion of the Bank from a savings bank in mutual form to a savings bank
in stock  form was  completed  in  February  1995.  As of the date of this Proxy
Statement-Prospectus,  the Bank had authorized  capital of 25,000,000  shares of
common stock,  par value $1.00 per share,  of which there were 5,718,200  shares
issued and outstanding, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00
per  share,  none of which  was  issued  and  outstanding.  The Bank is  engaged
principally  in the business of attracting  deposits from the general public and
investing  those deposits in real estate  mortgage,  construction,  consumer and
commercial loans, and in various securities. The Bank conducts its business from
its  main  office  in  Springfield   and  from  a  network  of  20  branches  in
Massachusetts.

  SIS Bancorp,  Inc.  The Company is a  newly-formed  Massachusetts  corporation
organized at the direction of the Bank.  Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization,
the Company will acquire all of the issued and outstanding shares of Bank Common
Stock in exchange for an equal number of shares of Company  Common Stock.  As of
the date of this Proxy Statement-Prospectus,  the Company had authorized capital
of 250,000 shares of common stock,  par value $0.01 per share, and 50,000 shares
of  preferred  stock,  par value  $0.01 per share,  none of which was issued and
outstanding.  Prior  to  the  effective  time  of the  Reorganization,  and as a
condition thereto,  the Company will amend its existing articles of organization
to increase its  authorized  capital to 25,000,000  shares of common stock,  par
value $0.01 per share,  and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01
per  share.  Upon  completion  of  the  Reorganization,   the  Bank  will  be  a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. See "Business of the Company."

  The principal  executive  offices of both the Bank and the Company are located
at 1441 Main Street, Springfield,  Massachusetts 01102. The telephone number for
both offices is (413) 748-8000.


                                       7

<PAGE>


Reasons for Formation of Holding Company

  The Board of  Directors  of the  SISBank  believes  that the  holding  company
structure  will  better suit the  current  and future  interests  of the SISBank
shareholders  and  customers.  The Board of Directors  has  determined  that the
establishment of a bank holding company will provide  additional  flexibility to
respond to the changing  and  expanding  needs of  SISBank's  present and future
customers  for  financial  services,  thereby  improving  SISBank's  competitive
position. Moreover, it is expected that formation of a bank holding company will
facilitate  expansion and entry into other  financial  areas either  through the
creation of new  subsidiaries  or through the  acquisition  of other  companies,
including banks. The Board of Directors  believes that such growth should result
in enhanced long-term shareholder value. See "Proposal  One-Formation of Holding
Company-Reasons for Holding Company Formation."

Regulation and Supervision

  After the holding company formation,  the Company and the Bank will be subject
to extensive regulation.  The Company will be subject to regulation by the Board
of  Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System  ("Federal  Reserve  Board"),  the
Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the SEC, and may, in
certain circumstances,  be subject to regulation by the Commissioner of Banks of
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the  "Commissioner of Banks").  The Bank will
continue to be subject to federal  and state law,  including  regulation  by the
FDIC and the Commissioner of Banks. Company Common Stock will be registered with
the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. If the Bank  abandons the  Reorganization,
the Bank  Common  Stock  would  continue  to be  registered  with the FDIC.  See
"Regulation."

Required Regulatory Approvals

  An application  will be submitted to the  Commissioner  of Banks to obtain his
approval of the Plan of Reorganization and the formation of the holding company.
In  addition,  the Company is required  to provide  prior  notice to the Federal
Reserve Bank of Boston (the "Reserve  Bank") of its proposed  acquisition of all
of the issued and  outstanding  capital stock of the Bank in accordance with the
Plan   of    Reorganization.    See   "Proposal    One-Formation    of   Holding
Company-Conditions of the Reorganization."

  The Bank  and the  Company  have  the  right  under  the  terms of the Plan of
Reorganization  to abandon  the  Reorganization  if,  among  other  things,  the
necessary  regulatory  approvals  cannot be  obtained  or if the  conditions  or
obligations  associated  with such regulatory  approval make the  Reorganization
inadvisable  in the  opinion of the Bank or the  Company.  Any delays  which are
encountered in seeking any of the foregoing regulatory approvals could result in
a delay in the consummation of the Reorganization.  See "Proposal  One-Formation
of Holding Company-Regulation."

Market for Stock and Dividends

  The  Bank  Common  Stock  has  been  traded  on the  National  Association  of
Securities Dealers Automated Quotation ("NASDAQ") System under the symbol "SISB"
since  the  Bank's  conversion  from  mutual  to stock  form in  February  1995.
Following the  formation of the holding  company,  the Company  expects that the
Company Common Stock will be traded on the NASDAQ  National  Market System under
the symbol "SISB."

  While the Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on the Company
Common  Stock in the near future,  the  Company's  Board of  Directors  would be
expected to periodically review whether any cash dividend should be paid.

Tax Consequences

  The Bank will receive a legal  opinion to the effect that neither the Company,
the Bank nor the stockholders of the Bank (except dissenting  stockholders) will
recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a 


                                       8


<PAGE>

result of the holding company  formation,  and that the stockholders of the Bank
who exercise  dissenters'  rights will recognize gain or loss in the transaction
for  federal  income  tax  purposes.  The  Bank  also  has  net  operating  loss
carryforwards  and tax credit  carryforwards,  the rate of  utilization of which
could be impacted by the holding company formation.  See "Proposal One-Formation
of Holding Company-Income Tax Consequences."

Dissenters' Rights

  Pursuant to  Massachusetts  law, holders of Bank Common Stock have dissenters'
appraisal  rights in connection with the formation of the holding  company.  The
Bank and any such stockholder shall in such cases have the rights and duties and
shall follow the procedure set forth in Sections 85 to 98, inclusive, of Chapter
156B of the General Laws of  Massachusetts,  a copy of which is attached to this
Proxy  Statement-Prospectus as Appendix B and should be read in its entirety. If
the  Reorganization  is completed,  any  stockholders  of the Bank who intend to
exercise  dissenters'  rights must  carefully  follow the  procedures  described
therein.  See "Proposal  One-Formation of Holding  Company-Rights  of Dissenting
Stockholders."

Comparison of Stockholder Rights

  The Bank, as a Massachusetts  savings bank, is regulated  under  Massachusetts
banking laws. The Company, as a Massachusetts business corporation,  is governed
by the corporate laws of  Massachusetts.  Although the Articles of  Organization
and By-laws of the Company and the Amended and  Restated  Charter and By-laws of
the  Bank  are  similar,  there  are  certain  important  differences  of  which
stockholders of the Bank should be aware. Copies of the Articles of Organization
and By-laws of the Company are  attached to this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  as
Appendix C and should be read in their entirety.  See "Comparison of Stockholder
Rights."

                  PROPOSAL TWO-ELECTION OF CLASS OF DIRECTORS

Proposal to Stockholders

  The Bank's Amended and Restated  Charter and By-laws provide that the Board of
Directors  shall be  divided  into  three  classes  as  nearly  equal in size as
possible, with the Directors in each class serving for a term of three years. As
the term of one class  expires,  a  successor  class is elected  at each  annual
meeting of stockholders.

  At the  Annual  Meeting,  stockholders  of the Bank are  being  asked to elect
William   B.   Hart,   Jr.,   Thomas   O'Brien,    Teresita   Alicea,   Paulette
Henderson-Johnson  and John H.  Southworth,  the five  nominees  proposed by the
Board of Directors of the Bank, as Directors of the Bank to serve until the 1999
annual  meeting of  stockholders  and until  their  successors  are  elected and
qualified. See "Proposal Two-Election of Class of Directors."

Recommendation of Directors

  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK RECOMMENDS THAT THE  STOCKHOLDERS  VOTE FOR
THE ELECTION OF THE  NOMINEES  PROPOSED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK AS
DIRECTORS OF THE BANK.

                        PROPOSAL THREE-ELECTION OF CLERK

Proposal to Stockholders

  Under  Massachusetts  law,  the Clerk of the Bank is required to be elected by
the  stockholders  at an annual meeting or special  meeting duly called for that
purpose.  At the Annual  Meeting,  stockholders  of the Bank are being  asked to
elect Michael E. Tucker, the nominee proposed by the Board of Directors,  as the
Clerk of the 


                                       9

<PAGE>

Bank to serve  until  the 1997  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  and until his
successor is elected and qualified. See "Proposal Three-Election of Clerk."

Recommendation of Directors

  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK RECOMMENDS THAT THE  STOCKHOLDERS  VOTE FOR
THE ELECTION OF MICHAEL E. TUCKER AS CLERK OF THE BANK.

               PROPOSAL FOUR-INCREASE IN AUTHORIZED SHARES UNDER
                      THE 1995 MANAGEMENT STOCK OPTION PLAN

Proposal to Stockholders

  The Compensation Committee of the Bank's Board of Directors (the "Compensation
Committee")  has  recommended  to the  Board  of  Directors,  and the  Board  of
Directors  has  approved,  subject to receipt of the  required  shareholder  and
regulatory  approvals,  an amendment to the Bank's 1995 Management  Stock Option
Plan (the  "Management  Stock  Option  Plan"),  pursuant  to which the number of
shares  authorized  for issuance under such plan would be increased from 445,000
to 695,000.

  The additional  shares are intended to attract new employees and to retain and
reward  existing  employees of the Bank. The terms of options  awarded under the
Management  Stock Option Plan are  established  by the  Compensation  Committee,
acting in its  discretion,  subject to certain  limitations  established  by the
terms of the  Management  Stock  Option Plan.  See  "Proposal  Four-Increase  in
Authorized Shares under the 1995 Management Stock Option Plan-Description of the
1995 Management Stock Option Plan."

Recommendation of Directors

  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK RECOMMENDS THAT THE  STOCKHOLDERS  VOTE FOR
THE AMENDMENT TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF SHARES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER THE
MANAGEMENT STOCK OPTION PLAN.


                                       10

<PAGE>

                      SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS

                                  ------------

                               SIS BANCORP, INC.

                                  ------------

                 VOTING, REVOCATION AND SOLICITATION OF PROXIES

Annual Meeting

  This Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  is being  furnished in  connection  with the
solicitation  of  proxies by the Board of  Directors  of the Bank for use at the
Annual Meeting of  Stockholders to be held at Springfield  Marriott Hotel,  1500
Main Street,  Springfield,  Massachusetts  at 10:00 a.m. local time on Thursday,
May 9, 1996, and any adjournments thereof.

  As more fully described in this Proxy Statement-Prospectus, the Annual Meeting
has been  called  (1) to  consider  and vote upon a  proposal  to form a holding
company for the Bank by the approval of the Plan of  Reorganization  pursuant to
which the Bank will  become a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the Company and each
issued and  outstanding  share of Bank Common  Stock,  other than shares held by
stockholders, if any, exercising dissenters' appraisal rights, will be exchanged
for one share of Company Common Stock, (2) to elect a class of five Directors of
the Bank for a three-year  term,  (3) to elect a Clerk of the Bank; (4) to amend
the 1995 Management  Stock Option Plan to increase the number of shares reserved
for issuance thereunder; and (5) to transact such other business as may properly
come before the Annual Meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof. See
"Proposal One-Formation of Holding Company."

Record Date

  The Board of  Directors  of the Bank has fixed the close of  business on March
13, 1996 as the Record Date for the  determination  of stockholders  entitled to
notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting and any adjournments  thereof.  Only
holders of record of Bank  Common  Stock at the close of  business on the Record
Date will be  entitled  to notice of and to vote at the Annual  Meeting  and any
adjournments  thereof.  At the close of business on the Record Date,  there were
5,718,200  shares of Bank Common  Stock issued and  outstanding  and entitled to
vote at the Annual Meeting and any adjournments  thereof.  As of such date there
were approximately  1,213 holders of record of Bank Common Stock. The holders of
each share of Bank Common Stock  outstanding  as of the close of business on the
Record Date will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record upon each
matter properly submitted to the Annual Meeting or any adjournments thereof.

Proxies

  Holders  of Bank  Common  Stock are  requested  to  complete,  date,  sign and
promptly  return the  accompanying  proxy card in the  enclosed  envelope  which
requires  no postage if mailed in the United  States.  If the  enclosed  form of
proxy is properly  executed  and returned to the Bank in time to be voted at the
Annual  Meeting,  the shares  represented  thereby  will,  unless such proxy has
previously  been revoked,  be voted in accordance with the  instructions  marked
thereon.  Executed proxies with no instructions  indicated thereon will be voted
(1) FOR the approval of the Plan of Reorganization,  (2) FOR the election of the
five  nominees of the Board of Directors of the Bank as  Directors,  (3) FOR the
election of Michael E. Tucker as Clerk of the Bank,  (4) FOR the approval of the
amendment  to the 1995  Management  Stock  Option Plan and (5) in such manner as
management's  proxy-holders  shall decide on such other  matters as may properly
come before the Annual Meeting.

  The presence of a  stockholder  at the Annual  Meeting will not  automatically
revoke a stockholder's proxy. A stockholder may, however,  revoke a proxy at any
time prior to the voting thereof on any matter (without,  however, affecting any
vote  taken  prior to such  revocation)  by filing  with the Clerk of the Bank a
written  notice of  revocation,  by delivering to the Bank a duly executed proxy
bearing a later date, or by attending  the Annual 


                                       11


<PAGE>

Meeting  and voting in person.  All  written  notices  of  revocation  and other
communications  with respect to  revocation  of proxies in  connection  with the
Annual  Meeting  should be addressed  as follows:  Springfield  Institution  for
Savings, 1441 Main Street, Springfield,  Massachusetts 01102, Attention: Michael
E. Tucker, Clerk.

  It is not anticipated that any matters other than those set forth in proposals
(1)-(4) contained in this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus will be brought before the
Annual  Meeting.  If any other matters  properly come before the Annual Meeting,
the persons named as proxies will vote upon such matters in their  discretion in
accordance with their best judgment.

  In addition to use of the mails,  proxies may be  solicited  personally  or by
telephone or telegraph by officers, Directors and employees of the Bank who will
not be specially compensated for such solicitation activities. Arrangements will
also  be  made  with  brokerage  houses  and  other  custodians,   nominees  and
fiduciaries for forwarding  solicitation  materials to the beneficial  owners of
shares held of record by such persons,  and the Bank will reimburse such persons
for their reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred in that connection.  The
Bank has also retained Morrow & Co., Inc., a proxy soliciting firm, to assist in
solicitation  of  proxies  at a fee of  $7,500,  plus  reimbursement  of certain
out-of-pocket  costs. The cost of soliciting  proxies will be borne by the Bank,
including the fee of $7,500.

Quorum; Vote Required

  The  presence,  in  person or by proxy,  of at least a  majority  of the total
number of  outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock is necessary to constitute a
quorum at the Annual Meeting for the  transaction of business.  Abstentions  and
"broker non-votes" (as defined below) will be counted as present for purposes of
determining  the presence or absence of a quorum for the transaction of business
at the Annual  Meeting.  A quorum being  present,  the  affirmative  vote of the
holders of two-thirds of the issued and outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock
eligible  to be cast by  stockholders  of record at the close of business on the
Record Date is required to approve the Plan of Reorganization (Proposal One). By
voting for the Plan of Reorganization,  stockholders of the Bank shall be deemed
to authorize  the Bank to take all  appropriate  action to implement the Plan of
Reorganization.  Abstentions  and broker  non-votes will not be counted as votes
"for" the proposal to approve the Plan of Reorganization  and,  therefore,  will
have the  effect of votes  against  this  proposal.  The  affirmative  vote of a
plurality  of the votes cast at the Annual  Meeting is required to elect each of
the persons  within the  proposed  class of five  Directors as a Director of the
Bank (Proposal  Two).  Abstentions  and broker  non-votes will not be counted as
"votes cast" for purposes of electing a class of five Directors and,  therefore,
will not affect the election of Directors. The affirmative vote of a majority of
the shares  present and voting,  in person or by proxy,  is necessary to elect a
Clerk of the Bank (Proposal Three). Abstentions and broker non-votes will not be
included among the votes deemed to be cast at the Annual Meeting for purposes of
electing a Clerk of the Bank and, therefore,  will not have the effect of either
votes  "for" or votes  "against"  this  proposal.  The  affirmative  vote of the
holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock
eligible  to be cast by  stockholders  of record at the close of business on the
Record Date is required  to approve  the  proposal to amend the 1995  Management
Stock Option Plan (Proposal Four).  Abstentions and broker non-votes will not be
counted as votes "for" the  proposal to amend the 1995  Management  Stock Option
Plan and, therefore, will have the effect of votes against this proposal.

  A "broker non-vote" is a proxy from a broker or other nominee  indicating that
such person has not received  instructions  from the  beneficial  owner or other
person  entitled  to vote the  shares  which are the  subject  of the proxy on a
particular  matter with  respect to which the broker or other  nominee  does not
have discretionary voting power.

  The  Directors  and principal  officers of the Bank have  indicated  that they
intend to vote all shares of Bank Common  Stock which they are  entitled to vote
in favor of each of the  Proposals  presented  herein.  On the Record Date,  the
Directors and  principal  officers of the Bank in the aggregate had the right to
vote  approximately  295,286  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock  (including  shares
allocated to the accounts of principal officers under the ESOP described below),
representing approximately 5.16% of the outstanding Bank Common Stock as of such
date. See "Management of the Bank."

                                       12

<PAGE>

  The Bank's  Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP") held on the Record Date
445,000  shares of Bank Common Stock,  of which 54,812 shares had been allocated
to 363 ESOP members, all of whom are employees of the Bank. Under the ESOP Trust
Agreement,  the  trustee of the ESOP is  directed  to vote  allocated  shares in
accordance  with the  instructions  of the  members to whom the shares have been
allocated.  In addition, the trustee is directed to vote unallocated and unvoted
shares in the same proportion as he is instructed to vote the allocated  shares.
Any such  action  would be  subject,  however to the  trustee's  exercise of its
fiduciary  duties under  applicable  law. See  "Management of the  Bank-Benefits
Under Plans-Employee Stock Ownership Plan."

                   PROPOSAL ONE-FORMATION OF HOLDING COMPANY

  The following  descriptions  are qualified in their  entirety by reference and
are made subject to the Plan of  Reorganization  attached  hereto as Appendix A,
certain  provisions of the General Laws of Massachusetts  relating to the rights
of dissenting  stockholders  attached  hereto as Appendix B, and the Articles of
Organization and By-laws of the Company attached hereto as Appendix C.

Recommendation of Directors

  The Boards of Directors of the Bank and of the Company have each  approved the
Plan of  Reorganization,  which provides for the  acquisition of all outstanding
shares of Bank Common  Stock by the Company in exchange  for an equal  number of
shares of Company  Common  Stock  pursuant to the  provisions  of Section 26B of
Chapter 172 of the General  Laws of  Massachusetts.  The Plan of  Reorganization
will not take effect unless it is approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds
of the total votes eligible to be cast by stockholders of record as of the close
of business on the Record Date.  Unless authority to do so has been limited in a
proxy, it is the intention of the persons named as proxies to vote the shares to
which the proxy relates for the approval of the Plan of Reorganization.

  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK BELIEVES THAT THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION IS
IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE BANK AND ITS STOCKHOLDERS.  ACCORDINGLY,  THE BOARD
OF DIRECTORS  RECOMMENDS THAT THE STOCKHOLDERS  VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF
REORGANIZATION.

Description of the Plan of Reorganization

  The Company has been organized as a Massachusetts corporation at the direction
of the Bank for the purpose of becoming  the  holding  company of the Bank.  The
Company and the Bank have entered into the Plan of Reorganization.

  Under the Plan of Reorganization,  the Company will become the owner of all of
the outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock,  and each  stockholder of the Bank
who does not exercise  dissenters'  appraisal rights with respect to the Plan of
Reorganization  will become the owner of one share of Company  Common  Stock for
each share of Bank Common Stock held  immediately  prior to the  consummation of
the Reorganization. Upon the effective date of the Reorganization, each share of
Bank  Common  Stock  will be  automatically  exchanged  for one share of Company
Common Stock. The Reorganization will become effective (the "Effective Date") on
the first  business  day  following  the date on which the Bank and the  Company
advise the Commissioner of Banks in writing that all the conditions precedent to
the  Reorganization  becoming effective have been satisfied and that the Plan of
Reorganization has not been abandoned by the Bank or the Company. As a condition
to the consummation of the Reorganization, the Company and the Bank must receive
certain regulatory approvals.  See "-Conditions of the Reorganization."  Neither
the Company nor the Bank can predict  whether such approvals will be obtained or
whether  such  approvals  will be on terms  satisfactory  to the Company and the
Bank.  Accordingly,  the consummation of the  Reorganization may be subject to a
delay  which  may,  under  certain   circumstances,   be  significant.   If  the
stockholders  approve  the Plan of  Reorganization  at the Annual  Meeting,  the
Company  and the Bank shall  have the right to  consummate  the  Reorganization,
subject  to the  satisfaction  of  the  conditions  contained  in  the  Plan  of
Reorganization, at any time thereafter.


                                       13


<PAGE>

  The number of shares of  Company  Common  Stock to be issued on the  Effective
Date  will be equal  the  number  of shares  of Bank  Common  Stock  issued  and
outstanding  immediately prior thereto, less the number of shares of Bank Common
Stock, if any, held by dissenting  stockholders.  Shares of Company Common Stock
which would have been issued had  dissenting  stockholders  not  dissented  will
remain as authorized but unissued shares of Company Common Stock.  Any shares of
Company Common Stock which are  outstanding  prior to the Effective Date, all of
which,  if any, would be held by the Bank, will be redeemed at par value as part
of the  Reorganization  and  retired to the status of  authorized  and  unissued
shares.

  The outstanding  stock  certificates of Bank Common Stock which,  prior to the
Reorganization, represented shares of Bank Common Stock, will thereafter for all
purposes represent an equal number of shares of Company Common Stock, except for
certificates held by dissenting  stockholders and as set forth below.  After the
Effective  Date,  the Company will issue and deliver to the transfer  agent (the
"Transfer  Agent") for the Bank and the Company  certificates  representing  the
number of  shares of  Company  Common  Stock  issuable  in  connection  with the
Reorganization. The Company and the Bank will notify the stockholders by mail at
their  addresses  as shown on the Bank's  records  and, as may be  required,  by
publication  that they may present their  certificates to the Transfer Agent for
exchange.   Stockholders   may  exchange   their  present   stock   certificates
representing Bank Common Stock for new certificates  representing Company Common
Stock by  surrendering  their Bank Common  Stock  certificates  to the  Transfer
Agent. They will then receive in exchange therefor a certificate representing an
equal  number  of  shares  of  Company   Common   Stock.   Until  so  exchanged,
stockholders' present stock certificates representing Bank Common Stock will for
all purposes represent an equal number of shares of Company Common Stock and the
holders of those  certificates will have all the other rights of stockholders of
the Company.  However,  the Company at any time may withhold any dividends  that
may be declared on shares of Company  Common  Stock until  stockholders  present
their Bank Common Stock certificates to the Transfer Agent for exchange. In such
case,  upon delivery of such  certificates or as soon thereafter as practicable,
such persons shall be entitled to receive from the Company or the Transfer Agent
an amount equal to all accrued dividends  (without interest thereon and less the
amount of taxes,  if any,  which may have been  imposed or paid thereon or which
are required by law to be withheld in respect thereof) on the shares represented
thereby.

  After  consummation  of the  Reorganization,  the Bank, as a subsidiary of the
Company,  will continue to serve the  communities  it presently  serves from its
existing  office  locations.  The assets,  property,  rights and powers,  debts,
liabilities,  obligations  and  duties  of the Bank will not be  changed  by the
Reorganization,  except for the proposed  initial  transfer of $250,000 from the
Bank's  stockholders'  equity to the Company.  See  "Financial  Resources of the
Company." Similarly,  the Amended and Restated Charter,  By-laws and name of the
Bank will not be affected by consummation of the Reorganization. Pursuant to the
Plan of Reorganization, upon consummation of the Reorganization the director and
management  incentive stock option plans and director and management  restricted
stock  plans of the Bank (the "Stock  Option  Plans" and the  "Restricted  Stock
Plans",  respectively),  will become the director and management incentive stock
option plans and director and management  restricted stock plans of the Company.
In addition,  it is expected that upon  consummation of the  Reorganization  the
Company  will  become  a  participating  employer  of the  Bank's  ESOP  so that
employees  of the Company  will be eligible to  participate  in the Bank's ESOP.
Certain  officers of the Bank will initially serve as the principal  officers of
the Company. See "Management of the Company."

  The Reorganization  will be treated as a "pooling of interests" for accounting
purposes.

Reasons for the Holding Company Formation

  The Board of Directors of the Bank believes that a holding  company  structure
will better suit the current and future interests of the Bank's shareholders and
customers.  The Board of Directors has determined  that the  establishment  of a
bank  holding  company  will provide  additional  flexibility  to respond to the
changing and  expanding  needs of the Bank's  present and future  customers  for
financial  services,  thereby  improving  the Bank's  competitive  position  and
increasing  long-term  value to  stockholders.  In addition,  a holding  company
structure  will provide  greater  flexibility  for meeting the future  financial
needs of the Bank or other subsidiaries of the Company. The Company,  unlike the
Bank, will not generally be subject to any regulatory limitations on the


                                       14


<PAGE>

amounts  which it can  invest  in its  subsidiaries  and  other  businesses.  In
addition, the Company, unlike the Bank, will not be required to obtain the prior
approval  of the  Commissioner  of Banks  before  issuing  shares of its capital
stock.  The  Company  will also be  permitted,  in  accordance  with  applicable
regulations  of the  Federal  Reserve  Board to  purchase  or redeem  its equity
securities. Although current Massachusetts banking laws would permit the Bank to
purchase its own stock,  federal  limitations on the permissible  activities and
investments of  state-chartered  banks imposed by the Federal Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  Improvement  Act of 1991  ("FDICIA") may prohibit such purchases by
the Bank. See "Regulation."  With a parent holding company as a potential source
of  additional  capital,  the Bank should be better able to undertake  necessary
capital  expenditures  and/or  grow its  assets,  both of which may  improve the
Bank's  competitive  position  within  its  market  area.  There are no  current
agreements or  understandings  with respect to any  investments  or the issuance
(other than pursuant to the Stock Option Plan and the Restricted Stock Plans) of
any additional shares of capital stock by either the Bank or the Company.

  Formation of a holding company should also improve the competitive position of
the Bank in an evolving and consolidating  market. The holding company structure
should  facilitate the Bank's  expansion and entry into other areas of financial
services,  either through the creation of new subsidiaries of the parent holding
company or through the acquisition of or affiliation with other banks as well as
other  companies  engaged in bank-related  activities.  In its present form, the
only  practical way for the Bank to increase its size or affiliate  with another
banking  institution is by merger with, or acquisition of substantially  all the
assets  of,  the other  institution.  In either  case,  the  acquired  entity is
absorbed  by  the  acquirer  and  ceases  to  operate  as  an  ongoing  business
organization.  A holding company  structure,  however,  would permit an acquired
entity to operate on a more autonomous basis as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company.  For example,  the acquired institution could retain its own directors,
officers,  corporate name and local identity. This more autonomous operation may
be decisive in  acquisition  negotiations.  The Board of  Directors  of the Bank
believes  that if the  Company  can  build a  multibank  franchise  composed  of
well-established  community  banks with strong ties to local consumers and small
businesses,   then  the  consolidated  Company,  by  benefitting  from  improved
economies of scale and expanded  managerial and financial  resources,  should be
able to provide in a cost effective manner an expanded range of superior quality
products and services,  which will, in turn,  enable the Company to compete more
effectively  with the larger  regional and  out-of-state  banking  organizations
operating  within the Company's  market area. While the Bank, from time to time,
explores  acquisition  and affiliation  possibilities,  neither the Bank nor the
Company has any current  agreements or understandings  for the acquisition of or
affiliation  with any  financial  institution  or other company and there are no
assurances that any such acquisitions or affiliations will occur.

  It is recognized that some increased costs, including  administrative expenses
and franchise  and other taxes,  will be incurred in the formation and operation
of the  Company.  However,  such  increased  costs  are not  expected  to have a
material adverse effect on the consolidated financial results of the Company and
the Bank.

Financial Resources of the Company

  The Bank currently intends to transfer  $250,000 as a capital  contribution to
the Company immediately prior to the effective time of the Reorganization.  Upon
consummation  of the  Reorganization,  the shares of the Company to be issued to
the Bank in connection with such capital  contribution,  will be redeemed at par
value  and  retired  to the  status  of  authorized  and  unissued  shares.  See
"Capitalization."  Immediately  following  the  Reorganization,  therefore,  the
assets of the Company,  on an unconsolidated  basis, will consist of the initial
transfer  of funds by the Bank and all of the then  outstanding  shares  of Bank
Common Stock. See  "Capitalization." A transfer of $250,000 to the Company would
reduce the Bank's stockholders' equity as of December 31, 1995, to approximately
$81,219,000 on an unconsolidated basis. If this transfer to the Company had been
made on December  31, 1995,  the Bank's tier 1 leverage  capital  ratio,  tier 1
risk-based  capital  ratio and total  risk-based  capital  ratio would have been
approximately 7.55%, 12.49% and 13.73% respectively,  each of which is in excess
of the  Bank's  minimum  regulatory  requirements  and would  permit the Bank to
qualify as a "well  capitalized"  depositary  institution  for the  purposes  of
current FDIC capital regulations.

                                       15


<PAGE>

  The actual amount of funds which may be  transferred,  however,  is subject to
change and may be greater or less,  depending on a number of factors,  including
the  Company's   future  financial   requirements   and  applicable   regulatory
restrictions.  In this  regard,  the Bank may also  lend  funds to the  Company,
either as part of or in addition to the transfer of funds being made at the time
of the  Reorganization  or thereafter.  The funds provided to the Company by the
Bank may be used by the Company for various  corporate  purposes,  including the
payment of expenses to be  incurred  by the  Company in the  ordinary  course of
business. See "-Income Tax Consequences."

  Additional  financial  resources may be available to the Company in the future
through borrowings, debt or equity financings, or dividends from the Bank, other
acquired  entities  or new  businesses.  Some  or all of the  foregoing  will be
subject to compliance with certain regulatory  restrictions.  At the time of the
Reorganization,  the Bank may also  transfer to the  Company an amount  equal to
actual year to date and anticipated 1996 earnings and profits, as determined for
tax purposes.  In addition,  the Bank may lend amounts to the Company both prior
to the consummation of the  Reorganization  and thereafter.  Such loans would be
subject to certain  restrictions  under Section 23A the Federal  Reserve Act, as
amended, and other regulatory limitations.  There can be no assurance,  however,
as to the amount of additional  financial  resources  which will be available to
the Company.  Dividends from the Bank to the Company will also be subject to tax
and regulatory limitations and requirements.  See "-Income Tax Consequences" and
"Market for Stock and Dividends."

Conditions of the Reorganization

  The Plan of  Reorganization  provides that it shall not become effective until
all of the following first shall have occurred:  (i) the Plan of  Reorganization
shall  have  been  approved  by a  vote  of the  holders  of  two-thirds  of the
outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock, (ii) the Plan of Reorganization  shall
have been approved by the Commissioner of Banks under Section 26B of Chapter 172
of the General  Laws of  Massachusetts,  (iii) the Company  shall have  provided
notice to the Reserve  Bank of its  proposed  acquisition  of all of the capital
stock of the Bank in  accordance  with the Plan of  Reorganization  as  required
under the  regulations  of the  Federal  Reserve  Board  contained  at 12 C.F.R.
(S)225.15 and neither the Reserve Bank nor the Federal  Reserve Board shall have
objected to the Reorganization  within thirty days after the date of the Reserve
Bank's receipt of such notice, (iv) the Bank and the Company shall have received
a favorable opinion from counsel  concerning the federal income tax consequences
of the  Reorganization,  (v) the shares of Company  Common Stock to be issued in
exchange  for  Bank  Common  Stock  pursuant  to  the  Reorganization  shall  be
registered or qualified  for issuance to the extent  required  under  applicable
state securities laws, and (vi) the Bank and the Company shall have obtained all
other necessary consents,  permissions and approvals and taken all other actions
required or  otherwise  deemed to be  necessary or  appropriate,  including  the
amendment of the Company's  articles of  organization to increase its authorized
capital to  25,000,000  shares of common stock,  par value $0.01 per share,  and
5,000,000  shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, for the holding
company formation.

  It is expected  that an  application  will be filed with the  Commissioner  of
Banks  promptly  after  the date of this  Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  to obtain
approval  of the Plan of  Reorganization.  The  Commissioner  of Banks  will not
approve the Plan of  Reorganization  unless and until the Plan of Reorganization
has been  approved by the Bank's  stockholders.  The Company  will also file the
required notice of the Reorganization with the Reserve Bank at approximately the
same time as the  application  to the  Commissioner  of Banks is submitted.  See
"Regulation-Holding  Company  Regulation."  The Bank has  received an opinion of
counsel regarding the federal income tax consequences of the Reorganization.
See "Income Tax Consequences."

  If the Plan of  Reorganization  is approved by the Bank's  stockholders at the
Annual Meeting, the holding company formation is expected to become effective as
soon thereafter as the required regulatory approvals are received.  The Bank and
the  Company  have the right  under the terms of the Plan of  Reorganization  to
abandon the  Reorganization  if, among other things,  the  necessary  regulatory
approvals cannot be obtained or if the conditions or obligations associated with
any such regulatory approval make the Reorganization  inadvisable in the opinion
of the Bank or the Company.

                                       16

<PAGE>

  If the Plan of  Reorganization is not approved at the Annual Meeting or all of
the necessary regulatory  approvals are not obtained,  the Bank will continue to
operate without a holding company structure. All expenses in connection with the
Reorganization   will  be  paid  by  the  Bank   whether  or  not  the  Plan  of
Reorganization  is  approved  by  its  stockholders  or  the  Reorganization  is
consummated.

  In addition, the Plan of Reorganization also provides that it may be abandoned
by either  the Board of  Directors  of the Bank or the  Company  if the Board of
Directors  of the  Bank or the  Company,  as the case  may be,  determines  that
consummation of the Reorganization would be inadvisable for any reason.

  An  application  will be filed with the NASDAQ  System for the  listing of the
shares  of  Company  Common  Stock  to  be  issued  in  the   Reorganization  in
substitution for the currently outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock using the
symbol  "SISB,"  subject to completion of the  Reorganization.  The Bank expects
that approval for this  substitution  will be received prior to  consummation of
the Reorganization. See "Market for Stock and Dividends."

Rights of Dissenting Stockholders

  Any holder of Bank Common  Stock (i) who files with the Bank before the taking
of the vote on the approval of the Plan of Reorganization,  written objection to
the Plan of  Reorganization,  stating that he intends to demand  payment for his
shares if the Reorganization is consummated, and (ii) whose shares are not voted
in favor of the Plan of  Reorganization,  has or may have the right to demand in
writing from the Bank, within 20 days after the date of mailing to him of notice
in writing that the Reorganization has become effective,  payment for his shares
and an appraisal of the value thereof.  In the event that the  Reorganization is
completed,  the Bank and any such  dissenting  stockholder  will be  required to
follow the procedure set forth in Sections 85 to 98, inclusive,  of Chapter 156B
of the General  Laws of  Massachusetts.  If the Board of Directors of either the
Bank or the  Company  determines  that  consummation  of the  Reorganization  is
inadvisable for any reason and  consequently  exercises the right under the Plan
of Reorganization to abandon the Reorganization, no stockholder of the Bank will
have any right to demand  payment  for his  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock or an
appraisal  of  the  value  thereof,   whether  under  the  statutory  provisions
summarized herein or otherwise,  notwithstanding any prior notice filed with the
Bank or any other action that may be taken by the  stockholder  for the purposes
of  exercising  or  otherwise  perfecting  the  statutory  rights  of  appraisal
described herein. A brief summary of the applicable sections of the General Laws
of Massachusetts is set forth below.  However,  this summary does not purport to
be a  complete  statement  of the  procedures  to be  followed  by  stockholders
desiring to exercise  their  rights to dissent  from the  Reorganization  and is
qualified  in its  entirety be express  reference  to such  sections,  which are
included in this Proxy Statement-Prospectus as Appendix B.

  A holder of Bank Common Stock intending to exercise his  dissenter's  right to
receive  payment  for his  shares  must file with the Bank,  before  the  Annual
Meeting  or  at  the  Annual  Meeting  but  before  the  vote  on  the  Plan  of
Reorganization,  written objection to the Plan of Reorganization stating that he
intends to demand  payment for his shares if the  Reorganization  is consummated
and must not vote in favor of the  Reorganization at the Annual Meeting.  Within
10 days after the Reorganization  becomes effective,  the Bank will give written
notice of such  effectiveness  by registered or certified mail to each holder of
Bank Common Stock who filed such written objection and who did not vote in favor
of the Plan of  Reorganization.  Such written  notice of  effectiveness  will be
addressed  to the  stockholder  at his last  known  address as it appears in the
stock record books of the Bank. Within 20 days after the mailing of such notice,
any  holder  of Bank  Common  Stock to whom the Bank was  required  to give such
notice may make  written  demand for payment for his shares from the Bank and in
such event, the Bank will be required to pay to him the fair value of his shares
within 30 days after the  expiration  of the period during which such demand may
be made.  If during such 30-day period the Bank and the  dissenting  stockholder
fail to agree as to the fair value of such shares,  the Bank or such stockholder
may have the fair value of the stock of all dissenting  stockholders  determined
by  judicial  proceedings  by filing a bill in equity in the  Superior  Court in
Hampden County, Massachusetts,  within four months after such 30-day period. For
the purposes of any such Superior Court  determination,  the value of the shares
of the Bank is to be  determined as of the day preceding the date of the vote of
the stockholders approving the Plan of Reorganization and shall be


                                       17

<PAGE>

exclusive of any element of value arising from the expectation or accomplishment
of the  Reorganization.  Upon  making  such  written  demand  for  payment,  the
dissenting stockholder will not thereafter be entitled to notices of meetings of
stockholders,  to vote,  or to  dividends  unless no suit is filed  within  four
months to  determine  the value of the stock,  any such suit is  dismissed as to
that stockholder, or the stockholder withdraws his objection in writing with the
written approval of the Bank.

  Failure to  affirmatively  vote  against the Plan of  Reorganization  does not
constitute a waiver of a dissenting  stockholder's  right to receive payment for
his shares of Bank Common Stock,  provided that such dissenting  stockholder has
furnished the requisite notice of objection prior to the  stockholders'  vote on
the Plan of Reorganization  and such stockholder does not in fact  affirmatively
vote in favor of the  Plan of  Reorganization.  Likewise,  an  affirmative  vote
against the Plan of  Reorganization  does not entitle a  stockholder  to receive
payment for his shares of Bank Common  Stock  unless such  stockholder  has also
furnished the requisite  notice of objection and undertaken the additional steps
summarized in the preceding paragraph required to perfect his dissenters' rights
of appraisal.

  The  enforcement by a dissenting  stockholder of his right to receive  payment
for his Bank  Common  Stock in the manner  provided by Sections 85 through 98 of
Chapter 156B of the General Laws of Massachusetts  will be his exclusive remedy,
except that a stockholder  shall not be excluded from bringing or maintaining an
appropriate  proceeding to obtain relief on the ground that  consummation of the
Reorganization will be or is illegal or fraudulent as to him.

Income Tax Consequences

  General.  The Bank and its  subsidiaries are subject to those rules of federal
income  taxation  which  are  generally  applicable  to  corporations  under the
Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code").  As  members of an
affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code,
the Bank and its  subsidiaries  file a  consolidated  federal income tax return,
which has the effect,  among other things,  of  eliminating or deferring the tax
consequences of certain intercompany  transactions,  including dividends, in the
computation of  consolidated  taxable income for federal tax purposes.  The Bank
and its  subsidiaries  report their income using a calendar taxable year and the
accrual method of accounting.

  Tax Opinion. The Bank will not seek a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service
concerning the federal income tax  consequences of the proposed  holding company
formation,  but will instead rely on an opinion to be received from its counsel,
Sullivan & Worcester  LLP.  Unlike a private  letter  ruling  from the  Internal
Revenue  Service,  an opinion of counsel has no binding  effect on the  Internal
Revenue  Service.  The Bank has been  advised  by  Sullivan &  Worcester  LLP in
substance that the  Reorganization  will qualify as tax-free under the Code, and
in particular that the Reorganization will have the following consequences:

      1. No gain or loss will be recognized by the stockholders of the Bank upon
    the  exchange of their Bank Common  Stock  solely for Company  Common  Stock
    (Section 351(a) of the Code).

      2. No gain or loss  will be  recognized  by the  Bank as a  result  of the
    proposed Reorganization.

      3. No gain or loss will be  recognized  by the Company upon the receipt of
    shares of Bank Common  Stock  solely in exchange  for Company  Common  Stock
    (Section 1032(a) of the Code).

      4. The basis of the Bank Common Stock  received by the Company will be the
    same as the basis of that stock in the hands of the stockholders of the Bank
    immediately  prior to the  proposed  transaction  (Section  362(a)(1) of the
    Code).

      5. The holding period of the Bank Common Stock in the hands of the Company
    will include the period during which such stock was held by the stockholders
    of the Bank (Section 1223(2) of the Code).

      6.  The  basis  of  the  Company  Common  Stock  to be  received  by  each
    stockholder  of the Bank  will be the same as the  basis of the Bank  Common
    Stock surrendered in exchange therefor (Section 358(a)(1) of the Code).

                                       18


<PAGE>

      7. The holding  period of the Company  Common Stock to be received by each
    stockholder  of the Bank will include the holding  period of the Bank Common
    Stock surrendered in exchange therefor,  provided that the Bank Common Stock
    was a capital asset in the hands of such stockholder (Section 1223(1) of the
    Code).

      8. The affiliated group of which the Bank is the common parent immediately
    prior to the  proposed  Reorganization  will remain in  existence  after the
    proposed Reorganization and the Company will become the common parent of the
    affiliated  group,  except  where the Bank is  treated  under  the  Treasury
    Regulations  as continuing  to be the common  parent (Cf. Rev. Rul.  82-152,
    1982-2 C.B.  205), and thus dividend  distributions  paid by the Bank to the
    Company will not be included in computing the taxable  income of the Company
    (Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-13(f)(2)).

      9.  Stockholders  of the Bank who  exercise  their  dissenters'  appraisal
    rights and receive  cash in exchange  for their  shares of Bank Common Stock
    will  recognize  taxable  income or loss for federal  income tax purposes in
    connection with the transaction. The amount and tax treatment of that income
    or loss (e.g.,  whether it constitutes  dividend income,  ordinary income or
    loss,  short-term  capital gain or loss or  long-term  capital gain or loss)
    will turn upon a number of factual considerations peculiar to the individual
    stockholder.  Any stockholder of the Bank considering exercising dissenter's
    appraisal  rights  with  respect to any shares of Bank Common  Stock  should
    consult his personal  income tax advisor for specific advice with respect to
    the federal income tax consequences of that exercise.

  Net Operating  Loss  Carryforwards.  The Bank has a federal tax operating loss
carryforward aggregating approximately $12.185 million at December 31, 1995 that
ultimately  expires in 2009.  In addition,  the Bank has made  allowances on its
financial  statements  for both losses on loans and losses on real estate owned,
and the majority of such  allowances are  anticipated to give rise to deductible
tax losses in future years. Losses which the Bank has not yet recognized for tax
purposes that may be utilized to offset  taxable income in the current or a past
or future year are sometimes  referred to as "Built-in  Losses," and gains which
the Bank has not yet  recognized  for tax purposes are sometimes  referred to as
"Built-in Gains."

  If an "ownership change," discussed below, occurs with respect to the Bank and
its  subsidiaries,  either in connection with this  Reorganization  or in future
years as a result of transactions unrelated to this Reorganization, the Bank and
its  subsidiaries  would become  subject to a limitation on their ability to use
their net  operating  loss  carryforwards  and other tax benefit items to offset
taxable income. Such limitation, were it to become applicable,  would also apply
to the  recognition  for tax purposes of Built-In  Losses,  if the excess of any
Built-In Losses of the Bank and its subsidiaries  over their Built-in Gains (the
"Net Unrealized  Built-In Losses" of the Bank and its  subsidiaries)  exceed the
lesser of (i) 15 percent of the fair market  value of the assets of the Bank and
its subsidiaries immediately before the ownership change, or (ii) $10 million.

  The  determination  whether an  ownership  change has  occurred is made by (i)
determining, in the case of any 5% stockholder,  the number of percentage points
by  which  such  5%  stockholder's  interest  has  increased  at the  end of any
three-year  testing  period  relative to such  stockholder's  lowest  percentage
ownership  at any time during such testing  period,  and (ii)  aggregating  such
percentage point increases for all 5% stockholders during the applicable testing
period. For purposes of the preceding  sentence,  any direct or indirect holder,
taking  into  account  certain  attribution  rules,  of 5% or more of the Bank's
Common Stock is a 5%  stockholder,  and all holders of less than 5% collectively
are generally  treated as a single 5%  stockholder  known as a public group.  An
ownership  change will occur as of the end of any  three-year  testing period if
the  aggregate  percentage  point  increases  for all 5%  stockholders  for such
testing period exceeds 50 percentage points.

  Under certain "segregation rules," stockholders who individually acquired less
than 5% of the Bank's Common Stock pursuant to the February, 1995 stock issuance
are treated as a single 5% stockholder (the "New Public Group") that is separate
from the public group of  less-than-5%  stockholders  that existed  prior to the
February, 1995 offering (the "Depositor Group"). In general, a member of the New
Public Group is presumed not to have owned any of the Bank's  Common Stock prior
to the February,  1995  offering,  except to the extent that the Bank had actual
knowledge  that such person was also a member of the Depositor  Group.  However,
regulations  provide for a "cash issuance  exception" to these segregation rules
which provides that if a 


                                       19


<PAGE>

corporation  with  Net  Unrealized  Built-in  Losses  or a  net  operating  loss
carryforward  issues stock for cash,  an amount of the stock issued equal to the
lesser of (i) one-half of the  percentage  ownership of the direct public groups
before  the cash  issuance,  or (ii) the  total  amount  of stock  issued in the
transaction less the amount of issued stock owned by 5% stockholders (other than
a direct public group) immediately after the issuance, are not be subject to the
segregation rules. As applied to the Bank's February,  1995 stock issuance,  the
cash   issuance   exception   would  create  a   presumption   that  the  Bank's
pre-conversion  owners (i.e.,  it  depositors)  purchased 50% of the Bank Common
Stock issued in February,  1995.  The Bank has treated the February,  1995 stock
issuance as eligible for the cash issuance  exception and has taken the position
that no  ownership  change  occurred  as a result of such stock  issuance on the
basis that,  immediately following such stock issuance,  the Depositor Group was
deemed to own 50% of the Bank Common  Stock,  the New Public  Group owned 42% of
the Bank Common  Stock,  and the Bank's ESOP owned 8% of the Bank Common  Stock.
Accordingly,  the Bank experienced  aggregate percentage point increases for all
5%  stockholders  of exactly 50  percentage  points as a result of its mutual to
stock  conversion  in February,  1995.  Thus, if the  Reorganization  causes any
further  increases in stock ownership by a 5% stockholder,  an ownership  change
will occur and the  limitations on the use of net operating loss  carryovers and
Built-in  Losses  discussed  above will  become  applicable  to the Bank and the
Company.

  The  regulations  under  Section 382 of the Code require that the identity and
ownership percentages of 5% stockholders be determined by looking up and through
chains of corporate ownership. Such regulations further permit the direct public
groups of the Company after the Reorganization to be treated as identical to the
direct public groups of the Bank before the  Reorganization,  if all Bank Common
Stock  (including  restricted  shares) is  exchanged  for  identical  amounts of
Company  Common  Stock and if no Company  Common  Stock is issued  other than in
exchange for Bank Common Stock. Accordingly, if all the stockholders of the Bank
before  the  Reorganization  own the same  percentage  of Company  Common  Stock
immediately after the Reorganization that they owned of Bank Common Stock before
the  Reorganization,  each of the Depositor Group, the New Public Group, and the
Bank's ESOP will after the  Reorganization  be deemed to own the same percentage
of Company  Common Stock (and  indirectly,  Bank Common  Stock) that it owned of
Bank Common Stock before the Reorganization, and the Reorganization will not, by
itself,  cause an ownership  change under Section 382 of the Code.  Stockholders
are  cautioned,  however,  that any  redemption  of Bank Common Stock or Company
Common Stock,  including without  limitation any repurchase  required to be made
from a stockholder who dissents from the  Reorganization,  would likely cause an
ownership  change under  Section 382 of the Code.  Under the  segregation  rules
discussed  above,  (i)  such a  redemption  would  be  treated  as  though  made
proportionately from the Depositor Group and the New Public Group; and (ii) each
of the  Depositor  Group  and the New  Public  Group  would  have to be  further
segregated  into two smaller direct public groups,  those who tendered shares in
the redemption and those who did not, with each such smaller direct public group
treated  as  separate  5%   stockholders   for  purposes  of  ownership   change
determinations. Although there is some ambiguity regarding when such segregation
would be effective,  the  application of the foregoing rules would likely result
in an increase in the  percentage  ownership by the Depositor  Group and the New
Public  Group  that would be  sufficient  to trigger  an  ownership  change.  In
addition,  even though he may ultimately  accept Company Common Stock in lieu of
pursuing his dissent  remedy,  a Bank  shareholder  who  perfected his statutory
dissent  rights under  Chapter 156B of the General Laws of  Massachusetts  would
have the option, upon the consummation of the Reorganization,  to have his stock
redeemed.  Whether  this  option  were  deemed  exercised  (and hence  whether a
redemption would have occurred that would likely constitute an ownership change)
is determined under Section 382(1)(3)(A) of the Code, which provides that unless
regulations  provide  otherwise,  an  option  to  acquire  stock is  treated  as
exercised  if  such  exercise  results  in  an  ownership   change.   Under  the
regulations,  an option to acquire stock is not treated as exercised  unless its
issuance or transfer  satisfies an ownership  test, a control test, or an income
test.  Whether an option satisfies one or more of these tests depends on all the
relevant  facts  and  circumstances,  but each of these  tests  requires  that a
principal  purpose of the issuance,  transfer or structuring of the option is to
avoid or ameliorate  the impact of an ownership  change under Section 382 of the
Code. In addition,  the regulations  provide a safe harbor that customary rights
of first refusal are not treated as exercised  for purposes of these  ownership,
control or income tests, and further provide that an analogous safe harbor is to
apply in the case of put (rather than call) options.  Accordingly,  a dissenting
stockholder's  right to put his  stock  for  fair  value  (in lieu of  accepting
Company  Common  Stock)  should not be deemed  exercised any earlier than actual
exercise,                                      
                                       20
<PAGE>

but there can be no assurance that the IRS would agree with such  treatment,  or
that such treatment would be sustained if challenged.


  If an ownership  change occurs with respect to the Bank and its  subsidiaries,
an annual limitation (the "Section 382 limitation") would be imposed pursuant to
Section 382 of the Code on the rate at which its net operating loss carryforward
(and recognized Built-In Losses to the extent of Net Unrealized Built-in Losses)
could be  deducted  against  taxable  income.  The  Section  382  limitation  is
generally  computed by multiplying the value of the Bank immediately  before the
ownership  change by the then applicable  long-term tax exempt rate published by
the IRS for this purpose (the  long-term tax exempt rate was 5.31% for the month
of March,  1996, per IRS tables).  For this purpose,  it is unclear  whether the
value of the Bank would include the equity received in the February,  1995 stock
offering.  The limitation on the use of Built-In Losses would apply with respect
to Built-In  Losses  recognized  in any taxable  year any portion of which falls
within  the  5-year  period  beginning  on the  date  of the  ownership  change.
Accordingly,  if the  Section 382  limitation  were to apply to the Bank and its
subsidiaries  to limit the rate of utilization  of such losses,  it is uncertain
whether the Bank and its  subsidiaries  would be able to fully utilize their net
operating loss carryforward and Built-In Losses.

  Section 383 of the Code provides rules that restrict a  corporation's  ability
to utilize tax credit  carryforwards and net capital loss carryforwards after an
ownership  change.  These rules are similar to and work in conjunction  with the
provisions of Section 382 of the Code, described above. As of December 31, 1995,
the Bank had approximately $2.19 million of tax credit carryforwards which would
become  subject  to  the  limitations  of  Section  383 if an  ownership  change
occurred.

  State and  Local  Income  Taxation.  The Bank  will  after the  Reorganization
continue  to be subject to the annual  Massachusetts  excise tax equal to 11.72%
(reduced to 10.5% over a phase-in period through 1999) of its net income.  Also,
the  Bank  has  a  number  of   non-bank   subsidiaries   that  will  after  the
Reorganization  continue to be subject  either to the  general  excise tax rules
applicable to ordinary business  corporations in Massachusetts,  or to the 1.32%
excise tax on gross income applicable to Massachusetts  securities corporations.
The Company will after the Reorganization be subject to an annual  Massachusetts
excise  tax  equal to 10.5% of its net  income,  for which  purpose  there is no
exclusion or deduction for  dividends  received from the Bank (except that after
January 1, 1999,  there would be a dividends  received  deduction for 95% of the
dividends  received from the Bank). The Company expects that for the near future
it will not have  dividend  income  from the Bank  materially  in  excess of the
Company's  deductible  operating expenses,  and therefore that the Massachusetts
excise  tax on the  Company's  net  income  will  be  minimal.  Further,  if the
Company's  dividend  income from the Bank and other gross  income  should in the
future  exceed  its  operating   expenses,   thus   resulting  in  an  increased
Massachusetts  excise tax on net income, then the Company will consider applying
to the Massachusetts Department of Revenue for classification as a Massachusetts
securities  corporation.  If so classified,  the annual Massachusetts excise tax
would be 0.33% of the Company's gross income.

                        COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS

  As a result of the holding company formation,  stockholders of the Bank, whose
rights are presently  governed by the  Massachusetts  banking laws,  will become
stockholders of the Company, a Massachusetts  business corporation,  and as such
their rights will be governed by the  Massachusetts  Business  Corporation  Law.
Certain  differences  in the rights of  stockholders  arise from this  change in
governing  law. In addition,  although the Amended and Restated  Charter and the
By-laws of the Bank (such Amended and Restated  Charter being referred to herein
as the  "Charter")  and the  Articles of  Organization,  as they will be amended
prior to the Effective Time to increase the Company's  authorized capital stock,
and the By-laws of the Company (such  Articles of  Organization,  as so amended,
being referred to herein as the "Articles") are similar in substance,  there are
certain differences in their respective provisions. The material differences and
some of the important similarities of the rights of stockholders of the Bank and
the Company are discussed below. The following discussion does not purport to be
a complete  statement of such similarities and differences  affecting the rights
of
                                       21
<PAGE>

stockholders  of the Bank but is intended as a summary  only.  The  Articles and
By-laws of the Company, copies of which are attached as Appendix C to this Proxy
Statement-Prospectus, should be reviewed carefully by each stockholder.

Capital Stock

  Authorized  and Issued  Stock.  The Bank has  25,000,000  shares of authorized
common stock,  par value $1.00 per share, of which 5,718,200  shares were issued
and  outstanding  as of the Record Date and 556,250  shares  were  reserved  for
issuance  under the Stock  Option  Plans and 66,800  shares  were  reserved  for
issuance under the Restricted Stock Plans. The Bank also has 5,000,000 shares of
authorized but unissued preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share. The Articles
of the Company provide for the same  authorized  capital as that of the Bank, of
which no shares are currently issued and outstanding,  except that the per share
par value of the authorized  common and preferred stock of the Company is $0.01,
rather than $1.00.  After the  consummation of the  Reorganization,  the Company
will have the same number of issued and outstanding shares,  shares reserved for
issuance  under  its  stock  option  plan  and  restricted   stock  plans,   and
non-reserved  shares available for future issuance,  all subject to the exercise
of  dissenters'  appraisal  rights,  as are  presently  so issued,  reserved and
otherwise  available for future  issuance by the Bank. See  "Description  of the
Company Capital Stock."

  Issuance of Stock.  Under the  provisions  of  Massachusetts  banking law, the
issuance  of  capital  stock by the Bank  requires  the  prior  approval  of the
Commissioner  of Banks.  In  contrast,  the  Company is able to issue  shares of
capital stock without obtaining prior approval of the Commissioner of Banks. The
issuance  of  capital  stock  by the  Company,  however,  would  be  subject  to
registration  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities
Act"),  unless such issuance was not in connection with a public offering or was
otherwise subject to an exemption from such registration  requirements,  whereas
the  capital  stock of the Bank is exempt in all cases  from such  registration.
There are no current  agreements or understandings  with respect to the issuance
of any additional shares of the Company capital stock.

  Pre-emptive Rights. The stockholders of the Company,  like the stockholders of
the Bank, will not be entitled to pre-emptive  rights with respect to any shares
of capital stock which may be issued.

  Rights of Issuer to  Repurchase  Stock.  Under  applicable  state and  federal
banking laws, the Bank is authorized to purchase shares of its own stock if such
purchase is  undertaken  in  accordance  with certain  regulatory  requirements,
including  the prior  approval  of the FDIC.  Under the  Massachusetts  Business
Corporation Law, the Company will be allowed to purchase shares of its own stock
in the open market or otherwise.  Any purchase by the Company will be subject to
applicable  law,  including  prior  notice to the  Federal  Reserve  Board under
certain circumstances. See "Regulation-Holding Company Regulation."

Common Stock

  Dividend  Rights.  The stockholders of the Bank are entitled to dividends when
and as declared by the Bank's Board of Directors. Under applicable Massachusetts
law and FDIC  regulations  governing  the payment of dividends by stock  savings
banks,  such as the Bank,  the board of directors is generally  empowered to pay
dividends  out of the  bank's  net  profits,  to the  extent  that the  board of
directors  considers  such payment  advisable,  and the bank remains  adequately
capitalized. Massachusetts law also imposes various specific restrictions upon a
bank's  payment  of  dividends,  including  the  requirement  that on the date a
dividend is declared  the bank's  capital and surplus must equal at least 10% of
its deposit  liabilities  or a sufficient  amount must be  transferred  from net
profits to surplus so that the surplus  account shall equal one hundred  percent
of the capital stock account prior to the payment of such dividend.  The Bank is
not subject to any regulatory agreement,  order or directive that would restrict
its  ability to pay  dividends  to the fullest  extent  otherwise  permitted  by
applicable law and regulation.

  A Massachusetts  business corporation,  such as the Company, may pay dividends
or repurchase  or redeem its shares of capital  stock;  however,  a director who
votes to authorize a dividend, repurchase or redemption which is in violation of
the  corporation's  articles of  organization  or which renders the  corporation
insolvent  may be  


                                       22

<PAGE>

jointly  and  severally  liable  for  such  improper  dividend,   repurchase  or
redemption.  Stockholders  to whom a  corporation  makes  any such  distribution
(except a distribution of stock of the  corporation),  if the corporation is, or
is thereby rendered,  insolvent, are liable to the corporation for the amount of
such  distribution  made, or for the amount of such  distribution  which exceeds
that which could have been made without rendering the corporation insolvent, but
in either  event only to the extent of the amount paid or  distributed  to them,
respectively.

  It is the policy of the  Federal  Reserve  Board that bank  holding  companies
should  pay cash  dividends  on common  stock  only out of the past  year's  net
income,  and only if  prospective  earnings  retention  is  consistent  with the
organization's  expected  future needs.  The policy  further  provides that bank
holding  companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines
the bank  holding  company's  ability  to serve as a source of  strength  to its
subsidiary  banks.  The Federal Reserve Board also requires by regulation that a
bank holding company seeking to purchase or redeem any of its equity  securities
must provide  prior notice to the  appropriate  regional  Federal  Reserve Bank,
which may  disapprove  of such  proposed  purchase or  redemption,  if the gross
consideration  for such purchase or  redemption,  when  aggregated  with the net
consideration  paid by the holding company for all such purchases or redemptions
during  the  preceding  twelve  months,  exceeds  10% of the  holding  company's
consolidated net worth,  except that such prior notice requirements do not apply
to any holding  company that is "well  capitalized"  in accordance  with Federal
Reserve  Board  regulations,  has received a composite  "1" or "2" rating in its
most recent examination and is not subject to any unresolved regulatory issues.

  Principal sources of revenues for the Company will be dividends received from
the Bank and other subsidiaries and interest earned on short-term investments
and advances to subsidiaries. See "Market for Stock and Dividends."

  Any issuance of preferred stock with a preference over Company Common Stock as
to dividends may affect the dividend rights of common stockholders.

  Voting  Rights.  All  voting  rights in the Bank are  currently  vested in the
holders of the issued and  outstanding  Bank  Common  Stock.  Each share of Bank
Common  Stock is  entitled  to one vote on all  matters,  without  any  right to
cumulative  voting in the election of Directors.  Following the formation of the
holding  company  structure,  all voting rights in the Company will be vested in
the holders of Company  Common Stock and each share of Company Common Stock will
be entitled to one vote on all matters,  without any right to cumulative  voting
in the election of Directors. In each case, any issuance of preferred stock with
voting rights may affect the voting rights of common stockholders.

Preferred Stock

  Under  both the  Charter  of the Bank and the  Articles  of the  Company,  the
respective  Boards of  Directors of the Bank and the Company are  authorized  to
issue  preferred  stock in series  and to fix the voting  powers,  designations,
preferences,  or  other  rights  of the  shares  of  each  such  series  and the
qualifications, limitations, and restrictions thereon. The issuance of preferred
stock by the Bank and by the  Company is subject to the  approval  of a majority
vote of the Board of Directors  of the Bank or the Company,  as the case may be.
The issuance of  preferred  stock by the Bank is also subject to approval by the
Commissioner  of  Banks.  Preferred  stock  issued  by  the  Company  after  the
Reorganization may rank prior to the Company Common Stock as to dividend rights,
or  liquidation  preferences,  or both,  may have full or limited  voting rights
(including  multiple  voting  rights and voting  rights as a class),  and may be
convertible  into  shares of Company  Common  Stock.  The Company has no present
plans or understandings for the issuance of any preferred stock.

Directors

  Number and Staggered  Terms.  The Charter and By-laws of the Bank provide that
the Board of  Directors  shall  consist  of not less than seven nor more than 25
members. The By-laws of the Company provide for the


                                       23


<PAGE>


number of Directors of the Company to be fixed from time to time by its Board of
Directors,  which number will not in any case be less than three,  unless at the
time there is an  Interested  Stockholder  in which case a majority  vote of the
Continuing Directors is also required to fix such number. The Board of Directors
of the Company will initially be composed of seven  Directors.  Both the Charter
of the Bank and the  Articles  of the  Company  provide  for  three  classes  of
Directors  with one class elected each year for three year staggered  terms,  so
that ordinarily no more than approximately one-third of the Directors will stand
for election in any one year and that there will be no cumulative  voting in the
election of Directors.

  Removal.  The Charter of the Bank and the Articles of the Company both provide
that Directors may be removed from office,  but only for cause, and then only by
the affirmative  vote of not less than eighty percent of the outstanding  shares
entitled to vote at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders.  The Articles of
the Company define cause to mean only the following: (i) conviction of a felony,
(ii) declaration of unsound mind by order of court,  (iii) gross  dereliction of
duty, (iv) commission of an act involving moral turpitude,  or (v) commission of
an action which constitutes intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law
if such action in either event results both in an improper  substantial personal
benefit and a material injury to the Company. The term "cause" is not defined in
the Charter of the Bank.

  Vacancies.  The By-laws of the Bank provide that any vacancy  occurring on the
Board of Directors caused by resignation, removal or death of a Director, may be
filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining  Directors  unless there is an
Interested  Stockholder in which case the affirmative  vote of a majority of the
Continuing  Directors  then in  office is  required.  Any  vacancy  caused by an
increase  in the size of the  Bank's  Board of  Directors  may be  filled by the
existing  Directors.  All Directors of the Bank elected to fill vacancies  shall
serve until the next election of Directors by the stockholders.  Similarly,  the
By-laws  of the  Company  provide  that any  vacancy  occurring  on the Board of
Directors of the Company,  including  vacancies resulting from an enlargement of
the Board,  shall be filled solely by the affirmative  vote of a majority of the
remaining Directors,  unless at the time there is an Interested  Stockholder (as
defined  below),  in  which  case  the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the
Continuing  Directors (as defined  below) is required.  In contrast to the Bank,
any Director of the Company so chosen would hold office for the remainder of the
term of the class of Directors to which the Director has been elected,  not just
until the next  annual  meeting of  stockholders.  The  Charter of the Bank also
provides that a maximum of two additional Directors may be elected in any fiscal
year by vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.  The Articles of the
Company has no such  limitation on the election of additional  Directors  during
any period by such action of the Directors then in office.  The term "Interested
Stockholder"  is defined in both the Charter of the Bank and the Articles of the
Company  to  mean  generally  any  beneficial  owner  of more  than  4.9% of the
outstanding  voting  stock or,  from and  after  February  7,  1998  (the  third
anniversary  of the Bank's  conversion  from mutual to stock  form),  10% of the
outstanding  stock of the Bank or the  Company,  as the case may be, and certain
assignees of such Interested  Stockholder.  The term  "Continuing  Directors" is
defined in both the Charter of the Bank and the  Articles of the Company to mean
generally  Directors and certain  successor  Directors who are not affiliates of
any Interested  Stockholder  and who were  Directors  prior to the time that any
Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder.

Meetings of Stockholders

  The Charter of the Bank provides that a special meeting of stockholders may be
called only by the  President  or by a majority of the total number of Directors
that the Bank would have if there were no vacancies (the "Whole  Board").  If at
the time of such call  there is an  Interested  Stockholder,  the call of such a
meeting shall also require the affirmative  vote of a majority of the Continuing
Directors  then in office.  The  Company's  Articles  similarly  provides that a
special  meeting of  stockholders  may be called only by the President,  or by a
majority of the Whole Board, provided that if at the time of any such call there
is an Interested Stockholder,  such call shall also require the affirmative vote
of a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office. The Bank's Charter and
the  Company's  Articles  also provide that only those  matters set forth in the
call of the special  meeting  may be  considered  or acted upon at such  special
meeting, unless otherwise provided by law.

                                       24

<PAGE>

  The  Bank's  By-laws  set  forth  certain  advance  notice  and  informational
requirements and time limitations on any Director nomination or any new business
which a  stockholder  wishes  to  propose  for  consideration  at a  meeting  of
stockholders.  Any such  nomination  or new  business,  to be  timely,  shall be
delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal  executive offices of the
Bank not less than 70 days nor more than 90 days prior to the first  anniversary
of the preceding year's annual meeting, provided that in the event that the date
of the annual  meeting is  advanced  by more than twenty days or delayed by more
than seventy days from such  anniversary  date,  notice by the stockholder to be
timely must be so  delivered  not earlier than the  ninetieth  day prior to such
annual  meeting  and not later  than the close of  business  on the later of the
seventieth  day prior to such annual  meeting or the tenth day following the day
on  which  public  announcement  of the  date of such  meeting  is  first  made.
Notwithstanding  the  above,  in the event that the  number of  directors  to be
elected  to  the  Board  of  Directors  is  increased  and  there  is no  public
announcement  naming all of the nominees for director or specifying  the size of
the increased  Board of Directors made by the Bank at least eighty days prior to
the first  anniversary of the preceding  year's annual meeting,  a stockholder's
notice would be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new
positions created by such increase, if delivered to the Clerk of the Bank at its
principal  executive  offices  not later than the close of business on the tenth
day  following the day on which such public  announcement  was first made by the
Bank.  Stockholder  proposals  that do not  satisfy  these  requirements  may be
rejected  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  The  By-laws  of the  Company  contain
substantially  the same  provisions  for Director  nominations  and new business
proposals by stockholders.

Stockholder Vote Required to Approve Certain Transactions

  Massachusetts law provides that certain agreements of merger or consolidation,
or the sale, lease or exchange of all or  substantially  all of the property and
assets, of a Massachusetts stock savings bank or corporation must be approved by
the  affirmative  vote of holders of  two-thirds  of the shares of each class of
stock outstanding and entitled to vote thereon or, if the charter or articles of
organization so provide,  the vote of a lesser  proportion,  but not less than a
majority.  Additionally,   Massachusetts  law  provides  that  no  vote  of  the
stockholders  of the surviving  Massachusetts  bank or  corporation is required,
unless its charter or articles of organization  otherwise provide,  to approve a
merger if (i) the  agreement  of merger does not amend in any respect the bank's
or the  corporation's  charter or articles of  organization,  (ii) the number of
shares of the surviving bank's or corporation's stock to be issued in the merger
does not  exceed 15% of the  shares of the same  class  outstanding  immediately
prior to the  effective  date of the merger and (iii) the issuance of authorized
but  unissued  stock  pursuant  to a merger  by vote of the  directors  has been
authorized  by the  by-laws  or a  vote  of the  stockholders.  A  Massachusetts
corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of stock
of another  corporation may merge such corporation into itself without a vote of
the stockholders.

  The Charter of the Bank  provides  that any Business  Combination  (as defined
below) involving the Bank and an Interested  Stockholder must be approved by the
holders of at least 80% of the  outstanding  shares of the Bank's  voting  stock
(the "Bank Voting  Requirement")  voting  together as a single  class.  The Bank
Voting Requirement does not apply and the affirmative vote of only a majority of
the Bank's voting stock is required, if (i) the Business Combination is approved
by an affirmative  vote of a majority of both the  Continuing  Directors and the
Board of  Directors or (ii) certain  "fair  price"  (defined  generally to mean,
among other things,  that the  consideration  to be received by  stockholders in
such  Business   Combination  shall  be  in  the  same  form  and  kind  as  the
consideration  paid by the Interested  Stockholder  for the Bank's capital stock
owned  by such  person  and  shall  be at  least  equal  to the  highest  of the
following:  (A) the highest per share price paid by such Interested  Stockholder
in acquiring any of its holdings of Bank Common Stock within the two year period
immediately  prior to the  first  public  announcement  of the  proposal  of the
Business  Combination (the  "Announcement  Date") or in the transaction  through
which such person became an Interested Stockholder;  (B) the highest Fair Market
Value (as defined in the  Charter)  per share of Bank  Common  Stock on any date
during the one-year period prior to and including the Announcement Date; and (C)
the price per share equal to (1) the Fair Market Value per share of common stock
on the  Announcement  Date or on the date on which  the  Interested  Stockholder
became an Interested Stockholder, multiplied by (2) a fraction (x) the numerator
of which is the highest per share price paid by the Interested  Stockholder  for
any share of Bank  Common  Stock  acquired  by it  within  the  two-year 


                                       25


<PAGE>

period  immediately  prior to and  including the  Announcement  Date and (y) the
denominator  of which is the Fair Market Value per share of Bank Common Stock on
the  first day in such  two-year  period  on which  the  Interested  Stockholder
acquired any shares of Bank Common Stock) and other criteria are met. As defined
in the Charter, a "Business  Combination"  includes,  among other things (i) any
merger or consolidation of the Bank with an Interested  Stockholder or affiliate
thereof, (ii) the sale, lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,  transfer or other
disposition  by the Bank of assets  having a fair market value of  $1,000,000 or
more to or with an Interested  Stockholder  or an affiliate  thereof,  (iii) the
purchase,   exchange,  lease  or  other  acquisition  by  the  Bank  of  all  or
substantially  all the  assets or  business  of any  Interested  Stockholder  or
affiliate  thereof,  (iv) the issuance or transfer by the Bank of any securities
of the Bank to an Interested  Stockholder  or any affiliate  thereof in exchange
for cash,  securities or other property (or a combination thereof) having a fair
market value of $1,000,000  or more,  (v) the adoption of a plan or proposal for
the  liquidation  or  dissolution  of the Bank  proposed  by or on  behalf of an
Interested Stockholder or an affiliate thereof and (vi) any transaction that has
the effect of increasing the proportionate share of any class of equity security
of the Bank  that is  beneficially  owned by an  Interested  Stockholder  or any
affiliate thereof.

  The Articles of the Company address business combinations involving Interested
Stockholders  in  substantially  the same  manner  as the  Bank's  Charter.  The
Articles further provide,  however, that an affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority  of the  voting  power  of the  then  outstanding  voting  stock of the
Company, voting together as a single class, may authorize any (i) sale, lease or
exchange  of all or  substantially  all of its assets or (ii)  consolidation  or
merger of the Company with or into any other  corporation  that would otherwise,
pursuant to Chapter 156B of the  Massachusetts  General  Laws,  have required an
affirmative  vote of the  holders  of  two-thirds  of the  voting  power  of the
Company's  then  outstanding  voting  stock voting  together as a single  class,
provided that, in either case, such  transaction has previously been approved by
a vote of a  majority  of the Board of  Directors  (and,  if at the time of such
action there is an Interested  Stockholder,  an additional vote of a majority of
the  Continuing  Directors).  This  additional  provision in the Articles of the
Company  facilitates  the  approval  by a majority  (rather  than the  statutory
two-thirds)  vote of  outstanding  shares of voting  stock of  certain  business
combinations that do not involve an Interested  Stockholder or affiliate thereof
and are approved by the Board of Directors.

Provisions Relating to Exercise of Business Judgment by Board of Directors

  The Charter of the Bank provides that its Board of Directors,  when evaluating
any tender or exchange  offer,  merger,  acquisition or similar offer of another
person,  shall in  connection  with the exercise of its judgment in  determining
what is in the  best  interests  of the  Bank  and its  stockholders,  give  due
consideration to all relevant factors including,  without limitation, the social
and economic  effects of acceptance  of such an offer on the Bank's  present and
future account holders, borrowers and employees, on the communities in which the
Bank  operates  or is located  and on the  ability  of the Bank to  fulfill  its
objectives  under  applicable  statutes  and  regulations.  The  Articles of the
Company contain a provision that is substantially the same.

Beneficial Ownership Limitation

  Both the  Charter  of the Bank  and the  Articles  of the  Company  contain  a
prohibition  against any person directly or indirectly  offering to acquire,  or
acquiring,  beneficial ownership (as defined in the Charter and the Articles) of
more than 4.9% of any class of outstanding  equity securities of the Bank or the
Company, as the case may be, prior to February 7, 1998 (the third anniversary of
the date of consummation of the Bank's conversion from mutual to stock form), or
directly or indirectly offering to acquire, or acquiring,  beneficial  ownership
of more than 10% of any class of  outstanding  equity  securities of the Bank or
the Company at any time from and after February 7, 1998. Both the Charter of the
Bank and the Articles of the Company  contain an exception from this  limitation
for any  offer to the Bank or the  Company  made by the  underwriters  acting on
behalf of the Bank or the Company in  connection  with a public  offering by the
Bank or the Company of its capital stock.  In addition,  the Charter of the Bank
provides an exception for any  acquisition  of shares of capital stock which has
been approved by an affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the votes of
each class of shares entitled to be cast by  stockholders at a duly  constituted
meeting  of  stockholders.  The  Articles  of the  


                                       26


<PAGE>

Company make this exception available upon the affirmative vote of not less than
two-thirds  of the  Board  of  Directors  then in  office  (or,  if  there is an
Interested  Shareholder at the time of such vote, then also the affirmative vote
of not less than  two-thirds of the Continuing  Directors  then in office).  The
Charter of the Bank also  contains an  exception  from this  limitation  for the
formation by the Bank of a holding company.

Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

  The By-laws of both the Bank and the Company  provide for the  indemnification
of  each  director,  officer,  employee  and  agent  against  all  expenses  and
liabilities  reasonably  incurred  by or imposed on him in  connection  with any
proceeding or threatened proceeding in which he may become involved by reason of
his being or having been a director or officer,  so long as such person acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best  interests of the Bank or the  Company,  as the case may be. The By-laws of
the  Company  further  provide  that  (a) if  the  Company  is  merged  into  or
consolidated  with  another  corporation  and the  Company is not the  surviving
corporation,   the  surviving   corporation  shall  assume  the  indemnification
obligations  of the Company under the By-laws with respect to any action,  suit,
proceeding  or  investigation  arising  out  of  or  relating  to  any  actions,
transactions  or facts  occurring  at or prior  to the  date of such  merger  or
consolidation;  (b) if the By-laws are invalidated on any ground by any court of
competent  jurisdiction,  the Company shall  nevertheless  indemnify and advance
expenses to each indemnitee as to any expenses (including  reasonable attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines, liabilities,  losses, and amounts paid in settlement in
connection with any action,  suit,  proceeding or investigation,  whether civil,
criminal  or  administrative,  including  an  action  by or in the  right of the
Company,  to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by any  applicable  portion of the
By-laws that have not been  invalidated  and to the fullest extent  permitted by
applicable  law; and (c) if the  Massachusetts  General  Laws are amended  after
adoption  of  the  Company's  By-laws  to  expand  further  the  indemnification
permitted to an indemnitee,  the Company shall indemnify all such persons to the
fullest extent permitted by the Massachusetts General Laws, as so amended.

  Insofar as  indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to  Directors,  officers,  or persons  controlling  the Company
pursuant to the foregoing provisions,  the Company has been informed that in the
opinion  of the SEC  such  indemnification,  in the  event  of any  such  actual
liability under the Securities Act, is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

  The Charter of the Bank provides  that its  directors  shall not be personally
liable  to the Bank or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for  breach of
fiduciary  duty as a director,  except for  liability  (i) for any breach of the
director's  duty of  loyalty to the Bank or its  stockholders,  (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) for any unlawful  distributions to stockholders or loans
to officers or directors,  or (iv) for any  transaction  from which the director
derived an improper  personal  benefit.  The  Articles  of the  Company  contain
provisions to substantially the same effect.

Amendment of Charter and Articles

  The Charter of the Bank and the  Articles of the Company  each provide that an
amendment  to either of the  respective  documents  must first be  approved by a
majority  of  the  Directors  of  the  Bank  or  the  Company  then  in  office,
respectively,  and thereafter by an affirmative  vote of at least eighty percent
(80%) of the voting  power of the then  outstanding  voting stock of the Bank or
the Company,  as the case may be (except that certain  provisions may be amended
by a majority vote of the stockholders).  In addition,  if, at any time within a
sixty-day period prior to the meeting of stockholders at which such amendment is
to be considered there is an Interested Stockholder,  the amendment must also be
approved by an affirmative  vote of a majority of the Continuing  Directors then
in office, prior to approval by the stockholders.

Amendment of By-laws

  The  Charter of the Bank and the  Articles  of the  Company  provide  that the
By-laws  may be  adopted  or  amended  either by the Board of  Directors  or the
stockholders of the Bank or the Company,  as the case may be. Such action by the
Board of Directors shall require the affirmative  vote of at least a majority of
the  Directors  


                                       27

<PAGE>

then in office at a duly constituted  meeting of the Board of Directors,  unless
at the time of such action there shall be an  Interested  Stockholder,  in which
case such action shall also require the affirmative  vote of at least a majority
of the Continuing  Directors then in office,  at such a meeting.  Such action by
the  stockholders of the Bank or the Company,  as the case may be, shall require
(i)  approval by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of its Board of  Directors
then in office at a duly constituted meeting of such Board of Directors,  unless
at the time of such action there shall be an  Interested  Stockholder,  in which
case such action shall also require the  affirmative  vote at such meeting of at
least a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in office, (ii) unless waived
by the  affirmative  vote  of such  Board  of  Directors  (and,  if  applicable,
Continuing Directors) specified in the preceding sentence, the submission by the
stockholders of written proposals for adopting,  altering, amending, changing or
repealing  the By-laws that comply in all respects  with the  provisions  of the
By-laws  governing such  submissions and (iii) the affirmative  vote of at least
80% of the  votes  eligible  to be cast by  stockholders  at a duly  constituted
meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose.

Legal Investments

  Under the laws of some jurisdictions, shares of Bank Common Stock may be legal
investments for certain institutions and fiduciaries,  whereas shares of Company
Common Stock may not be legal investments for such investors.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

  Chapter  110D  of  the  Massachusetts   General  Laws  covers  "control  share
acquisitions" affecting corporations  incorporated in Massachusetts that have at
least  200  stockholders  and  possess  certain  statutory  indicia   reflecting
additional  substantial  ties to  Massachusetts  (as  would be the case with the
Company).  Chapter  110D limits the voting  rights of shares held by persons who
have acquired 20% or more of the voting power of the target  corporation.  Under
this statute,  shares  acquired in a control share  acquisition  retain the same
voting rights as all other shares of the same class or series only to the extent
authorized  by a vote of the  majority  of all shares  entitled  to vote for the
election of directors,  excluding such acquired  shares.  A corporation  that is
otherwise  subject to Chapter  110D may  expressly  provide in its  articles  of
organization  or bylaws that the  statute  does not apply.  Chapter  110D by its
terms would apply to the Company, but not apply to the Bank. The Company has not
included  any "opt out"  provision  in either  the  Articles  or  By-laws of the
Company.

  Chapter 110F of the  Massachusetts  General Laws provides that if any acquirer
buys 5% or more of a target  company's  stock,  where the target  company has at
least 200  stockholders  and  possesses  certain  statutory  indicia  reflecting
substantial  ties or nexus to  Massachusetts,  without the prior approval of the
target  company's  board of directors,  such  acquirer  generally may not, for a
period of three  years,  (i)  complete  the  acquisition  of the target  company
through a merger,  (ii) pledge or sell any assets of the target company or (iii)
engage in other  self-dealing  transactions  with the target company.  The prior
board of directors  approval  requirement does not apply if the acquirer buys at
least 90% of the target company's  outstanding stock in the transaction in which
it crosses the 5% threshold or if the acquirer,  after  crossing the  threshold,
obtains the approval of the target  company's  board of directors and two-thirds
of the  target  company's  stock  held by persons  other  than the  acquirer.  A
corporation  that would  otherwise  be covered  by  Chapter  110F may  expressly
provide in its articles of organization that the statute does not apply. Chapter
110F by its terms  would  apply to both the Bank and the  Company.  Neither  the
Charter of the Bank nor the Articles of the Company  contains any such "opt out"
provision.

  The foregoing does not purport to be a complete description of the differences
between  the  statutory  and other  rights of  stockholders  of the Bank and the
Company.  Such differences can be determined more completely by reference to the
Massachusetts  Business Corporation Law and various applicable banking laws, the
Company's Articles and By-laws and the Bank's Charter and By-laws.


                                       28

<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

  The following tables set forth (i) the consolidated capitalization of the Bank
at December 31, 1995; (ii) the pro forma consolidated capitalization of the Bank
as of  December  31,  1995  after  giving  effect to the  Reorganization  (which
reflects  the  transfer of  $250,000  from the Bank's  retained  earnings to the
Company),   and  (iii)  the  pro  forma  capitalization  of  the  Company  on  a
consolidated  basis after  giving  effect to the  Reorganization.  The pro forma
consolidated  capitalization  of the  Company as of  December  31,  1995 will be
substantially  the same (with certain  differences  resulting from the Company's
lower par value on its capital stock) as the consolidated  capitalization of the
Bank as of that date.  This pro forma  capitalization  of the Company assumes no
exercise of dissenters'  appraisal rights.  The pro forma  capitalization of the
Bank,  however,  is changed as a result of the $250,000 proposed transfer by the
Bank to the Company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            As of December 31, 1995
                                                                           ----------------------------
                                                                               Bank         Bank
                                                                              (Actual    (Pro Forma
                                                                           Consolidated) Consolidated)
                                                                           ------------- --------------
                                                                            (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                                           <C>         <C>    

Deposits..................................................................     $885,386    $885,386
Federal Home Loan Bank advances...........................................       41,500      41,500
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase............................       31,101      31,101
Loans payable.............................................................        5,470       5,470
Mortgagors' escrow deposits...............................................        4,193       4,193
                                                                           ------------- --------------
    Total Deposits and borrowings.........................................     $967,650    $967,650
Stockholder's equity:
  Preferred stock ($1.00 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none 
   issued and outstanding)................................................     $      -    $      -
  Common stock ($1.00 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; 5,710,700
   shares issued and outstanding).........................................     $  5,710    $  5,710
  Unearned Compensation...................................................       (4,937)     (4,937)
  Additional paid-in capital..............................................       35,887      35,887
  Retained earnings.......................................................       43,083      42,833 (1)
  Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available for sale......        1,726       1,726
                                                                           ------------- --------------
    Total stockholders' equity............................................      $81,469     $81,219

- ------
<FN>

(1) Reflects transfer of $250,000 from the Bank's retained earnings to the
    Company.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       29

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               As of December 31, 1995
                                                                               -----------------------
                                                                                     Company
                                                                                    (Pro Forma
                                                                                  Consolidated)
                                                                               -----------------------
                                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                                                     <C>   

Deposits......................................................................            $885,386
Federal Home Loan Bank advances...............................................              41,500
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase................................              31,101
Loans payable.................................................................               5,470
Mortgagors' escrow deposits...................................................               4,193
                                                                                         ---------
    Total Deposits and borrowings.............................................            $967,650
Stockholder's equity:
  Preferred stock ($0.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and
   outstanding)................................................................           $      -
  Common stock ($0.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; 5,710,700 shares
   issued and outstanding).....................................................           $     57(2)
  Unearned Compensation.......................................................              (4,937)
  Additional paid-in capital..................................................              41,540 (2)
  Retained earnings...........................................................              43,083
  Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available for sale..........               1,726
                                                                                          --------
    Total stockholders' equity....................................................        $ 81,469
- ------
<FN>

(2) Reflect  the change from $1 par value  common  stock of the Bank to $.01 par
    value common stock of the Company.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                         MARKET FOR STOCK AND DIVIDENDS

  On   February   7,  1995,   the  Bank   completed   its   conversion   from  a
Massachusetts-chartered savings bank in mutual form to a Massachusetts-chartered
savings bank in stock form by the sale of 5,562,500  shares of Common Stock, par
value $1.00 per share, at a price of $8.00 per share.  Since its issuance,  Bank
Common Stock has been quoted on the NASDAQ System under the symbol "SISB." Since
February  8, 1995,  Bank  Common  Stock has been  traded on the NASDAQ  National
Market System.

  An  application  is being filed to  substitute  Company  Common Stock for Bank
Common  Stock on the  NASDAQ  National  Market  System  upon  completion  of the
Reorganization under the symbol "SISB".

  The following  table sets forth the high and low closing  prices per share for
the calendar quarters indicated for Bank Common Stock on the NASDAQ System based
upon  information  provided by NASDAQ.  There is no  assurance  that  trading in
Company  Common  Stock will be at prices  similar to those at which Bank  Common
Stock has been traded.

                                                 Bank Common
                                                    Stock
                                            ------------------
                                             High        Low
                                            ------       ----
1995 1st Quarter (from February 8, 1995)... $11 1/16   $ 9 5/8
2nd Quarter................................ $13 1/16   $10 7/8
3rd Quarter................................ $16        $12 7/8
4th Quarter................................ $17 1/8    $14 5/8
1996 1st Quarter (through March 13, 1996).. $18 3/4    $16 1/4


                                       30

<PAGE>

  On January 30, 1996,  the last full trading day prior to the  execution of the
Plan of  Reorganization,  the closing sale price of Bank Common Stock was $173/4
On March 13, 1996, the closing sale price of Bank Common Stock was $167/8.

  As of the Record Date, the Bank had approximately 1,213 stockholders of record
who held  5,718,200  outstanding  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock.  This does not
reflect  the number or persons or entities  who held their Bank Common  Stock in
nominee or "street" name through various brokerage firms.

  To date,  the Bank has not paid any dividends on the Bank Common Stock.  While
the Bank does not anticipate  paying any cash dividends on the Bank Common Stock
in the near  future,  the  Board of  Directors  will be  periodically  reviewing
whether any cash dividend should be paid.

                      DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK

General

  Under the Articles of the Company,  the Company is  authorized  to issue up to
25,000,000  shares  of  common  stock,  par value  $0.01  per  share,  and up to
5,000,000  shares of preferred  stock,  par value $0.01 per share.  No shares of
Company Common Stock are currently issued and outstanding.  Pursuant to the Plan
of  Reorganization,  the  Company is deemed to have  agreed to  reserve  623,050
shares of Company  Common Stock in the aggregate for future  issuance  under the
Stock  Option  Plans and the  Restricted  Stock  Plans,  subject  to any  future
amendments to the Stock Option Plans and/or the Restricted  Stock Plans that may
increase  the number of shares of Company  Common Stock that may be issued under
said plans. The Plan of  Reorganization  provides that upon  consummation of the
Reorganization,  the Stock  Option  Plans and the  Restricted  Stock  Plans will
become the  director  and  employee  stock  option  plans and the  director  and
management  restricted  stock plans of the Company,  and as a result thereof the
Company shall assume all of the Bank's  obligations under the Stock Option Plans
and the  Restricted  Stock  Plans in  accordance  with the  terms  thereof.  See
"Comparison of Stockholder  Rights" for a discussion of the rights of holders of
Company Common Stock as compared to the rights of holders of Bank Common Stock.

Common Stock

  Voting Rights.  Stockholders are entitled to one vote per share on any matters
subject to  stockholder  approval,  including  the  election of  Directors.  The
Articles of the Company do not provide for cumulative  voting in connection with
the election of Directors,  and  therefore  holders of a majority of the Company
Common Stock will be able to elect all of the Directors standing for election in
each year, subject to the rights of the holders of shares of preferred stock, if
and when issued.  The By-laws of the Company  provide,  subject to the rights of
the holders of shares of preferred stock, if and when issued, that the number of
Directors  shall be fixed by the Board of  Directors,  which number shall not in
any  case  be less  than  three,  unless  at the  time  there  is an  Interested
Stockholder,  in which case a majority vote of the Continuing  Directors then in
office is also required to fix such number of Directors.  The terms  "Interested
Stockholder"  and  "Continuing  Directors"  are  defined in the  Articles.  Each
Director will serve for a term of three years, with  approximately  one-third of
the Directors being elected annually on a staggered basis.

 Pre-emptive Rights.  Holders of Company Common Stock have no pre-emptive rights
as to the purchase of any shares issued in the future.  Therefore,  the Board of
Directors may sell shares of capital  stock  without first  offering them to the
then stockholders of the Company.

  Assessability.    Under   Massachusetts   law,   Company   Common   Stock   is
non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

  The  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  is  authorized  to issue  shares of
preferred  stock  in  series  and  to  fix  the  voting  powers,   designations,
preferences, or other special rights of the shares of each such series and the


                                       31


<PAGE>

qualifications,  limitations,  and  restrictions  thereon.  Such preferred stock
issued by the Company after the  Reorganization may rank prior to Company Common
Stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preferences,  or both, may have full or
limited  voting  rights,  and may be  convertible  into shares of Company Common
Stock.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

  The transfer  agent and registrar  for Company  Common Stock shall be Chemical
Bank.

Changes in Control

  Articles and By-Laws.  A number of provisions  of the  Company's  Articles and
By-laws  deal  with  matters  of   corporate   governance   and  the  rights  of
stockholders.  Certain  provisions  of the  Articles  and By-laws of the Company
relating to stock  ownership and  transfer,  the Board of Directors and business
combinations may be deemed to have an "anti-takeover" effect, and may discourage
takeover attempts not first approved by the Directors (including takeovers which
certain  stockholders  might deem to be in their  interests).  These provisions,
like the comparable  provisions in the Charter of the Bank,  affect  stockholder
rights and should be given careful attention. Although the Board of Directors of
the Company is not aware of any effort that might be made to gain control of the
Company  after the  Reorganization,  the Board of Directors  believes that these
provisions  are  appropriate  to protect  the  interests  of the Company and its
stockholders from hostile  takeovers that the Board of Directors  believes would
not be in the best  interests  of the  Company  and all of its  stockholders.  A
general  summary of certain of these  provisions  can be found under the heading
"Comparison of Stockholder  Rights." That description is necessarily general and
reference  should  be made  in each  case to the  Articles  and  By-laws  of the
Company,  copies of which are  attached  to this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  as
Appendix C.

  Massachusetts  Law: Chapters 110D and 110F of the Massachusetts  General Laws,
which  are  summarized  above  under  the  caption  "Comparison  of  Stockholder
Rights-Anti-takeover  Provisions",  provide certain  statutory  limitations,  in
addition to those contained in the Company's Articles and By-laws,  on offers to
acquire and  acquisitions  of certain  threshold  percentages of the outstanding
voting stock of the Company under  circumstances in which such transactions have
not been previously approved by the Company's Board of Directors.

  Federal  Law.  The Change in Bank  Control  Act, as amended,  and  regulations
adopted  thereunder by the Federal Reserve Board generally  requires persons who
at any time intend to acquire control, directly or indirectly, of the Company to
give 60 days' prior written notice to the Federal  Reserve Board.  "Control" for
the purpose of the Change in Bank Control Act and related  Federal Reserve Board
regulations exists in situations in which the acquiring party has voting control
of at least 25% of any  class of the  Company's  voting  stock,  control  in any
manner over the election of a majority of the  Company's  directors or the power
to direct the  management  or policies of the Company.  "Control" is presumed to
exist where the acquiring  party will acquire  voting  control of 10% or more of
any class of the Company's voting stock if (i) the class of voting securities is
registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act or (ii) no other person will own
a greater percentage of that voting stock immediately after the transaction. The
Company  Common Stock will be  registered  under  Section 12 of the Exchange Act
following  the  Reorganization.  The Change in Bank  Control Act and  underlying
regulations  authorize  the  Federal  Reserve  Board to  disapprove  a  proposed
acquisition of control on certain specified grounds.  Acquisitions of control of
the Company that would be subject to the prior  approval of the Federal  Reserve
Board under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHCA"), which
are  described  in the  following  paragraph,  are not also subject to the prior
notice requirements of the Change in Bank Control Act.

  The BHCA and  regulations  adopted  thereunder  require prior Federal  Reserve
Board  approval  before any Company or other  entity may acquire  control of the
Company. "Control" for this purpose involves ownership, control or possession of
power to vote or proxies  with respect to 25% or more of any class of the voting
stock of the Company, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the
directors of the Company or a determination by the Federal Reserve Board,  after
a hearing,  that the person or entity exercises a controlling influence over the
management  or  policies of the  Company.  In the latter  instance,  the Federal
Reserve Board  

                                       32


<PAGE>

presumes  that  acquisition  of 5% or more of the voting stock of a bank holding
company constitutes  acquisition of control,  absent other  considerations,  and
therefore is likely to require prior Federal Reserve Board approval.

  The  Exchange  Act  requires  that a purchaser  of any class of the  Company's
securities  registered  under the  Exchange  Act notify the SEC and the  Company
within ten days after its purchases  exceed 5% of the outstanding  shares of the
security.  This  statement  must  disclose  the  background  and identity of the
purchaser, the source and amount of funds for the purchase, the number of shares
owned and,  if the  purpose  of the  transaction  is to  acquire  control of the
Company,  any plans to  materially  alter the  Company's  business or  corporate
structure.  In  addition,  any tender offer to acquire  Company  Common Stock is
subject to the limitations and disclosure requirements of the Exchange Act.

  For further  information on certain of these  matters,  see  "Regulation"  and
"Proposal One-Formation of Holding Company-Comparison of Stockholder Rights."

                            BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

General

  The  Company  is a  business  corporation  organized  under  the  laws  of The
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  on January  18,  1996.  The only  office of the
Company,  and its principal place of business,  is located at the main office of
the Bank at 1441 Main Street, Springfield, Massachusetts 01102 and its telephone
number is (413) 748-8000.

  The Company was organized for the sole purpose of becoming the holding company
of the Bank. Upon completion of the holding company formation,  the Bank will be
a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the Company,  which will  thereby  become a bank
holding company under federal law. Each stockholder of the Bank, upon completion
of the  holding  company  formation,  will become a  stockholder  of the Company
without  change  in the  number  of  shares  owned  or in  respective  ownership
percentages, subject to dissenters' appraisal rights.

  The Company has not yet  undertaken  any business  activities and there are no
operating business activities currently proposed for the Company. In the future,
following  the  consummation  of the  Reorganization,  the Company may become an
operating  company  or  acquire  commercial  banks  or  thrift  institutions  or
companies engaged in bank-related activities. There are no current agreements or
understandings  with respect to any  acquisition  and no assurance  can be given
that any such  acquisitions  will occur.  Upon formation of the holding company,
the Company  will own all of the  outstanding  Bank  Common  Stock and will have
received a transfer of  approximately  $250,000 in funds from the Bank.  Pending
use of these funds for other corporate  purposes,  the Company intends to invest
these  funds  in U.S.  government  securities  or other  short-term  investments
permitted  by law.  See  "Proposal  One-Formation  of Holding  Company-Financial
Resources of the Company." The Company may enter into a management agreement for
the purpose of rendering  certain  services to the Bank after  completion of the
holding company formation.  No proposal and no terms of any agreement,  however,
have been considered.

Property

  Initially,  the  Company  will  neither  own nor  lease  any real or  personal
property.  Instead,  the Company intends to utilize the premises,  equipment and
furniture of the Bank without the direct payment of any rental fees to the Bank.

Competition

  It is expected  that for the near  future the primary  business of the Company
will be the ongoing business of the Bank. Therefore,  the competitive conditions
to be faced by the Company will be the same as those faced by


                                       33

<PAGE>

the Bank. In addition, many banks and financial institutions have formed holding
companies or may form holding  companies in the future.  It is likely that these
holding companies will attempt to acquire commercial banks,  thrift institutions
or companies engaged in bank-related activities.  The Company,  therefore,  will
face  competition  in  undertaking  any  such   acquisitions  and  in  operating
subsequent to any such acquisitions.

Employees

  At the present  time,  the Company does not intend to employ any persons other
than its  management.  See  "Management  of the  Company."  It will  utilize the
support  staff of the Bank from time to time  without  the  payment of any fees,
except to the  extent as may be  required  by  applicable  law.  If the  Company
acquires other financial institutions or pursues other lines of business, it may
at such time hire additional employees.

                                   REGULATION

Holding Company Regulation

  General.  Upon consummation of the  Reorganization,  the Company,  as the sole
shareholder of the Bank, will become a bank holding company and will register as
such with the Federal  Reserve  Board.  Bank  holding  companies  are subject to
comprehensive  regulation  by the Federal  Reserve  Board under the BHCA and the
regulations of the Federal Reserve Board. As a bank holding company, the Company
will be required to file with the Federal  Reserve Board annual reports and such
additional  information  as the  Federal  Reserve  Board may require and will be
subject to regular  examinations  by the  Federal  Reserve  Board.  The  Federal
Reserve  Board  also has  extensive  enforcement  authority  over  bank  holding
companies,  including,  among other  things,  the ability to assess  civil money
penalties  to issue  cease and  desist or removal  orders and to require  that a
holding  company  divest  subsidiaries  (including  its bank  subsidiaries).  In
general,  enforcement  actions  may be  initiated  for  violations  of  law  and
regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.

  Under the BHCA,  a bank  holding  company must obtain  Federal  Reserve  Board
approval before: (1) acquiring, directly or indirectly,  ownership or control of
any  voting  shares of  another  bank or bank  holding  company  if,  after such
acquisition,  it would own or  control  more than 5% of such  shares  (unless it
already owns or controls  the majority of such  shares);  (2)  acquiring  all or
substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company;  or (3)
merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.

  The BHCA also prohibits a bank holding company, with certain exceptions,  from
acquiring direct or indirect  ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting
shares  of any  company  which is not a bank or bank  holding  company,  or from
engaging  directly  or  indirectly  in  activities  other than those of banking,
managing or controlling banks, or providing  services for its subsidiaries.  The
principal  exceptions to these prohibitions  involve certain non-bank activities
which,  by statute or by Federal  Reserve Board  regulation or order,  have been
identified as activities  closely related to the business of banking or managing
or controlling  banks.  The list of activities  permitted by the Federal Reserve
Board includes,  among other things,  operating a savings institution,  mortgage
company,  finance company, credit card company or factoring company,  performing
certain data processing  operations,  providing certain investment and financial
advice;  underwriting  and acting as an  insurance  agent for  certain  types of
credit-related  insurance;  leasing  property  on a  full-payout,  non-operating
basis; selling money orders,  travelers' checks and United States Savings Bonds;
real  estate and  personal  property  appraising;  providing  tax  planning  and
preparation services; and, subject to certain limitations,  providing securities
brokerage  services for customers.  The Holding  Company has no present plans to
engage in any of these activities.

  Dividends.  The Federal  Reserve  Board has issued a policy  statement  on the
payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal
Reserve  Board's view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only
to the extent that the  company's  net income for the past year is sufficient to
cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earning retention that is consistent
with the company's capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.
The Federal Reserve Board also indicated that it would be inappropriate

                                       34


<PAGE>

for a company  experiencing  serious  financial  problems to borrow funds to pay
dividends.  Furthermore,  under the prompt corrective action regulations adopted
by the Federal  Reserve Board pursuant to FDICIA,  the Federal Reserve Board may
prohibit a bank  holding  company  from  paying  any  dividends  if the  holding
company's bank subsidiary is classified as "undercapitalized."

  Bank holding  companies  are required to give the Federal  Reserve Board prior
written  notice  of  any  purchase  or  redemption  of  its  outstanding  equity
securities  if the gross  consideration  of the  purchase  or  redemption,  when
combined with the net  consideration  paid for all such purchases or redemptions
during the  preceding 12 months,  is equal to 10% or more of their  consolidated
net  worth.  The  Federal  Reserve  Board  may  disapprove  such a  purchase  or
redemption  of it  determines  that the proposal  would  constitute an unsafe or
unsound  practice or would violate any law,  regulation,  Federal  Reserve Board
order,  or any  condition  imposed by, or written  agreement  with,  the Federal
Reserve  Board.  This prior  notice  requirement  does not apply to bank holding
companies that are "well  capitalized"  in accordance  with  applicable  Federal
Reserve  Board  regulations,  have  received  a "1" or "2"  rating in their most
recent examination and that have no unresolved regulatory issues.

  Capital  Requirements.  The  Federal  Reserve  Board has  established  capital
requirements  for bank holding  companies  that  generally  parallel the capital
requirements  applicable  to state  non-member  banks,  such as the Bank,  under
regulations  promulgated  by the FDIC. If the Federal  Reserve  Board's  capital
guidelines  were  applied  to the  Company,  assuming  the  consummation  of the
Reorganization, the Company's levels of consolidated regulatory capital on a pro
forma basis as of December  31, 1995 would  exceed the Federal  Reserve  Board's
minimum requirements, as follows:

                                                 Amount    Percent (1)
                                                -------    -----------
                                                    (Dollars in
                                                     Thousands)
Tier 1 Leverage Capital........................ $79,197       7.57%
Minimum Tier 1 (leverage) requirement.......... $52,301       5.00%
Excess......................................... $26,896       2.57%

Tier 1 Risk-based Capital...................... $79,197      12.52%
Minimum Tier 1 (risk-based) requirement........ $37,941       6.00%
Excess......................................... $41,256       6.52%

Total Risk-based capital....................... $87,045      13.77%
Minimum total risk-based capital requirement... $63,235      10.00%
Excess......................................... $23,810       3.77%
- ------
(1) The "minimum"  capital ratios shown are those required for an institution to
    qualify as "well capitalized".

  The Company would be deemed to be "well  capitalized" under applicable Federal
Reserve Board regulations on the basis of the capital measures set forth above.

Other Regulatory Considerations

  Banks,  thrifts and bank holding companies are subject to extensive government
regulation  through Federal and state statutes and regulations which are subject
to changes that may have  significant  impact on the way in which such  entities
may conduct  business.  The likelihood and potential effects of any such changes
cannot be  predicted.  Legislation  enacted  in recent  years has  substantially
increased the level of competition among commercial banks,  thrift  institutions
and nonbanking  institutions,  including insurance  companies,  brokerage firms,
mutual funds,  investment banks and major retailers.  In addition, the enactment
of recent  banking  legislation  such as FDICIA and the  Riegle-Neal  Interstate
Banking  and  Branching  Efficiency  Act of 1994  (the  "Interstate  Act")  have
affected the banking industry by, among other things,  broadening the regulatory
powers of the federal  banking  agencies in a number of areas and enabling banks
and bank  holding  companies  to expand  the  geographic  area in which they may
provide banking services.  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by
the text of the relevant statutes and regulations.


                                       35


<PAGE>

  Interstate  Banking  Legislation.  On September  29, 1994 the  Interstate  Act
became law. Under the new law,  different types of interstate  transactions  and
activities will be permitted,  each with different  effective dates.  Interstate
transactions  and  activities  provided for under the new law include:  (i) bank
holding  company  acquisitions  of separately held banks in a state other than a
bank holding  company's  home state;  (ii) mergers  between  insured  banks with
different home states,  including  consolidations  of affiliated  insured banks;
(iii)  establishment  of  interstate  branches  either  de  novo  or  by  branch
acquisition;  and (iv)  affiliated  banks  acting as agents for one  another for
certain banking functions without regard to state law prohibitions on interstate
branching  or  unauthorized  banking.  In general,  nationwide  interstate  bank
acquisitions   became   permissible  one  year  after  the  date  of  enactment,
irrespective of state law limitations. Interstate mergers will be permissible on
July 1, 1997, unless a state either passes  legislation  either to prevent or to
permit the earlier  occurrence  of  interstate  mergers.  States may at any time
enact  legislation  permitting  interstate de novo  branching.  Banks may act as
agents for affiliated  depository  institutions  beginning within one year after
enactment.  Each of the  transactions  and  activities  must be  approved by the
appropriate  federal  bank  regulator,   with  separate  and  specific  criteria
established for each category.

  Once  the  applicable  effective  date  has  occurred  (and,  in the  case  of
interstate  mergers  and de novo  branching,  subject  to  applicable  state law
"opt-out" or "opt-in"  provisions),  the appropriate  federal bank regulator may
approve the respective interstate transactions only if certain criteria are met.
First,  in order for a banking  institution (a bank or bank holding  company) to
receive  approval  for  an  interstate  transaction,   it  must  be  "adequately
capitalized" and "adequately  managed." The phrase  "adequately  capitalized" is
generally  defined as meeting or exceeding  all  applicable  federal  regulatory
capital  standards,  while the phrase  "adequately  managed" is left  undefined.
Second, the appropriate federal bank regulator must consider the applicant's and
its affiliated  institutions'  records under the CRA, as well as the applicant's
record under applicable state community reinvestment laws.

  The new law applies deposit  "concentration  limits" to interstate acquisition
and merger  transactions.  Specifically,  a banking  institution may not receive
federal approval for interstate expansion if it and its affiliates would control
(i) more than 10% of the deposits held by all insured depository institutions in
the United States, or (ii) 30% or more of the deposits of all insured depository
institutions  in any  state  in which  the  banks or  branches  involved  in the
transactions (or any affiliated depository  institution) overlap. States may, by
statute, regulation or order, raise or lower the 30% limit. In addition, the new
law preempts certain existing state law restrictions on interstate banking (such
as regional  compacts and  reciprocity  requirements),  effective one year after
enactment.  However,  in order to receive  federal  approval  for an  interstate
merger or de novo  branching  transaction,  an applicant  still also must comply
with any non-discriminatory host state filing and other requirements.

 FDICIA

  FDICIA,  which was enacted on December 19,  1991,  provides  for,  among other
things,  increased  funding for the Bank  Insurance Fund ("BIF") of the FDIC and
expanded regulation of depository  institutions and their affiliates,  including
parent  holding  companies.  A summary of certain  provisions  of FDICIA and its
implementing regulations is provided below.

  Risk  Based  Deposit  Insurance  Assessments.  A  significant  portion  of the
additional  funding  to the BIF is in the form of  borrowings  to be  repaid  by
insurance  premiums assessed on BIF members.  FDICIA also provides authority for
special  assessments  against  insured  deposits  and for the  development  of a
general risk-based assessment system.

  As of January  1,  1996,  the FDIC has set  assessment  rates for  BIF-insured
institutions ranging from 0.00% to 0.27% of deposits (subject to payment by each
institution of an annual  statutory  minimum amount of $2,000),  based on a risk
assessment of the institution.

                                       36


<PAGE>

  Each financial  institution  is assigned to one of three capital  groups-"well
capitalized",   "adequately  capitalized"  or   "undercapitalized"-and   further
assigned to one of three  subgroups  within each capital group,  on the basis of
supervisory  evaluations,  the  institution's  financial  condition and the risk
posed to the applicable  insurance fund. A well  capitalized  institution is one
that has a total  risk-based  capital  ratio of 10% or more, a Tier 1 risk-based
capital ratio of 6% or more,  and a leverage  ratio of 5% or more. An adequately
capitalized  institution has a total  risk-based  capital ratio of 8% or more, a
Tier 1 risk-based  capital  ratio of 4% or more,  and a leverage  ratio of 4% or
more, but does not qualify as a well-capitalized institution.

  An  undercapitalized  institution  is one that  does not  meet  either  of the
foregoing  definitions.  The actual  assessment  rate applicable to a particular
institution,  therefore, depends in part upon the risk assessment classification
so assigned to the  institution  by the FDIC. As of December 31, 1995,  the Bank
was classified as "well capitalized" under these provisions.

  Prompt Corrective  Actions.  FDICIA also provides the federal banking agencies
with  broad  powers to take  prompt  corrective  action to resolve  problems  of
insured depository institutions, depending upon a particular institution's level
of capital.  FDICIA establishes five tiers of capital measurement for regulatory
purposes ranging from "well capitalized" to "critically undercapitalized." Under
prompt corrective action regulations  adopted by the federal banking agencies in
December 1992, a depository  institution is (a) "well  capitalized"  if it has a
total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or more, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
of 6% or more, a leverage  ratio of 5% or more and is not subject to any written
agreement,  order or capital  directive or prompt  corrective  action  directive
issued by the primary regulator to meet and maintain a specific capital measure;
(b)  "adequately  capitalized"  if it is not  well  capitalized  and has a total
risk-based  capital ratio of 8% or more, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4%
or more  and a  leverage  ratio  of 4% or more  (3% or more if the bank is rated
composite 1 under the CAMEL rating system in its most recent  examination and is
not experiencing or anticipating  significant growth); (c) "undercapitalized" if
it has a  total  risk-based  capital  ratio  that  is  less  than  8%,  a Tier 1
risk-based  capital ratio that is less than 4% or a leverage  ratio that is less
than 4% (less than 3% if the bank is rated  composite  1 under the CAMEL  rating
system in its most recent  examination  and is not  experiencing or anticipating
significant  growth);  (d)  "significantly  undercapitalized"  if the bank has a
total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital
ratio  that is less than 3% or a  leverage  ratio  that is less than 3%; and (e)
"critically  undercapitalized"  if the  depository  institution  has a ratio  of
tangible  equity to total  assets that is equal to or less than 2%. A depository
institution may be deemed to be in a capitalization  category that is lower than
is indicated by its actual  capital  position  under certain  circumstances.  At
December 31, 1995, the Bank had capital ratios sufficient to be characterized as
"well capitalized" under the prompt corrective action regulations.

  Undercapitalized and significantly  undercapitalized  depository  institutions
must submit  capital  restoration  plans to their  federal  regulator and may be
subject to a number of requirements and  restrictions,  including orders to sell
sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce
total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from  correspondent  banks. In
addition,   significantly  undercapitalized  depository  institutions  also  are
prohibited from awarding bonuses or increasing  compensation of senior executive
officers   until   approval   of  a   capital   restoration   plan.   Critically
undercapitalized  depository  institutions  are  subject  to  appointment  of  a
receiver or conservator.

  Brokered Deposits and Pass-Through Deposit Insurance Limitations.  FDICIA also
imposed limits on depository  institutions,  except well capitalized  depository
institutions,   accepting,   renewing  or  rolling  over  brokered  deposits.  A
depository  institution that is adequately  capitalized may not accept, renew or
roll  over  any  brokered  deposit  unless  it  obtains  a  waiver  of  FDICIA's
limitations  from  the  FDIC.  Even  if an  adequately  capitalized  institution
receives  such a waiver,  it may offer yields on brokered  deposits  only within
specified  limits.  An  undercapitalized  depository  institution may not accept
brokered   deposits.   The  definitions  of  "well   capitalized",   "adequately
capitalized"  and  "undercapitalized"   generally  conform  to  the  definitions
described above for prompt corrective action.

                                       37


<PAGE>

  In  addition,  "pass-through"  insurance  coverage  may not be  available  for
certain  employee  benefit  accounts and eligible  deferred  compensation  plans
maintained by depository institutions that cannot accept brokered deposits.

  Safety and  Soundness  Guidelines.  FDICIA also  required the federal  banking
agencies to develop  regulations  for all insured  depository  institutions  and
depository  institutions  holding companies  prescribing  standards  relating to
internal  controls,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest  rate
exposure, asset growth, compensation,  and such other operational and managerial
standards as the banking agencies deem  appropriate.  The Community  Development
and  Regulatory  Improvement  Act of 1994 amended FDICIA by allowing the federal
banking agencies to publish guidelines rather than regulations concerning safety
and soundness.

  In August,  1995, the federal banking agencies issued guidelines  establishing
standards for safety and soundness.  These interagency  guidelines relate to the
management policies of financial  institutions and are designed to implement the
safety and  soundness  criteria  outlined  in FDICIA.  If the  relevant  federal
banking  agency  determines  that an  institution  fails  to meet  any  standard
established  by such  guidelines,  such agency may require  the  institution  to
submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.
If an institution  fails to submit an acceptable plan within the time allowed by
the  relevant  agency or fails to implement  an accepted  plan,  the agency must
require the  institution to correct the deficiency and, until the deficiency has
been corrected,  the agency may, and in some cases must, take other  supervisory
actions.  Action taken by a federal banking agency under these guidelines may be
taken  independently  of,  in  conjunction  with,  or in  addition  to any other
enforcement  action available to such agency. At this time,  management does not
believe that the safety and soundness  guidelines  will have any material effect
on the current practices of the Bank.

  FDICIA also contains a variety of other  provisions that may affect the Bank's
respective operations,  including reporting requirements,  regulatory guidelines
for real estate lending,  "truth in savings"  provisions,  and the  requirements
that a  depository  institution  give 90 days'  prior  notice to  customers  and
regulatory  authorities before closing any branch.  Certain of the provisions in
FDICIA  have  recently  been or will be  implemented  through  the  adoption  of
regulations  by the various  federal  banking  agencies  and,  therefore,  their
precise impact cannot be addressed at this time.

  The  federal  banking  agencies  continue to  indicate  their  desire to raise
capital requirements applicable to banking organizations, and have amended their
risk-based   capital   regulations   to  provide  for  the   consideration   of,
concentration of credit rate risk and non-traditional  banking activities in the
determination  of a bank's  minimum  capital  requirements.  The  amendments are
intended to require  that banks  effectively  measure and monitor  these  credit
risks and that they maintain  capital  adequate for that risk.  The federal bank
regulators  intend to  consider  these  risks when  assessing  a bank's  capital
adequacy,  and the new  regulations  may require  banks to  maintain  additional
capital beyond that otherwise required.

  Failure to meet the minimum  regulatory  capital  requirements could subject a
banking  institution to a variety of enforcement  remedies available for federal
regulatory  authorities,  including the termination of deposit  insurance by the
FDIC and seizure of the institution.

 CRA Regulations

  The federal bank  regulatory  agencies have jointly  issued  amendments to the
regulations  implementing  the CRA that  substantially  revises  the current CRA
framework  effective  July 1,  1995.  They  rely  more  than  the  previous  CRA
regulations  upon objective  criteria of the performance of  institutions  under
three key  assessment  tests:  a lending  test, a service test and an investment
test.

  At this time it is not known what effect this amendment to the CRA regulations
will have upon the current practices of the Bank.

Federal Securities Laws

  Following  consummation of the  Reorganization,  the Company will register the
shares of  Company  Common  Stock to be issued in the  Reorganization  under the
Exchange  Act.  Accordingly,  the Company will be required to file  periodic and
other  reports with the SEC, and will be subject to the insider  trading,  proxy
solicitation  and other  requirements  of the SEC under the  Exchange Act on the
same basis as the Bank is  currently  subject  through 

                                       38
<PAGE>

regulation by the FDIC. Following  consummation of the Reorganization,  the Bank
Common  Stock will no longer be  registered  under the  Exchange  Act and,  as a
consequence,  the Bank will no longer be required  to comply with the  reporting
and proxy requirements of the Exchange Act.

  Shares of the Company Common Stock received in the  Reorganization  by persons
who  are not  affiliates  of the  Bank  or the  Company  may be  resold  without
registration  or other  limitation  under the Securities Act. Shares received by
affiliates  of the Bank may be resold only if  registered or if they qualify for
an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. The possible exemptions
include  those  provided  in Rules  144 and 145 under the  Securities  Act.  The
conditions imposed by the exemption under Rule 145 are substantially the same as
the  conditions  imposed by Rule 144  discussed  below,  other than the  holding
period  requirement,  which  is not  required  under  Rule  145.  The  Rule  145
conditions  cease to be applicable after two years, but resales by any affiliate
of the Bank who remains an affiliate of the Company will  continue to require an
exemption from registration such as Rule 144.

  In general,  under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose
shares are  required to be  aggregated)  who has  beneficially  owned  shares of
Company  Common  Stock  that  constitute  restricted  securities  and have  been
outstanding  and not held by any  "affiliate" of the Company for a period of two
years is entitled to sell within any three-month  period a number of shares that
does not exceed the  greater of one  percent of the then  outstanding  shares of
Company  Common  Stock or the  average  weekly  reported  trading  volume of the
Company Common Stock during the four calendar weeks  preceding the date on which
notice of such sale is given,  provided certain requirements as to the manner of
sale,  notice of sale and the  availability  of current public  information  are
satisfied  (which   requirements  as  to  the  availability  of  current  public
information  are  expected to be satisfied  commencing  within 90 days after the
consummation of the Reorganization).  Affiliates of the Company must comply with
the foregoing  restrictions  and  requirements of Rule 144 as to both restricted
and  non-restricted   securities,   except  that  the  two-year  holding  period
requirement  generally does not apply to shares of the Company Common Stock that
are not "restricted  securities".  Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed
an  "affiliate"  of the Company at any time during the three months  preceding a
sale by such person,  and who has  beneficially  owned shares of Company  Common
Stock that were not acquired from the Company or an  "affiliate"  of the Company
within the previous  three years,  would be entitled to sell such shares without
regard  to  volume   limitation,   manner  of  sales  provisions,   notification
requirements or the  availability of current public  information  concerning the
Company.  As defined in Rule 144, an  "affiliate"  of an issuer is a person that
directly  or  indirectly  through  one or more  intermediaries  controls,  or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such issuer.

                           MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Directors

  The initial Directors of the Company consist of 7 persons, 5 of whom currently
serve as  Directors of the Bank.  The  Directors of the Company are divided into
three  classes,  as nearly equal in number as possible,  with one class  elected
each year at the annual  meeting of  stockholders.  The  Directors in each class
serve for a term of three years and until their  successors are duly elected and
qualified.  As the term of one class  expires,  a successor  class is elected at
each annual meeting of stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting.  The
names of the  initial  Directors  of the  Company  and their terms are set forth
below (See also "Management of the Bank"):

                                            Term of Office
              Names                            Expires
- --------------------------------            --------------
Class I:  John M. Naughton                       1997
          Sister Mary Caritas (Geary) S.P.       1997

Class II:  Charles L. Johnson                    1998
           F. William Marshall, Jr.              1998

Class III: William B. Hart, Jr.                  1999
           Thomas O'Brien                        1999
           Stephen A. Shatz                      1999


                                       39

<PAGE>

Committees

  The By-laws of the Company  provide that the Company's  Board of Directors may
establish  various  committees  from time to time.  It is  anticipated  that the
initial  committees  of the  Company's  Board of Directors  will be an executive
committee and an audit  committee.  The Company's Board of Directors has not yet
determined the size or composition of these committees.

Executive Officers

  The initial officers of the Company are: F. William Marshall,  Jr.,  President
and Chief  Executive  Officer;  John F. Treanor,  Treasurer and Chief  Financial
Officer;  and Michael E. Tucker, Clerk and General Counsel. All of these persons
hold similar  positions with the Bank.  Information  concerning  their principal
occupations  and  business  experience  during  the past  five  years  and other
biographical  data  is  set  forth  under  "Management  of  the   Bank-Executive
Officers."

Compensation

  It is  expected  that  until the  Company  becomes  actively  involved  in the
acquisition of additional banks or other  businesses,  no separate  compensation
will be paid to the officers of the Company.  However, the Company may determine
that such compensation is appropriate in the future. It is expected that each of
the Company's Directors will be paid $400 for each meeting of the full Board and
of any committee on which the Director serves attended by such Director.
See "Management of the Bank-Compensation."

Employee Benefit Plans

  Upon  completion  of the  Reorganization,  the  Stock  Option  Plans  and  the
Restricted  Stock Plans will become the director and employee stock option plans
and the  directors  and  management  restricted  stock plans of the Company with
officers and other employees of the Bank and the Company eligible to participate
according  to the terms of such plans.  As the  officers  and  Directors  of the
Company will not  initially be  compensated  by the Company but will continue to
serve and be compensated by the Bank, no separate  holding company benefit plans
are anticipated at this time. The Bank intends to continue to maintain its other
benefit programs.

                  PROPOSAL TWO-ELECTION OF CLASS OF DIRECTORS

  The Bank's Amended and Restated  By-Laws  provide that the number of Directors
shall be set by a majority vote of the entire Board of Directors, which has been
set at 13. Under the Bank's  Charter and  By-Laws,  this number shall be divided
into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, with the Directors in
each class serving a term of three years and until their  respective  successors
are duly elected and qualified,  or until his or her earlier resignation,  death
or removal.  As the term of one class expires,  a successor  class is elected at
the annual meeting of stockholders for that year.

  At the 1996 Annual  Meeting,  there are five  Directors to be elected to serve
until the 1999 Annual  Meeting and until their  respective  successors  are duly
elected  and  qualified,  or  until  his or her  earlier  resignation,  death or
removal.  The Board of  Directors of the Bank has  nominated  each of William B.
Hart, Jr., Thomas O'Brien, Teresita Alicea, Paulette  Henderson-Johnson and John
H.  Southworth,  for  election as a Director  for a  three-year  term.  Teresita
Alicea,  Paulette   Henderson-Johnson  and  John  H.  Southworth  are  currently
Directors of the Bank;  their terms expire in 1996. For information with respect
to the nominees and the other Directors of the Bank whose terms do not expire in
1996,  including their business  experience,  compensation paid by the Bank, and
participation  on committees of the Board of Directors,  see  "Management of the
Bank."

  Unless authority to do so has been withheld or limited in the proxy, it is the
intention of the persons  named in the proxy to vote the shares  represented  by
each properly executed proxy for the election as a Director each of the nominees
named above. The Board of Directors believes that all of the nominees will stand
for  election  and will  serve if elected as  Director.  However,  if any person
nominated by the Board of Directors  fails to stand for election or is unable or
refuses to accept  election,  the proxies will be voted for the election of such
other person or persons as the Board of Directors may recommend.


                                       40

<PAGE>

  If the  Reorganization  is  consummated,  the Bank will become a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of the Company and  thereafter,  so long as the Company  remains the
sole  stockholder  of the Bank, the Directors of the Bank will be elected by the
Company.  Stockholders of the Bank, who will become  stockholders of the Company
upon the  consummation  of the  Reorganization,  will in the  future  elect  the
Directors of the Company.  If, however,  the  Reorganization is not consummated,
the Directors of the Bank will continue to be elected by the stockholders of the
Bank.

Recommendation of Directors

  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS  RECOMMENDS THAT THE STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR THE ELECTION
OF THE FIVE NOMINEES PROPOSED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK AS DIRECTORS
OF THE BANK.

                             MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK

Directors and Nominees

  Formation of the holding  company  will not change the  Directors of the Bank.
The  Directors  of the Bank are divided into three  classes,  as nearly equal in
number as possible,  with one class  elected each year at the annual  meeting of
stockholders.  The  Directors  in each class serve for a term of three years and
until their successors are duly elected and qualified.  As the term of one class
expires,  a successor class is elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to
serve until the next annual meeting.

  The following table sets forth certain  information as of January 31, 1996 for
each of the five  nominees for  election as Directors at the Annual  Meeting and
for those continuing  Directors whose terms expire at the annual meetings of the
Bank's stockholders in 1997 and 1998. Each individual has been engaged in his or
her principal occupation for at least five years, except as otherwise indicated.

                                    Nominees
                            (Term to Expire in 1999)

                                                              Director or
                                                               Trustee
Name, Age and Principal Occupation                             Since (1)
- ------------------------------------------                    -----------
William B. Hart, Jr. (52)...............................          N/A
  President, The Dunfey Group, an investment management firm   

Thomas O'Brien (56).....................................          N/A
  Dean, University of Massachusetts School of Management            

Teresita Alicea (50)...................................          1993
  Attorney, Partner in Alicea & Nagel   

Paulette Henderson-Johnson (44)........................          1993
  Director, Henderson Funeral Home, Inc.         

John H. Southworth (68).................................         1974
  Chairman of the Board, Southworth Company, a manufacturer 
  of business and personal paper goods                                      

                                       41

<PAGE>

                              Continuing Directors
                            (Term to Expire in 1997)

                                                      Director or Trustee
Name, Age and Principal Occupation                         Since (1)
- ----------------------------------------------        -------------------
Mary E. Boland (56)...........................                1973
  Attorney, Partner in Egan, Flanagan & Cohen(2)

Sister Mary Caritas (Geary) (72)..............                1980   
  Retired; former President and Chief
  Executive Officer of Mercy Hospital           

Donald F. Collins (67)........................                1973
  Treasurer, Collins Electric Company(2)            

John M. Naughton (59).........................                1991
  Chairman of the Board of Springfield
  Institution for Savings,
  Executive Vice President, Massachusetts
  Mutual Life Insurance Co.                        

                              Continuing Directors
                            (Term to Expire in 1998)

                                                         Director or Trustee
Name, Age and Principal Occupation                            Since (1)
- -----------------------------------------------------   -------------------
Charles L. Johnson (57)..............................         1983
  Self-employed Chartered Financial Consultant(2)

F. William Marshall, Jr. (53)........................         1993
  President and Chief Executive Officer,
  Springfield Institution for Savings(4)

Gary P. Shannon (47).................................         1988
  Attorney, Partner in Doherty, Wallace, 
  Pillsbury and Murphy, P.C.

Stephen A. Shatz (53)................................         1986
  Attorney, Partner in Shatz, Schwartz & Fentin, P.C.
- ------
(1) Each of the present Directors of the Bank listed above with service prior to
    1995 was also a Trustee of the Bank before the Bank converted from mutual to
    stock form of organization in February 1995 (the "Conversion").  As a result
    of the Conversion,  each individual  became a Director in February 1995, and
    any date prior to this time indicates service as a Trustee of the Bank.
(2) Mrs. Boland and Mr. Collins are first cousins.
(3) Prior to June, 1995, Mr. Johnson was the Associate Treasurer of Smith
    College, Northampton, Massachusetts
(4) Prior to joining the Bank in 1993, Mr. Marshall served as Chairman and
    Chief Executive Officer of the Bank of Ireland First Holdings, Inc. and
    First NH Bank. Prior to 1991, Mr. Marshall served as Executive Vice
    President of Shawmut National Corporation.

Meetings of Board of Directors and Committees

  Since  February  1995,  the Bank has been a savings bank in stock form and had
been  governed by a Board of Directors  consisting of 15  individuals.  In March
1995,  the  Board  voted to reduce  its size to 13  members  at the 1995  Annual
Meeting.   In  connection  with  the  Conversion,   the  Bank  consolidated  and
streamlined  the  committees  of its Board of  Directors in a manner in which it
believes will enable the Directors to most efficiently oversee 


                                       42


<PAGE>

the operations of the Bank.  Each of the committees of the Board of Directors of
the Bank which are in effect as of the date of this  Proxy  Statement-Prospectus
is described below.

  There were 12  meetings of the Board of  Directors  held during the year ended
December 31, 1995. No Director  attended fewer than 75% in the aggregate of such
total number of Board of Director  meetings  held during such year and the total
number of meetings  held by each of the  committees of the Board of Directors on
which he or she served during that time.

  Executive Committee. The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors in 1995
consisted  of  the   following  six   Directors:   F.  William   Marshall,   Jr.
(Chairperson); John M. Naughton; Sister Mary Caritas, S.P.; Harry J. Courniotes;
Stephen A. Shatz;  and John H.  Southworth.  This committee meets  approximately
twice per month to review large loan proposals,  the investment  portfolio,  and
any off-balance  sheet exposures of the Bank, and to generally  exercise control
and supervision in all matters  pertaining to the interests of the Bank, subject
at all times to the direction of the Board of Directors.  This  committee met 22
times in 1995.

  Audit  Committee.  The  Audit  Committee  of the  Board of  Directors  in 1995
consisted  of  the  following  five   directors:   Sister  Mary  Caritas,   S.P.
(Chairperson);  Teresita Alicea;  Harry J. Courniotes;  Charles L. Johnson;  and
Gary P. Shannon.  This  committee  meets at least  quarterly to review and audit
functions  in asset  quality,  corporate  controls,  corporate  governance,  and
financial reporting controls. This committee met 5 times in 1995.

  Compensation  Committee.  The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
in 1995 consisted of the following four outside  directors:  John H.  Southworth
(Chairperson);  Donald F. Collins; John M. Naughton;  and Albert E. Steiger, Jr.
The Compensation  Committee meets on at least a semi-annual  basis to exercise a
broad  oversight  of human  resource  strategies,  to examine  and  analyze  the
competitiveness  of  compensation   programs,   including  short  and  long-term
incentive  programs such as the stock option  allocations  and restricted  stock
grants. This committee met 5 times in 1995.

  CRA/Fair Lending  Committee.  The CRA/Fair  Lending  Committee of the Board of
Directors in 1995  consisted of the following  four outside  directors:  Mary E.
Boland (Chairperson); Donald F. Collins; Paulette Henderson-Johnson; and Charles
L. Johnson.  This committee meets at least 3 times per year to review the Bank's
performance in  ascertaining  community  needs,  evaluate CRA  performance,  and
generally  assist  the Bank in  meeting  its  obligations  under  the  Community
Reinvestment Act. This committee met 4 times in 1995.

  Nominating  Committee.  The Nominating  Committee of the Board of Directors in
1995  consisted  of the  following  four  outside  directors:  Gary  P.  Shannon
(Chairperson); Mary E. Boland; Paulette Henderson-Johnson; John M. Naughton; and
Stephen A. Shatz. This committee meets at least semi-annually to identify,  with
the  approval of the full Board of  Directors,  candidates  for  Directors to be
elected at each annual meeting of stockholders and also to consider  stockholder
proposals  for such  nominations,  and to identify  directors  for various Board
committee  assignments.  For  information  regarding  procedures  for submitting
stockholder proposals,  see "Stockholder  Proposals." This committee met 3 times
in 1995.

                                       43


<PAGE>

Principal Officers of the Bank

  The  following  table sets forth certain  information  regarding the principal
officers  of  the  Bank  (those   officers   subject  to  Section  16  reporting
requirements under the Exchange Act):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                Office held
             Name              Age             Position and office with the Bank                   since
- ------------------------------ --- ---------------------------------------------------------    -----------
<S>                           <C> <C>                                                              <C>   
F. William Marshall, Jr.(1)... 53  President and Chief Executive Officer, Director                  1993     
Frank W. Barrett(2)........... 56  Executive Vice President, Credit and                             1994 
                                   Commercial Lending Division 
B. John Dill(3)............... 44  Executive Vice President of Bank; President of                   1987
                                   Colebrook Corporation                          
John F. Treanor(4)............ 48  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial                        1994
                                   Officer and Treasurer                     
Gilbert F. Ehmke(5)........... 36  Senior Vice President, Chief Investment Officer                  1995                     
Henry J. McWhinnie(6)......... 52  Senior Vice President, Human Resources                           1994
                                   Division 
Jeanne Rinaldo(7)............. 46  Senior Vice President, Residential Mortgage                      1992
                                   Division                                    
Christopher A. Sinton(8)...... 51  Senior Vice President, Retail Banking Division                   1995                   
Michael E. Tucker(9).......... 39  Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
                                   Clerk                                                            1993
Ting Chang(10)................ 32  Vice President, Investor Relations and Corporate Planning        1995
Laura Sotir Katz(12).......... 32  Vice President and Controller                                    1992
Brian Schwartz(12)............ 29  Vice President and Director of Internal Auditing                 1995
- ------
<FN>

 (1) Mr. Marshall joined the Bank in May, 1993. He formerly served as Chairman
     and Chief Executive Officer of Bank of Ireland First Holdings, Inc. and
     First NH Bank. Prior to 1991, Mr. Marshall served as Executive Vice
     President of Shawmut Corporation. Mr. Marshall served as a Trustee of the
     Bank from May, 1993 until the Conversion of the Bank to stock form on
     February 8, 1995.
 (2) Mr. Barrett joined the Bank in January, 1994. He formerly served as Senior
     Vice President of Bank of Ireland First Holdings, Inc. and First NH Bank;
     Senior Vice President of Shawmut Bank, N.A.; and Executive Vice President
     of Shawmut Worcester County Bank, N.A.
 (3) Mr. Dill joined the Bank in 1974 and has served as Executive Vice President
     of the Bank  since  1987 and  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of
     Colebrook since 1982.
 (4) Mr.  Treanor  joined  the Bank in  August,  1994.  He  formerly  served  as
     Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of Sterling
     Bancshares Corporation and Senior Vice President of Shawmut Corporation.
 (5) Mr. Ehmke joined the Bank in February 1995. He formerly served as Senior
     Vice President and Treasurer of Northeast Savings, F.A. in Hartford,
     Connecticut.
 (6) Mr.  McWhinnie  joined the Bank in September,  1994. He formerly  served as
     Senior Vice President  Human  Resources of Bristol Savings Bank in Bristol,
     Connecticut  and as  Executive  Vice  President of  Centerbank,  Waterbury,
     Connecticut.
 (7) Mrs. Rinaldo joined the Bank in 1988 and has served as Senior Vice
     President since May, 1992.
 (8) Mr. Sinton joined the Bank in February, 1995. He formerly was Executive
     Vice President-Retail Banking Division of United Jersey Bank.
 (9) Mr. Tucker joined the Bank in 1980 and has served as Senior Vice  President
     since December, 1993 and General Counsel since 1985.
(10) Ms. Chang joined the Bank in 1989 and has served as Vice President for
     Investor Relations since 1995.
(11) Ms. Katz joined the Bank in 1990. She previously was a certified public
     accountant at Ernst & Young LLP in Boston, Massachusetts.
(12) Mr. Schwartz joined the Bank in May, 1995. He formerly served as Audit
     Manager with Shawmut National Corporation. Prior to 1993, he was Corporate
     Compliance Officer with MNC Financial Corporation.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       44


<PAGE>

Compensation of Directors

  Directors'  Fees.  The  members  of the Board of  Directors  receive an annual
retainer of $7,500,  with the  Chairman  of the Board  receiving  an  additional
annual  retainer  of  $5,000.  Directors  are also paid $400 for each  committee
meeting  attended,  and if a Director attends more than one committee meeting on
the same day, the initial meeting fee is $400 and each additional meeting fee is
$200. The Chairperson of each committee will receive an additional $150 for each
meeting attended. There is also a pro-rata deduction for any Director's meetings
not  attended by a Director.  Directors  who are  employees  of the Bank are not
eligible to receive any fees otherwise paid to Directors.

  Stock Option Grants to Directors. Under the terms of the Director Stock Option
Plan, each non-employee Director of the Bank received an option to acquire 6,600
shares of Bank Common  Stock  (except that the Chairman of the Board of the Bank
received  an option to acquire  10,000  shares)  the day  following  stockholder
approval  at the 1995  Annual  Meeting of the Bank,  and final  approval  of the
Commissioner  of Banks,  at the fair market  value of $121/4 per share of Common
Stock,  which was the  market  price on the  effective  date of the  grant.  See
"-Executive Compensation-Stock Option Plan."

  Restricted  Stock  Grants  to  Directors.  Under  the  terms  of the  Director
Restricted Stock Plan, each non-employee  Director of the Bank was granted 2,200
shares of restricted Bank Common Stock (except that the Chairman of the Board of
the Bank was granted  3,500  shares of  restricted  Bank  Common  Stock) the day
following  stockholder  approval of said plan at the 1995 Annual  Meeting of the
Bank  and  final  approval  of  said  plan by the  Commissioner  of  Banks.  See
"-Executive Compensation-Restricted Stock Plans."

Executive Compensation

  Summary  Compensation  Table.  The following table sets forth the compensation
paid by the Bank and its  subsidiaries  for services  rendered in all capacities
during the fiscal years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995,  respectively,  to the
Chief Executive Officer and each of the four most highly  compensated  principal
officers of the Bank and its subsidiaries (the "Named Executive Officers").
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Summary Compensation Table

                                                                       Long-Term
                                                                     Compensation
                                            Annual Compensation         Awards
                                            ------------------- -------------------------
                                                                             Securities
                                                                 Restricted  Underlying      All Other
                                              Salary   Bonus(2)     Stock     Options/    Compensation(5)
     Name & Principal Position      Year(1)    ($)       ($)    Awards($)(3) SARs(#)(4)         ($)
- ----------------------------------- ------- --------- --------- ------------ ------------ ---------------
<S>                                   <C>    <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>

F. William Marshall, Jr............    1995   332,856   100,725      428,750    80,000(6)      24,808
  President & Chief Executive Officer  1994   313,462   109,750          N/A       N/A         11,171

B. John Dill.......................    1995   193,370    30,000      153,125    40,000         35,149
  Executive Vice President of the
  Bank, President of Colebrook
  Corporation, a wholly-owned
  subsidiary of the Bank               1994   189,551    35,000          N/A       N/A         21,748

Frank W. Barrett...................    1995   157,308    35,000      183,750    40,000         21,145
  Executive Vice President Credit and
  Commercial Lending Division of the
  Bank                                 1994   148,846    37,000          N/A       N/A          6,953

John F. Treanor(7).................    1995   157,308    40,000      153,125    40,000         13,082
  Executive Vice President & Chief
  Financial Officer, Treasurer         1994    50,769    25,000          N/A       N/A         13,968

Christopher A. Sinton(8)...........    1995   112,154    24,000       49,000    15,000         28,158
  Senior Vice President/ Retail
  Banking Division                     1994       N/A       N/A          N/A       N/A            N/A



                                       45

<PAGE>
<FN>
- ------
(1) Table  includes  only 1994 and 1995 since the Bank did not become a publicly
    traded company until February 8, 1995 and was not subject to reporting prior
    to these dates.
(2) Amounts  shown  include cash  compensation  earned and received by the Named
    Executive Officers as well as amounts earned but deferred at the election of
    those  officers.  Bonuses shown for 1994 were  allocated in 1994 and paid in
    1995. Bonuses shown for 1995 were allocated in 1995 and paid in 1996.
(3) Dollar amount shown equals the number of shares of restricted  stock granted
    multiplied by stock price on the grant date.  This  valuation  does not take
    into  account  the  diminution  of value  attributable  to the  restrictions
    applicable  to the shares.  The shares  granted  are  expected to vest under
    ordinary  circumstances  over 5 years at a rate of 20% per year,  commencing
    with an  initial  vesting on June 1,  1996.  The number and dollar  value of
    shares of restricted stock held by the Named Executive  Officers on December
    31, 1995, based on a closing price for the Bank Common Stock on December 31,
    1995 of $16.375, were: (i) Mr.  Marshall-35,000 shares ($573,125);  (ii) Mr.
    Dill-12,500   shares   ($204,687.50);   (iii)  Mr.   Barrett-15,000   shares
    ($245,625.00);  (iv) Mr. Treanor-12,500  shares  ($204,687.50);  and (v) Mr.
    Sinton-4,000 shares ($65,500.00). Dividends (if any) paid in the future will
    be paid on all  shares  of  restricted  stock  at the  same  rate as paid on
    unrestricted shares.
(4) Grants of options are expected to vest under ordinary  circumstances  over 5
    years at a rate of 20% per year,  commencing with an initial vesting on June
    1, 1996,  but in any event will be fully  vested no later than 7 years after
    the grant date.
(5) For  certain  officers  this  includes  employer  match to the  Bank's  or a
    subsidiary's  401(k) Plan (Mr.  Marshall-$2,310  in 1995; Mr. Dill-$4,620 in
    each of 1995 and 1994; Mr. Barrett-$1,200 in 1995); insurance premiums under
    a split-dollar  plan (Mr.  Marshall-$9,416  in 1995 and $11,071 in 1994; Mr.
    Dill-$11,889 in 1995 and $12,127 in 1994; Mr.  Barrett-$6,862.50 in 1995 and
    6,953 in 1994);  Relocation  assistance  (Mr.  Treanor-$13,968  in 1994; Mr.
    Sinton- $16,500 in 1995); cash value as of fiscal year end of shares of Bank
    Common Stock allocated to the officer's account under the ESOP in 1995 (each
    of Messrs. Marshall, Dill, Barrett and Treanor-$13,082; Mr.
    Sinton-$11,658).
(6) Includes 40,815 qualified and 39,185 non-qualified options.
(7) Mr. Treanor joined the Bank on August 29, 1994. The salary shown for 1994
    was paid from August 29, 1994 to December 31, 1994.
(8) Mr.  Sinton  joined the Bank on January 23, 1995.  The salary shown was paid
    between January 23, 1995 and December 31, 1995.
</FN>
</TABLE>

  Stock Option  Plans.  In  connection  with the  Conversion  of the Bank from a
mutual to stock form of ownership (the "Conversion"),  the Board of Directors of
the Bank adopted the Stock Option Plans, which were approved by the stockholders
at the first annual  meeting of the Bank's  stockholders  on May 31,  1995.  The
Director Stock Option Plan authorized the granting of nonqualified stock options
for 111,250 shares for issuance to  non-employee  Directors of the Bank, with at
least 27,812 shares  reserved for future awards to such persons.  The Management
Stock Option Plan  authorized  445,000  shares  reserved  for issuance  upon the
exercise of incentive and  nonqualified  options granted to management and other
eligible  individuals,  with at least 111,250 reserved for future awards to such
persons.  Awards under the Management Stock Option Plan are made by the Board of
Directors upon recommendations  made by the Compensation  Committee from time to
time.

  The option  exercise price of options granted under the Stock Option Plans may
not be less than 100% of the fair market  value of the Common  Stock on the date
of grant of the option, as determined in accordance with the Stock Option Plans.
The maximum  option term is 10 years.  Each option  granted  under the  Director
Stock Option Plan will be exercisable in installments of 20% per year commencing
on the first anniversary of the date of grant. In addition, options granted to a
non-employee  Director will become immediately vested upon the Director's death,
disability,  or  retirement  as a Director due to  attainment of maximum age, or
upon a change of control of the Bank.  No  non-employee  Director  may receive a
stock option  award if, at the time of such award,  such  non-employee  Director
owns  directly or indirectly  more than l0% of the combined  voting power of the
Bank.  The  Compensation  Committee  may establish the terms under which options
granted  under the  Management  Stock  Option  Plan became  exercisable,  in its
discretion.  In  addition,  upon a change in  control of the Bank,  all  options
become immediately  vested. No person may receive any incentive stock option if,
at the time of grant,  such person owns directly or indirectly  more than 10% of
the total combined  voting power of the 

                                       46
<PAGE>

Bank unless the option  price is at least 110% of the fair  market  value of the
Common Stock and the exercise  period of such  incentive  option is by its terms
limited to five years.

  Payment for shares  purchased  under the Stock Option Plans may be made either
in cash or cash  equivalents,  or, if  permitted  by the  option  agreement,  by
exchanging  shares of Common Stock of the Bank with a fair market value equal to
or less than the  total  option  price  plus  cash for any  difference,  or by a
combination  of the  foregoing.  Options  generally also may be exercised by the
optionee  directing that certificates for the shares purchased be delivered to a
licensed broker acceptable to the Bank as agent for the optionee,  provided that
the  broker  tenders  to the Bank cash or cash  equivalents  equal to the option
exercise  price plus the amount of any taxes  that the Bank may be  required  to
withhold in connection  with the exercise of the option.  No  fractional  shares
will be issued by the Bank on  exercise  of options  and no cash will be paid in
lieu of any fractional shares.

  Options granted under the Stock Option Plans are not  transferable  and may be
exercised  only by the optionee  during his or her  lifetime.  If an  employee's
employment with the Bank, a subsidiary (or the Company)  terminates,  his or her
options  may remain  exercisable  (but not for a period  longer  than the period
ending on the date the option would otherwise  expire),  if the option agreement
so provides.  Options  granted to  non-employee  Directors of the Bank terminate
upon the  expiration of one year  following  the date on which the  non-employee
Director  ceases to be a member of the Board for any  reason,  but not more than
ten years after the date of grant.

  If the  outstanding  shares  of the  Bank's  Common  Stock are  changed  for a
different  number or kind of shares or  securities of the Bank, by reason of any
reorganization,  recapitalization,  exchange of shares, stock split, combination
of shares or dividend  payable in capital stock, an appropriate  adjustment will
be made by the  Compensation  Committee in the number and kind of shares subject
to the Stock Option Plans,  and for which options may be granted under the Stock
Option Plans. Any such adjustment to outstanding options,  however, will be made
without a change in the total price applicable to the unexercised portion of the
option but with a corresponding adjustment in the per-share option price.

  If the Bank merges or consolidates  with one or more  corporations,  or if the
Bank is  liquidated or sells all or  substantially  all of its assets to another
entity while any options remain outstanding,  then the Compensation Committee in
its discretion  shall amend the terms of all outstanding  options so that either
(i) after the  merger,  consolidation  or sale,  each  optionee  is  entitled to
receive  shares of common  stock of the new entity to which he or she would have
been  entitled  if he or she were a  stockholder  of the Bank at the time of the
merger, consolidation or sale, or (ii) all outstanding options shall be canceled
as of the effective  date of any such merger,  consolidation  or sale,  provided
that  each  optionee  receives  20 days  following  the  effective  date of such
transaction to exercise his or her options in accordance  with their  respective
terms.

  The Board may amend the Stock  Option  Plans with  respect to shares of Common
Stock  as  to  which  options  have  not  been  granted;   however,  the  Bank's
stockholders  must approve any  amendment  that would (i) increase the number of
shares of Bank Common Stock as to which  options may be granted  under the Stock
Option Plans,  (ii) change the requirements as to eligibility to receive options
or price,  amount,  timing or vesting  under awards to  non-employee  Directors,
(iii) change the requirements as to eligibility to receive options for all other
participants,  (iv) reduce the minimum option price, or (v) increase the maximum
term of options.

  The Board at any time may terminate or suspend the Stock Option Plans.  Unless
previously  terminated,  the Stock Option Plans will terminate  automatically on
May 31, 2005,  the tenth  anniversary  of the effective date of the Stock Option
Plans.  No  termination,  suspension or amendment of the Stock Option Plans may,
without  the  consent  of the  optionee  to whom an  option  has  been  granted,
adversely affect the rights of the holder of the option.

  Restricted  Stock Plans.  In connection  with the  Conversion of the Bank, the
Board of Directors of the Bank adopted the  Restricted  Stock Plans,  which were
approved  by the  stockholders  at  the  first  annual  meeting  of  the  Bank's
stockholders  on May 31, 1995.  Under the terms of the  Restricted  Stock Plans,
222,500 shares of 
                                       47
<PAGE>

authorized but unissued Bank Common Stock, or  approximately 4% of the shares of
Bank Common Stock issued in connection  with the  Conversion,  were reserved for
issuance under the Restricted  Stock Plans.  Of such shares,  55,625 shares were
reserved  for  issuance to  non-employee  Directors  of the Bank,  with at least
27,812 shares reserved for future awards,  under the Director  Restricted  Stock
Plan. Under the Management  Restricted Stock Plan,  166,875 shares were reserved
for grant to management  and other  employees of the Bank,  with at least 27,812
shares reserved for future awards.

  Under the terms of the  Director  Restricted  Stock  Plan,  each  non-employee
Director of the Bank (including any new Director first elected after Conversion)
received a grant of 2,200 shares of Bank Common Stock  (except that the Chairman
of the Board of the Bank  received a grant of 3,500  shares)  the day  following
stockholder   approval  and  final  approval  of  the   Commissioner  of  Banks.
Thereafter, subject to availability, additional awards of 2,200 shares of Common
Stock will be made to each  newly-elected  non-employee  Director of the Bank on
the day following his or her election.

  The shares awarded to a  non-employee  Director of the Bank under the Director
Restricted  Stock Plan vest in  installments  of 20% per year  commencing on the
first anniversary of the date of grant. No non-employee Director may receive any
restricted stock award if, at the time of the award, such non-employee  Director
owns directly or indirectly  more than 10% of the total combined voting power of
the Bank.

  All shares of Bank Common Stock  awarded under the Director  Restricted  Stock
Plan to non-employee  Directors of the Bank which have not yet vested  terminate
on the date the  non-employee  Director  ceases  to be a  Director  of the Bank,
except that if a non-employee  Director  retires as a result of reaching maximum
age,  permanent  disability or death, all shares become  immediately  vested. In
addition,  upon a change of control of the Bank,  all  shares  will also  become
immediately vested.

  The Compensation Committee, in its discretion, determines the terms upon which
Common Stock  awarded to employees of the Bank under the  Management  Restricted
Stock Plan become vested, and other terms and conditions of those awards.

  The  following  table shows  individual  grants of stock  options to the Named
Executive Officers of the Bank during the 1995 fiscal year:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     Option/Stock Appreciation Right ("SAR")
                           Grants in Last Fiscal Year

                              Individual Grants in 1995
                             ---------------------------
                                Number of    Percent of
                               Securities      Total
                               Underlying   Options/SARs
                                Options/     Granted to  Exercise or              Grant Date
                                  SARs      Employee in   Base Price Expiration Present Value
Name                         Granted (#)(1) Fiscal Year     ($/Sh)      Date        ($)(2)
- ---------------------------- -------------- ------------ ----------- ---------- -------------
<S>                               <C>           <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>    
F. William Marshall, Jr. ...       80,000        24.0%      $12.25   05/31/2005    $554,240
B. John Dill................       40,000        12.0%      $12.25   05/31/2005    $277,120
Frank W. Barrett............       40,000        12.0%      $12.25   05/31/2005    $277,120
John F. Treanor.............       40,000        12.0%      $12.25   05/31/2005    $277,120
Christopher A. Sinton.......       15,000         4.5%      $12.25   05/31/2005    $132,640
<FN>
- ------
(1) None of the options  granted under the  Management  Stock Option Plan to the
    Named Executive  Officers and other  management  employees were  exercisable
    during 1995.
(2) The grant date  present  values  assigned to the options  shown in the above
    table are  computed  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model.  The
    calculated  values assume the following:  risk-free rate of return of 6.63%;
    volatility  of 28.3%  calculated  based  on the 246  trading  days  prior to
    January 31, 1996;  vesting equivalent to the term of the option; no dividend
    payments on the shares  underlying  the  options;  and an exercise  price of
    $12.25.  It is important to note that the values shown are theoretical;  the
    actual  value of an option will  depend upon the market  value of the shares
    underlying the option at the time the option is exercised.

</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       48
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year
                     and Fiscal Year-End Option/SAR Values

                                                                   Number of Securities   Value of Unexercised
                                                                  Underlying Unexercised      In-the-Money
                                                                  Options/SARs at Fiscal     Options/SARs at
                                                                       Year-End (#)      Fiscal Year-End ($)(1)
                            Shares Acquired on                         Exercisable/           Exercisable/
            Name               Exercise (#)    Value Realized ($)      Unexercisable          Unexercisable
- --------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------------- ----------------------
<S>                               <C>                <C>               <C>                   <C>   
F. William Marshall, Jr....        -0-                -0-               0/80,000              0/330,000
B. John Dill, Jr...........        -0-                -0-               0/40,000              0/165,000
Frank Barrett..............        -0-                -0-               0/40,000              0/165,000
John F. Treanor............        -0-                -0-               0/40,000              0/165,000
Christopher A. Sinton......        -0-                -0-               0/15,000               0/61,875
<FN>
- ------
(1) The value of unexercised,  in-the-money  options at December 31, 1995 is the
    difference  between the closing  price of the Bank Common  Stock on December
    31,  1995  ($16.375)  and the per  share  option  exercise  price  ($12.25),
    multiplied  by the number of shares of Bank  Common  Stock  underlying  such
    options.
</FN>
</TABLE>

Compensation Committee Report

  The Compensation Committee has responsibility for reviewing all aspects of the
compensation  program  for  executive  officers  of the Bank.  The  Compensation
Committee is  comprised  of four  members of the Board of Directors  who are not
employees of the Bank and who do not receive  additional  remuneration for other
services provided to the Bank. The four non-employee  member of the Compensation
Committee are John H. Southworth, Chairman; Donald F. Collins; John M.
Naughton; and Albert E. Steiger, Jr.

  The  Compensation  Committee's  primary  objective  in the  area of  executive
compensation  is to provide a means of attracting and retaining  executives with
the experience and  capabilities  necessary for the Bank to compete in a rapidly
changing   economic,   competitive,   and   regulatory   environment.   Specific
responsibilities  of the  Compensation  Committee are to establish  policies and
procedures  for  the   compensation   of  executive   officers,   including  the
relationship of corporate  performance to executive  compensation and to approve
the  compensation  programs  for the Chief  Executive  Officer and  describe the
underlying rationale for such programs.

  The  executive   compensation  program  is  designed  to  provide  competitive
compensation  opportunities  for  executive  officers  as well as to reward  for
superior  performance  when the Bank's  performance  so warrants.  The executive
compensation program has three major  components-base  salary,  annual incentive
compensation, and long-term incentive compensation. Each of these components has
a separate  purpose and may have a different  relative  value  depending  on the
particular executive position.

  Base salary is the fixed  component of the package.  Executives will be paid a
base salary that is intended to be competitive with the external marketplace and
to reflect the internal value of the position. The marketplace, as determined by
the  Compensation  Committee,  consists  of banking and thrift  institutions  of
similar size and complexity which compete for similar executive talent. In order
to  establish  competitive  arrangements,  compensation  data is  compiled  from
published surveys and other available sources.  This data provides a competitive
range within which base compensation is managed.

  In  addition  to base  salary,  executive  officers  receive  normal  benefits
pursuant to the Bank's pension plan,  401(k) Plan and the ESOP which are similar
to all other employees.

  Annual incentive compensation is intended to reward an executive for achieving
critical  annual  business   objectives  and/or  meritorious   performance.   If
performance  meets or exceeds the annual business plan, total cash  compensation
(base plus annual  incentive)  may be greater  than when the annual  performance
objectives  are not met. By managing base  compensation  to the market and using
annual  incentive  compensation to reward for  performance,  the Bank should not
overpay when performance falls below plan, but will be able to reinforce

                                       49
<PAGE>

performance  when the Bank  performs  well.  The amount of the annual  incentive
award is funded on the basis of the Bank's  performance.  For fiscal  year 1996,
award funding will be tied to the level of net income realized. The actual award
paid to  executives  is dependent on the level of funding and the  assessment of
each  executive's  individual  plan.  The  Compensation  Committee  reviews  and
approves the performance plan and measures each year.

  The Compensation  Committee  believes that long-term  compensation is vital in
aligning management's and shareholders' interests in the creation of shareholder
value, and to attract and retain the necessary  executive talent.  The long-term
compensation  program is composed of stock  options  and  management  restricted
stock.  Options and  restricted  shares are intended to signify the key roles of
the executives in rebuilding  the franchise,  retaining  these  executives,  and
directly linking their compensation to the success of the Bank. The Compensation
Committee is responsible  for overseeing  the  administration  of the Management
Stock Option Plan and the Management  Restricted  Stock Plan.  The  Compensation
Committee  has, at its  discretion,  the ability to allocate  stock  options and
restricted  shares  among the Bank's  executive  officers and  employees.  It is
expected  that the primary  vehicle to reward for long-term  performance  in the
future will be through stock options.

  The   Compensation   Committee   believes   that  its  approach  to  executive
compensation   provides   incentive   to  the  Bank's   executive   officers  in
accomplishing  short- and long-term  goals. At the same time, by establishing an
effective mix between base salary and variable compensation,  executive officers
are  encouraged  to manage the  business so as to protect the  interests  of the
customer as well as the shareholders.

  The Chief  Executive  Officer's  compensation  package  includes  the elements
discussed  above.  Upon  conversion  to a public  organization,  a formal annual
incentive  plan was  implemented  (under which the CEO is eligible to receive an
annual  incentive  award of up to 30% of base  salary  depending  on the  Bank's
performance.  In addition,  restricted  stock and stock options were provided to
the Chief Executive  Officer.  For the year ending December 31, 1995, the Bank's
performance met the performance plan;  accordingly,  the Chief Executive Officer
received an incentive award equal to 30% of base salary (i.e. the target level).

  The Compensation  Committee believes the CEO's compensation is consistent with
the overall  compensation  strategy of the Bank and serves to focus attention on
creating shareholder value.

  The Compensation  Committee is aware that Section 162(m) of the Code prohibits
the Company from  deducting  compensation  in excess of  $l,000,000  paid in any
single year to each of the Chief  Executive  Officer and four  additional  named
executive  officers,  unless the excess  compensation  qualifies as "performance
based" compensation.  The Compensation Committee believes that the deductibility
of compensation paid to the Bank's executives is an important,  but not the most
important,  factor in setting  its  executive  compensation  policy.  Therefore,
certain awards comprised in the executive  compensation package (such as options
awarded under the Management  Stock Option Plan) are designed with the intention
of qualifying as "performance  based"  compensation  which will be deductible by
the Bank. Where certain  components of the compensation  package may not qualify
as  "performance  based" and thereby may fail to be  deductible  (such as awards
under the Management  Restricted  Stock Plan),  the  Compensation  Committee has
weighed that factor along with the  effectiveness of the incentives  provided by
that component,  and has determined that, taken as a whole, that component is an
appropriate and integral part of the executive compensation package.


                                       50


<PAGE>

Comparative Performance Graph:

[Graph  showing  the  comparative   performance  of  the  stock  of  Springfield
Institution  for Savings,  the S&P 500 Composite Index and New England Banks for
the period from 2/8/95 through 12/29/95. The following data points are depicted:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        2/8/95    4/28/95     6/30/95     8/31/95    10/31/95    12/29/95
                                        ------    -------     -------     -------    --------    --------
<S>                                     <C>      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Springfield Institution for Savings      $100     $123.38     $135.71     $162.34     $159.74     $170.13
S&P 500 Index                            $100     $110.11     $117.17     $121.36     $126.03     $134.11
New England Banks                        $100     $113.04     $128.97     $135.95     $140.65     $154.04]
</TABLE>



Employment Agreements

  The  Bank  has  entered  into  an  employment  and  severance  agreement  (the
"Employment  Agreement") with Mr. F. William Marshall,  Jr., President and Chief
Executive  Officer  of the  Bank  (the  "Executive"),  and into  employment  and
severance  agreements  (collectively,  the  "Agreements")  with the senior  vice
presidents  and  executive  vice  presidents  of the Bank which  provide for the
respective terms discussed  below.  The Employment  Agreement and the Agreements
establish, among other things, the compensation and/or severance compensation of
these  individuals  and are  intended  to  ensure  that the Bank will be able to
maintain stable and competent management.

  The Employment  Agreement  provides for a three year term of employment  which
began August 1994 with an automatic  one-year  extension at the end of each year
unless prior  written  notice is provided by the Bank to the Executive or by the
Executive to the Bank. Under the Employment Agreement,  the Executive received a
base salary of $325,000 beginning on April 1, 1994, which may be increased on an
annual basis at the sole  discretion  of the Board of Directors of the Bank.  In
addition to such base salary, the Employment Agreement provides for, among other
things,   participation   in  annual  bonus   payments,   disability   pay,  and
participation in other welfare and employee benefit plans of the Bank.

  The Employment Agreement provides for termination by the Bank or the Executive
with or without  cause at any time.  In the event the Bank  chooses to terminate
the Executive's  employment  without cause or if the Executive  resigns from the
Bank as result of a "change of control" (as defined below) or "for good reason,"
(defined  to include  (i) the  failure of the Board of  Directors  to appoint or
reappoint the officer to his or her stated  offices,  (ii) a material  change in
such  officer's  functions,  duties or  responsibilities  causing the  officer's
position 

                                       51

<PAGE>

with the Bank to become  one of  lesser  responsibility,  importance,  or scope,
(iii) any reduction in base salary or a material reduction in other benefits, or
(iv) a material breach of the Employment  Agreement by the Bank),  the Executive
will be entitled to a lump sum severance  payment equal to  approximately  three
times for a "change in control" and two times,  for "good reason"  respectively,
his  highest  base  salary  and bonus  payment  at any time  during  the term of
employment. The Bank will also be required to continue the Executive's insurance
and health  coverage  for up to three  years,  as well as among other things for
which  the  Executive  is  entitled  to  receive  reimbursement,  and any  other
compensation  or benefits under the Bank's plans to which is otherwise  entitled
(the  "Standard  Entitlements").  The  Executive  is also  entitled  to  certain
indemnification  rights upon  termination  without cause. In the event of death,
disability or retirement,  the Executive (or his  beneficiaries)  is entitled to
receive a specified  portion of his base salary and bonus for limited periods of
time, and/or the continuation of welfare benefits and the Standard Entitlements.
In  the  event  of a  termination  for  cause  (as  defined  in  the  Employment
Agreement), the Executive will only be entitled to the Standard Entitlements and
to certain  indemnification  rights. In the event of a voluntary termination (as
defined in the  Employment  Agreement) by the Executive  prior to the end of the
employment  term,  he will only be entitled  to such  payments or benefits as he
would have received if terminated for cause by the Bank.

  As an alternative to the  termination and Standard  Entitlements  arrangements
specified  above,  in  the  event  that  the  Bank  terminates  the  Executive's
employment by not extending the term of the  Employment  Agreement in the manner
specified  therein,  the  Executive  will be  entitled  to  receive  a lump  sum
severance payment equal to the greater of the amount to which he would have been
entitled during the balance of his employment under the Employment Agreement, or
his base salary and benefits for a period of six months.

  Under the Employment Agreement, the Bank has agreed to indemnify the Executive
and hold him harmless,  to the fullest extent permitted by law, as a consequence
of his being  involved in a legal action by reason of the fact that he is or was
a trustee,  Director or officer of the Bank. Such indemnification shall continue
after the  Executive  shall cease to be an  officer,  trustee or Director of the
Bank.  In the  event  any  payment  or  benefit  received  by the  Executive  in
connection with a change of control would constitute "excess parachute payments"
(as defined in Section  280G of the Code),  the Bank would pay the  Executive an
additional  sum equal to such  excise  tax as well as the  Executive's  federal,
state and local income tax and payroll taxes imposed on such additional sum.

  The  Agreements  entered into by the Bank with certain of its  executive  vice
presidents (Messrs.  Barrett, Dill, and Treanor) and with all of its senior vice
presidents (including Mr. Sinton and Mr. Ehmke) provide for a one-year term with
an automatic one year  extension  unless prior written notice is provided by the
Bank to such officer or by such officer to the Bank.  Under the Agreements,  if,
following a "change of control",  the Bank chooses to  terminate  the  officer's
employment  other  then for cause or if the  officer  resigns  from the Bank for
"good  reason,"  the officer  will be entitled to a lump sum  severance  payment
equal to (a) with  respect to the senior vice  presidents,  such  person's  then
applicable  annual salary and (b) with respect to the executive vice presidents,
two  times  such  person's  then-applicable  annual  salary.  In the event of an
involuntary  termination  of the  officer  other  than  for  cause  prior to the
occurrence  of a "change of control," the officer will be entitled to a lump sum
severance  payment equal to, with respect to both the senior vice presidents and
executive vice presidents,  one year's salary at such officer's  then-applicable
annual salary.

  Under  the  Agreements,  the Bank has  agreed  to  indemnify  each  senior  or
executive  officer and hold him or her  harmless (i) against  reasonable  costs,
including legal fees, incurred by such officer in connection with such officer's
consultation with legal counsel or arising out of any legal action in which such
officer  may be  involved  as a result of the  Agreements  and (ii) for all acts
omissions  taken or not taken by such  officer  in good faith  while  performing
services  for the Bank to the same extent as other  similarly-situated  officers
and Directors of the Bank.

  For purposes of the  Employment  Agreement  and the  Agreements,  a "change of
control"  of the Bank  would  include  the  occurrence  of any of the  following
events: (i) an event which would be required to be reported under Item 1 of Form
F-3 of the FDIC; (ii) certain events which would  constitute a change in control
for purposes of certain federal statutes and  regulations;  (iii) certain events
which would have the effect of replacing a majority 


                                       52

<PAGE>

of the members  constituting  the Board of  Directors;  (iv) the approval by the
Bank's  stockholders to become a party to certain  mergers,  reorganizations  or
consolidations;   (v)  the  approval  by  the  Bank's  stockholders  of  certain
liquidation or dissolution  proceedings or the sale of all or substantially  all
of the assets of the Bank, or (vi) the  solicitation  of proxies from the Bank's
stockholders  by  someone  other  than the  current  management  of the Bank and
without the approval of the Board, which person seeks to acquire the Bank.

Benefits Under Plans

  Employee Stock Ownership  Plan. In connection  with the  Conversion,  the Bank
established an employee stock ownership plan ("ESOP"), and it maintains the ESOP
for all full-time  employees of the Bank and its  affiliates who are at least 21
years of age and are credited with at least 1,000 hours of service with the Bank
or its  affiliates.  The ESOP  currently  has  445,000  shares of  Common  Stock
available for  allocation to  participants  in accordance  with the terms of the
ESOP (the "ESOP  Shares").  Under the ESOP, the ESOP Shares will be allocated in
the  proportion  that each  participant's  compensation  bears to the  aggregate
compensation for all eligible  participants  (but no compensation  over $150,000
will count toward an allocation).

  Each  participant  becomes vested in their ESOP account in installments of 20%
for each year of service with the Bank and its  affiliates  after the  effective
date of the ESOP.  Amounts  forfeited by participants  who fail to vest in their
accounts will be  reallocated to remaining  participants  in proportion to their
compensation.

  Participants  will be entitled to  distribution  of their vested benefits only
following  termination of employment or retirement,  or attainment of age 701/2.
Distributions will ordinarily be made in ESOP Shares, but a participant entitled
to a  distribution  of  fewer  than  100  ESOP  Shares  may  receive  his or her
distribution in cash.

  A committee  appointed by the Board of Directors of the Bank  administers  the
ESOP.  The trustee of the ESOP is State Street Bank and Trust  Company,  Boston,
Massachusetts.  Under the ESOP,  the Trustee is  directed to vote all  allocated
ESOP  Shares  held in the  ESOP  in  accordance  with  the  instructions  of the
participants  to whom such  shares  have  been  allocated,  and to  follow  such
instructions on a proportional  basis in voting  unallocated and unvoted shares.
In addition,  the trustee is directed  under the ESOP to accept or reject tender
offers with regard to allocated ESOP Shares in accordance with the  instructions
of the  participants  to whom such shares have been allocated and to follow such
instructions on the same  proportional  basis with regard to unallocated  shares
and to such shares with respect to which no  instructions  are received from the
participants.  Any such vote of ESOP Shares or  response  to a tender  offer for
ESOP  Shares  would  be  subject,  however,  to the  Trustee's  exercise  of its
fiduciary duties under applicable law.

  As of January 1, 1996, 54,812 ESOP Shares have been allocated.

  The ESOP  Shares  were  acquired  in the  Conversion  with the  proceeds  of a
$3,560,000 loan (the "ESOP Loan") made by Mechanics  Savings Bank, a Connecticut
mutual  savings bank  ("Mechanics")  to the ESOP.  The ESOP Loan is scheduled to
mature on January 31, 2005 and accrues interest at the "prime rate" as published
in The Wall Street  Journal from time to time. The principal of the ESOP Loan is
payable  semi-annually in 20 equal payments,  and interest is payable  quarterly
during the term of the ESOP  Loan.  The ESOP Loan is secured by a pledge of ESOP
Shares,  by a standby letter of credit issued by the Bank for the account of the
Trustee naming Mechanics as beneficiary,  and by a security  interest in certain
Treasury  securities of the Bank. The Bank intends to make cash contributions to
the ESOP  from  time to time in an  amount  at least  equal to the debt  service
requirement of the ESOP Loan. Each year, as the ESOP Loan is repaid, ESOP shares
will be released  from the pledge to  Mechanics  and  allocated  to  participant
accounts in proportion to the principal and interest  under the ESOP Loan repaid
for that year to the  projected  principal  and interest to be paid for the year
plus the remaining term of the ESOP Loan.

  Pension Plan. The Bank provides a retirement  plan for all eligible  employees
through  the  Savings  Banks  Employees  Retirement  Association  ("SBERA"),  an
unincorporated  association of savings banks operating within  Massachusetts and
other  organizations  providing  services to or for savings banks.  SBERA's sole
purpose 

                                       53

<PAGE>

is to enable the  participating  employers to provide pensions and other
benefits for their  employees.  Each employee  reaching the age of 21 and having
completed  at least 1,000 hours in a twelve  month  period  beginning  with such
employee's  date  of  employment  automatically  becomes  a  participant  in the
retirement plan.  Benefits under the retirement plan are 100% vested after three
years of service.  The Bank's pension plan is subject to the requirements of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,  and is intended to
constitute  a qualified  pension  plan under the  applicable  provisions  of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

  The  retirement  plan is a  qualified  defined  benefit  plan  under  which an
employee is not required to make any contributions to become a participant or to
earn benefits under the plan. The benefits provided at age 65 to any participant
will be based on the  average of the  participant's  highest  three  consecutive
years of cash  compensation  up to  $150,000,  as  adjusted  for  cost-of-living
increases ("Average  Compensation").  The benefits provided at age 65 will equal
1.25% of Average  Compensation  plus 0.6% of Average  Compensation  in excess of
Social Security  covered  compensation for each year of service with the Bank up
to a maximum of 25 years.  Normal retirement age under the plan is 65; a reduced
early  retirement  benefit  is  payable  from  age 50 to age  64  under  certain
circumstances.  At January 1, 1996,  the latest  date for which  information  is
available,  the present value of accrued benefits was fully funded by the market
values of related available assets.

  The following table illustrates  annual pension benefits at age 65 for various
levels of  compensation  and years of service.  The average  compensation  shown
reflects  an average of the three  highest  consecutive  years of  compensation.
Pension  benefits are currently  subject to the  statutory  maximum of $150,000,
subject to cost-of-living  adjustments. In addition, for plan years beginning on
and after January 1, 1994 annual  compensation  earned after that date in excess
of $150,000.00 may not be used in the calculation of retirement benefits.

              Annual Pension Benefit Based on Years of Service(1)

 Average            10 Years 15 Years 20 Years   25 or More
Compensation         Service  Service  Service Yrs Service(2)
- --------------      -------- -------- -------- --------------
$ 60,000......       $ 9,641   14,462   19,283    24,103
  80,000......       $13,341   20,102   26,683    33,353
 100,000......       $17,041   25,562   34,083    42,603
 120,000......       $20,741   31,112   41,483    51,853
 125,000......       $21,666   32,499   43,333    54,166
 150,000(3)...       $26,291   39,437   52,583    65,728
- ------
(1) The  annual  pension  benefit  is  computed  on the  basis of a single  life
    annuity.
(2) Maximum number of years of service  recognized  under the retirement plan is
    25.
(3) Federal law does not permit benefit pension plans to recognize  compensation
    in excess of $150,000 for plan years beginning in 1994.

  The years of credit  service for Mr.  Marshall and Mr.  Barrett are 2.25 years
and 1.50 years  respectively.  Mr. Treanor joined the plan in September 1995 and
Mr. Sinton is not eligible to participate  until 1996. Mr. Dill is not an active
participant  in this plan,  but has 5.0 years of credited  service from previous
participation.

  Supplemental  Executive Retirement Plan. The Supplemental Executive Retirement
Plan of the Bank (the "SERP") provides a select group of executive officers with
a level of  retirement  benefit  generally  commensurate  with that  received by
executives of similar banking organizations with similar responsibilities, under
circumstances  where  such  executive  officer's  qualified  pension  benefit is
reduced or restricted by  limitations  imposed under the Code, by virtue of such
executive  officer's  transfer to  employment  with the Bank in  mid-career,  or
otherwise.  The  eligible  executive  officers  under  the  SERP  are the  Chief
Executive  Officer  of the  Bank,  and  such  other  executive  officers  as the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of the
Chief Executive Officer, may select from time to time.

                                       54

<PAGE>

  The  SERP  provides  an  annual  benefit  at  age  65  equal  to  2.5%  of the
participant's final average earnings (averaged over the five years preceding his
or her termination) multiplied by his or her years of service credited under the
SERP,  reduced by his or her Social Security  benefit,  his or her benefit under
the  Bank's  qualified  pension  plan and by  benefits  under any other  plan or
arrangement specified by the Compensation Committee (the "Offsetting Benefits");
however,  when  combined  with the  Offsetting  Benefits and any other  benefits
specified  by the  Compensation  Committee  (such  as  benefits  under a  former
employer's  plans),  the maximum benefit under the SERP cannot exceed 60% of the
participant's  final average earnings.  Service is generally  credited under the
SERP for each year the participant is employed by the Bank or its  subsidiaries,
but the Compensation  Committee may credit a participant with additional service
(which may be conditional on the occurrence of certain events,  such as a change
in  control),  or may limit  credit for years of service  with the Bank prior to
participation  in the SERP.  Messrs.  Marshall,  Barrett  and  Sinton  have been
credited with five years of additional  service under the SERP,  subject in each
case to Offsetting  Benefits from former  employer's  plans.  Each member of the
initial  group  of SERP  participants  will  be  credited  with  five  years  of
additional  service in the event of a change in control.  In addition,  the SERP
provides for the funding of all benefits  accrued for each  participant  through
grantor trusts upon a change in control of the Bank.

  The  following  table   represents   estimated  annual  pension  benefits  for
retirement at age 65 under the most advantageous  SERP provisions  available for
various levels of compensation  and years of service.  The figures in this table
are  calculated  on the basis of a  straight-life  annuity  and are based on the
assumption that the SERP continues in its present form. The benefits are subject
to deductions for Social Security and the value from the qualified  pension plan
and any other plan or arrangements specified by the Compensation Committee.

                                   Years of Service
 Average     --------------------------------------------------------
  Comp.        10        15       20        25        30       35
- --------     -------  -------   -------   -------   -------  --------
$125,000     31,250    45,875    62,500    78,125    93,750   109,375
$150,000     37,500    56,250    75,000    93,750   112,500   131,250
$175,000     43,750    65,625    87,500   109,375   131,250   153,125
$200,000     50,000    75,000   100,000   125,000   150,000   175,000
$250,000     62,500    93,750   125,000   156,250   187,500   218,750
$300,000     75,000   112,500   150,000   187,500   225,000   262,500
$400,000    100,000   150,000   200,000   250,000   300,000   350,000
$450,000    112,500   168,750   222,000   281,250   337,500   393,750
$500,000    125,000   187,500   250,000   312,500   375,000   437,500

  The average  compensation  for  purposes of this table is based on the highest
average of the five  consecutive  years of  service  preceding  retirement.  The
estimated  credited  years  of  service  at  retirement  for  each of the  Named
Executive Officers are as follows:  Mr. Marshall-19 years; Mr. Barrett-15 years;
Mr.  Treanor-18 years; and Mr. Sinton-19 years. Mr. Dill does not participate in
the SERP.

                                       55

<PAGE>

Security Ownership of Management and Directors

  Set  forth  below is a list of the  number  of  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock
beneficially owned by each of the Directors and the Named Executive Officers and
Directors and executive officers as a group.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Shares of Common
                                                                 Stock Beneficially Percent of
                                                                    Owned(1)         Class(2)
                                                                ------------------ ----------
<S>                                                                  <C>             <C>  

William B. Hart, Jr. .........................................          2,000         *
Thomas O'Brien................................................          3,000         *
Teresita Alicea...............................................          3,450         *
Paulette Henderson-Johnson....................................          2,325(3)      *
John H. Southworth............................................          7,510(4)      .13
Mary E. Boland(5).............................................         12,200(6)      .21
Sister Mary Caritas, S.P. ....................................          4,075(7)      *
Donald F. Collins(5)..........................................         24,700(8)      .43
John M. Naughton..............................................         15,000         .26
Charles L. Johnson............................................          7,200         .12
F. William Marshall, Jr. .....................................         52,798         .92
Gary P. Shannon...............................................          7,825(9)      .13
Stephen A. Shatz..............................................         14,700(10)     .25
Frank W. Barrett..............................................         28,923(11)     .50
B. John Dill..................................................         27,998(12)     .49
John F. Treanor...............................................         21,798         .38
Christopher A. Sinton.........................................          9,711         .16
Directors and principal officers of the bank as a group(24)...        295,286        5.16
<FN>
- ------
 (1) Unless  otherwise  noted  in the  footnotes  to  this  table,  each  of the
     above-referenced  persons  have sole voting and  investment  power over the
     shares of Bank Common Stock beneficially owned by them. The number reported
     for  individuals  includes  shares of Bank Common  Stock which were granted
     through the Restricted Stock Plan.
 (2) "*" indicates  less than 0.10% of the Bank's  outstanding  shares of Common
     Stock.  This number  includes  shares of the Bank Common Stock held through
     the Restricted Stock Plan.
 (3) Includes 125 shares owned by Ms. Henderson-Johnson jointly with her son.
 (4) Includes 310 shares owned by Mr. Southworth's spouse.
 (5) Mrs. Boland and Mr. Collins are first cousins.
 (6) Includes 2,500 shares owned by Mrs. Boland's children.
 (7) Includes 1,850 shares owned jointly with Sr. Marie Thaddeus.
 (8) Includes 1,000 shares owned by Mr. Collins's spouse; 3,200 shares owned
     jointly with Mr. Collins's sister;  and 14,550 shares owned directly by the
     Collins Electric Company Profit Sharing Plan for the benefit of Mr.
     Collins.
 (9) Includes 625 shares owned by Mr. Shannon's spouse.
(10) Includes 12,500 shares owned by Mr. Shatz jointly with his spouse.
(11) Includes 625 shares held by Mr. Barrett's children.
(12) Includes 2,500 shares held by Mr. Dill's children.
</FN>
</TABLE>

Transactions with Certain Related Persons

  Some of the directors and officers of the Bank, as well as firms and companies
with which they are  associated,  are or have been  customers of the Bank and as
such have had banking transactions,  including loan transactions, with the Bank.
As a matter of policy,  loans to directors and officers are made in the ordinary
course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and
collateral,  as to those  prevailing at the time for comparable  transactions to
other persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of  collectibility or
present  other  unfavorable  features.  All  loans  to  principal  officers  and
Directors must be approved by the Executive  Committee of the Board, and, if the
credit  request  is  greater  than  $500,000,  by a  majority  of the  Board  of
Directors.

                                       56

<PAGE>

Certain Business Relationships

  The Bank and its subsidiaries have from time to time entered into transactions
with  businesses and other  organizations  which are affiliated  with the Bank's
Directors. The terms and rates for all such transactions have been negotiated on
an arms-length basis and are no less favorable than comparable transactions with
other businesses or other organizations.

  During fiscal year 1995, the Bank and its  subsidiaries  retained the law firm
of Shatz,  Schwartz & Fentin  P.C. in which Mr.  Shatz is a partner,  to perform
certain  legal work for the Bank and its  subsidiaries.  Fees and expenses  paid
directly by the Bank to Shatz, Schwartz & Fentin P.C. during this period totaled
approximately  $159,915.45.  The Bank  intends  to  continue  to  retain  Shatz,
Schwartz & Fentin  P.C.  for future  legal  work.  The Bank has also  engaged in
transactions in which the fees and costs of such firm were paid by the borrowers
of the Bank.

  In addition,  the Bank and its subsidiaries  retained the law firm of Doherty,
Wallace,  Pillsbury & Murphy, P.C. in which Mr. Shannon is a partner, to perform
certain  legal work for the Bank and its  subsidiaries  during fiscal year 1995.
Fees and expenses  paid  directly by the Bank to Doherty,  Wallace,  Pillsbury &
Murphy,  P.C.  during this period totaled  approximately  $274,770.66.  In cases
involving  foreclosure  work on loans serviced by the Bank for secondary  market
investors,  the Bank is  reimbursed  by those  investors.  In 1995,  the  amount
reimbursed  was  $175,969.89.  The Bank  intends to continue to retain  Doherty,
Wallace,  Pillsbury & Murphy,  P.C.  for future  legal  work.  The Bank has also
engaged  in  transactions  in which the fees and costs of such firm were paid by
the borrowers of the Bank.

  Prior to September  30, 1995,  the Bank paid premiums  totaling  $87,372.77 to
Massachusetts  Mutual Life Insurance  Corporation,  in which Mr.  Naughton is an
executive vice president,  for employee benefit policies  previously  offered by
the Bank to  certain  of its  employees.  The Bank has also  paid  $1,558.95  to
Massachusetts  Mutual  Life  Insurance  Corporation  for  fees  relating  to the
establishment  and  maintenance of a 401(k) Plan on behalf of certain  employees
who  chose  to  participate.  The  401(k)  Plan is  available  to all  full-time
employees of the Bank who meet certain conditions.

Prohibition on Beneficial Ownership of Five Percent of Common Stock

  The  Charter  of the Bank  prohibits  the  ownership  of more than 4.9% of the
outstanding  shares of any class of equity securities of the Bank by any person,
other  than  the  ESOP,  for  a  three-year  period  following  the  Conversion.
Accordingly, as of the date of this Proxy Statement-Prospectus,  the Bank is not
aware of any person or group  acting in  concert  who owned in excess of 4.9% of
the outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock,  other than the ESOP,  which holds
approximately 8% of such outstanding shares.

                        PROPOSAL THREE-ELECTION OF CLERK

  Under  Massachusetts  law,  the  Clerk  of the  Bank is to be  elected  by the
stockholders  at the annual meeting or at a special meeting duly called for that
purpose.  At the  Annual  Meeting,  a Clerk of the Bank will be elected to serve
until the 1997  annual  meeting or until his or her  successor  is  elected  and
qualified.

  The Board of Directors of the Bank has selected Michael E. Tucker as the
nominee for Clerk. Mr. Tucker has served as the Bank's Clerk since 1995. For
information with respect to Mr. Tucker, including his business experience, see
"Management of the Bank."

  Unless  otherwise  specified in the proxy,  it is the intention of the persons
named in the proxy to vote the  shares  represented  by each  properly  executed
proxy for the  election of Michael E. Tucker as Clerk of the Bank.  The Board of
Directors  believes  that Mr.  Tucker will stand for  election and will serve if
elected as Clerk.  However,  if he fails to stand for  election  or is unable or
refuses to accept  election,  the proxies will be voted for the election of such
other person as the Board may recommend.


                                       57

<PAGE>


Recommendation of Directors

  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS  RECOMMENDS THAT THE STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR THE ELECTION
OF MICHAEL E. TUCKER AS CLERK OF THE BANK.

                  PROPOSAL FOUR-INCREASE IN AUTHORIZED SHARES
                  UNDER THE 1995 MANAGEMENT STOCK OPTION PLAN

Proposal to Stockholders

  In  January  1996,  the  Compensation  Committee  recommended  to the Board of
Directors, and the Board of Directors approved,  subject to required shareholder
and regulatory approvals, an increase of 250,000 in the number of shares of Bank
Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Management Stock Option Plan.

  As of the date of this Proxy Statement-Prospectus and without giving effect to
this proposed  increase in shares,  a total of 445,000  shares had been reserved
for issuance  under the  Management  Stock  Option  Plan,  and a total of 25,000
shares  remained  available for future grant under the  Management  Stock Option
Plan.

  The  additional  shares are intended to be available to attract new employees,
and to retain and reward  existing  employees of the Bank.  The terms of options
awarded  under  the  Management   Stock  Option  Plan  are  established  by  the
Compensation Committee, acting in its discretion, subject to certain limitations
established  by the terms of the  Management  Stock Option  Plan,  as more fully
described  below  (e.g.,  that the option  exercise  price must be at least fair
market value on the date of grant, and the option term cannot exceed 10 years) .
The  Compensation  Committee  expects that options  awarded under the Management
Stock Option Plan with respect to the additional  shares, if authorized,  may be
made on an ad hoc basis to one or more employees,  or under a program to provide
long term incentives to a group of key management personnel (including employees
at the level of vice  president or higher),  which  program may include  options
which become exercisable more rapidly if performance goals are met.

Description of the 1995 Management Stock Option Plan

  The essential  features of the Management Stock Option Plan, as proposed to be
amended,  are summarized below.  This summary does not,  however,  purport to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the  Management  Stock
Option  Plan.  Copies of the  Management  Stock Option Plan are  available  upon
request to the Investor Relations Department of the Bank.

  Purpose  of  the  1995  Management  Stock  Option  Plan.  The  purpose  of the
Management Stock Option Plan is to provide  incentives to officers and employees
of  the  Bank  and  its   wholly-owned   subsidiaries   (and,  if  the  Plan  of
Reorganization  is  consummated,  employees of the Company),  to encourage stock
ownership by such  individuals,  increasing  their  proprietary  interest in the
success of the Bank (and the Company)  and its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  The
Management Stock Option Plan provides for awards of incentive stock options that
qualify  for  favorable  tax  treatment  under  Section  422  of the  Code,  and
nonqualified stock options.

  Description of the 1995  Management  Stock Option Plan.  The Management  Stock
Option Plan is administered  by the  Compensation  Committee,  which selects the
officers  and  employees  of the Bank  (and,  if the Plan of  Reorganization  is
consummated,  the Company) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries to whom options may
be granted. The Management Stock Option Plan presently provides for the granting
of  options to acquire  Bank  Common  Stock.  If the Plan of  Reorganization  is
approved by the shareholders and subsequently consummated,  the Management Stock
Option Plan will be assumed by the Company,  and all options  granted  under the
Plan will be options to acquire Company Common Stock.

  The option exercise price of options granted under the Management Stock Option
Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market  value of the Common  Stock on
the date of the option, as determined in accordance with


                                       58

<PAGE>

the terms of the Plan. The maximum option term is 10 years.  Each option granted
will be become  exercisable at such time, and remain exercisable for such period
(subject  to the  maximum  10 year  term) as the  Compensation  Committee  shall
determine  and  set  forth  in  the  option  agreement  relating  thereto.   The
Compensation  Committee has set a vesting  schedule  which applies  generally to
provide  that under  ordinary  circumstances  20% of the options  vest each year
beginning  one year  from the date of grant,  but in any event all such  options
shall  vest no later  than the  seventh  anniversary  of the date of  grant.  In
addition,  upon a change  in  control  of the  Bank,  all  options  will  become
immediately  vested.  (The consummation of the Plan of  Reorganization  will not
constitute  a change of control for this  purpose.)  No employee may receive any
incentive  stock option if, at the time of grant,  such person owns (directly or
indirectly by  attribution)  more than 10% of the total combined voting power of
the Bank unless the option  price is at least 110% of the fair  market  value of
the Common  Stock and the  exercise  period of such  incentive  stock  option is
limited by its terms to five years.

  Payment for shares  purchased  under the  Management  Stock Option Plan may be
made  either  in  cash or cash  equivalents,  or,  if  permitted  by the  option
agreement,  by  exchanging  shares of Common  Stock of the Bank (or the Company)
with a fair market  value equal to or less than the total option price plus cash
for any difference, or by a combination of the foregoing. Options generally also
may be exercised  by the optionee  directing  that  certificates  for the shares
purchased  be  delivered  to a licensed  broker  acceptable  to the Bank (or the
Company) as agent for the optionee, provided that the broker tenders to the Bank
(or the Company) cash or cash  equivalents  equal to the option  exercise  price
plus the amount of any taxes that the Bank (or the  Company)  may be required to
withhold in connection  with the exercise of the option.  No  fractional  shares
will be issued by the Bank (or the  Company)  on  exercise of the options and no
cash will be paid in lieu of any fractional shares.

  Options  granted under the Management  Stock Option Plan are not  transferable
and may be exercised  only by the  optionee  during his or her  lifetime.  If an
employee's employment with the Bank, a subsidiary (or the Company) terminates by
reason of death or permanent and total disability,  his or her options,  whether
or not then  exercisable,  may be exercised  within one year after such death or
disability  (but not later than the date the  option  would  otherwise  expire),
unless the option agreement  provides  otherwise.  If the employee's  employment
terminates for any reason other than death or  disability,  options held by such
optionee  terminate  three  months after the date of such  termination  (but not
later  than the date the  option  would  otherwise  expire)  unless  the  option
agreement provides for a shorter or longer period prior to expiration.

  If the outstanding  shares of the Bank's (or, if the Plan of Reorganization is
consummated,  the Company's)  common stock are changed for a different number or
kind of shares or securities, by reason of any reorganization, recapitalization,
exchange of shares,  stock split,  combination of shares or dividend  payable in
capital  stock,  an  appropriate  adjustment  will be  made by the  Compensation
Committee  in the number  and kind of shares  subject  to the  Management  Stock
Option  Plan,  and for which  options  may be granted  under the Plan.  Any such
adjustment to outstanding options, however, will be made without a change in the
total price  applicable  to the  unexercised  portion of the option,  but with a
corresponding adjustment in the per-share option price.

  If the Bank (or, if the Plan of  Reorganization  is consummated,  the Company)
merges or  consolidates  with one or more  corporations,  or if the Bank (or the
Company)  is  liquidated  or sells  all or  substantially  all of its  assets to
another  entity  while any options  remain  outstanding,  then the  Compensation
Committee in its discretion shall amend the terms of all outstanding  options so
that  either (i) after the  merger,  consolidation  or sale,  each  optionee  is
entitled to receive  shares of common stock of the new entity to which he or she
would have been  entitled  if he or she were a  stockholder  of the Bank (or the
Company)  at the  time  of the  merger,  consolidation  or  sale,  or  (ii)  all
outstanding  options  shall be  canceled  as of the  effective  date of any such
merger,  consolidation  or sale,  provided that each  optionee  receives 20 days
following the effective date of such  transaction to exercise his or her options
in accordance with their respective terms.

  The Board may amend the Management Stock Option Plan with respect to shares of
Common Stock as to which options have not been granted;  however, the Bank's (or
the Company's)  stockholders  must approve any amendment that would (i) increase
the number of shares of Common Stock as to which options may be granted 


                                       59

<PAGE>

under the  Management  Stock Option  Plan,  (ii) change the  requirements  as to
eligibility to receive  options,  (iii) reduce the minimum option price, or (iv)
increase the maximum term of options.

  The Board may  terminate  or suspend the  Management  Stock Option Plan at any
time.  Unless  previously  terminated,  the  Management  Stock  Option Plan will
terminate automatically on May 31, 2005, the day before the tenth anniversary of
the effective date of the Plan. No  termination,  suspension or amendment of the
Management  Stock Option Plan may adversely  affect the rights of an optionee to
whom an option has been granted, without the consent of the optionee.

Federal Income Tax Consequences of the 1995 Management Stock Option Plan

  The  grant  of an  option  (whether  it  is an  incentive  stock  option  or a
nonqualified  stock option) will not give rise to taxable income to an optionee,
or to a tax deduction for the Bank (or the Company).

  Incentive  Stock  Options.  An optionee will not recognize  taxable income for
regular  federal income tax purposes upon exercise of an incentive stock option.
However,  for  purposes of the  alternative  minimum tax, the excess of the fair
market  value of  Common  Stock  subject  to an  incentive  stock  option on the
exercise  date over the option  exercise  price is  included  in the  optionee's
alternative  minimum taxable income in the year of exercise (except that, if the
optionee is subject to certain securities law restrictions, determination of the
amount included in alternative minimum taxable income will be deferred for up to
six months,  unless the optionee  elects  within 30 days  following the exercise
date to have taxable income determined without regard to such restrictions.) Any
gain realized upon a disposition of shares of Common Stock received  pursuant to
the  exercise of an incentive  stock  option will be taxed as long-term  capital
gain if the  optionee  holds the shares for at least two years after the date of
grant and one year after the date of exercise.  An optionee may be entitled to a
credit  against  regular tax liability in future years for  alternative  minimum
taxes paid with respect to the exercise of incentive stock options. The Bank (or
the  Company)  will not be entitled to a  compensation  expense  deduction  with
respect to the exercise of an incentive stock option, except as discussed below.

  To qualify for the foregoing tax treatment,  the holder of an incentive  stock
option must be an employee of the Bank or a subsidiary  (or of the Company) from
the date the option is granted  through a date within  three  months  before the
date of exercise of the option. An incentive stock option may be exercised up to
one year  following  termination  of  employment on account of  disability,  and
remain eligible for favorable tax treatment.  If an optionee dies while employed
or within three months of his or her  termination  date, both the time limit for
exercising  incentive  stock options  after  termination  of employment  and the
holding period for Common Stock received  pursuant to the exercise of the option
are waived for purposes of the tax  requirements  for incentive  stock  options.
(The  terms  of the  Management  Stock  Option  Plan and the  option  agreement,
however, will establish the period during which an option can be exercised.)

  If all the  requirements  for incentive  stock option  treatment are satisfied
except the special  two-years  from grant and  one-year  from  exercise  holding
periods   described   above,  the  optionee  has  engaged  in  a  "disqualifying
disposition"  of the option stock.  The optionee will recognize  ordinary income
upon the disqualifying disposition in an amount generally equal to the excess of
the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time the option was  exercised,
over the option  exercise  price (but  ordinary  income will not exceed the gain
recognized  on an arms' length  disqualifying  disposition).  The balance of the
realized  gain,  if any,  will be capital gain (either  short-term or long-term,
depending  on whether the Common Stock has been held for more than one year from
the exercise date). If the optionee engages in a disqualifying disposition,  the
Bank (or the Company) will be allowed a  compensation  expense  deduction to the
extent the optionee  recognizes  ordinary income on account of the disqualifying
disposition (subject to the limitations on deductibility of compensation paid to
certain executive officers under Section 162(m) of the Code, discussed below).

  Nonqualified  Stock Options.  Upon exercising a nonqualified  stock option, an
optionee will  recognize  ordinary  income in an amount equal to the  difference
between the exercise  price and the fair market value of the Common Stock on the
date of exercise (except that, if the optionee is subject to certain  securities
law restrictions, 
                                       60

<PAGE>

determination  of the amount  included in taxable income will be deferred for up
to six months,  unless the optionee elects within 30 days following the exercise
date to have taxable income determined without such  restrictions).  If the Bank
(or the Company) complies with the applicable reporting requirements, it will be
entitled to a compensation  expense deduction in the same amount and at the same
time as the optionee  recognizes  ordinary income (subject to the limitations on
deductibility of compensation paid to certain  executive  officers under Section
162(m) of the Code, discussed below).

  If the optionee surrenders shares of Common Stock in payment of part or all of
the exercise price for a nonqualified option, no gain or loss will be recognized
with  respect  to  the  shares  surrendered  (as  long  as the  optionee  is not
surrendering  shares acquired by the exercise of an incentive stock option as to
which the holding  requirements  have not been met in order to exercise  another
incentive  stock  option) and the optionee will be treated as receiving a number
of shares equivalent to those surrendered in a nontaxable exchange. The basis of
the  shares  surrendered  will be treated  as the  substituted  tax basis for an
equivalent  number of option  shares  received,  and  these new  shares  will be
treated as having  been held for the same  holding  period as had  expired  with
respect to the surrendered  shares.  The difference between the aggregate option
exercise  price and the  aggregate  fair market value of the  additional  shares
received  pursuant to the option exercise will be taxed as ordinary income.  The
optionee's  basis in the additional  shares will be equal to the amount included
in  the  optionee's  income.  The  optionee's  gain  (if  any)  on a  subsequent
disposition of the option shares will be either  short-term or long-term capital
gain, depending on whether the shares have been held for more than one year from
the exercise date.

  Under current  federal income tax law, the highest tax rate on ordinary income
is 39.6%,  and  long-term  capital gains are subject to a maximum tax of rate of
28%.  Because  of certain  provisions  in the law  relating  to the phase out of
personal exemptions and certain limitations on itemized deductions,  the federal
income tax consequences to a particular taxpayer of receiving additional amounts
of ordinary  income or capital  gain may be greater  than would be  indicated by
applying the foregoing tax rates to the additional amount of income or gain.

  Limitation on Deduction for  Compensation to Certain  Executives under Section
162(m) of the  Code.  Section  162(m)  of the Code  limits  the  Bank's  (or the
Company's)  deduction for compensation paid in a single year to each of the five
highest paid executive  officers to $1,000,000,  unless the excess  compensation
qualifies as "performance  based". All options under the Management Stock Option
Plan should qualify as "performance  based" because they will be granted under a
plan approved by the shareholders,  will be awarded by a Compensation  Committee
composed of  independent  directors,  and will have an  exercise  price at least
equal to fair  market  value on the date of grant.  Therefore,  the Bank (or the
Company)  should be able to deduct an amount  equivalent to the ordinary  income
recognized by a optionee on the exercise of a nonqualified  stock option or on a
disqualifying disposition of an incentive stock option granted under the Plan.

Required Vote

  At the  Annual  Meeting,  the  shareholders  are being  asked to  approve  the
increase in the number of shares  reserved  for  issuance  under the  Management
Stock  Option Plan from  445,000 to  695,000.  Subject to the  applicable  rules
regarding broker non-votes, the affirmative vote of a majority of the issued and
outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock eligible to be cast by  stockholders of
record of the Bank at the close of  business  on the Record  Date is required to
approve the proposed amendment to the Management Stock Option Plan.

Recommendation of Directors

  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK RECOMMENDS THAT THE  STOCKHOLDERS  VOTE FOR
THE AMENDMENT TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF SHARES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER THE
1995 MANAGEMENT STOCK OPTION PLAN.

                                       61

<PAGE>

                             STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

  Proposals  of  stockholders  of the Bank  intended to be presented at the 1997
Annual  Meeting of the Bank must be received by the Bank no later than  December
31, 1996 to be included in the Bank's proxy statement and form of proxy relating
to that meeting.  In addition,  the Bank's Amended and Restated  By-Laws provide
that any  stockholder  wishing to have a stockholder  proposal  considered at an
annual meeting must deliver  written notice of such proposal to the Clerk of the
Bank as set  forth  in the  Amended  and  Restated  By-Laws  of the  Bank at its
principal executive offices not less than 70 days nor more than 90 days prior to
the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; provided, however,
that in the event that the date of the annual  meeting is  advanced by more than
20 days, or delayed by more than 70 days, from such anniversary  date, notice by
the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the ninetieth
day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the
later of the  seventieth  day  prior to such  annual  meeting  or the  tenth day
following  the day on which public  announcement  of the date of such meeting is
first made. Any  stockholder  desiring to submit a proposal must comply with the
Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Bank. The advance notice  requirements under
the Bank's  Amended and Restated  By-laws  pertaining  to  stockholder  director
nominations   are   substantially   similar.   See  "Comparison  of  Stockholder
Rights-Meetings of Stockholders."

                            INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

  Representatives of Price Waterhouse LLP, the Bank's  independent  accountants,
are  expected to be present at the Annual  Meeting.  They will be  accorded  the
opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do so and will be available to
respond to appropriate  questions.  Price  Waterhouse LLP became the auditors of
the Bank for the fiscal year ending  December  31, 1995 upon the approval of the
Bank's Audit Committee.

                                 OTHER MATTERS

  Shares  represented  by  proxies  in  the  enclosed  form  will  be  voted  as
stockholders  direct.  Subject to applicable rules regarding  broker  non-votes,
proxies that contain no directions to the contrary will be voted in favor of the
proposal  to  approve  the  Plan of  Reorganization,  the  election  of the five
nominees to serve as Directors of the Bank, the election of Michael E. Tucker as
Clerk and the proposal to increase the number of shares  authorized for issuance
under the 1995 Management  Stock Option Plan. At the time of preparation of this
Proxy Statement-Prospectus, the Board of Directors of the Bank knows of no other
matters  to be  presented  for action at the  Annual  Meeting.  As stated in the
accompanying  proxy card,  if any other  business  should come before the Annual
Meeting,  proxies have  discretionary  authority to vote the shares according to
their best judgment.

                      COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE
                          SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 1934

  With  respect to the year ended  December  31,  1995,  Donald F.  Collins,  an
outside  director of the Bank,  inadvertently  failed to file with the FDIC on a
timely  basis one required  report  covering the purchase by his spouse of 1,000
shares of Bank Common Stock in April 1995. In making this  disclosure,  the Bank
has relied  solely on written  representations  of its  directors  and principal
officers and copies of the reports that they have been required to file with the
FDIC.

  WHETHER OR NOT YOU EXPECT TO BE PRESENT AT THE MEETING,  PLEASE COMPLETE, SIGN
AND DATE THE ENCLOSED PROXY AND RETURN IT PROMPTLY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.  IF
YOU ATTEND THE  MEETING,  YOU MAY  WITHDRAW ANY PROXY GIVEN BY YOU AND VOTE YOUR
SHARES IN PERSON.

  March 27, 1996
                                       62

<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit A

                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                     Pursuant to Section 26B of Chapter 172
                      of the General Laws of Massachusetts

  This Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (this "Plan") is dated as of January
31, 1996 and made between Springfield Institution for Savings, a savings bank in
stock form organized under Chapter 168 of the General Laws of Massachusetts (the
"Bank")  and SIS  Bancorp,  Inc.,  a  Massachusetts  business  corporation  (the
"Holding  Company").  This Plan constitutes the plan of acquisition  between the
Bank and the Holding  Company for  purposes of Section 26B of Chapter 172 of the
General Laws of Massachusetts.

  The Bank is a savings bank in stock form, duly organized and validly  existing
under the laws of the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts,  with its principal office
at 1441 Main Street,  Springfield,  Massachusetts  01102. As of the date hereof,
the authorized capital stock of the Bank consists of 25,000,000 shares of common
stock,  par value $1.00 per share (the "Bank Common Stock"),  of which 5,718,200
shares are issued and  outstanding,  556,250  shares are  reserved  for issuance
under the 1995 Springfield Institution for Savings Director and Management Stock
Option  Plans (the "Stock  Option  Plans") and 66,800  shares are  reserved  for
issuance  under  the 1995  Springfield  Institution  for  Savings  Director  and
Management  Restricted Stock Plans (the "Restricted Stock Plans"), and 5,000,000
shares of preferred stock,  par value $1.00 per share,  none of which shares are
issued and outstanding.

  The Holding  Company is a  corporation,  duly  organized and validly  existing
under the laws of the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts,  with its principal office
at 1441 Main Street, Springfield Massachusetts 01102. As of the date hereof, the
authorized  capital stock of the Holding  Company  consists of 250,000 shares of
common stock,  par value $0.01 per share (the "Holding  Company Common  Stock"),
and 50,000 shares of preferred stock,  par value $0.01 per share,  none of which
shares are issued and outstanding.  Prior to the Effective Time, as such term is
defined in Subsection 2.1 hereof,  the Holding  Company shall cause its articles
of  organization  to be amended to increase the authorized  capital stock of the
Holding  Company  from its  current  number of shares to a level  consisting  of
25,000,000  shares of common  stock,  par value $0.01 per share,  and  5,000,000
shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

  The Bank and the Holding  Company  have agreed that the Holding  Company  will
acquire  all of the  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock in
exchange for shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock pursuant to the provisions
of Section 26B of Chapter 172 of the General Laws of  Massachusetts  and of this
Plan.  This Plan has been  adopted and approved by a vote of at least a majority
of all the members of the Board of  Directors  of the Bank,  and by a vote of at
least a majority  of all the  members of the Board of  Directors  of the Holding
Company.  The officers of the Bank and of the Holding  Company whose  respective
signatures  appear below have been duly  authorized  to execute and deliver this
Plan.

  Now Therefore,  in consideration of the foregoing  premises and other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledge,
the Bank and the Holding Company agree as follows:

Section 1. Approval and Filing of Plan.

  1.1 This Plan shall be  submitted  for  approval by the holders of Bank Common
Stock at a meeting to be duly called and held in accordance  with the by-laws of
the Bank and all applicable laws and  regulations.  Notice of such meeting shall
be mailed  directly to all  stockholders  and published at least once a week for
two  successive  weeks in a newspaper  of general  circulation  in the County of
Hamden, Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Both of said newspaper publications shall
be at least fifteen days prior to the date of the meeting.

  1.2  Subject  to the  approval  of this  Plan by the  affirmative  vote of the
holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock as
required by law, the Bank and the Holding Company shall submit 


                                      A-1

<PAGE>

this Plan to the Commissioner of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the
"Bank  Commissioner")  for his  approval  and  filing  in  accordance  with  the
provisions  of Section 26B of Chapter 172 of the General Laws of  Massachusetts.
This Plan shall be accompanied by such  certificates of the respective  officers
of the Bank and the  Holding  Company  as may be  required  by law and a written
request from the Bank that this Plan not be filed by the Bank Commissioner until
such future time as the Bank Commissioner  shall have received from the Bank and
the Holding Company the written notice described in Subsection 2.1 hereof.

  1.3 If the  requisite  approval  of this Plan is  obtained  at the  meeting of
holders of Bank Common Stock  referred to in Subsection  1.1 hereof,  thereafter
and until the  Effective  Time,  as  hereinafter  defined,  the Bank shall issue
certificates for Bank Common Stock, whether upon transfer or otherwise,  only if
such  certificates bear a legend indicating that this Plan has been approved and
that shares of Bank Common Stock evidenced by such  certificates  are subject to
the acquisition by the Holding Company pursuant to this Plan.

Section 2. Definition of Effective Time.

  2.1 The transactions contemplated by this Plan shall become effective at 12:01
A.M. on the first business day following the date on which the Bank Commissioner
duly files this Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 26B of Chapter
172 of the General  Laws of  Massachusetts,  which  filing  shall be preceded by
written notice to the Bank  Commissioner  from the Bank and the Holding  Company
advising the Bank  Commissioner  that (i) all the  conditions  precedent to this
Plan becoming effective specified in Section 5 hereof,  other than the condition
described in Subsection  5.2, have been satisfied and (ii) the Plan has not been
abandoned by the Bank or the Holding  Company in accordance  with the provisions
of Section 6 hereof.  Such time is  hereinafter  referred  to as the  "Effective
Time".

Section 3. Actions at the Effective Time.

  3.1 At the Effective  Time,  the Holding  Company  shall,  without any further
action  on its  part  or on the  part  of the  holders  of  Bank  Common  Stock,
automatically  and by  operation  of law  acquire  and  become the owner for all
purposes of all shares of Bank Common Stock issued and  outstanding  immediately
prior to the Effective  Time, and the Holding  Company shall be entitled to have
issued to it by the Bank a certificate or certificates representing such shares.
Thereafter, the Holding Company shall have full and exclusive power to vote such
shares of Bank Common Stock,  to receive  dividends  thereon and to exercise all
rights of an owner thereof.

  3.2 At the Effective  Time,  any shares of Holding  Company Common Stock which
may have been  previously  issued and are outstanding  immediately  prior to the
Effective  Time shall be redeemed  and retired and shall  thereafter  constitute
authorized and unissued shares of Holding Company Common Stock.

  3.3 At the  Effective  Time,  the holders of the shares of Bank  Common  Stock
issued and outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective Time shall,  without
any  further  action  on  their  part  or on the  part of the  Holding  Company,
automatically and by operation of law cease to own such shares and shall instead
become  owners of one share of Holding  Company  Common  Stock for each share of
Bank  Common  Stock  held by  them  immediately  prior  to the  Effective  Time.
Thereafter, such persons shall have full and exclusive power to vote such shares
of Holding  Company  Common  Stock,  to  receive  dividends  thereon,  except as
otherwise provided herein, and to exercise all rights of an owner thereof.

  3.4 At the Effective Time, all previously issued and outstanding  certificates
representing  shares  of  Bank  Common  Stock  (the  "Old  Certificates")  shall
automatically  and by operation of law cease to represent  shares of Bank Common
Stock or any interest therein and each Old Certificate  shall instead  represent
the  ownership  by the holder  thereof  of an equal  number of shares of Holding
Company Common Stock. No holder of an Old Certificate  shall be entitled to vote
the shares of Bank Common Stock formerly represented by such certificate,  or to
receive  dividends  thereon,  or to exercise  any other  rights of  ownership in
respect thereof.

  3.5 Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, any Dissenting Stockholder,  as such
term is defined in Subsection 8.1 hereof, shall have such rights as are provided
by Subsection 8.2 hereof and by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.


                                      A-2

<PAGE>

Section 4. Actions After the Effective Time.

  As soon as  practicable  and in any event not more than  thirty days after the
Effective Time:

  4.1 The Holding  Company shall deliver to the transfer  agent for the Bank and
the Holding Company (the "Transfer Agent"), as agent for the then holders of the
Old Certificates (other than Old Certificates representing shares of Bank Common
Stock as to which  dissenters'  appraisal  rights shall have been  effected),  a
certificate  or  certificates  for the  aggregate  number of  shares of  Holding
Company  Common Stock (the "New  Certificates"),  to which said holders shall be
entitled.  Each  such  holder  of an Old  Certificate  shall  surrender  his Old
Certificate  to the  Transfer  Agent and  receive  in  exchange  therefor  a New
Certificate for an equal number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock. Until
so  surrendered,  each  Old  Certificate  shall  be  deemed,  for all  corporate
purposes,  to evidence the ownership of the number of shares of Holding  Company
Common  Stock which the holder  thereof  would be  entitled to receive  upon its
surrender, except that the Holding Company may, in its sole discretion, withhold
from the holder of shares  represented by such Old Certificate,  distribution of
any or all dividends  declared by the Holding  Company on such shares until such
time as such Old  Certificate  shall be  surrendered in exchange for one or more
New  Certificates,  at which time  dividends so withheld by the Holding  Company
with  respect to such shares shall be delivered  (without  interest  thereon and
less the amount of taxes, if any, which may have been imposed or paid thereon or
which are required by law to be withheld in respect thereof,  to the stockholder
to whom such New Certificate(s) are issued.

  4.2 The Holding  Company shall publish,  to the extent  required in accordance
with applicable law, a notice to the holders of all Old Certificates, specifying
the Effective Time of the  transactions  contemplated by this Plan and notifying
such  holders  that they may, or if required to do so by the Holding  Company in
its sole discretion, shall, present their Old Certificates to the Transfer Agent
for exchange.  The Holding Company shall also provide notice,  together with any
transmittal materials that may be necessary or appropriate,  by mail directly to
such  holders  at  their  last  known  addresses  as  contained  in  the  Bank's
stockholder records.

Section 5. Conditions Precedent.

  This Plan and the transactions  provided for herein shall not become effective
unless all of the following shall have occurred:

  5.1  This  Plan and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  shall  have  been
approved by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least  two-thirds of the
outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock at a meeting of such  stockholders duly
called and held for such purpose in accordance  with the by-laws of the Bank and
all applicable laws and regulations.

  5.2 This Plan shall have been approved by the Bank  Commissioner and a copy of
this  Plan with his  approval  endorsed  thereon  shall  have been  filed in his
office,  all as provided  in Section  26B of Chapter 172 of the General  Laws of
Massachusetts.

  5.3 The Holding Company shall have provided notice of this Plan to the Federal
Reserve Bank of Boston (the "Reserve Bank") in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section
225.15 and the Reserve Bank shall not have objected to the parties' consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby within thirty days after the date of the
Reserve Bank's receipt of such notice or, alternatively, the Reserve Bank or the
Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System,  acting  pursuant to Section
3(a)(1) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, shall have approved
an application of the Holding  Company to become a bank holding company upon the
consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Plan and a period  of
thirty days shall have elapsed after the date of such approval.

  5.4 The Bank  shall  have  received  a  favorable  opinion  from its  counsel,
satisfactory  in form and  substance  to the Bank,  with  respect to the federal
income tax consequences of this Plan and the transactions contemplated hereby.


                                      A-3

<PAGE>

  5.5 To the extent legally  required,  if at all, the shares of Holding Company
Common Stock to be issued to the holders of Bank Common  Stock  pursuant to this
Plan  shall  have been  registered  or  qualified  for such  issuance  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all applicable state securities laws.

  5.6 The Bank and the Holding  Company shall have obtained all other  consents,
permissions  and approvals and taken all actions  required by law and agreement,
or otherwise deemed necessary or appropriate by the Bank or the Holding Company,
including the amendment of the Holding  Company's  articles of  organization  to
increase its authorized capital stock as contemplated by this Plan, prior to the
consummation  of the  transactions  provided  for by this  Plan and the  Holding
Company's  having and  exercising all rights of ownership with respect to all of
the outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock to be acquired by it hereunder.

Section 6. Abandonment of Plan.

  6.1 This Plan may be  abandoned  by either the Bank or the Holding  Company at
any time before the Effective Time in the event that:

  (a)  The  number  of  shares  of  Bank  Common   Stock  owned  by   Dissenting
Stockholders,  as defined in Subsection 8.1 hereof,  shall make  consummation of
the  transactions  contemplated  by this Plan  inadvisable in the opinion of the
Bank or the Holding Company;

  (b) Any  action,  suit,  proceeding  or  claim  has been  instituted,  made or
threatened   relating  to  this  Plan  which  shall  make  consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated by this Plan inadvisable in the opinion of the Bank or
the Holding Company; or

  (c) For any other reason consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Plan is inadvisable in the opinion of the Bank or the Holding Company.

  Such abandonment shall be effected by written notice by either the Bank or the
Holding Company to the other of them, and shall be authorized or approved by the
Board of  Directors  of the party  giving such  notice.  Upon the giving of such
notice, this Plan shall be terminated and shall be of no further force or effect
and there shall be no liability  hereunder or on account of such  termination on
the  part  of the  Bank  or the  Holding  Company  or the  Directors,  officers,
employees,  agents  or  stockholders  of  either  of them.  In the event of such
abandonment of this Plan,  the Bank shall pay the fees and expenses  incurred by
itself and the Holding  Company in  connection  with this Plan and the  proposed
transactions contemplated hereby. If either party hereto gives written notice of
termination to the other party pursuant to this Section 6, the party giving such
written  notice  shall  simultaneously  furnish  a  copy  thereof  to  the  Bank
Commissioner.

Section 7. Amendment of Plan.

  7.1 This Plan may be amended or  modified at any time by mutual  agreement  of
the Boards of  Directors  of the  Holding  Company and the Bank (i) prior to its
approval by the stockholders of the Bank, in any respect, and (ii) subsequent to
such approval, in any respect, provided that the Bank Commissioner shall approve
of such amendment or modification.

Section 8. Rights of Dissenting Stockholders.

  8.1 The term "Dissenting Stockholders" shall mean those holders of Bank Common
Stock who file with the Bank before the taking of the vote on this Plan  written
objection  to this Plan,  pursuant to Section 86 of Chapter  156B of the General
Laws of  Massachusetts,  stating  that they  intend to demand  payment for their
shares of Bank Common Stock if this Plan is consummated and whose shares are not
voted in favor of this Plan.

  8.2  Dissenting  Stockholders  who comply with the  provisions  of Sections 85
through 98, inclusive,  of Chapter 156B of the General Laws of Massachusetts and
all other  applicable  provisions  of law shall be entitled to receive  from the
Bank  payment  of the fair  value of their  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock  upon
surrender by such holders of the certificates which previously  represented such
shares of Bank Common Stock.  Certificates so 


                                      A-4

<PAGE>

obtained by the Bank,  upon payment of the fair value of such shares as provided
by law,  shall be canceled.  Shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock,  to which
Dissenting  Stockholders would have been entitled had they not dissented,  shall
be deemed to constitute authorized and unissued shares of Holding Company Common
Stock and may  thereafter  be issued or  otherwise  disposed  of by the  Holding
Company at the discretion of, and on such terms as may be fixed by, its Board of
Directors.

Section 9. Stock Options and Restricted Stock.

  By the Holding  Company's  having  executed and delivered this Plan and by the
parties' subsequent  consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby, the
Holding  Company shall be deemed to have approved the Stock Option Plans and the
Restricted Stock Plans, as may be amended from time to time, as the director and
employee  stock option plans and the director and  management  restricted  stock
plans of the Holding Company. The Holding Company shall be deemed to have agreed
to issue Holding  Company Common Stock in lieu of Bank Common Stock with respect
to any grants of shares under the  Restricted  Stock Plans  occurring  after the
Effective Time and pursuant to stock options  outstanding under the Stock Option
Plan at the Effective Time or granted under the Stock Option Plan thereafter. As
of the  Effective  Time,  each  share  of Bank  Common  Stock  then  issued  and
outstanding  under the Restricted Stock Plans shall be converted into a share of
Holding Company Common Stock as  contemplated  by Subsection 3.3 hereof,  except
that all of the terms and  restrictions  applicable to such share of Bank Common
Stock  immediately  prior to the  Effective  Time  shall  apply to the  share of
Holding  Company Common Stock issued in exchange  therefor,  and the unexercised
portions of the options outstanding under the Stock Option Plan shall be assumed
by the Holding  Company and thereafter  shall be exercisable  only for shares of
Holding  Company  Common Stock,  with each such option being  exercisable  for a
number of shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock equal to the number of shares
of Bank Common Stock that were  available  thereunder  immediately  prior to the
Effective  Time,  and with no change in the exercise  price or any other term or
condition of such option.  To the extent deemed  necessary or  appropriate,  the
Holding  Company  and the Bank shall make  appropriate  amendments  to the Stock
Option Plans and the Restricted  Stock Plans to reflect the adoption  thereof as
the  director and  employee  stock option plans and the director and  management
restricted stock plans of the Holding Company without adverse effect upon any of
the  options  and  shares  outstanding  under  the  Stock  Option  Plans and the
Restricted Stock Plans.

Section 10. Governing Law.

  This Plan shall take  effect as a sealed  instrument  and shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

Section 11. Counterparts.

  This Plan may be executed  in several  identical  counterparts,  each of which
when executed and delivered by the parties hereto shall be an original,  but all
of which together shall constitute a single instrument.  In making proof of this
Plan,  it shall not be  necessary  to produce or account  for more than one such
counterpart.
                                      A-5

<PAGE>


  In Witness Whereof,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization  to be duly  executed  and  delivered  as of the date first above
written and their corporate seals to be hereunto affixed.

                             SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS

                             
                             By:/s/ John F. Treanor
                             Name: John F. Treanor
                             Title: Executive Vice President and Treasurer

ATTEST:


By /s/ Michael E. Tucker
Name: Michael E. Tucker
Title: Clerk

                            SIS BANCORP, INC.

                            By: /s/ F. William Marshall, Jr.
                            Name: F. William Marshall, Jr.
                            Title: President and CEO

ATTEST:

                          
By:/s/ Michael E. Tucker
Name: Michael E. Tucker
Title: Clerk

                                      A-6

<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit B

                    PROVISIONS OF MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL LAWS
                 RELATING TO RIGHTS OF DISSENTING STOCKHOLDERS

     (Sections 85 to 98 of Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws)

  Section  85.  Dissenting  Stockholder;  Right to  Demand  Payment  for  Stock;
Exception.  A  stockholder  in any  corporation  organized  under  the  laws  of
Massachusetts  which shall have duly voted to  consolidate or merge with another
corporation or corporations  under the provisions of sections  seventy-eight  or
seventy-nine who objects to such  consolidation or merger may demand payment for
his stock from the  resulting  or  surviving  corporation  and an  appraisal  in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  sections   eighty-six  to   ninety-eight,
inclusive, and such stockholder and the resulting or surviving corporation shall
have the rights and duties and follow the procedure set forth in those sections.
This  section  shall  not  apply  to the  holders  of any  shares  of stock of a
constituent corporation surviving a merger if, as permitted by subsection (c) of
section seventy-eight, the merger did not require for its approval a vote of the
stockholders of the surviving corporation.

  Section 86. Selection Applicable to Appraisal; Prerequisites. If a corporation
proposes  to take a  corporate  action as to which any  section of this  chapter
provides that a  stockholder  who objects to such action shall have the right to
demand payment for his shares and an appraisal thereof, sections eighty-seven to
ninety-eight,  inclusive,  shall apply except as otherwise specifically provided
in any section of this chapter.  Except as provided in sections  eighty-two  and
eighty-three,  no stockholder shall have such right unless (1) he files with the
corporation  before the taking of the vote of the shareholders on such corporate
action,  written  objection  to the proposed  action  stating that he intends to
demand  payment for his shares if the action is taken and (2) his shares are not
voted in favor of the proposed action.

  Section  87.  Statement  of  Rights  of  Objecting  Stockholders  in Notice of
Meeting;  Form. The notice of the meeting of  stockholders at which the approval
of such  proposed  action is to be  considered  shall contain a statement of the
rights of objecting stockholders.  The giving of such notice shall not be deemed
to create any rights in any stockholder receiving the same to demand payment for
his stock, and the directors may authorize the inclusion in any such notice of a
statement of opinion by the management as to the existence or  non-existence  of
the right of the  stockholders  to demand  payment for their stock on account of
the proposed  corporate action.  The notice may be in such form as the directors
or officers calling the meeting deem advisable, but the following form of notice
shall be sufficient to comply with this section:

"If the action  proposed  is  approved  by the  stockholders  at the meeting and
effected by the corporation,  any stockholder (1) who files with the corporation
before the taking of the vote on the approval of such action,  written objection
to the proposed  action stating that he intends to demand payment for his shares
if the  action  is taken  and (2)  whose  shares  are not voted in favor of such
action has or may have the right to demand in writing from the corporation  (or,
in the case of a consolidation or merger, the name of the resulting or surviving
corporation shall be inserted),  within twenty days after the date of mailing to
him of notice in writing that the corporate action has become effective, payment
for his shares and an appraisal of the value thereof.  Such  corporation and any
such stockholder shall in such cases have the rights and duties and shall follow
the procedure set forth in sections 88 to 98, inclusive,  of chapter 156B of the
General Laws of Massachusetts."

  Section 88. Notice of  Effectiveness  of Action  Objected To. The  corporation
taking such action, or in the case of a merger or consolidation the surviving or
resulting  corporation,  shall,  within  ten days  after the date on which  such
corporate action became  effective,  notify each stockholder who filed a written
objection  meeting the requirements of section  eighty-six and whose shares were
not voted in favor of the approval of such action,  that the action  approved at
the  meeting  of  the  corporation  of  which  he is a  stockholder  has  become
effective. The giving of such notice shall not be deemed to create any rights in
any stockholder  receiving the same to demand

                                      B-1

<PAGE>

payment for his stock. The notice shall be sent by registered or certified mail,
addressed  to the  stockholder  at his last  known  address as it appears in the
records of the corporation.

  Section 89. Demand for Payment;  Time for Payment. If within twenty days after
the date of mailing of a notice  under  subsection  (e) of section  eighty-two ,
subsection (f) of section eighty-three, or section eighty-eight, any stockholder
to whom the corporation was required to give such notice shall demand in writing
from the corporation  taking such action,  or in the case of a consolidation  or
merger from the resulting or surviving  corporation,  payment for his stock, the
corporation  upon which  such  demand is made shall pay to him the fair value of
his stock within  thirty days after the  expiration  of the period  during which
such demand may be made.

  Section 90.  Demand for  Determination  of Value;  Bill in Equity;  Venue.  If
during  the  period of thirty  days  provided  for in  section  eighty-nine  the
corporation  upon which such demand is made and any such  objecting  stockholder
fail to  agree as to the  value  of such  stock,  such  corporation  or any such
stockholder  may within  four months  after the  expiration  of such  thirty-day
period demand a  determination  of the value of the stock of all such  objecting
stockholders by a bill in equity filed in the superior court in the county where
the  corporation in which such objecting  stockholder  held stock had or has its
principal office in the commonwealth.

  Section 91. Parties to Suit to Determine Value;  Service. If the bill is filed
by the  corporation,  it shall name as parties  respondent all  stockholders who
have  demanded  payment for their shares and with whom the  corporation  has not
reached  agreement  as  to  the  value  thereof.  If  the  bill  is  filed  by a
stockholder,  he shall  bring  the bill in his own  behalf  and in behalf of all
other  stockholders who have demanded payment for their shares and with whom the
corporation  has not reached  agreement as to the value thereof,  and service of
the bill shall be made upon the  corporation by subpoena with a copy of the bill
annexed.  The corporation shall file with its answer a duly verified list of all
such other stockholders, and such stockholders shall thereupon be deemed to have
been added as parties to the bill.  The  corporation  shall give  notice in such
form and  returnable  on such date as the court shall order to each  stockholder
party to the bill by registered or certified  mail,  addressed to the last known
address of such stockholder as shown in the records of the corporation,  and the
court may order such  additional  notice by publication or otherwise as it deems
advisable.  Each stockholder who makes demand as provided in section eighty-nine
shall be deemed to have consented to the provisions of this section  relating to
notice,  and the giving of notice by the corporation to any such  stockholder in
compliance with the order of the court shall be a sufficient  service of process
on him.  Failure  to give  notice to any  stockholder  making  demand  shall not
invalidate the proceedings as to other  stockholders to whom notice was properly
given,  and the court may at any time  before the entry of a final  decree  make
supplementary orders of notice.

  Section 92. Decree  Determining  Value and Ordering  Payment;  Valuation Date.
After hearing the court shall enter a decree  determining  the fair value of the
stock of those  stockholders  who have become  entitled to the  valuation of and
payment of their shares, and shall order the corporation to make payment of such
value,  together  with  interest,  if  any,  as  hereinafter  provided,  to  the
stockholders  entitled  thereto upon the transfer by them to the  corporation of
the certificates  representing such stock if certificated or, if uncertificated,
upon receipt of an instruction  transferring such stock to the corporation.  For
this  purpose,  the  value  of the  shares  shall  be  determined  as of the day
preceding the date of the vote approving the proposed corporate action and shall
be  exclusive  of  any  element  of  value  arising  from  the   expectation  or
accomplishment of the proposed corporate action.

  Section 93. Reference to Special Master. The court in its discretion may refer
the bill or any  question  arising  thereunder  to a special  master to hear the
parties,  make findings and report the same to the court, all in accordance with
the usual practice in suits in equity in the superior court.

  Section 94. Notation on Stock  Certificates of Pendency of Bill. On motion the
court may order stockholder  parties to the bill to submit their certificates of
stock to the  corporation  for the notation  thereon of the pendency of the bill
and may order the  corporation to note such pendency in its records with respect
to any uncertificated shares held by such stockholder parties, and may on motion
dismiss the bill as to any stockholder who fails to comply with such order.

                                      B-2

<PAGE>


  Section 95. Costs;  Interest.  The costs of the bill, including the reasonable
compensation and expenses of any master appointed by the court, but exclusive of
fees of counsel or of experts retained by any party,  shall be determined by the
court and taxed upon the parties to the bill,  or any of them, in such manner as
appears to be equitable,  except that all costs of giving notice to stockholders
as provided in this chapter shall be paid by the corporation.  Interest shall be
paid upon any award from the date of the vote  approving the proposed  corporate
action,  and the court may on application of any interested  party determine the
amount of interest to be paid in the case of any stockholder.

  Section  96.  Dividends  and  Voting  Rights  after  Demand for  Payment.  Any
stockholder  who has demanded  payment for his stock as provided in this chapter
shall not thereafter be entitled to notice of any meeting of  stockholders or to
vote such stock for any  purpose  and shall not be  entitled  to the  payment of
dividends  or  other  distribution  on the  stock  (except  dividends  or  other
distributions  payable to stockholders of record at a date which is prior to the
date of the vote approving the proposed corporate action) unless:

  (1) A bill shall not be filed within the time provided in section ninety;

  (2) A bill, if filed, shall be dismissed as to such stockholder; or

  (3) Such stockholder shall with the written approval of the corporation, or in
the case of a consolidation or merger,  the resulting or surviving  corporation,
deliver to it a written  withdrawal  of his  objections  to and an acceptance of
such corporate action.

  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  clauses  (1)  to  (3),  inclusive,  said
stockholder  shall have only the rights of a  stockholder  who did not so demand
payment for his stock as provided in this chapter.

  Section 97. Status of Shares Paid For. The shares of the corporation  paid for
by the  corporation  pursuant to the  provisions  of this chapter shall have the
status of treasury stock, or in the case of a consolidation or merger the shares
or the  securities  of the  resulting  or surviving  corporation  into which the
shares  of such  objecting  stockholder  would  have been  converted  had he not
objected to such consolidation or merger shall have the status of treasury stock
or securities.

  Section 98. Exclusive Remedy;  Exception.  The enforcement by a stockholder of
his right to  receive  payment  for his shares in the  manner  provided  in this
chapter shall be an exclusive  remedy except that this chapter shall not exclude
the right of such stockholder to bring or maintain an appropriate  proceeding to
obtain relief on the ground that such corporate  action will be or is illegal or
fraudulent as to him.

                                      B-3

<PAGE>




                                                                 EXHIBIT C-1

                       The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
                             William Francis Galvin
                         Secretary of the Commonwealth
             One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512

                            ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
                          (General Laws, Chapter 156B)


                                    ARTICLE I

                      The exact name of the corporation is:


                                SIS BANCORP, INC.


                                   ARTICLE II

          The purpose of the corporation is to engage in the following
                              business activities:

              See Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.









                                      C-1


<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE III

State the total  number of shares and par value,  if any, of each class of stock
which the corporation is authorized to issue.

      WITHOUT PAR VALUE                          WITH PAR VALUE
- ------------------------------    ------------------------------------------
TYPE         NUMBER OF SHARES      TYPE      NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE
- ----         ----------------      ----      ----------------      ---------
Common:                           Common:         250,000             $.01

Preferred:                        Preferred:       50,000             $.01



                                   ARTICLE IV

If  more  than  one  class  of  stock  is  authorized,  state  a  distinguishing
designation  for each class.  Prior to the issuance of any shares of a class, if
shares  of  another  class  are  outstanding,  the  corporation  must  provide a
description of the preferences,  voting powers,  qualifications,  and special or
relative  rights or  privileges  of that class and of each other  class of which
shares are outstanding and of each series then established within any class.


See Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof.




                                    ARTICLE V

The  restrictions,  if any,  imposed by the  Articles of  Organization  upon the
transfer of shares of stock of any class are:


None




                                   ARTICLE VI

Other  lawful  provisions,  if any,  for the  conduct  and  regulation  of the
business and affairs of the corporation,  for its voluntary dissolution,  or for
limiting,  defining,  or  regulating  the powers of the  corporation,  or of its
directors or stockholders, or of any class of stockholders:

See Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof.





                                      C-2


<PAGE>

                               SIS BANCORP, INC.

                            ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                   EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE II: Purposes

1. Buying, selling, investing in, holding and dealing in property of every
   nature and description, real and personal, tangible and intangible;

2. Acquiring,  investing in and holding stock in any subsidiary  permitted under
   the Bank  Holding  Company Act of 1956 or Chapter  167A of the  Massachusetts
   General Laws, as such statutes may be amended from time to time, and engaging
   in any other activity or enterprise permitted to a bank holding company under
   said statutes or other applicable law; and

3. In general,  engaging in any other  business which may lawfully be carried on
   by a  corporation  organized  under  the  Business  Corporation  Law  of  the
   Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as amended from time to time.


                                      C-3

<PAGE>

                               SIS BANCORP, INC.

                            ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                   EXHIBIT B

ARTICLE IV: Description of Each of the Different Classes of Stock

  A description of the different classes and series of the Corporation's capital
stock and a statement of the designations  and the relative rights,  preferences
and  limitations  of the shares of each class and series of capital stock are as
follows:

  Section 4.1 Common Stock.  Except as provided by law or in this Article IV (or
in any  supplementary  sections hereto or in any certificate of establishment of
any  series  of  preferred  stock),  the  holders  of  the  common  stock  shall
exclusively  possess all voting  power.  Each  holder of shares of common  stock
shall be entitled to one vote on all matters for each share held by such holder.
There shall be no cumulative voting rights in the election of Directors.

  Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to
the holders of the  outstanding  shares of any class of stock having  preference
over the  common  stock as to the  payment  of  dividends,  the full  amount  of
dividends  and of a  sinking  fund  or a  retirement  fund or  other  retirement
payments,  if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference
to the common stock,  then  dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any
class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends,  out
of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends;  but only when and
as declared by the Board of Directors.

  Subject to Section 6.4 of these Articles of Organization,  in the event of any
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the  Corporation,  after there shall
have been paid to or set aside for the  holders of any class  having  preference
over the common stock in the event of liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of
the Corporation  the full  preferential  amounts to which they are  respectively
entitled,  the holders of the common stock,  and of any class or series of stock
entitled to  participate  in whole or in part  therewith as to  distribution  of
assets,  shall be entitled,  after payment or provision for payment of all debts
and  liabilities  of the  Corporation,  to receive the  remaining  assets of the
Corporation  available  for  distribution,  in cash or in kind, in proportion to
their holdings.

  Section 4.2  Preferred  Stock.  The Board of Directors of the  Corporation  is
authorized  by vote or votes,  from time to time  adopted,  to  provide  for the
issuance of preferred stock (the "Preferred Stock") in one or more series and to
fix  and  state  the  voting  powers,  designations,  preferences  and  relative
participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each series and
the qualifications,  limitations and restrictions  thereof,  including,  but not
limited to, determination of one or more of the following:

      (1)  The  distinctive   serial   designation  and  the  number  of  shares
    constituting such series;

      (2) The dividend rates or the amount of dividends to be paid on the shares
    of such series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which
    date or dates, the payment date or dates for dividends and the participating
    or other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;

      (3) The voting powers, if any, of shares of such series;

      (4) Whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable  and, if so, the
    price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions on which, such shares
    may be redeemed;

      (5) The amount or amounts  payable  upon the shares of such  series in the
    event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of
    the Corporation;

      (6) Whether the shares of such series  shall be entitled to the benefit of
    a sinking or retirement  fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of
    such shares,  and if so entitled,  the amount of such fund and the manner of
    its  application,  including the price or prices at which such shares may be
    redeemed or purchased through the application of such fund;


                                      C-4

<PAGE>


      (7)  Whether  the shares of such  series  shall be  convertible  into,  or
    exchangeable  for,  shares of any  other  class or  classes  or of any other
    series  of  the  same  or  any  other  class  or  classes  of  stock  of the
    Corporation, and if so convertible or exchangeable,  the conversion price or
    prices, or the rate or rates of exchange,  and the adjustments  thereof,  if
    any, at which such  conversion or exchange may be made,  and any other terms
    and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

      (8) The price or other  consideration  for which the shares of such series
    shall be issued;

      (9)  Whether  the shares of such series  which are  redeemed or  converted
    shall have the status of authorized but unissued  shares of preferred  stock
    and  whether  such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other
    series of stock; and

      (10) Such other powers, preferences,  rights, qualifications,  limitations
    and  restrictions  thereof  as are  permitted  by law  and as the  Board  of
    Directors of the Corporation may deem advisable.

  Unless  otherwise  provided by law, any such vote shall become  effective when
the  Corporation  files  with the  Secretary  of State  of the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts  a certificate  of  designation of one or more series of preferred
stock signed by the President or any Vice President and by the Clerk,  Assistant
Clerk, Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, setting forth a copy
of the vote of the Board of Directors  establishing  and  designating the series
and fixing and determining the relative rights and preferences thereof, the date
of adoption of such vote and a certification  that such vote was duly adopted by
the Board of Directors.
                                      C-5

<PAGE>

                               SIS BANCORP, INC.

                            ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                   EXHIBIT C

ARTICLE VI: Other Lawful Provisions

  Section 6.1 Issuance of Rights. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to
create and issue, whether or not in connection with the issuance and sale of any
of its stock or other  securities  or  property,  rights  entitling  the holders
thereof to purchase  or receive  from the  Corporation  shares of stock or other
securities or assets of the  Corporation or any other  corporation,  recognizing
that,  under  certain  circumstances,  the  creation and issuance of such rights
could have the effect of discouraging  third parties from seeking,  or impairing
their  ability to seek,  to  acquire a  significant  portion of the  outstanding
securities of the Corporation,  to engage in any transaction  which might result
in a change  of  control  of the  Corporation  or to enter  into any  agreement,
arrangement or  understanding  with another party to accomplish the foregoing or
for the purpose of acquiring,  holding, voting or disposing of any securities of
the Corporation.  The times at which and the terms upon which such rights are to
be issued  will be  determined  by the Board of  Directors  and set forth in the
contracts or instruments that evidence such right. The authority of the Board of
Directors  with  respect to such rights  shall  include,  but not be limited to,
determination of the following:

      (1) The  initial  purchase  price per share or other  unit of the stock or
    other securities or property to be purchased upon exercise of such rights.

      (2) Provisions  relating to the times at which and the circumstances under
    which such rights may be exercised or sold or otherwise transferred,  either
    together with or separately from, any other stock or other securities of the
    Corporation.

      (3) Provisions which adjust the number or exercise price of such rights or
    amount or nature of the stock or other  securities  or  property  receivable
    upon  exercise  of such  rights  in the  event  of a  combination,  split or
    recapitalization  of any stock of the Corporation,  a change in ownership of
    the  Corporation's  stock or other securities or a  reorganization,  merger,
    consolidation,   sale  of  assets  or  other  occurrence   relating  to  the
    Corporation or any stock of the Corporation,  and provisions restricting the
    ability  of the  Corporation  to enter into any such  transaction  absent an
    assumption by the other party or parties  thereto of the  obligations of the
    Corporation under such rights.

      (4)  Provisions  which deny the holder of a  specified  percentage  of the
    outstanding  stock or  other  securities  of the  Corporation  the  right to
    exercise  such rights  and/or cause the rights held by such holder to become
    void.

      (5)  Provisions  which permit the  Corporation  to redeem or exchange such
    rights,  which  redemption or exchange may be within the sole  discretion of
    the Board of  Directors,  if the Board of Directors  reserves  such right to
    itself.

      (6) The appointment of a rights agent with respect to such rights.

  Section  6.2 No Action by  Written  Consent  of  Stockholders.  Subject to the
rights of the holders of any series of  Preferred  Stock or any other  series or
class of stock as set forth in Article IV of these Articles of  Organization  to
elect  additional  Directors  under  specific  circumstances  or to  consent  to
specific actions taken by the  Corporation,  any action required or permitted to
be taken by the  stockholders  of the  Corporation  must be  effected  at a duly
called annual or special  meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not
be effected by any consent in writing in lieu of a meeting of such stockholders.

  Section 6.3 Certain Business Combinations.

  6.3.1. Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations.

  (A) In addition to any affirmative vote required by the Massachusetts  General
Laws or by Section 6.3.2 below,  the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then


                                      C-6

<PAGE>

outstanding shares ofcapital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally
in the election of Directors (the "Voting  Stock"),  voting together as a single
class, shall be required for any Business Combination (hereinafter defined).

  (B) "Business Combination" shall mean:

      (1) any  merger or  consolidation  of the  Corporation  or any  Subsidiary
    (hereinafter  defined)  with  (a) any  Interested  Stockholder  (hereinafter
    defined) or (b) any other  corporation  (whether or not itself an Interested
    Stockholder)  which is, or after such merger or  consolidation  would be, an
    Affiliate of an Interested Stockholder; or

      (2) any  sale,  lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,  transfer  or  other
    disposition (in one transaction or a series of  transactions) to or with any
    Interested Stockholder,  or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder,  of
    any assets of the  Corporation  or any  Subsidiary  having an aggregate Fair
    Market Value (as hereinafter defined) of $1,000,000 or more; or

      (3) the purchase,  exchange, lease or other acquisition by the Corporation
    or  any  Subsidiary  (in  a  single  transaction  or  a  series  of  related
    transactions) of all or  substantially  all of the assets or business of any
    Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder; or

      (4) the issuance or transfer by the  Corporation or any Subsidiary (in one
    transaction  or  a  series  of   transactions)  of  any  securities  of  the
    Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate
    of any  Interested  Stockholder  in exchange for cash,  securities  or other
    property (or a combination  thereof)  having an aggregate  Fair Market Value
    (as hereinafter  defined) of $1,000,000 or more,  except for any issuance or
    transfer  pursuant to an employee  benefit  plan of the  Corporation  or any
    Subsidiary thereof; or

      (5)  the  adoption  of  any  plan  or  proposal  for  the  liquidation  or
    dissolution  of the  Corporation  proposed by or on behalf of any Interested
    Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder; or

      (6) any  reclassification  of  securities  (including  any  reverse  stock
    split),  or   recapitalization   of  the  Corporation,   or  any  merger  or
    consolidation  of the Corporation  with any of its Subsidiaries or any other
    transaction  (whether  or  not  with  or  into  or  otherwise  involving  an
    Interested  Stockholder)  which has the effect,  directly or indirectly,  of
    increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of
    equity or convertible  securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary which
    is  directly  or  indirectly  owned  by any  Interested  Stockholder  or any
    Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder.

  6.3.2. When Higher Vote is Not Required.

  Section  6.3.1  above  shall  not be  applicable  to any  particular  Business
Combination,  and such Business  Combination  shall require only the affirmative
vote of the majority of the outstanding  shares of Voting Stock, if, in the case
of  any  Business   Combination   that  does  not  involve  any  cash  or  other
consideration  being received by the  stockholders of the Corporation  solely in
their capacity as stockholders of the  Corporation,  the condition  specified in
the  following  paragraph A of this Section  6.3.2 is met or, in the case of any
other  Business  Combination,  the  condition(s)  specified  in  either  of  the
following paragraph A or paragraph B of this Section 6.3.2 is met:

  (A) Approval by Continuing Directors. The Business Combination shall have been
approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors  (hereinafter  defined) and a
majority of the Board of Directors.

  (B) Price and Procedure Requirements. All of the following conditions shall
have been met:

  (1) The aggregate  amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of the date
of the consummation of the Business Combination of consideration other than cash
to be  received  per  share by the  holders  of  common  stock in such  Business
Combination shall at least be equal to the higher of the following:

  (a) (if  applicable)  the  Highest  Per  Share  Price  (hereinafter  defined),
including any brokerage  commissions,  transfer  taxes and  soliciting  dealers'
fees, paid by the Interested Stockholder or any 


                                      C-7

<PAGE>

of its  Affiliates  for any shares of common stock acquired by it (x) within the
two-year  period  immediately  prior to the  first  public  announcement  of the
proposal of the Business  Combination (the  "Announcement  Date"), or (y) in the
transaction in which it became an Interested  Stockholder,  whichever is higher;
and

  (b) the highest Fair Market Value per share of common stock on any date during
the one-year period prior to and including the Announcement Date; and

  (c) (if  applicable)  the price per share equal to the product of (i) the Fair
Market Value per share of common stock on the  Announcement  Date or on the date
on which the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder (such later
date is referred to in this Section 6.3 as the "Determination Date"),  whichever
is higher,  multiplied  by (ii) a fraction,  (x) the  numerator  of which is the
Highest Per Share Price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and
soliciting  dealers fees) paid by the Interested  Stockholder  for any shares of
common stock acquired by it within the two-year period  immediately prior to and
including the  Announcement  Date, and (y) the  denominator of which is the Fair
Market Value per share of common stock on the first day in such two-year  period
upon which the Interested Stockholder acquired any shares of common stock.

  (2) The aggregate  amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of the date
of the consummation of the Business Combination of consideration other than cash
to be received per share by holders of shares of any class of outstanding Voting
Stock  other than  common  stock  shall be at least  equal to the highest of the
following (it being intended that the  requirements of this paragraph B(2) shall
be required  to be met with  respect to every such class of  outstanding  Voting
Stock,  whether or not the Interested  Stockholder  has previously  acquired any
shares of a particular class of Voting Stock):

  (a) (if  applicable)  the  Highest Per Share Price  (including  any  brokerage
commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the Interested
Stockholder  for any shares of such  class of Voting  Stock  acquired  by it (x)
within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date, or (y) in
the  transaction  in which it became an  Interested  Stockholder,  whichever  is
higher;

  (b) (if  applicable)  the highest  preferential  amount per share to which the
holders of shares of such class of Voting Stock are entitled in the event of any
voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,   dissolution  or  winding  up  of  the
Corporation; and

  (c) the highest  Fair Market  Value per share of such class of Voting Stock on
any date during the one-year  period  prior to and  including  the  Announcement
Date; and

  (d) (if  applicable)  the price per share equal to the product of (i) the Fair
Market Value per share of such class of Voting Stock on the Announcement Date or
on the Determination Date,  whichever is higher,  multiplied by (ii) a fraction,
(x) the  numerator  of which is the  Highest  Per  Share  Price  (including  any
brokerage  commissions,  transfer taxes and soliciting dealers fees) paid by the
Interested  Stockholder for any shares of such class of Voting Stock acquired by
it  within  the  two-year  period   immediately   prior  to  and  including  the
Announcement Date, and (y) the denominator of which is the Fair Market Value per
share of such  class of Voting  Stock on the first day in such  two-year  period
upon  which the  Interested  Stockholder  acquired  any  shares of such class of
Voting Stock.

  (3) The  consideration  to be  received  by holders of a  particular  class of
  outstanding  Voting Stock (including  common stock) shall be in cash or in the
same form as the Interested  Stockholder  has previously paid for shares of such
class of Voting Stock. If the Interested  Stockholder has paid for shares of any
class  of  Voting  Stock  with  varying  forms  of  consideration,  the  form of
consideration  to be  received  per share by  holders of shares of such class of
Voting Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest number
of shares of such class of Voting Stock  previously  acquired by the  Interested
Stockholder.  The price  determined in accordance with this paragraph B(3) shall
be 
                                      C-8

<PAGE>


subject to  appropriate  adjustment  in the event of any stock  dividend,  stock
split, combination of shares or similar event.

  (4) After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested Stockholder and
prior to the consummation of such Business  Combination:  (i) except as approved
by a majority of the Continuing  Directors,  there shall have been no failure to
declare  and pay at the  regular  date  therefor  any full  quarterly  dividends
(whether or not  cumulative) on any  outstanding  stock having  preference  over
common stock as to dividends or  liquidation,  (ii) there shall have been (x) no
reduction  in the  annual  rate of  dividends  paid on common  stock  (except as
necessary to reflect any  subdivision of common stock),  except as approved by a
majority of the Continuing Directors, and (y) an increase in such annual rate of
dividends as necessary to reflect any  reclassification  (including  any reverse
stock split),  reorganization or any similar transaction which has the effect of
reducing the number of outstanding shares of common stock, unless the failure to
so  increase  such  annual  rate is  approved  by a majority  of the  Continuing
Directors,  and  (iii)  neither  such  Interested  Stockholder  nor  any  of its
Affiliates  shall have beneficial  ownership of any additional  shares of Voting
Stock  except  as part  of the  transaction  which  results  in such  Interested
Stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder.

  (5) After such Interested  Stockholder  has become an Interested  Stockholder,
such  Interested  Stockholder  shall not have received the benefit,  directly or
indirectly (except  proportionately as a stockholder),  of any loans,  advances,
guarantees,  pledges or other  financial  assistance or any tax credits or other
tax  advantages  provided,  directly or  indirectly,  by the  Corporation or any
Subsidiary,  whether in  anticipation  of or in  connection  with such  Business
Combination or otherwise.

  (6)  A  proxy  or  information  statement  describing  the  proposed  Business
Combination and complying with the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and rules and regulations  promulgated
thereunder,  shall be mailed to stockholders of the Corporation at least 30 days
prior to the  consummation  of such  Business  Combination  (whether or not such
proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to the Exchange
Act or such rules and regulations).

  6.3.3. Certain Definitions.

  For the purposes of these Articles of Organization:

  (A) A "Person"  shall  include an  individual,  a group  acting in concert,  a
corporation,  a partnership,  an association or other entity, a joint venture, a
pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated  organization or similar
company,  a syndicate  or any other group  formed for the purpose of  acquiring,
holding or disposing of securities.

  (B) "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any Person (other than the Corporation
or Subsidiary thereof) that:

  (1) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,  of more than 4.9% of the
outstanding  Voting Stock for the 3 year period from and after  February 9, 1995
or of more than 10% of the outstanding Voting Stock thereafter; or

  (2) is an  Affiliate  of the  Corporation  and at any time within the two-year
period  immediately  prior to the date in  question  was the  beneficial  owner,
directly or indirectly,  of 4.9% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock for the
3 year  period  from  and  after  February  9,  1995  or of 10% or  more  of the
outstanding Voting Stock thereafter; or

  (3) is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares of Voting Stock
which were at any time within the two-year period  immediately prior to the date
in question beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder, if such assignment
or succession  shall have  occurred in the course of a transaction  or series of
transactions  not  involving  a  public  offering  within  the  meaning  of  the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and such  assignment or succession was not
approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

                                      C-9

<PAGE>

  (C) "Affiliate" or "Associate" shall have the respective  meanings ascribed to
such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange
Act (the "SEC Rules").

  (D) "Beneficial  ownership" shall be determined  pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the
SEC Rules; provided, however, that, a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed
the beneficial owner of any Voting Stock:

  (1) which such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates, directly or
indirectly, beneficially owns; or

  (2) which such  Person or any of its  Affiliates  or  Associates,  directly or
indirectly,  has (A) the right to acquire  (whether  such  right is  exercisable
immediately  or only after the  passage  of time),  pursuant  to any  agreement,
arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner
of  any  Voting  Stock  solely  by  reason  of  an  agreement,   arrangement  or
understanding  with the Corporation to effect any transaction which is described
in any one or more of the  subparagraphs of paragraph A of Section 6.3.1 above),
or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options
or  otherwise,  or (B) sole or shared  voting or  investment  power with respect
thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement,  understanding,  relationship or
otherwise  (but  shall not be deemed to be the  beneficial  owner of any  voting
shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of
stockholders,  pursuant to a public  solicitation  of proxies for such  meeting,
with respect to shares of which  neither  such Person nor any such  Affiliate or
Associate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

  (3) which is beneficially owned,  directly or indirectly,  by any partnership,
limited partnership, syndicate or other group in which such Person or any of its
Affiliates or Associates participates pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement or
understanding for the purpose of acquiring,  holding, voting or disposing of any
shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation;

provided  further,  however,  that (1) no Director or officer of the Corporation
(or any Affiliate or Associate of any such Director or officer) shall, solely by
reason of any or all of such Directors or officers acting in their capacities as
such,  be  deemed,  for any  purposes  of these  Articles  of  Organization,  to
beneficially own any Voting Stock  beneficially owned by any other such Director
or  officer  (or any  Affiliate  or  Associate  thereof),  and (2)  neither  any
tax-qualified  employee  benefit plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary,  nor
any trustee with respect  thereto or any  Affiliate or Associate of such trustee
(solely by reason of such capacity of such  trustee),  shall be deemed,  for any
purposes of these Articles of Organization, to beneficially own any Voting Stock
held under any such plan.

  (E) For purposes of determining whether a Person is an Interested  Stockholder
pursuant to  paragraph B of this Section  6.3.3,  the number of shares of Voting
Stock deemed to be outstanding  shall include shares deemed owned by such Person
through  application of paragraph D of this Section 6.3.3, but shall not include
any other  shares of Voting  Stock  which  may be  issuable  by the  Corporation
pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement or  understanding,  or upon exercise of
conversion rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

  (F) "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation (including without limitation, any
banking  or  thrift  institution)  of which a  majority  of any  class of equity
security  is  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by the  Corporation;  provided,
however,  that for the purposes of the definition of Interested  Stockholder set
forth in paragraph (B) of this Section 6.3.3, the term  "Subsidiary"  shall mean
only a  corporation  of which a  majority  of each class of equity  security  is
owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

  (G) "Continuing  Director" shall mean any member of the Board of Directors who
is not an Affiliate or Associate of the Interested  Stockholder and was a member
of the  Board of  Directors  prior to the time that the  Interested  Stockholder
became an Interested  Stockholder,  and any Director who is thereafter chosen to
fill any vacancy of the Board of  Directors or who is elected and who, in either
event,  is not an Affiliate or Associate of the  Interested  Stockholder  and in
connection  with his or her  initial  assumption  of office is  recommended  for
appointment or election by a majority of Continuing  Directors then on the Board
of Directors.
                                      C-10

<PAGE>


  (H) "Fair Market Value" shall mean:

  (1) in the case of stock,  the highest closing sales price of the stock during
the 30 calendar day-period immediately preceding the date in question of a share
of such  stock on the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers  Automated
Quotation  System or any system  then in use,  or, if such stock is  admitted to
trading on a principal United States  securities  exchange  registered under the
Exchange Act, Fair Market Value shall be the highest sale price reported  during
the 30  calendar  day-period  preceding  the date in  question,  or,  if no such
quotations  are  available,  the Fair Market  Value on the date in question of a
share of such stock as  determined  by the Board of Directors in good faith,  in
each case with  respect to any class of stock,  appropriately  adjusted  for any
dividend  or  distribution  in  shares  of  such  stock  or any  combination  or
reclassification  of  outstanding  shares of such stock into a smaller number of
shares of such stock; and

  (2) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the Fair Market Value of
such property on the date in question as determined by the Board of Directors in
good faith.

  (I)  Reference to "Highest Per Share Price" shall in each case with respect to
any  class of stock  reflect  an  appropriate  adjustment  for any  dividend  or
distribution  in  shares  of stock or any  stock  split or  reclassification  of
outstanding  shares of such stock into a greater  number of shares of such stock
or any combination or  reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock into
a smaller number of shares of such stock.

  6.3.4. Powers of the Board of Directors.

  A majority of the Directors of the Corporation  (or, if there is an Interested
Stockholder,  a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in office) shall have
the power to  determine  for the  purposes  of this  Section 6.3 on the basis of
information known to them after reasonable  inquiry,  (A) whether a Person is an
Interested Stockholder,  (B) the number or percentage of any class of securities
beneficially  owned by any  Person,  (C)  whether  a Person is an  Affiliate  or
Associate of another,  (D) whether the  requirements of Section 6.3.2 above have
been met with respect to any Business Combination,  (E) whether the assets which
are the subject of any Business  Combination  have, or the  consideration  to be
received for the issuance or transfer of  securities by the  Corporation  or any
Subsidiary in any Business  Combination  has, an aggregate  Fair Market Value of
$1,000,000  or more and (F) any other  matters of  interpretation  arising under
this Section 6.3 or under Section 6.6 below.  The good faith  determination of a
majority of the Directors (or, if there is an Interested Stockholder, a majority
of the Continuing  Directors then in office) on such matters shall be conclusive
and binding for all  purposes  of this  Section 6.3 and of Section 6.6 below.  A
majority of the  Directors  of the  Corporation  (or, if there is an  Interested
Stockholder,  a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in office) shall have
the further power to interpret all the terms and  provisions of this Section 6.3
and of Section 6.6 below.

  6.3.5. No Effect on Fiduciary Obligations of Interested Stockholders.

  Nothing  contained  in this  Section  6.3 shall be  construed  to relieve  any
Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

  Section 6.4 Standards for Board of Directors'  Evaluation of Offers. The Board
of Directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer of another Person (as
defined in Section  6.3  above) to (A) make a tender or  exchange  offer for any
equity  security of the  Corporation,  (B) merge or consolidate  the Corporation
with  another   institution  or  (C)  purchase  or  otherwise   acquire  all  or
substantially  all of the properties and assets of the  Corporation,  shall,  in
connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining  what is in the best
interests of the Corporation and its stockholders, give due consideration to all
relevant factors including,  without limitation, the social and economic effects
of  acceptance  of such  offer on the  Corporation's  and/or  its  Subsidiaries'
present and future account holders,  borrowers and employees; on the communities
in which the Corporation and its Subsidiaries operate or are located; and on the
ability of the  Corporation to fulfill the objectives of a bank holding  company
under applicable statutes and regulations.

                                      C-11

<PAGE>

  Section  6.5  Pre-emptive  Rights.   Holders  of  the  capital  stock  of  the
Corporation  shall not be entitled  to  pre-emptive  rights with  respect to any
shares of the capital stock of the Corporation which may be issued.

  Section 6.6  Beneficial  Ownership  Limitation.  No person  shall  directly or
indirectly  offer to acquire or acquire  beneficial  ownership  (as that term is
defined in Section  6.3.3 above of more than 4.9% of the  outstanding  shares of
any class of equity  securities of the  Corporation  during the period up to and
through  February 6, 1998 or at any time  thereafter more than ten percent (10%)
of the outstanding  shares of any class of equity securities of the Corporation.
This  limitation  shall not apply (A) to any  acquisition  of shares of  capital
stock of the  Corporation  which has been  expressly  approved  in advance by an
affirmative  vote of not less than  two-thirds of the Board of Directors then in
office  (or,  if there shall be an  Interested  Stockholder  at the time of such
vote,  then  also by the  affirmative  vote of not less than  two-thirds  of the
Continuing Directors then in office) or (B) to any offer to the Corporation made
by the  underwriters  selected by the  Corporation  in connection  with a public
offering by the Corporation of the Corporation's capital stock.

  For the  purposes  of  determining  the number of shares of equity  securities
owned hereunder by any Person,  the number of shares of equity securities deemed
to be  outstanding  shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through the
application  of  paragraph  D of Section  6.3.3  above but shall not include any
other  shares of equity  securities  which may be  issuable  by the  Corporation
pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement or  understanding,  or upon exercise of
conversion rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

  In the event that  beneficial  ownership of any class of equity  securities is
acquired in violation of this Section 6.6, (i) all shares of common or preferred
stock  beneficially  owned by any Person in excess of 4.9% or ten percent (10%),
as the case may be, of the  total  number of  outstanding  shares of such  class
shall not be  counted  as  shares  entitled  to vote,  shall not be voted by any
Person or counted as voting  shares in connection  with any matter  submitted to
the  stockholders  for a vote,  and  shall not be  counted  as  outstanding  for
purposes of  determining  the  affirmative  vote necessary to approve any matter
submitted to the  stockholders  for a vote,  and (ii) the Board of Directors may
cause all securities  beneficially  owned by any Person in excess of 4.9% or ten
percent (10%), as the case may be, of the total number of outstanding  shares of
such class of equity securities to be transferred to an independent  trustee for
sale to the  Corporation  or on the open  market at a price  which  shall be the
lesser of the purchase or the market  price.  The expenses of such trustee shall
be paid out of the  proceeds  from such sale.  The term  "offer" as used in this
Section 6.6 includes every offer to buy or acquire,  solicitation of an offer to
sell,  tender  offer for or request or  invitation  for tender of, a security or
interest in a security of value.

  Section 6.7 Directors. The Corporation shall be under the direction of a Board
of Directors.  The number of Directors shall not be fewer than three.  The Board
of Directors  shall be divided  into three  classes as nearly equal in number as
possible, with one class to be elected each year.

  The initial  directors of the  Corporation  shall hold office as follows:  the
directors  initially elected to Class I shall hold office for a term expiring at
the annual meeting of stockholders  to be held in 1997, the directors  initially
elected to Class II shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual  meeting
of stockholders to be held in 1998, and the directors initially elected to Class
III shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of  stockholders
to be held in 1999,  with the  members of each such class to hold  office  until
their  respective  successors  are duly  elected and  qualified.  At each annual
meeting, or special meeting in lieu thereof, of stockholders of the Corporation,
the successors to the class of directors whose term expires at the meeting shall
be  elected  to  hold  office  for a term  expiring  at the  annual  meeting  of
stockholders  held in the third year  following  the year of their  election and
until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of  Preferred  Stock or any
other series or class of stock as set forth in any certificate of  establishment
with respect thereto to elect additional Directors under specific circumstances,
any Director may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only
by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the
voting power of the then outstanding  Voting Stock,  voting together as a single
class.  At least  thirty  days prior to such  meeting of  stockholders,  written
notice 

                                      C-12

<PAGE>

shall be sent to the Director  whose  removal will be considered at the meeting.
For  purposes of this  Section  6.7,  "cause"  shall be defined to mean only the
following: (i) conviction of a felony, (ii) declaration of unsound mind by order
of court,  (iii) gross  dereliction of duty, (iv) commission of an act involving
moral turpitude,  or (v) commission of an action which  constitutes  intentional
misconduct or a knowing  violation of law if such action in either event results
both in an improper  substantial  personal  benefit and a material injury to the
Corporation.

  Section 6.8 Directors'  Liability.  No Director shall be personally  liable to
the Corporation or its  stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of such
Director's  fiduciary duty as a Director,  notwithstanding  any provision of law
imposing such  liability;  provided,  however,  that, to the extent  required by
applicable  law, this provision  shall not eliminate the liability of a Director
(i) for any breach of such  Director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its
stockholders,  (ii) for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith or which  involve
intentional  misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under provisions of
the Massachusetts  General Laws imposing  liabilities on Directors in respect of
distributions  to the  stockholders  of the  Corporation or loans to officers or
Directors of the  Corporation,  or (iv) any transaction from which such Director
derived any improper  personal  benefit.  This provision shall not eliminate the
liability of a Director for any act or omission occurring prior to the date upon
which  this  provision  becomes  effective.  No  amendment  to or repeal of this
provision  shall  apply  to or have  any  effect  on the  liability  or  alleged
liability of any Director of the  Corporation for or with respect to any acts or
omissions  of such  Director  occurring  prior to the date of such  amendment or
repeal.

  Section 6.9 Transactions with Interested Persons.

  6.9.1.  Unless  entered into in bad faith or in violation of any  provision of
these Articles of  Organization,  no contract or transaction by the  Corporation
shall be void,  voidable or in any way affected by reason of the fact that it is
with an Interested Person.

  6.9.2.  For the purposes of this Section 6.9,  "Interested  Person"  means any
Person in any way interested in the Corporation whether as a director,  officer,
stockholder,  employee  or  otherwise,  and any  other  entity in which any such
Person is in any way interested.

  6.9.3. Unless such contract or transaction was entered into in bad faith or in
violation of any  provision of these  Articles of  Organization,  no  Interested
Person,  because of such interest,  shall be liable to the Corporation or to any
other  Person for any loss or expense  incurred  by reason of such  contract  or
transaction  or shall be accountable  for any gain or profit  realized from such
contract or transaction.

  6.9.4.  The provisions of this Section 6.9 shall be operative  notwithstanding
the fact that the presence of an Interested Person was necessary to constitute a
quorum at a meeting of Directors or  stockholders  of the  Corporation  at which
such contract or  transaction  was  authorized or that the vote of an Interested
Person was necessary for the authorization of such contract or transaction.

  Section 6.10 Acting as a Partner.  To the extent not  prohibited by applicable
law, the Corporation may be a partner in any business  enterprise which it would
have power to conduct by itself.

  Section 6.11  Stockholders  Meetings.  Meetings of stockholders may be held at
such place in the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  or, if permitted by applicable
law, elsewhere in the United States as the Board of Directors may determine.

  Section 6.12 Call of Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings of the stockholders
for any purpose or purposes  may be called at any time only by the  President or
by the Board of Directors  pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the
total  number of  Directors  that the  Corporation  would  have if there were no
vacancies (the "Whole Board"); provided, however, that if there is an Interested
Stockholder, any such call shall also require the affirmative vote of a majority
of the Continuing  Directors then in office. Only those matters set forth in the
call of the special  meeting  may be  considered  or acted upon at such  special
meeting, unless otherwise required by law.

                                      C-13

<PAGE>

  Section  6.13  Amendment  of  Bylaws.  The  Bylaws of the  Corporation  may be
adopted,  altered, amended, changed or repealed by the Board of Directors or the
stockholders  of the  Corporation.  Such action by the Board of Directors  shall
require the  affirmative  vote of at least a majority of the  Directors  then in
office at a duly  constituted  meeting of the Board of Directors,  unless at the
time of such action there shall be an Interested Stockholder, in which case such
action  shall also  require the  affirmative  vote of at least a majority of the
Continuing  Directors  then in  office,  at such a meeting.  Such  action by the
stockholders shall require (i) approval by the affirmative vote of a majority of
Directors  then in office,  unless at the time of such action  there shall be an
Interested  Stockholder,  in which  case such  action  shall  also  require  the
affirmative  vote of at least a majority  of the  Continuing  Directors  then in
office,  at such  meeting,  (ii)  unless  waived  by the  affirmative  vote of a
majority  of the  Directors  then in  office  (and,  if  applicable,  Continuing
Directors)   specified  in  the  preceding  sentence,   the  submission  by  the
stockholders of written proposals for adopting,  altering, amending, changing or
repealing  the Bylaws that comply in all  respects  with the  provisions  of the
Bylaws  governing such  submissions and (iii) the  affirmative  vote of at least
eighty  percent (80%) of the voting power of the then  outstanding  Voting Stock
voting together as a single class at a duly constituted  meeting of stockholders
called expressly for such purpose.

  Section 6.14 Amendment of Articles of  Organization.  No amendment,  addition,
alteration,  change or repeal of any Article of these  Articles of  Organization
shall be made,  unless the same is first approved by the  affirmative  vote of a
majority  of the Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation  then in  office,  and
thereafter  approved by the affirmative  vote of  stockholders  holding not less
than eighty  percent  (80%) of the voting power of the then  outstanding  Voting
Stock voting together as a single class cast at a duly constituted  meeting, or,
in the case of  Articles I, II and III hereof by not less than a majority of the
voting power of the then  outstanding  Voting Stock voting  together as a single
class cast at a duly constituted  meeting;  provided,  however,  that if, at any
time within the sixty day period immediately  preceding the meeting at which the
stockholder  vote is to be  taken,  there  is an  Interested  Stockholder,  such
amendment,  addition,  alteration,  change  or repeal  shall  also  require  the
affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the Continuing Directors then in
office, prior to approval by the stockholders. Unless otherwise provided by law,
any  amendment,  addition,  alteration,  change or repeal so acted upon shall be
effective  on  the  date  it is  filed  with  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  or on  such  other  date as  specified  in such
amendment,  addition,  alteration, change or repeal or as the Secretary of State
may specify.

  Section 6.15 Reduced Shareholder Vote Approval for Certain  Transactions.  The
Corporation  may,  by an  affirmative  vote of the  holders of a majority of the
voting power of the then  outstanding  Voting Stock voting  together as a single
class  cast at a duly  constituted  meeting,  authorize  any (i) sale,  lease or
exchange  of all  or  substantially  all  of  its  assets  (a  "Sale")  or  (ii)
consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation (a
"Merger",  and together  with a Sale,  a  "Transaction")  that would  otherwise,
pursuant to Chapter 156B of the  Massachusetts  General  Laws,  have required an
affirmative  vote of the holders of  two-thirds  of the voting power of the then
outstanding  Voting  Stock  voting  together  as a single  class  cast at a duly
constituted meeting; provided however, that such Transaction has previously been
approved  by a vote of at least a  majority  of the Board of  Directors  then in
office  (and,  if at the  time of  such  action  there  shall  be an  Interested
Stockholder,  an  additional  vote of at  least  a  majority  of the  Continuing
Directors  then in  office).  This  Section  6.15 is  intended  to  apply to any
Transaction that would not otherwise  constitute a Business  Combination that is
subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 above.

                                      C-14

<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE VII

The effective date of organization of the corporation shall be the date approved
and filed by the Secretary of the  Commonwealth.  If a later  effective  date is
desired,  specify  such date which shall not be more than thirty days after that
date of filing.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

The  information  contained  in  Article  VIII  is not a  permanent  part of the
Articles of Organization.

a.   The street address (post office boxes are not  acceptable) of the principal
     office of the corporation in Massachusetts is:

         1441 Main Street, Springfield, Massachusetts 01102-3034

b.   The name,  residential address and post office address of each director and
     officer of the corporation is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  Name                               Residential Address             Post Office Address
<S>               <C>                               <C>                             <C>  

President:        F. William Marshall, Jr.           87 Ely Road                     SIS Bancorp, Inc.
                                                     Longmeadow, MA 01106            1441 Main Street
                                                                                     Springfield, MA 01102-3034
Treasurer:        John F. Treanor                    10 Dutton Circle                         "
                                                     Medford, MA 02155

Clerk:            Michael E. Tucker                  26 Lawler Drive                          "
                                                     Easthampton, MA 01027

Directors:        John M. Naughton                   75 Churchill Drive                       "
                                                     Longmeadow, MA 01106

                  F. William Marshall, Jr.           See Above                                "

                  John F. Treanor                    See Above                                "
</TABLE>


c.   The fiscal year (i.e.,  tax year) of the corporation  shall end on the last
     day of the month of: December

d.   The name  and  business  address  of the  resident  agent,  if any,  of the
     corporation is: N/A



                                   ARTICLE IX

By-laws of the corporation have been duly adopted and the president,  treasurer,
clerk and directors whose names are set forth above, have been duly elected.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF  AND UNDER THE PAINS AND  PENALTIES  OF  PERJURY,  I, whose
signature  appear  below as  incorporator  and whose  name and  business  or
residential  address  are clearly typed or printed beneath each signature do
hereby  associate  with the  intention  of forming  this  corporation  under the
provisions  of General Laws,  Chapter 156B and do hereby sign these  Articles of
Organization as incorporator this 18th day of January, 1996.

/s/ Stephen J. Coukos
Stephen J. Coukos, Esq.
SULLIVAN & WORCESTER
One Post Office Square
Boston, MA 02109



                                      C-15

<PAGE>




                        THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

                            ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
                          (General Laws, Chapter 156B)



I hereby certify that, upon examination of these Articles of Organization,  duly
submitted to me, it appears that the  provisions of the General Laws relative to
the  organization of corporations  have been complied with, and I hereby approve
said articles;  and the filing fee in the amount of $300 having been paid,  said
articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 18th day of January 1996.



                Effective date:_________________________________


                           /s/ William Francis Galvin
                             WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
                          Secretary of the Commonwealth



FILING FEE: One tenth of one percent of the total authorized  capital stock, but
not less than  $200.00.  For the  purpose of filing,  shares of stock with a par
value less than $1.00,  or no par stock,  shall be deemed to have a par value of
$1.00 per share.



                         TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
                      Photocopy of document to be sent to:

                             Stephen J. Coukos, Esq.
                              SULLIVAN & WORCESTER
                             One Post Office Square
                                Boston, MA 02109

                             Telephone: 617-338-2912



                                      C-16

<PAGE>




                        [FORM OF ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO
                        BE FILED PRIOR TO REORGANIZATION]


                        THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS


                 OFFICE OF THE MASSACHUSETTS SECRETARY OF STATE
                         MICHAEL J. CONNOLLY, Secretary
                ONE ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02108

                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                     General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72



We, F. William Marshall, Jr., President, and Michael E. Tucker, Clerk, of

                                SIS Bancorp, Inc.
                           (EXACT Name of Corporation)

located at:  1441 Main Street, Springfield, Massachusetts 01102
                   (MASSACHUSETTS Address of Corporation)

do hereby certify that these ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT  affecting 
Articles NUMBERED:  3
   (Number  those  articles  1, 2, 3, 4, 5  and/or  6 being amended hereby)

of the  Articles  of  Organization  were  duly  adopted  at a  meeting  held  on
__________ 1996, by vote of: the sole incorporator in accordance with the rights
and powers accorded thereto under Ch. 156B M.G.L. ss.44.



                                      C-17

<PAGE>




To CHANGE the number of shares and the par value (if any) of any type,  class or
series of stock  which  the  corporation  is  authorized  to issue,  fill in the
following:

The total presently authorized is:


    WITHOUT PAR VALUE STOCKS                        WITH PAR VALUE STOCK
- ------------------------------      -------------------------------------------
TYPE          NUMBER OF SHARES      TYPE        NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE
- ----          ----------------      ----        ----------------      ---------
COMMON:                             COMMON:          250,000             $0.01
PREFERRED:                          PREFERRED:        50,000             $0.01


CHANGE the total authorized to:

    WITHOUT PAR VALUE STOCKS                        WITH PAR VALUE STOCK
- ------------------------------      -------------------------------------------
TYPE          NUMBER OF SHARES      TYPE        NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE
- ----          ----------------      ----        ----------------      ---------
COMMON:                             COMMON:          25,000,000          $0.01
PREFERRED:                          PREFERRED:        5,000,000          $0.01



                                      C-18

<PAGE>




                                    








The foregoing  amendment will become  effective when these articles of amendment
are filed in accordance with Chapter 156B,  Section 6 of The General Laws unless
these articles  specify,  in accordance with the vote adopting the amendment,  a
later effective date not more than thirty days after such filing, in which event
the  amendment  will  become  effective  on such  later  date.  LATER  EFFECTIVE
DATE:__________


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY,  we have hereunto signed
our names this day of , in the year 1996.

______________________________________________President
F. William Marshall, Jr.

______________________________________________ Clerk
Michael E. Tucker


                                      C-19

<PAGE>




                        THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                     GENERAL LAWS, CHAPTER 156B, SECTION 72



             I hereby approve the within articles of amendment and,
               the filing fee in the amount of $ having been paid,
                           said articles are deemed to
                     have been filed with me this day of 19






                               MICHAEL J. CONNOLLY
                               Secretary of State





                         TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
                  PHOTOCOPY OF ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO BE SENT

                           To: Stephen J. Coukos, Esq.
                            SULLIVAN & WORCESTER LLP
                             One Post Office Square
                                Boston, MA 02109

                             Telephone: 617-338-2912



                                      C-20

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT C-2

                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                                SIS BANCORP, INC.

                                   ARTICLE 1

                                  Organization

  The name of this Company is SIS Bancorp, Inc. The Company shall have and fully
exercise all powers and  authority,  both  express and implied,  available to it
under applicable law.

                                   ARTICLE 2

                                    Offices

  Section 2.1 Principal  Office.  The  principal  office of the Company shall be
located at 1441 Main Street, Springfield,  Massachusetts and may be changed from
time to time by the Board of  Directors of the  Company,  subject to  applicable
law.

  Section 2.2 Additional Offices.  The Company may have such additional offices,
either  within or without the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  as the Board of
Directors  may from time to time  designate  or the  business of the Company may
require, subject to applicable law.

                                   ARTICLE 3

                                  Stockholders

  Section 3.1 Annual  Meeting.  The annual  meeting of the  stockholders  of the
Company  shall be held on the last  Wednesday  in April of each  year,  if not a
legal holiday,  and if a legal holiday then on the next succeeding business day,
at 10:00 a.m., local time, at the principal executive offices of the Company, or
at such other date, place and/or time as may be fixed by resolution of the Board
of Directors.

  Section  3.2  Special  Meeting.  Subject to the  rights of the  holders of any
series of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), or
any other series or class of stock as set forth in the Articles of  Organization
(as defined in Section 10.3 of these Bylaws) to elect additional directors under
specified circumstances, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only
by the President or by the Board of Directors  pursuant to a resolution  adopted
by a majority of the total  number of directors  that the Company  would have if
there were no vacancies (the "Whole Board");  provided,  however, that if at the
time of such call there is an Interested  Stockholder,  any such call shall also
require the affirmative  vote of a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in
office.  As used  in  these  Bylaws,  the  terms  "Interested  Stockholder"  and
"Continuing  Director" shall have the same respective  meanings assigned to them
in the Articles of Organization.  Any  determination of beneficial  ownership of
securities  under  these  Bylaws  shall be made in the manner  specified  in the
Articles of Organization.

  Section 3.3 Place of Meeting.  The Board of Directors  may designate the place
of meeting for any meeting of the stockholders. If no designation is made by the
Board of  Directors,  the  place of  meeting  shall be the  principal  executive
offices of the Company.

  Section  3.4 Notice of  Meeting.  A written  notice of all annual and  special
meetings of  stockholders  stating the hour,  date,  place and  purposes of such
meetings  shall be given by the Clerk or an  Assistant  Clerk  (or other  person
authorized  by these  Bylaws or by law) not less than  seven  days nor more than
fifty days before the

                                      C-21

<PAGE>

meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat or to each stockholder who,
under the Articles of  Organization  or under these Bylaws,  is entitled to such
notice by  mailing  it  addressed  to such  stockholder  at the  address of such
stockholder as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Company. If mailed,
such notice shall be deemed to be delivered  when deposited in the United States
mail with postage thereon  prepaid.  In the case of a special meeting the notice
shall also state the  purpose or  purposes  thereof.  Any  previously  scheduled
meeting of the  stockholders  may be  postponed  by  resolution  of the Board of
Directors  upon public notice given prior to the time  previously  scheduled for
such meeting of stockholders.

  Section  3.5  Waiver of Notice.  Notice of any  stockholders'  meeting  may be
waived in  writing by any  stockholder  either  before or after the time  stated
therein for convening of the meeting, and, if any person present in person or by
proxy  at a  stockholders'  meeting  does  not  protest,  prior  to  or  at  the
commencement  of the meeting,  the lack of proper  notice,  such person shall be
deemed to have waived notice of such meeting.

  Section 3.6 Quorum and Adjournment.  Except as otherwise provided by law or by
the Articles of  Organization,  the holders of a majority of the voting power of
the then  outstanding  shares of the Company  entitled to vote  generally in the
election of directors (the "Voting  Stock"),  represented in person or by proxy,
shall  constitute  a quorum  at a  meeting  of  stockholders,  except  that when
specified business is to be voted on by a class or series voting as a class, the
holders of a majority of the shares of such class or series  shall  constitute a
quorum for the  transaction of such  business.  The chairman of the meeting or a
majority of the voting  power of the shares of Voting Stock so  represented  may
adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not there is such a quorum (or
in the case of  specified  business  to be voted  on as a class or  series,  the
chairman or a majority of the shares of such class or series so represented  may
adjourn the meeting with respect to such specified  business).  No notice of the
time and place of  adjourned  meetings  need be given except as required by law.
The  stockholders  present at a duly organized  meeting may continue to transact
business   until   adjournment,   notwithstanding   the   withdrawal  of  enough
stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

  Section  3.7  Proxies.  Stockholders  may vote  either in person or by written
proxy dated not more than six months before the meeting named  therein.  Proxies
shall be filed with the Clerk of the  meeting,  or of any  adjournment  thereof,
before being voted.  Except as otherwise limited therein,  proxies shall entitle
the persons authorized  thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting,  but
they shall not be valid after final  adjournment  of such meeting.  A proxy with
respect  to  stock  held in the  name of two or more  persons  shall be valid if
executed by or on behalf of any one of them  unless at or prior to the  exercise
of the proxy the Company receives a specific written notice to the contrary from
any  one of  them.  A proxy  purporting  to be  executed  by or on  behalf  of a
stockholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise,
and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.

  Section 3.8 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

  (A) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

  (1)  Nominations  of persons  for  election to the Board of  Directors  of the
Company and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be
made at an annual  meeting of the  stockholders  (a)  pursuant to the  Company's
notice of meeting delivered  pursuant to Section 3.4 of these Bylaws,  (b) by or
at the  direction  of the  President  or the Board of  Directors  pursuant  to a
resolution  adopted  by a  majority  of the  Whole  Board  (unless  there  is an
Interested Stockholder,  in which case the affirmative vote of a majority of the
Continuing  Directors  then in  office  shall  also be  required)  or (c) by any
stockholder of the Company who is entitled to vote at the meeting,  who complied
with the notice  procedures set forth in clauses (2) and (3) of paragraph (A) of
this Section 3.8 and who was a stockholder  of record at the time such notice is
delivered to the Clerk of the Company.

  (2) For nominations or other business to be properly  brought before an annual
meeting by a  stockholder  pursuant  to clause (c) of  paragraph  (A)(1) of this
Section 3.8, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to
the  Clerk  of the  Company.  To be  timely,  a  stockholder's  notice  shall be
delivered  to the Clerk at the  principal  executive  offices of the Company not
less than seventy days nor more

                                      C-22

<PAGE>

than ninety days prior to the first  anniversary of the preceding  year's annual
meeting;  provided,  however,  that in the  event  that the  date of the  annual
meeting is advanced by more than twenty  days,  or delayed by more than  seventy
days, from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be
so delivered not earlier than the ninetieth day prior to such annual meeting and
not later than the close of business on the later of the seventieth day prior to
such  annual  meeting  or the  tenth  day  following  the  day on  which  public
announcement  of the date of such  meeting  is first  made.  Such  stockholder's
notice  shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the  stockholder  proposes to
nominate for election or  reelection as a director all  information  relating to
such person that is required to be  disclosed  in  solicitations  of proxies for
election  of  directors,  or is  otherwise  required,  in each case  pursuant to
regulations  promulgated by the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "SEC"),
or any successor  agency  thereto,  pursuant to the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  including such person's written consent
to being named in the proxy  statement as a nominee and to serving as a director
if elected;  (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring
before the meeting,  a brief  description of the business  desired to be brought
before the meeting,  the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and
any material  interest in such business of such  stockholder  and the beneficial
owner,  if  any,  on  whose  behalf  the  proposal  is  made;  and (c) as to the
stockholder  giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf
the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder,
as they appear on the Company's books, and of such beneficial owner and (ii) the
class and number of shares of the Company  which are owned  beneficially  and of
record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.

  (3)  Notwithstanding  anything in the second  sentence of paragraph  (A)(2) of
this Section 3.8 to the  contrary,  in the event that the number of directors to
be  elected  to the  Board of  Directors  is  increased  and  there is no public
announcement  naming all of the nominees for director or specifying  the size of
the increased  Board of Directors made by the Company at least eighty days prior
to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, a stockholder's
notice required by these Bylaws shall also be considered  timely,  but only with
respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase,  if it shall
be delivered to the Clerk at the principal  executive offices of the Company not
later than the close of  business  on the tenth day  following  the day on which
such public announcement is first made by the Company.

  (B) Special Meeting of Stockholders.  Only such business shall be conducted at
a special  meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting
pursuant  to the  Company's  notice of meeting  pursuant to Section 3.4 of these
Bylaws.

  (C) General.

  (1) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth
in these Bylaws shall be eligible to serve as directors  and only such  business
shall be  conducted  at a meeting of  stockholders  as shall  have been  brought
before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws.

  (2) Except as otherwise provided by law, the Articles of Organization or these
Bylaws,  the Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company as chairman of the meeting
shall have the power and duty to determine  whether a nomination or any business
proposed  to be  brought  before the  meeting  was made in  accordance  with the
procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business
is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective  proposal
or nomination shall be disregarded.

  (3) For purposes of these Bylaws,  "public announcement" shall mean disclosure
in a press release  reported by the Dow Jones News Service,  Associated Press or
comparable  national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Company
with the SEC pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

  (4)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provisions of these Bylaws, a stockholder
shall also comply with all applicable  requirements  of the Exchange Act and the
rules and regulations  thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these
Bylaws.  Nothing  in these  Bylaws  shall be deemed to affect  any rights (i) of
stockholders to request  inclusion of proposals in the Company's proxy statement
pursuant to rules  promulgated  under the Exchange Act or (ii) of the holders of
any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.


                                      C-23

<PAGE>

  Section 3.9 Procedure for Election of Directors;  Required  Vote.  Election of
directors  at all  meetings of the  stockholders  at which  directors  are to be
elected  shall be by written  ballot,  and except as otherwise  set forth in the
Articles of Organization  with respect to the right of the holders of any series
of  Preferred  Stock or any other  series or class of stock to elect  additional
directors under specified  circumstances,  a plurality of the votes cast thereat
shall elect the directors.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Articles of
Organization or these Bylaws,  all matters  submitted to the stockholders at any
meeting  shall be decided by the  affirmative  vote of a majority  of the shares
present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on
the matter and shall be the act of the stockholders.

  Section 3.10 No Stockholder  Action by Written Consent.  Subject to the rights
of the holders of any series of Preferred  Stock or any other series or class of
stock as set forth in the Articles of Organization to elect additional directors
under  specific  circumstances  or to consent to specific  actions  taken by the
Company, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the
Company must be effected at an annual or special  meeting of stockholders of the
Company and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

                                   ARTICLE 4

                               Board of Directors

  Section 4.1 General  Powers.  The business and affairs of the Company shall be
managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors.  In addition to the
powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly  conferred upon them, the Board
of Directors  may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such lawful
acts and things as are not by law or by the Articles of Organization or by these
Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

  Section 4.2 Composition and Term. The Board of Directors shall be composed of:
(a) those persons elected by the  incorporator(s) of the Company to serve as the
initial  directors of the Company in accordance  with Section 12 of Chapter 156B
of the Massachusetts  General Laws, such persons to serve as directors until the
respective   expiration   dates  of  their   terms   as   established   by  said
incorporator(s)  and until their  successors  are elected and  qualified and (b)
such other  persons who are elected as  directors  from time to time as provided
herein. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or
any other series or class of stock as set forth in the Articles of  Organization
to elect directors under specified circumstances,  the number of directors shall
be fixed from time to time  exclusively  pursuant to a  resolution  adopted by a
majority of the Whole Board  (provided  that if at the time of such action there
is an Interested  Stockholder,  a majority vote of the Continuing Directors then
in office  shall  also be  required),  but shall  consist of not less than three
directors. The directors,  other than those who may be elected by the holders of
any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock as set forth
in the Articles of  Organization,  shall be divided into three classes as nearly
equal in number as possible,  and designated as Class I, Class II and Class III.
Members of each Class shall hold office until their  successors  shall have been
duly elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders of
the Company,  (i) the successors of the Class of directors whose term expires at
that  meeting  shall be  elected by a  plurality  vote of all votes cast at such
meeting to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders
held in the third year  following  the year of their  election,  and until their
successors  are elected and  qualified and (ii) if authorized by a resolution of
the Board of  Directors,  directors  may be elected  to fill any  vacancy on the
Board of Directors, regardless of how such vacancy shall have been created.

  Section 4.3 Qualification. Each director shall have such qualifications as are
required by applicable law. Any director who becomes in any manner disqualified,
shall vacate his office forthwith. To the extent required by law, each director,
when appointed or elected,  shall take an oath that he will  faithfully  perform
the duties of his office.  The oath,  to the extent so required,  shall be taken
before a notary  public or justice  of the  peace,  who is not an officer of the
Company,  and a record of the oath  shall be made a part of the  records  of the
Company.

                                      C-24

<PAGE>

To the  extent  required  by law,  members  of the Board of  Directors  shall be
citizens and residents of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

  Section  4.4 Regular  Meetings.  A regular  meeting of the Board of  Directors
shall be held without notice other than these Bylaws  immediately  after, and at
the same place as, each annual meeting of  stockholders.  The Board of Directors
may, by  resolution,  provide  the time and place for the holding of  additional
regular meetings without notice other than such resolution.

  Section 4.5 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall
be called at the request of the  Chairman of the Board,  if one is elected,  the
President,  or a  majority  of the Board of  Directors.  The  person or  persons
authorized to call special  meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place
and time of the meetings.

  Section  4.6  Notice.  Notice of any  special  meeting  shall be given to each
director  at his or her  business  or  residence  in writing  by hand  delivery,
first-class  or  overnight  mail  or  courier  service,  telegram  or  facsimile
transmission or orally by telephone communication.  If mailed, such notice shall
be deemed  adequately  delivered  when  deposited in the United  States mails so
addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five days before such meeting.
If by telegram,  overnight  mail, or courier service such notice shall be deemed
adequately  delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company or
its notice is  delivered to the  overnight  mail or courier  service  company at
least twenty-four hours before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission,  such
notice shall be deemed  adequately  delivered  when the notice is transmitted at
least  twenty-four  hours  before  such  meeting.  If by  telephone  or by  hand
delivery,  the notice shall be given at least twelve hours prior to the time set
for the meeting.  Neither  business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any
regular or special  meeting of the Board of  Directors  need be specified in the
notice of such meeting,  except for amendments to these Bylaws as provided under
Article 8 of these Bylaws.  A meeting may be held at any time without  notice if
all the  directors  are  present  or if those not  present  waive  notice of the
meeting as provided in Section 4.7 of these Bylaws.

  Section 4.7 Waiver of Notice.  Notice of any directors'  meeting may be waived
in writing by all the  directors  and, if any  director  present at a directors'
meeting does not protest prior to or at the commencement of the meeting the lack
of proper notice, he shall be deemed to have waived notice of such meeting.

  Section 4.8 Quorum.  A majority of the Whole Board shall  constitute  a quorum
for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Board of Directors
there shall be less than a quorum present,  a majority of the directors  present
may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The act of the
majority  of the  directors  present  at a meeting  at which a quorum is present
shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

  Section 4.9  Vacancies.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of
Preferred  Stock or any  other  series  or  class  of stock as set  forth in the
Articles  of  Organization  to  elect   additional   directors  under  specified
circumstances,   vacancies  resulting  from  death,   resignation,   retirement,
disqualification,  removal  from  office  or  other  cause,  and  newly  created
directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors,
may be  filled  only by the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the  remaining
directors,  though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, unless there is
an Interested Stockholder, in which case such vacancy may only be filled by vote
of a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in office.  A director so chosen
shall hold office for the  remainder  of the full term of the Class of directors
in which the vacancy occurred or the new directorship was created and until such
director's  successor has been elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number
of authorized directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

  Section 4.10  Presumption of Assent.  A director of the Company who is present
at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Company  matter is
taken shall be presumed to have  assented to the action taken unless his dissent
or abstention  shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall
file a written dissent to such action with the person acting as the Clerk of the
meeting  before  the  adjournment  thereof  or shall  forward  such  dissent  by
registered  mail to the Clerk of the  Company  within five days after the date a
copy of the minutes of the meeting is received.  Such right to dissent shall not
apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.


                                      C-25
<PAGE>

  Section 4.11 Manner of Participation.  Members of the Board of Directors or of
committees  elected by the Board  pursuant to Section  4.15 may  participate  in
meetings of the Board or such  committee  by means of  conference  telephone  or
similar  communications  equipment  by which all  persons  participating  in the
meeting can hear each other.  Such  participation  shall constitute  presence in
person but shall not  constitute  attendance  for the  purpose  of  compensation
pursuant  to  Section  4.12,  unless the Board of  Directors  by  resolution  so
provides.

  Section 4.12  Compensation  of  Directors.  The Board of Directors  shall have
authority  to fix  fees of  directors,  including  a  reasonable  allowance  for
expenses actually incurred in connection with their duties.

  Section  4.13  Resignation.  Any  director may resign at any time by sending a
written  notice of such  resignation  to the principal  executive  office of the
Company  addressed  to the  Chairman of the Board,  the  President or the Clerk.
Unless the resigning director otherwise  specifies in the notice of resignation,
such  resignation  shall take effect upon  receipt by the Chairman of the Board,
the President or the Clerk.

  Section 4.14 Limitation on Service by Directors. A director upon attaining the
age of seventy (70) shall  retire from service as a director of the Company.  In
special circumstances,  a person may be nominated as a Director who has attained
the age of seventy (70) because of the special contribution such person may make
to the business and management of the Company.

  Section 4.15 Committees.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by
a majority  of the Whole  Board,  designate  one or more  committees,  including
without  limitation an executive  committee,  each committee to consist of three
(3) or more directors elected by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors
may elect one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee,  who
may  take the  place of any  absent  member  or  members  at a  meeting  of such
committee.

  If a member  of any  such  committee  shall be  absent  from any  meeting,  or
disqualified  from voting thereat,  the remaining  member or members present and
not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a
quorum, may, by unanimous vote, appoint another member of the Board of Directors
to act at the  meeting in place of an absent or  disqualified  member.  Any such
committee,  to the extent  provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors,
and except as otherwise  provided by law, the Articles of  Organization or these
Bylaws,  shall  have and may  exercise,  when the Board of  Directors  is not in
session, all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the direction
of the Company.

  Such  committee  or  committees  shall  have  such  name  or  names  as may be
determined  from time to time by  resolution  adopted by the Board of Directors.
Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  resolution  of  the  Board  of  Directors
designating  the  committee,  the majority of the total number of members of the
committee  shall  constitute a quorum for the  transaction of business,  and the
vote of the majority of the members of the  committee  present at any meeting of
which there is a quorum shall be the act of the  committee.  Each such committee
shall keep  regular  minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of
Directors, when required.

  Section  4.16  Removal.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of
Preferred  Stock or any  other  series  or  class  of stock as set  forth in the
Articles  of  Organization  to  elect   additional   directors  under  specified
circumstances, any director may be removed from office at any time, but only for
cause and then only by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least  eighty
percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding  Voting Stock,  voting
together as a single class.

                                   ARTICLE 5

                                    Officers

  Section  5.1  Enumeration.  The  officers of the  Company  shall  consist of a
President,  a Treasurer,  a Clerk and such other  officers,  including,  without
limitation,  a Chairman of the Board, a Clerk and one or more Vice Presidents as
the Board of Directors may  determine to be necessary for the  management of the
Company.
                                      C-26

<PAGE>


  Section 5.2 Election. The President, Treasurer and the Clerk (and, if any, the
Secretary)  shall be elected  annually  by the Board of  Directors  at its first
meeting  following the annual meeting of  stockholders.  Other officers shall be
elected  by the  Board  of  Directors  at such  first  meeting  of the  Board of
Directors or at any other meeting.

  Section 5.3 Qualification.  Any two or more offices may be held by any person.
The President  shall be a Director.  Any officer may be required by the Board of
Directors to give bond for the faithful performance of his duties in such amount
and with such sureties as the Board of Directors may determine.

  Section 5.4 Tenure.  Except as  otherwise  provided by law, by the Articles of
Organization,  or by these Bylaws,  the President,  Treasurer and Clerk (and, if
any, the  Secretary)  shall hold office until the first  meeting of the Board of
Directors  following the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until their
respective successors are chosen and qualified and all other officers shall hold
office  until the first  meeting of the Board of  Directors  following  the next
annual  meeting  of  stockholders,  or for  such  shorter  term as the  Board of
Directors  may fix at the time such  officers  are chosen.  The Chief  Executive
Officer may resign at any time by written  notice to the Board of  Directors  or
the Clerk.  Any other  officer  may resign at any time by written  notice to the
Chief Executive Officer. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless
the  resignation  otherwise  provides.  Election or  appointment  of an officer,
employee  or agent  shall not of itself  create  contract  rights.  The Board of
Directors  may,  however,  authorize  the  Company to enter  into an  employment
contract  with any officer in accordance  with law, but no such  contract  right
shall  impair the right of the Board of  Directors  to remove any officer at any
time in accordance with Section 5.5 hereof.

  Section 5.5 Removal.  Except as  otherwise  provided by law or the Articles of
Organization,  the Board of  Directors  may remove any  officer  with or without
cause by the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the  Whole  Board;  provided,
however, that if at the time of such removal there is an Interested Stockholder,
the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in office
shall also be required. Any such removal, other than for cause, shall be without
prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the persons  involved.  Any officer
may be removed for cause only after ten days' written notice and  opportunity to
be heard by the Board of Directors.

  Section 5.6 Absence or  Disability.  In the event of the absence or disability
of any officer,  the Board of Directors  may  designate  another  officer to act
temporarily in place of such absent or disabled officer.

  Section 5.7 Vacancies. Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the
unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

  Section  5.8  Chief  Executive  Officer.  The  President  shall  be the  Chief
Executive  Officer,  unless the Board of Directors shall elect a Chairman of the
Board and designate such Chairman to be the Chief Executive  Officer.  The Chief
Executive  Officer  shall,  subject to the  direction of the Board of Directors,
have  general  supervision  and  control  of the  Company's  business  and shall
preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders.

  Section 5.9 Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board shall preside at
all  meetings  of the  Board of  Directors.  If a  Chairman  of the Board is not
elected or is absent,  the President  shall preside at all meetings of the Board
of  Directors.  The Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and shall
perform  such  other  duties  as the  Board of  Directors  may from time to time
designate.  If the Chairman of the Board is not the Chief Executive Officer,  he
shall  also have such  powers and  perform  such  duties as the Chief  Executive
Officer may from time to time designate.

  Section  5.10 The  President.  The  President,  if he is the  Chief  Executive
Officer, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders. If a Chairman of the
Board is not elected or is absent,  the President  shall preside at all meetings
of the Board of Directors.  If the President is not the Chief Executive Officer,
he shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Chief Executive Officer
may from time to time designate.

                                      C-27

<PAGE>

  Section  5.11  Vice  Presidents,   Treasurer  and  Other  Officers.  Any  Vice
President,  the Treasurer and any other officers whose powers and duties are not
otherwise  specifically  provided  for herein  shall have such  powers and shall
perform  such  duties  as the  Chief  Executive  Officer  may from  time to time
designate.

  Section 5.12 Clerk and Assistant Clerks.  The Clerk shall keep a record of the
meetings of stockholders.  If a Secretary is not elected or is absent, the Clerk
shall keep a record of the meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of
the Clerk,  an Assistant  Clerk,  if one is elected,  shall  perform the Clerk's
duties.  Otherwise a Temporary Clerk  designated by the person  presiding at the
meeting shall perform the Clerk's duties.

  Section 5.13 Secretary and Assistant  Secretaries.  The  Secretary,  if one is
elected,  shall keep a record of the meetings of the Board of Directors.  In the
absence of the  Secretary,  any Assistant  Secretary,  the Clerk,  any Assistant
Clerk or a  Temporary  Secretary  designated  by the  person  presiding  at such
meeting shall perform the Secretary's duties.

                                   ARTICLE 6

                        Stock Certificates and Transfers

  Section 6.1 Certificates of Stock.  Unless otherwise  provided by the Board of
Directors,  each  stockholder  shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital
stock of the Company in such form as may from time to time be  prescribed by the
Board of Directors.  Such certificate shall be signed by the President or a Vice
President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer. Such signatures may be
facsimile if the  certificate  is signed by a transfer  agent or by a registrar,
other than a Director,  officer or employee of the Company.  In case any officer
who has signed or whose facsimile  signature has been placed on such certificate
shall have ceased to be such officer before such  certificate is issued,  it may
be issued by the Company  with the same effect as if he were such officer at the
time of its issue.  Every  certificate  for shares of stock which are subject to
any  restriction  on transfer and every  certificate  issued when the Company is
authorized  to issue more than one class or series of stock shall  contain  such
legend with respect thereto as is required by law.

  Section 6.2  Transfers.  Subject to any  restrictions  on transfer  and unless
otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shares of stock may be transferred
on the books of the  Company by the  surrender  to the  Company or its  transfer
agent of the certificate  therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written
assignment and power of attorney  properly  executed,  with transfer  stamps (if
necessary) affixed,  and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the
Company or its transfer agent may reasonably require.

  Section  6.3 Record  Holders.  Except as  otherwise  required  by law,  by the
Articles of  Organization  or by these Bylaws,  the Company shall be entitled to
treat  the  record  holder  of stock as shown on its  books as the owner of such
stock for all  purposes,  including  the payment of  dividends  and the right to
vote,  regardless of any transfer,  pledge or other  disposition  of such stock,
until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Company in accordance
with the requirements of these Bylaws.

  It shall be the duty of each  stockholder to notify the Company of his address
and any changes thereto.

  Section 6.4 Record Date.  The Board of Directors  may fix in advance a time of
not more than sixty days before the date of any meeting of the stockholders, the
date for the  payment  of any  dividend  or the  making of any  distribution  to
stockholders or the last day on which the consent or dissent of stockholders may
be effectively expressed for any purpose, as the record date for determining the
stockholders having the right to notice of and to vote at such meeting,  and any
adjournment  thereof,  or the right to receive such dividend or  distribution or
the right to give such consent or dissent.  In such case,  only  stockholders of
record on such record date shall have such right,  notwithstanding  any transfer
of stock on the books of the Company after the record date.

  If no record  date is fixed and the  transfer  books are not  closed,  (a) the
record  date for  determining  stockholders  having the right to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business

                                      C-28

<PAGE>

on the day next  preceding the day on which notice is given,  and (b) the record
date for  determining  stockholders  for any other purpose shall be the close of
business on the date on which the Board of Directors acts with respect thereto.

  Section  6.5  Replacement  of  Certificates.  In  case  of the  alleged  loss,
destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may
be  issued in place  thereof,  upon such  terms as the  Board of  Directors  may
prescribe.

  Section 6.6 Issuance of Capital Stock. Except as provided by law, the Board of
Directors  shall have the  authority  to issue or reserve for issue from time to
time the  whole or any part of the  capital  stock of the  Company  which may be
authorized  from  time to  time,  to such  persons  or  organizations,  for such
consideration, whether cash, property, services or expenses and on such terms as
the  Board of  Directors  may  determine,  including,  without  limitation,  the
granting of options, warrants or conversion or other rights to subscribe to said
capital stock.

  Section 6.7 Dividends. Subject to applicable law, the Articles of Organization
and these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may from time to time declare,  and the
Company may pay, dividends on outstanding shares of its capital stock.

                                   ARTICLE 7

                                Indemnification

  Section 7.1 Indemnification and Insurance.

  (A) Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party
to or is otherwise involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, derivative, criminal,  administrative
or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"),  by reason of the fact that he or
she or a  person  of  whom  he or she is the  legal  representative  is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the
request of the Company as a director,  officer,  partner,  trustee,  employee or
agent of another corporation or of a partnership,  joint venture, trust or other
enterprise,  including  service  with  respect  to  any  employee  benefit  plan
(hereinafter an  "indemnitee"),  whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged
action or  inaction in an official  capacity  as a director,  officer,  partner,
trustee, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director,
officer,  partner,  trustee,  employee or agent,  shall be indemnified  and held
harmless by the Company  against all  expense,  liability  and loss  (including,
without limitation, attorneys' fees and disbursements,  judgments, fines, excise
taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended,  and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement)  reasonably  incurred by
such  indemnitee  in  connection  with  such  proceeding,   provided  that  such
indemnitee  shall have acted in good faith in the  reasonable  belief  that such
action was in, or not  opposed  to, the best  interests  of the  Company or such
corporation,  partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, as the case
may be, or with respect to any employee  benefit plan, the best interests of the
participants or beneficiaries of such employee benefit plan; provided,  however,
that except as provided in  paragraph  (C) of this  Section 7.1 with  respect to
proceedings  seeking to enforce  rights to  indemnification,  the Company  shall
indemnify any such  indemnitee  seeking  indemnification  in  connection  with a
proceeding  (or  part  thereof)  initiated  by  such  indemnitee  only  if  such
proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

  (B) The right to  indemnification  conferred in paragraph  (A) of this Section
7.1 shall  include the right to be paid by the Company the  expenses  (including
attorneys' fees and disbursements)  incurred in defending any such proceeding in
advance of its final  disposition  (hereinafter  an  "advancement of expenses");
provided,   however,  that,  to  the  extent  required  by  applicable  law,  an
advancement  of expenses  incurred by an  indemnitee in his or her capacity as a
director or officer  (and not in any other  capacity in which  service was or is
rendered  by such  indemnitee,  including,  without  limitation,  service  to an
employee  benefit  plan)  shall be made only upon  delivery to the Company of an
undertaking (hereinafter an "undertaking"),  by or on behalf of such indemnitee,
to repay 

                                      C-29

<PAGE>

all amounts so advanced if it shall  ultimately be determined by final  judicial
decision  from which there is no further right to appeal  (hereinafter  a "final
adjudication")  that such  indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such
expenses under this paragraph (B) or otherwise.

  (C) If a claim under  paragraphs (A) or (B) of this Section 7.1 is not paid in
full by the Company  within  thirty days after a written claim has been received
by the Company, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in
which case the applicable period shall be twenty days, the indemnitee may at any
time  thereafter  bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of
the claim.  If successful in whole or in part in any such suit,  the  indemnitee
shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of  prosecuting  or defending such
suit.  In (i)  any  suit  brought  by the  indemnitee  to  enforce  a  right  to
indemnification  hereunder  (but  not in a suit  brought  by the  indemnitee  to
enforce a right of an  advancement  of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and
(ii) in any suit  brought by the Company to recover an  advancement  of expenses
pursuant  to the terms of an  undertaking,  the  Company  shall be  entitled  to
recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met
any applicable  standard for  indemnification  set forth under  applicable  law.
Neither  the  failure  of  the  Company   (including  its  Board  of  Directors,
independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to
the commencement of such action that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper
in the circumstances  because the indemnitee has met the applicable  standard of
conduct set forth  under  applicable  law,  nor an actual  determination  by the
Company  (including  its  Board  of  Directors,  independent  legal  counsel  or
stockholders)  that the  indemnitee  has not met  such  applicable  standard  of
conduct,  shall  create  a  presumption  that  the  indemnitee  has  not met the
applicable  standard  of conduct  or, in the case of such a suit  brought by the
indemnitee,  be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to
enforce a right to indemnification  or to an advancement of expenses  hereunder,
or brought by the Company to recover an advancement of expenses  pursuant to the
terms of an  undertaking,  the  burden or  proving  that the  indemnitee  is not
entitled to be  indemnified,  or to such  advancement  of expenses,  under these
Bylaws or otherwise shall be on the Company.

  (D) The right to indemnification  and the advancement of expenses conferred in
this  Section 7.1 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may
have or  hereafter  acquire  under any  statute,  provision  of the  Articles of
Organization,  provision of these Bylaws,  agreement,  vote of  stockholders  or
disinterested directors or otherwise.

  (E) The Company may maintain insurance,  at its expense, to protect itself and
any director,  officer, employee or agent of the Company or another corporation,
partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise  against any  expense,
liability or loss,  whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify
such person against such expense, liability or loss under applicable law.

  (F) The Company may, to the extent  authorized  from time to time by the Board
of Directors, grant rights to indemnification,  and rights to the advancement of
expenses,  to any employee or agent of the Company to the fullest  extent of the
provisions of these Bylaws with respect to the  indemnification  and advancement
of expenses of directors and officers of the Company.

  (G) The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred
in paragraphs (A) and (B) of this Section 7.1 shall be contract  rights and such
rights  shall  continue  as to an  indemnitee  who has ceased to be a  director,
officer,  employee or agent and shall  inure to the benefit of the  indemnitee's
heirs, executors and administrators.

  Section  7.2  Merger  or  Consolidation.  If the  Company  is  merged  into or
consolidated  with  another  corporation  and the  Company is not the  surviving
corporation,  the  surviving  corporation  shall assume the  obligations  of the
Company  under this Article 7 with respect to any action,  suit,  proceeding  or
investigation  arising out of or relating to any actions,  transactions or facts
occurring at or prior to the date of such merger or consolidation.

  Section 7.3 Savings  Clause.  If this Article 7 or any portion hereof shall be
invalidated  on any  ground by any  court of  competent  jurisdiction,  then the
Company shall nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to 


                                      C-30

<PAGE>

each  indemnitee  as to any expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees),
judgments,  fines,  liabilities,  losses,  and  amounts  paid in  settlement  in
connection with any action,  suit,  proceeding or investigation,  whether civil,
criminal  or  administrative,  including  an  action  by or in the  right of the
Company,  to the fullest  extent  permitted  by any  applicable  portion of this
Article  7 that  shall  not have  been  invalidated  and to the  fullest  extent
permitted by applicable law.

  Section 7.4  Subsequent  Legislation.  If the  Massachusetts  General Laws are
amended after adoption of this Article 7 to expand  further the  indemnification
permitted to an indemnitee, then the Company shall indemnify all such persons to
the fullest extent permitted by the Massachusetts General Laws, as so amended.

                                   ARTICLE 8

                                   Amendments

  Section  8.1  Amendments.  These  Bylaws may be altered,  amended,  changed or
repealed by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Company,  provided
notice of the proposed change was given in the notice of the meeting and, in the
case of the Board of Directors, in a notice given no less than twenty-four hours
prior to the meeting.  Such action by the Board of Directors  shall  require the
affirmative  vote of at least a majority  of the  Directors  then in office at a
duly constituted  meeting of the Board of Directors,  unless at the time of such
action there shall be an Interested Stockholder, in which case such action shall
also  require  the  affirmative  vote of at least a majority  of the  Continuing
Directors  then in office,  at such a meeting.  Such action by the  stockholders
shall  require (i) approval by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of Directors
then in office,  unless at the time of such action there shall be an  Interested
Stockholder,  in which case such action shall also require the affirmative  vote
of at least a majority  of the  Continuing  Directors  then in  office,  at such
meeting,  (ii)  unless  waived  by the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the
Directors then in office (and, if applicable, the affirmative vote of a majority
of the Continuing Directors then in office) specified in the preceding sentence,
the submission by the stockholders of written proposals for adopting,  altering,
amending,  changing or repealing the Bylaws that comply in all respects with the
provisions of these Bylaws  governing such submissions and (iii) the affirmative
vote  of at  least  eighty  percent  (80%)  of the  voting  power  of  the  then
outstanding  Voting Stock voting together as single class at a duly  constituted
meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose.

                                   ARTICLE 9

                             Special Corporate Acts

  Section 9.1 Execution of Negotiable  Instruments.  All checks,  drafts, notes,
bonds, bills of exchange, and orders for the payment of money shall be signed by
such  officer  or  officers  of the  Company  as the  Board of  Directors  shall
determine  from time to time.  The Board of Directors  may  authorize the use of
facsimile signatures of any officer or employee in lieu of manual signatures.

  Section 9.2 Execution of Deeds, Contracts, Etc. Subject always to the specific
directions  of the Board of Directors  or the  Executive  Committee,  all deeds,
mortgages,  assignments,  extensions, releases, partial releases, and discharges
of mortgages made by the Company and all other written contracts, agreements and
undertakings to which the Company shall be a party shall be executed in its name
by the Chairman of the Board of Directors,  the  President,  any Executive  Vice
President,  any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, or such other officer
as may be designated by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President,
and,  when  requested,  the Clerk or an  Assistant  Clerk  shall  attest to such
signatures and affix the corporate seal to the instruments.

  Section 9.3 Endorsement of Stock Certificates.  Subject always to the specific
directions  of the Board of Directors or the Executive  Committee,  any share or
shares of stock issued by any  corporation  and owned by the Company  (including
reacquired  shares  of stock of the  Company)  may,  for  sale or  transfer,  be
endorsed in the name of the Company by the  Chairman of the Board of  Directors,
the  President or such other officer as may be 


                                      C-31
<PAGE>

designated by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the  President,  and his
signature  shall be  attested  to by the Clerk or an  Assistant  Clerk who shall
affix the corporate seal.

  Section 9.4 Voting of Shares Owned by Company.  Subject always to the specific
directions  of the Board of Directors or the Executive  Committee,  any share or
shares of stock issued by any other  corporation  and owned or controlled by the
Company may be voted at any  stockholders'  meeting of the other  corporation by
the President or Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company,  or in the absence by
such other  officer as may be  designated  by the  President or Chief  Executive
Officer.  Whenever,  in the  judgment of the  President  or the Chief  Executive
Officer,  or in their absence, of any such other officer as may be designated by
the  President or Chief  Executive  Officer,  it is desirable for the Company to
execute  a proxy or give a  stockholders'  consent  in  respect  to any share or
shares of stock issued by any other  corporation  and owned or controlled by the
Company,  the proxy or consent  shall be  executed in the name of the Company by
the President of Chief Executive  Officer without necessity of any authorization
by the Board of Directors.  Any person or persons designated in the manner above
stated as the proxy or proxies of the Company  shall have full right,  power and
authority to vote the share or shares of stock issued by the other corporation.

                                   ARTICLE 10

                            Miscellaneous Provisions

  Section  10.1 Fiscal  Year.  Except as  otherwise  determined  by the Board of
Directors,  the fiscal year of the  Company  shall be the twelve  months  ending
December 31 or on such other date as may be required by law.

  Section 10.2 Seal. The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter
the seal of the Company.

  Section 10.3 Articles of  Organization.  All references in these Bylaws to the
Articles  of  Organization   shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  the  Articles  of
Organization of the Company, as amended and in effect from time to time.

                                      C-32


                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.6

                      FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C.


                                    FORM F-4

    QUARTERLY REPORT under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

                      For the Quarter Ended March 31, 1996

                                      23297
                            (FDIC Certificate Number)

                                 --------------

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
                  (exact name of bank as specified in charter)

                          COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
         (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

                                1441 Main Street
                        Springfield, Massachusetts 01102
                          (address of principal office)

                                   04-1859200
                      (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

                            Telephone: (413) 748-8000
                 (Bank's telephone number, including area code)


Indicate by check mark whether the bank (1) has filed all reports to be filed by
Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter  period that the bank was  required to file such  reports),
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                                 YES [X] NO [ ]

   The Bank has 5,718,200 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share,
                       outstanding as of March 31, 1996.
                                 ---------------






<PAGE>




                    CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE
                PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995


The Bank desires to take  advantage of the new "safe  harbor"  provisions of the
Private  Securities  Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This Report contains certain
"forward-looking  statements" including statements concerning plans, objectives,
future events or performance  and  assumptions  and other  statements  which are
other than  statements of historical  fact.  The Bank wishes to caution  readers
that the following important factors,  among others, may have affected and could
in the future affect the Bank's actual results and could cause the Bank's actual
results for subsequent  periods to differ materially from those expressed in any
forward-looking  statement  made by or on  behalf  on the Bank  herein:  (i) the
effect of changes in laws and regulations,  including  federal and state banking
laws and regulations,  with which the Bank must comply, and the associated costs
of compliance with such laws and regulations  either  currently or in the future
as applicable;  (ii) the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices,
as may be  adopted  by the  regulatory  agencies  as  well  as by the  Financial
Accounting   Standards  Board,  or  of  changes  in  the  Bank's   organization,
compensation  and  benefit  plans;  (iii) the effect on the  Bank's  competitive
position  within  its market  area of the  increasing  consolidation  within the
banking and financial services industries,  including the increased  competition
from larger regional and out-of-state  banking  organizations as well as nonbank
providers of various financial  services;  (iv) the effect of unforeseen changes
in  interest  rates;  and (v) the effect of changes  in the  business  cycle and
downturns in the local, regional or national economies.







<PAGE>



                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS

                                    FORM F-4

                                      INDEX


                                                                      PAGE NO.

Item 1.   Financial Statements (Unaudited)

          Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
              for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995........    1

          Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
              at March 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995...................    2

          Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
              for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995........    3

          Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in 
              Stockholders' Equity for the three months ended 
              March 31, 1996 and 1995...................................    5

          Notes to the Unaudited Financial Statements...................    6


Item 2.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of
          Financial Condition and Results of Operations.................    7




Exhibits


      A.  Computation of Pro Forma Earnings per Share...................   24









<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     (In Thousands Except Per Share Amounts)

                                                                               (Unaudited)
                                                                            Three Months Ended
                                                                           March           March
                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                            1996           1995
                                                                            ----           ----
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>
Interest and dividend income
    Loans                                                               $  11,552      $  10,618
    Investment securities available for sale                                4,126          2,656
    Investment securities held to maturity                                  2,946          2,284
    Federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits                          214            464
                                                                        ---------      ---------
         Total interest and dividend income                                18,838         16,022
                                                                        ---------      ---------
Interest expense
    Deposits                                                                8,077          6,716
    Borrowings                                                              1,190             46
                                                                        ---------      ---------
         Total interest expense                                             9,267          6,762
                                                                        ---------      ---------
Net interest and dividend income                                            9,571          9,260
Less: Provision for possible loan losses                                      700          1,153
                                                                        ---------      ---------
Net interest and dividend income after provision
     for possible loan losses                                               8,871          8,107

Noninterest income:
    Net gain (loss) on sale of loans                                          270             (6)
    Net gain (loss) on sale of securities                                       2              4
    Fees and other income                                                   2,309          2,048
                                                                        ---------      ---------
         Total noninterest income                                           2,581          2,046
                                                                        ---------      ---------

Noninterest expense:
    Operating expenses:
         Salaries and employee benefits                                     4,250          4,036
         Occupancy expense of bank premises, net                              782            900
         Furniture and equipment expense                                      542            459
         Other operating expenses                                           3,116          3,535
                                                                        ---------      ---------
              Total operating expenses                                      8,690          8,930
                                                                        ---------      ---------
     Foreclosed real estate expense                                           160            330
     Net expense of real estate operations                                    (14)            65
                                                                        ---------      ---------
              Total noninterest expense                                     8,836          9,325
Income before income tax expense                                            2,616            828
Income tax expense                                                            212             39
                                                                        ---------      ---------
Net income                                                              $   2,404      $     789
                                                                        =========      =========

Earnings per share and pro forma earnings per share:
         Primary                                                        $    0.45      $    0.15
         Fully diluted                                                  $    0.45      $    0.15

Weighted average and pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
         Primary                                                        5,336,487      5,117,500
         Fully diluted                                                  5,336,487      5,117,500

</TABLE>

          See accompanying Notes to the Unaudited Financial Statements





                                       1



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
            CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                       (In Thousands Except Share Amounts)


                                                                                   (Unaudited)
                                                                                    March 31,     December 31,
                                                                                 -------------  --------------
                                                                                       1996           1995
                                                                                       ----           ----
<S>                                                                            <C>             <C>

                                      ASSETS
Cash and due from banks                                                          $    28,646    $    30,377
Federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits                                       6,045          8,045
Investment securities available for sale                                             300,265        246,984
Investment securities held to maturity (fair value: $184,191 at March 31, 1996
and $172,930 at December 31, 1995)                                                   184,349        172,793
Loans receivable, net of allowance for possible loan losses
  ( $14,619 at March 31, 1996 and $ 14,986 at December 31, 1995)                     561,157        558,663
Accrued interest and dividends receivable                                              7,393          7,109
Investments in real estate and real estate partnerships                                6,101          6,092
Foreclosed real estate, net                                                              502          1,529
Bank premises, furniture and fixtures, net                                            25,590         25,706
Other assets                                                                          15,122         13,680
                                                                                 -----------    -----------
    Total assets                                                                 $ 1,135,170    $ 1,070,978
                                                                                 ===========    ===========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Deposits                                                                         $   911,124    $   885,386
Federal Home Loan Bank advances                                                       48,497         41,500
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase                                        61,215         31,101
Loans payable                                                                          3,204          5,470
Mortgage escrow                                                                        6,168          4,193
Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                                20,725         21,859
                                                                                 -----------    -----------
      Total liabilities                                                            1,050,933        989,509
                                                                                 -----------    -----------
Commitments and contingent liabilities
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock ($1 par value; 5,000,000 shares
  authorized: no shares issued and outstanding)                                         --             --
Common stock ($1 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued and
  outstanding: 5,718,200 at March 31, 1996 and 5,710,700 at December 31, 1995)         5,718          5,710
Unearned compensation                                                                 (4,649)        (4,937)
Additional paid-in capital                                                            36,197         35,887
Retained earnings                                                                     45,486         43,083
Net unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities available for sale              1,485          1,726
                                                                                 -----------    -----------
      Total stockholders' equity                                                      84,237         81,469
                                                                                 -----------    -----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                       $ 1,135,170    $ 1,070,978
                                                                                 -----------    -----------
</TABLE>

          See accompanying Notes to the Unaudited Financial Statements


                                       2



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (Dollars In Thousands)

                                                                             Three Months Ended
                                                                                  March 31,
                                                                              1996         1995
                                                                           ---------    ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>          <C>
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
Net income (loss)                                                        $   2,404    $     789
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used for)/
   provided by operating activities
     Provision for possible loan losses                                        700        1,153
     Provision for foreclosed real estate                                        -          311
     Depreciation                                                              747          787
     Amortization of premium on investment securities, net                     588           25
     Investment security (gains)                                                (2)          (4)
     Loss (income) from equity investment in partnerships                      (87)          (3)
     (Gain) loss on sale of loans                                             (270)           6
     Disbursements for mortgage loans held for sale                        (33,322)      (5,757)
     Receipts from mortgage loans held for sale                             33,592        5,752
     Loss on sale of fixed assets and real estate                                -            1
     Changes in assets and liabilities:
         (Increase) decrease in other assets, net                           (1,549)         665
         Decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities                   (904)     (13,297)
                                                                           -------      -------
             Net cash  (used for)/provided by operating activities           1,897       (9,572)
                                                                           -------      -------


Cash Flows From Investing Activities

    Proceeds from sales of investment securities  - available for sale       6,600            -
    Proceeds from maturities and principal payments received
       on investment securities - available for sale                        46,750       33,905
    Purchase of investment securities - available for sale                (107,484)     (36,973)
    Proceeds from maturities and principal payments received
       on investment securities - held to maturity                          11,728        2,890
    Purchase of investment securities -held to maturity                    (23,436)     (23,286)
    Net decrease in investment in real estate                                    -           (2)
    Net change in loans receivable                                          (3,819)     (19,759)
    Net change in foreclosed real estate                                     1,368           78
    Proceeds from sale of loans                                                284          161
    Proceeds from sale of fixed assets and leases                                -            1
    Purchase of fixed assets                                                  (553)      (1,122)
                                                                           -------      -------
             Net cash  (used for)/provided by investing activities         (68,562)     (44,107)
                                                                           -------      -------
</TABLE>

          See accompanying Notes to the Unaudited Financial Statements

                                       3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (Dollars In Thousands)


                                                                  Three Months Ended
                                                                       March 31,
                                                                   1996        1995
                                                                ---------   ----------
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>
Cash flows from financing activities

  Net proceeds from stock conversion                                  -      35,946
  Net increase (decrease) in deposits                            25,738      (6,283)
  Net increase in borrowings                                     34,845       3,470
  Net increase in mortgagors' escrow deposits                     1,975       2,540
  Net decrease in unearned compensation                             376           -
                                                              ---------    --------
        Net cash provided by/(used for) financing activities     62,934      35,673
                                                              ---------    --------

(Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                          (3,731)    (18,006)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                     38,422      55,720
                                                              ---------    --------

Cash and cash equivalents, at quarter end                      $ 34,691    $ 37,714
                                                              =========    ========


Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
     Cash paid during the year for interest to depositors
             and interest on debt                              $  9,220    $  6,647

Non-cash investing activities:
     Transfers to foreclosed real estate, net                  $    341    $      8
</TABLE>


          See accompanying Notes to the Unaudited Financial Statements

                                       4



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
             CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               For The Three Months Ended March 31, 1996 and 1995
                             (Dollars In Thousands)

                                                                                               Net unrealized
                                                                                                 gain (loss)   
                                                                                                on investment                  
                                                                         Additional             securities             
                                                   Common    Unearned     Paid-In    Retained    available
                                                   Stock   Compensation   Capital    Earnings    for sale        Total
                                                 --------- ------------ -----------  --------  -------------     -----
<S>                                             <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995                     $  5,710   ($ 4,937)   $ 35,887    $ 43,083     $  1,726       $ 81,469
Net income                                              -          -           -       2,404            -          2,404
Issuance of common stock                                -
Unearned compensation                                   8       (241)        309           -            -             76
Decrease in unearned compensation                       -        529           -           -            -            529
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investment
    securities available for sale                       -          -           -           -         (241)          (241)
                                                 --------   --------    --------    --------     --------       --------
Balance at March 31, 1996                        $  5,718   ($ 4,649)   $ 36,196    $ 45,487     $  1,485       $ 84,237
                                                 ========   ========    ========    ========     ========       ========


Balance at December 31, 1994                     $      -   $      -    $      -    $ 31,624     ($ 3,121)      $ 28,503
Net income                                              -          -           -         789            -            789
Issuance of common stock                            5,562          -      33,944           -            -         39,506
Unearned compensation                                   -     (3,560)          -           -            -         (3,560)
Decrease in unearned compensation                       -          -           -           -            -              -
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investment
    securities available for sale                       -          -           -           -        2,761          2,761
                                                 --------   --------    --------    --------     --------       --------
Balance at March 31, 1995                        $  5,562   ($ 3,560)   $ 33,944    $ 32,413     ($   360)      $ 67,999
                                                 ========   ========    ========    ========     ========       ========
</TABLE>

    See accompanying Notes to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

                                       5

<PAGE>
                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
                   NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
The Condensed Consolidated  Financial Statements of Springfield  Institution for
Savings  (the  "Bank")  included  herein are  unaudited,  and in the  opinion of
Management all  adjustments,  consisting  only of normal  recurring  adjustments
necessary  for a  fair  presentation  of the  financial  condition,  results  of
operations and cash flows, as of and for the periods  covered herein,  have been
made.  Certain  information and note disclosures  normally included in Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting  principles have been omitted as they are included in the most recent
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC")  Form F-2  Annual  Report and
accompanying  Notes to the Financial  Statements for the year ended December 31,
1995.  Management believes that the disclosures contained herein are adequate to
make a fair presentation.

It is suggested that these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
be read in conjunction with the Bank's Consolidated Financial Statements and the
Notes thereto included in the Bank's 1995 FDIC Form F-2 Annual Report.

The  results  for  the  three  month  interim  periods  covered  hereby  are not
necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full year.

2. New Accounting Pronouncements
Effective  January 1, 1996, the Bank adopted  Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards ("SFAS") No. 122,  "Accounting for Mortgage Service Rights".  SFAS 122
amends certain  provisions of SFAS 65,  "Accounting for Certain Mortgage Banking
Activities",  to eliminate the accounting  distinction between rights to service
mortgage loans for others that are acquired through loan origination  activities
and those acquired through purchase transactions. During the quarter ended March
31,  1996 the Bank  recognized  $0.1  million  of income as a result of this new
standard.

3. Dividend Policy
While it is not  anticipated  that the Bank will be paying any cash dividends on
its common stock in the near future,  the Board of Directors of the Bank will be
periodically reviewing whether any cash dividend should be paid.

4. Earnings Per Share and Pro Forma Earnings Per Share
Net income per share for the three  months  ended  March 31, 1996 is computed on
weighted shares  outstanding for the period.  Net income per share for the three
months  ended  March 31,  1995 is  computed on a pro forma basis as if the stock
issued in the conversion had been issued as of the beginning of the period.





                                       6



<PAGE>



ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND
FINANCIAL CONDITION



Overview

Springfield  Institution  for Savings is a state  chartered,  stock form savings
bank  headquartered  in  Springfield,  MA. The Bank  provides a wide  variety of
financial  services  which include retail and  commercial  banking,  residential
mortgage origination and servicing,  commercial real estate lending and consumer
lending.  The Bank serves its primary  market of Hampden and Hampshire  Counties
through a  network  of 21  retail  branches.  The Bank  completed  a  successful
conversion  from  mutual to stock form (the  "Conversion")  on February 7, 1995.
Through the  issuance of 5,562,500  shares of common  stock,  the Bank  received
proceeds  of $35.9  million,  net of  Conversion  related  costs and the  Bank's
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP").

The Bank's revenues are derived  principally from interest  payments on its loan
portfolios  and  mortgage-backed  and other  investment  securities.  The Bank's
primary  sources of funds are  deposits,  borrowings  and principal and interest
payments on loans and mortgage-backed securities.



Results of  Operations  for the Three  Months Ended March 31, 1996 and March 31,
1995

The Bank reported net income of $2.4 million,  or $0.45 per share, for the first
quarter of 1996 as compared to net income of $0.8 million, or $.15 per share, on
a pro forma  basis,  for the same period  last year.  The  improved  results are
attributable to increased net interest margin and noninterest  income, and lower
provisions for possible loans losses and noninterest expenses.

Net Interest Income
Net interest income represents the difference between income on interest-earning
assets and  expense on  interest-bearing  liabilities.  Net  interest  income is
affected by the mix and volume of assets and  liabilities,  and the movement and
level of interest rates.

The following  table sets forth,  for the period  indicated,  average  balances,
interest  income  and  expense,  and  yields  earned or rates  paid on the major
categories of assets and  liabilities.  Non-accrual  loans have been included in
the  appropriate   average  balance  loan  category,   but  unpaid  interest  on
non-accrual  loans has not been  included for purposes of  determining  interest
income. In addition,  investment  securities available for sale are reflected at
amortized cost.


                                       7
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Three Months Ended March 31,
                                                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           1996                                   1995
                                                          ---------------------------------------  --------------------------------
                                                            Average                    Average      Average               Average
                                                            Balance      Interest     Yield/Cost    Balance    Interest  Yield/Cost
                                                            -------     ---------     ----------    -------    --------  ----------
                                                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>             <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
Interest-earning assets:
Fed funds sold and interest-bearing deposits            $   15,792     $   214         5.36%      $ 31,988     $   464      5.80%
Investment securities held to maturity                     174,574       2,946         6.75%       161,866       2,284      5.64%
Investment securities available for sale                   260,110       4,126         6.35%       167,804       2,656      6.33%
Residential real estate loans                              255,386       5,033         7.88%       259,688       5,019      7.73%
Commercial real estate loans                               118,681       2,444         8.24%       120,048       2,440      8.13%
Commercial loans                                           111,522       2,492         8.84%        81,944       1,858      9.07%
Home equity loans                                           69,350       1,486         8.62%        50,815       1,159      9.12%
Consumer loans                                               6,858          97         5.66%         6,754         142      8.41%
                                                        ----------     -------         -----      --------     -------      -----

Total interest-earning assets                            1,012,273      18,838         7.44%       880,907      16,022      7.28%

Allowance for loan losses                                  (15,422)                                (16,145)
Non-interest-earning assets                                 80,504                                  69,878
                                                        ----------                                --------
    Total assets                                        $1,077,355     $18,838                    $934,640     $16,022
                                                        ==========     =======                    ========     =======     
Interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits
  Savings accounts                                        $188,855      $1,177         2.51%      $183,687      $1,124      2.48%
  NOW accounts                                              54,246         168         1.25%        53,305         187      1.42%
  Money market accounts                                    203,808       1,696         3.35%       225,691       1,720      3.09%
  Time deposit accounts                                    370,581       5,036         5.47%       329,531       3,685      4.54%
                                                        ----------     -------         -----      --------     -------      -----
Total Interest-bearing Deposits                            817,490       8,077         3.97%       792,214       6,716      3.44%

Borrowed funds                                              83,721       1,190         5.62%         2,097          46      8.90%
                                                        ----------     -------         -----      --------     -------      -----

Total interest-bearing liabilities                         901,211       9,267         4.14%       794,311       6,762      3.45%
Non-interest-bearing liabilities                            96,523                                  87,124
Stockholders' equity                                        79,621                                  53,205
                                                        ----------                                --------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity          $1,077,355      $9,267                    $934,640      $6,762
                                                        ==========     =======                    ========     =======

Net interest income/spread                                              $9,571         3.30%                    $9,260      3.83%
                                                                       =======         =====                   =======      ===== 

Net interest margin as a % of interest-
earning assets                                                                         3.78%                                4.20%
                                                                                       =====                                ===== 
</TABLE>


Net  interest  income for the three months ended March 31, 1996 was $9.6 million
compared to $9.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 1995,  an increase
of $0.3  million or 3.2%.  This  increase is primarily  due to a $131.4  million
increase in average earning assets partially offset by a 42 basis point decrease
in net interest margin.

Total  interest  income was $18.8  million for the three  months ended March 31,
1996, an increase of $2.8 million or 17.5% from the same period last year.  This
increase  is  attributable  to higher  levels  of  interest-earning  assets  and
weighted  average yields.  Interest-earning  assets totaled $1.01 billion in the
first quarter of 1996 compared to $880.9  million for the first quarter of 1995,
an increase of $131.4 million or 14.9%.  Average  investments  increased  $105.0
million  reflecting  the  reinvestment  of  proceeds  from  the  Conversion  and
leveraging a portion of the Bank's  capital  position.  Average loans  increased
$42.6 million as the Bank continued to focus on the commercial  (small business)
and home equity market segments,  which grew by $29.6 million or 36.1% and $18.5
million or 36.4%, respectively. The average yield on interest-earning assets was
7.44% for the first  quarter of 1996  compared to 7.28% for the first quarter of
1995,  an  increase  of 16 basis  points or 2.2%  reflecting  the  repricing  of
adjustable rate loans and investment securities to market rates and lower levels
of non-accruing loans.


                                       8
<PAGE>


Total  interest  expense was $9.3  million for the three  months ended March 31,
1996  compared to $6.8  million  during the same period in 1995,  an increase of
$2.5  million  or  36.8%.   This  increase  is   attributable  to  increases  in
interest-bearing  deposits,  higher deposit rates and the use of borrowings as a
source  of funds.  Interest-bearing  deposits  totaled  $817.5  million  for the
quarter ended March 31, 1996  compared to $792.2  million for the same period in
1995, an increase of $25.3 million or 3.2%.  This growth  occurred  primarily in
Time deposits,  which increased $41.1 million principally as a result of the new
"Can't  Lose CD"  product  (which  pays a rate  equal to the prime rate less 350
basis  points),  partially  offset by a $21.9 million  reduction in Money Market
balances, reflecting a shift to higher yielding Time deposits as well as outflow
to other  investment  vehicles such as annuities  and mutual funds.  The average
rate paid on deposits was 3.97% in the first  quarter of 1996  compared to 3.44%
in the first quarter of 1995, an increase of 53 basis points or 15.4% reflecting
continued  competitive  pricing  pressures  on consumer  deposits as well as the
introduction  of the Can't Lose CD,  partially  offset by a lower  interest rate
environment.  Borrowings averaged $83.7 million for the three months ended March
31, 1996 reflecting the Bank's leveraged ESOP as well as the use of Federal Home
Loan Bank ("FHLB")  advances and repurchase  agreements to leverage a portion of
the Bank's capital.

The following table presents the changes in net interest  income  resulting from
changes in interest  rates or changes in the volume of  interest-earning  assets
and interest-bearing liabilities during the periods indicated. Changes which are
attributable  to both rate and volume  have been  allocated  evenly  between the
change in rate and volume components.


                                               Three months ended March 31,
                                                    1996 versus 1995
                                             ------------------------------- 
                                               Increase (Decrease) Due to
                                             ------------------------------- 
                                               Volume      Rate       Net
                                             ---------   --------  -------- 
                                                     (In Thousands)
Interest earning assets:
  Federal funds sold and
     interest bearing deposits               ($  227)   ($   23)   ($  250)
  Investment securities held to maturity         197        465        662
  Investment securities available for sale     1,463          7      1,470
  Residential real estate loans                  (84)        98         14
  Commercial real estate loans                   (28)        32          4
  Commercial loans                               666        (32)       634
  Home equity loans                              410        (83)       327
  Consumer loans                                   2        (47)       (45)
                                              ------     ------     ------
Total interest-earning assets                  2,399        417      2,816
                                              ------     ------     ------

Interest bearing liabilities:
Deposits:
  Savings accounts                                32         21         53
  NOW accounts                                     3        (22)       (19)
  Money market accounts                         (174)       150        (24)
  Time deposit accounts                          508        843      1,351
                                              ------     ------     ------
Total interest-bearing deposits                  369        992      1,361
Borrowed funds                                 1,475       (331)     1,144
                                              ------     ------     ------
Total interest-bearing liabilities             1,844        661      2,505
                                              ------     ------     ------
Change in net interest income                 $  555     ($ 244)    $  311
                                              ======     ======     ======



                                       9

<PAGE>


Provision for Possible Loan Losses
The Bank provided $0.7 million for its provision for possible loan losses in the
first  quarter of 1996  compared to $1.2  million in the first  quarter of 1995.
This decrease of $0.5 million reflects a reduction in nonperforming  assets. The
provision  for possible loan losses is based upon  Management's  judgment of the
amount  necessary to maintain the  allowance for possible loan losses at a level
which is considered adequate.  For further discussion of this topic please refer
to the section titled  "Allowance for Possible Loan Losses" in the Balance Sheet
Analysis section of this document.


Non-interest Income
Non-interest  income is  composed of fee income for bank  services  and gains or
losses from the sale of assets.  The components of  non-interest  income for the
periods presented are as follows:



                                             Three months ended
                                                  March 31,
                                           --------------------
                                             1996         1995
                                           -------     --------
Net gain (loss) on sale of loans           $   270     ($    6)
Net gain (loss) on sale of securities            2           4
Loan charges and fees                          723         807
Deposit related fees                         1,403       1,088
Other charges and fees                         183         153
                                           -------     -------
                                           $ 2,581     $ 2,046
                                           =======     =======

Net gain  (loss)  on sale of loans  increased  $0.3  million  as a result of the
growth in residential  mortgage  refinancing  activities due to a more favorable
interest rate environment.  The Bank originates fixed rate mortgages for sale in
the secondary market and generally holds adjustable rate mortgages in the Bank's
loan portfolio.

Deposit  service  charges  and fees  increased  $0.4  million due  primarily  to
increased service charges on noninterest bearing accounts.

Salaries and Benefits Expense
Salaries and benefits expense totaled $4.3 million for the first quarter of 1996
compared  to $4.0  million  for the same  period in 1995,  an  increase  of $0.3
million  reflecting  standard wage increases as well as the  introduction of new
benefit programs to include the ESOP and a 401(k) plan.

Occupancy Expense
Total  occupancy  expense was $0.8  million for the three months ended March 31,
1996, a decrease of $0.1 million from the same period in 1995 as a result of the
improved operating results of SIS Center, the Bank's corporate headquarters.



                                       10

<PAGE>

Other Operating Expense
The  components  of other  operating  expense for the periods  presented  are as
follows:

                                                     Three months ended
                                                          March 31,
                                                --------------------------
                                                  1996               1995
                                                  ----               ----
Marketing and public relations                  $  383             $  308
Insurance                                          101                801
Professional services                              640                647
Outside processing                                 957                895
Other                                            1,035                884
                                                ------             ------
                                                $3,116             $3,535
                                                ======             ======


Marketing  and public  relations  expense  increased  $0.1 million  reflecting a
higher level of advertising  expenses directed towards the consumer strategy for
obtaining consumer deposit accounts in connection with its increased emphasis on
community banking activities.

Insurance  expense  includes FDIC deposit  insurance  expense,  which totaled $1
thousand  in the first  quarter  of 1996  compared  to $0.7  million in the same
period in 1995. This decrease is attributable to a significant reduction in FDIC
premiums.

Other  operating   expenses  increased  $0.2  million  primarily  due  to  costs
associated with growth in consumer  deposit accounts as a result of the consumer
strategy.

Foreclosed Real Estate Expense
Foreclosed  real estate  expense  reflects  losses on sales,  writedowns and net
operating results of foreclosed properties. These expenses were $0.2 million for
the first quarter of 1996 compared to $0.3 million for the same period in 1995.
This $0.1 million decrease reflects lower levels of foreclosed properties.

Net Expense of Real Estate Operations
The Bank has  certain  subsidiaries  that are  engaged  in various  real  estate
investments directly or in joint ventures with unaffiliated  partners.  The Bank
has terminated its real estate  development  activities and is in the process of
selling  its  remaining  real  estate  investments.  Net  expense of real estate
operations reflects the net operating results of these activities, writedowns on
real  estate  properties  and  gains/losses  on sales of these  properties.  Net
expense of real estate  operations of zero and $0.1 million for the three months
ended March 31, 1996 and March 31, 1995, respectively, reflects normal operating
results.

Income Taxes
The Bank  recorded  $0.2  million of state and federal  alternative  minimum tax
provision  in the first  quarter of 1996  compared to $39  thousand in the first
quarter of 1995.  This  increase in taxes  resulted  from the increase in pretax
earnings between the periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.



                                       11

<PAGE>


BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS - COMPARISON AT MARCH 31, 1996 TO DECEMBER 31, 1995

Total assets  increased from $1.07 billion at December 31, 1995 to $1.14 billion
at March 31, 1996.  This increase  reflects  growth in the investment  portfolio
achieved through an increase in deposits and wholesale borrowings.

Investments
The Bank's investment  portfolio  increased $64.8 million from $419.8 million at
December 31, 1995 to $484.6 million at March 31, 1996.

The Bank engages in  investment  activities  for both  investment  and liquidity
purposes.  The Bank maintains an investment  securities portfolio which consists
primarily  of U.S.  Government  and Agency  securities,  corporate  obligations,
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, and marketable equity securities. Other short-term
investments held by the Bank periodically include interest-bearing  deposits and
federal  funds  sold.  The Bank  also  maintains  a  mortgage-backed  securities
portfolio consisting of securities issued and guaranteed by the Federal National
Mortgage  Association  ("FNMA") and the Federal Home Loan  Mortgage  Corporation
("FHLMC") in addition to publicly traded  mortgage-backed  securities  issued by
private  financial  intermediaries  which  are  rated  "AA" or  higher by rating
agencies of national prominence.

Effective  January 1, 1994, the Bank adopted SFAS 115,  "Accounting  for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity  Securities",  and now holds both  "available for
sale"  and  "held to  maturity"  portfolios.  Securities  which the Bank has the
intent and ability to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and
are carried at amortized cost, while those securities which have been identified
as assets  that may be sold prior to maturity or assets for which there is not a
positive intent to hold to maturity are classified as available-for-sale and are
carried at fair value,  with unrealized  gains and losses excluded from earnings
and reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity. At March 31, 1996,
the net unrealized gain on the available for sale portfolio that was included as
a separate component of stockholders' equity was $1.5 million.

In 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued a special
report, "A Guide to  Implementation of Statement 115," that provided  additional
guidance related to the application of SFAS 115. In connection with the issuance
of this  special  report,  the FASB  allowed all  organizations  to review their
portfolio  classifications  and make a one-time  reclassification  of securities
between  categories  during the period from  November  15, 1995 to December  31,
1995. On December 15, 1995, the Bank  transferred  securities  with an amortized
cost of $84.3  million and an  unrealized  loss of $1.2 million from the held to
maturity  portfolio to the available for sale portfolio.  In addition,  the Bank
also transferred securities with an estimated fair value of $47.3 million and an
unrealized  gain of $0.3 million from the  available  for sale  portfolio to the
held to maturity  portfolio.  The unrealized  gain of $0.3 million  remains as a
separate component of stockholders' equity.  Subsequent to the transfer of these
securities,  the Bank sold $82.9 million of available  for sale  securities at a
net loss of $0.9 million.

The table below sets forth certain information  regarding the amortized cost and
fair value of the Bank's investment portfolio at the dates indicated.

                                       12
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           March 31, 1996
                                                                   --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Available for Sale                 Held to Maturity
                                                                   ----------------------------       ---------------------------
                                                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)

                                                                    Amortized                         Amortized
                                                                       Cost          Fair Value          Cost          Fair Value
                                                                   -----------     ------------       ----------     ------------
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>               <C>              <C>
U.S. government and agency obligations                              $  8,858         $  8,837         $      -         $      -
Mortgage-backed securities                                           279,885          280,940          173,276          173,096
Other bonds and short term obligations                                 2,675            2,675           11,073           11,095
Other securities                                                       7,819            7,813                -                -
                                                                    --------         --------         --------         --------
    Total                                                           $299,237         $300,265         $184,349         $184,191
                                                                    ========         ========         ========         ========
<CAPTION>


                                                                                            December 31, 1995
                                                                   --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Available for Sale                 Held to Maturity
                                                                   ----------------------------       ---------------------------
                                                                                        (Dollars in Thousands)

                                                                     Amortized                         Amortized
                                                                       Cost          Fair Value          Cost          Fair Value
                                                                   -----------     ------------       ----------     ------------
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>               <C>              <C>
U.S. government and agency obligations                              $  7,700         $  7,699         $      -         $      -
Mortgage-backed securities                                           222,673          224,101          161,168          161,481
Other bonds and short term obligations                                 9,300            9,300           11,625           11,449
Other securities                                                       5,884            5,884                -                -
                                                                    --------         --------         --------         --------
    Total                                                           $245,557         $246,984         $172,793         $172,930
                                                                    ========         ========         ========         ========
</TABLE>



                                       13

<PAGE>



Loan Portfolio Composition
Gross loans  comprised  $575.1  million or 50.7% of total assets as of March 31,
1996.  The following  table sets forth  information  concerning  the Bank's loan
portfolio in dollar amounts and  percentages,  by type of loan at March 31, 1996
and at December 31, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        March 31, 1996                     December 31, 1995
                                               -------------------------------      -------------------------------
                                                                   Percent of                           Percent of
                                                 Amount              Total            Amount               Total
                                               ----------         ------------       --------          ------------
                                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                            <C>                 <C>              <C>                  <C>
Residential real estate loans                   $254,269             44.21%          $263,551              45.99%
Commercial real estate loans                     120,442             20.94%           118,005              20.59%
Commercial loans                                 123,181             21.42%           117,674              20.53%
Home equity loans                                 70,541             12.27%            67,657              11.81%
Consumer loans                                     6,698              1.16%             6,196               1.08%
                                                --------            -------         ---------             -------
   Total loans receivable, gross                 575,131            100.00%           573,083             100.00%
Less:
Unearned income and fees                            (645)                                (566)
Allowance for possible loan losses                14,619                               14,986
                                                --------                             --------
   Total loans receivable, net                  $561,157                             $558,663
                                                ========                             ========
</TABLE>




The Bank  continues  to  emphasize  the  origination  of loans  secured by first
mortgages  on one to four family  residences,  and offers a variety of fixed and
adjustable rate mortgage loan products. The Bank originates fixed rate mortgages
for sale in the secondary  market and generally holds  adjustable rate mortgages
in the Bank's loan  portfolio.  During the first quarter of 1996, many borrowers
refinanced  adjustable  rate  mortgages to take  advantage of lower fixed rates.
These  fixed rate loans were  subsequently  sold,  offsetting  new  originations
during the quarter and resulting in a $9.2 million  decrease in residential real
estate loans between December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996.

During the three months ended March 31, 1996 commercial loan balances  increased
$5.5 million, reflecting the Bank's continued focus on lending activities in the
small business market.

Home equity loans  outstanding  have  increased  $2.9 million since December 31,
1995 resulting from the Bank's pricing approach, the waiver of closing costs and
the active promotion of these products.

The Bank has  discontinued  offering most types of personal  installment  loans.
This  decision  was made based on the low  volumes  achieved by the Bank and the
highly  competitive  nature of consumer  products  offered by bank and  non-bank
competitors.  The Bank continues to offer student loans and overdraft protection
lines  associated  with the  transaction  accounts  of its  consumer  customers.
Student loans are  subsidized by the  government  and held by the Bank while the
student  is in  school.  These  loans  are sold to the  Student  Loan  Marketing
Association when the student graduates and repayment begins.



                                       14


<PAGE>


Non-performing Assets
Non-performing  assets  totaled  $12.6  million as of March 31, 1996 compared to
$13.9 million as of December 31, 1995, a decrease of $1.3 million or 9.4%.

The  following  table  sets  forth  information   regarding  the  components  of
non-performing assets for the periods presented:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          March 31, 1996        December 31, 1995
                                                         ----------------      -------------------  
                                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                         <C>                     <C>
Non-accrual loans (1):
   Residential real estate loans                              $ 2,774                 $ 2,553
   Commercial real estate loans                                 6,938                   5,745
   Commercial loans                                               874                     638
   Home equity loans                                              175                      90
   Consumer loans                                                  17                      11
                                                              -------                 -------
      Total non-accrual loans                                  10,778                   9,037
                                                              -------                 -------

Loans past due 90 days still accruing (2)                         154                     587

                                                              -------                 -------
      Total non-performing loans                               10,932                   9,624
Foreclosed real estate (3)                                        502                   1,529
Restructured loans on accrual status (4)                        1,167                   2,732
                                                              -------                 -------
      Total non-performing assets                             $12,601                 $13,885
                                                              =======                 =======

Total non-performing loans to total
   gross loans                                                  1.90%                   1.68%

Total non-performing assets to total
   assets                                                       1.11%                   1.30%

Allowance for possible losses to
   non-performing loans                                       133.73%                 155.71%


<FN>

(1) Non-accrual loans are loans that are contractually  past due in excess of 90
days, for which the Bank has stopped the accrual of interest, or loans which are
not past due but on which the Bank has stopped the accrual of interest  based on
Management's assessment of the circumstances surrounding these loans.

(2) Accruing loans past due 90 days or more are loans which have not been placed
on non-accrual status as, in management's  opinion,  the collection of the loan,
in full, is not in doubt.

(3)  Foreclosed  real estate  includes  OREO,  defined as real  estate  acquired
through  foreclosure  or acceptance of a deed in lieu of  foreclosure.  The Bank
carries  foreclosed real estate at net realizable value, which approximates fair
value less estimated selling costs.

(4) Restructured loans are loans for which concessions,  including  reduction of
interest  rates or deferral of interest or principal  payments have been granted
due to the borrower's  financial  condition.  Restructured  loans on non-accrual
status are reported in the  non-accrual  loan  category.  Restructured  loans on
accrual status are those loans that have complied with terms of a  restructuring
agreement for a satisfactory period (generally six months).
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       15
<PAGE>


Allowance for Possible Loan Losses
The allowance for possible loan losses  reflects an amount that in  Management's
judgment is adequate to provide for potential  losses in the loan portfolio.  In
addition,  examinations  of the adequacy of the loan loss reserve are  conducted
periodically by various regulatory agencies.

The  Bank's  loan  loss  reserve   methodology   emphasizes   an  evaluation  of
non-performing  loans and those  loans  that  have been  identified  as having a
higher  risk  of  becoming  non-performing  loans.  The  overall  analysis  is a
continuing  process  that gives  consideration  to such factors as size and risk
characteristics  of the loan portfolio,  the risk rating of individual  credits,
general economic conditions,  historic delinquency and charge-off experience and
the borrowers' financial capabilities and the underlying collateral,  including,
when appropriate, independent appraisals of real estate properties. In addition,
Management  periodically  reviews the methodology of allocating  reserves to the
various loan categories based on similar factors.

The Bank's  allowance for possible loan losses is decreased by loan  charge-offs
and  increased by provisions  for possible  loan losses and  recoveries on loans
previously  charged-off.  When commercial and residential  real estate loans are
foreclosed, the loan balance is compared with the fair value of the property. If
the net carrying value of the loan at the time of  foreclosure  exceeds the fair
value of the property less estimated selling costs, the difference is charged to
the  allowance  for  possible  loan  losses and the fair  value of the  property
becomes  the new cost basis of the real  estate  owned.  The Bank has or obtains
current appraisals on real estate owned at the time it obtains possession of the
property. Real estate owned is subsequently carried at the lower of cost or fair
value less estimated selling costs with any further  adjustments  reflected as a
charge against operations. The Bank assesses the value of real estate owned on a
periodic basis. The Bank maintains an allowance for estimated  losses,  which at
March 31, 1996 amounted to zero,  to account for declines in the carrying  value
of foreclosed real estate.

The  allowance  for  possible  loan losses at March 31, 1996 was $14.6  million,
compared to $17.0  million at March 31, 1995.  The activity in the allowance for
possible  loan losses for the three  months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 was as
follows:
  
                                       16
<PAGE>


                                                 Three months ended
                                                      March 31,
                                              ------------------------ 
                                                 1996          1995
                                              ---------     --------- 
                                               (Dollars In Thousands)

Balance at beginning of period                $ 14,986     $ 15,844
Provision for loan losses                          700        1,153
Charge-offs:
    Residential real estate loans                    -         (122)
    Commercial real estate loans                (1,866)           -
    Commercial loans                                 -          (36)
    Home equity loans                              (63)         (25)
    Consumer loans                                 (18)         (32)
                                              --------      ------- 
        Total charge-offs                       (1,947)        (215)
                                              --------      -------
Recoveries:
    Residential real estate loans                  408            -
    Commercial real estate loans                   407           81
    Commercial loans                                45           69
    Home equity loans                               11           19
    Consumer loans                                   9           32
                                              --------      -------
        Total recoveries                           880          201
                                              --------      -------
Net charge-offs                                 (1,067)         (14)
                                              --------      -------

Balance at end of period                      $ 14,619     $ 16,983
                                              ========     ========

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total
loans at the end of the period                    2.54%        3.19%

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to non-
performing loans at the end of the period       133.73%      101.67%


                                       17
<PAGE>


At March 31, 1996, the recorded investment in loans that are considered impaired
under SFAS 114 was $8.2  million.  Included  in this  amount is $0.9  million of
impaired loans for which the related SFAS 114 allowance is $0.2 million and $7.3
million of impaired  loans for which the SFAS 114 allowance is zero. The average
recorded  investment  in impaired  loans during the three months ended March 31,
1996 was approximately $9.7 million.  For the three month period ended March 31,
1996,  the Bank  recognized  interest  income  on these  impaired  loans of $0.2
million.

The  following  table shows the  allocation  of the  allowance for possible loan
losses to the various types of loans as well as the  percentage of loans in each
category to total loans.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    March 31, 1996                December 31, 1995
                                                           -----------------------------    -----------------------------
                                                                                % of                             % of
                                                                             Loans in                           Loans in
                                                                              Category                          Category
                                                                              to Total                          to Total
                                                            Amount             Loans          Amount             Loans
                                                           -------           ----------      --------          ----------
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>            <C>                <C>
Residential real estate loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $1,581             44.21%         $1,881             45.99%
Commercial real estate loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . .      7,891             20.94%          6,784             20.59%
Commercial loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4,387             21.42%          5,480             20.53%
Home equity loans . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . .       545             12.27%            672             11.81%
Consumer loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      215              1.16%            169              1.08%
                                                           -------            -------        -------            -------
   Total allowance for
     possible loan losses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $14,619            100.00%        $14,986            100.00%
                                                           =======            =======        =======            =======
</TABLE>


                                       18

<PAGE>


Deposit Distribution
The principal source of funds for the Bank are deposits from local consumers and
businesses.  There  were no  brokered  deposits  at March 31,  1996.  The Bank's
deposits  consist of demand and NOW  accounts,  passbook and  statement  savings
accounts, Money Market accounts and Time deposit accounts.

Total  deposits were $911.1 million at March 31, 1996 compared to $885.4 million
at  December  31,  1995,  an  increase of $25.7  million.  This growth  occurred
primarily in Savings accounts and Demand deposits,  which increased $8.9 million
and $10.2 million,  respectively.  These balances  continue to grow as customers
take advantage of free savings and checking  accounts offered as a result of the
Bank's  consumer  deposit  strategy to attract and retain  core  deposits  which
provides the Bank with a lower cost source of funds.

The  following  table  presents  the  composition  of  deposits  for the periods
indicated:



                            March 31, 1996          December 31, 1995
                        --------------------      ----------------------
                                      (Dollars in Thousands)


                                       Percent                  Percent
                                          of                      of
                          Amount        Total       Amount       Total
                        ---------     ---------   ---------    --------
Demand deposits         $ 81,736        8.97%     $ 71,539        8.08%
NOW accounts              56,303        6.18%       57,271        6.47%
Savings accounts         194,523       21.35%      185,555       20.96%
Money market accounts    206,433       22.66%      203,313       22.96%
Time deposits            372,129       40.84%      367,708       41.53%
                        --------      -------     --------      -------
   Total deposits       $911,124      100.00%     $885,386      100.00%
                        ========      =======     ========      =======


                                       19



<PAGE>



Regulatory Capital
Under current FDIC capital regulations, state-chartered, non-member banks (i.e.,
banks that are not members of the Federal Reserve System), such as the Bank, are
required to comply with three separate minimum capital  requirements:  a "Tier 1
leverage  capital  ratio" and two  "risk-based"  capital  requirements:  "Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio" and "Total risk-based capital ratio".

The Tier 1 leverage capital ratio is expressed as a percentage of Tier 1 capital
to total quarterly  average  assets.  Tier 1 capital  generally  includes common
stockholders'  equity (including  retained earnings),  qualifying  noncumulative
perpetual  preferred stock and any related surplus and minority interests in the
equity accounts of fully consolidated  subsidiaries.  In addition,  deferred tax
assets  are  allowable  up to a certain  limit.  Intangible  assets,  other than
properly valued  purchased  mortgage  servicing  rights up to certain  specified
limits,  must be deducted from Tier 1 capital.  The  unrealized  gain or loss on
securities  available  for sale is not included as a component of Tier 1 capital
under the current guidelines.

The Tier 1 risk-based  capital  ratio is  expressed  as a  percentage  of Tier 1
capital to total risk-weighted  assets.  Risk- weighted assets are calculated by
assigning  assets to one of several  broad  categories  (0%,  20%, 50%, or 100%)
based primarily on credit risk. The aggregate dollar value of the amount in each
category is then  multiplied by the  risk-weight  associated  with the category.
Risk  weights  for all  off-balance  sheet  items are  determined  by a two-step
process.  First, the "credit  equivalent  amount" of off-balance  sheet items is
determined in most cases by multiplying the  off-balance  sheet item by a credit
conversion  factor.  Second,  the credit  equivalent  amount is treated like any
balance sheet asset and generally is assigned to the appropriate  risk category.
The  resulting  weighted  values  from  each of the risk  categories  are  added
together,  and this sum is the Bank's total  risk-weighted  assets that comprise
the denominator of the risk-based capital ratios.

The Total  risk-based  capital ratio is expressed as a percentage of "Qualifying
total capital" to total risk-weighted assets.  Qualifying total capital consists
of the sum of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital,  which  consists of cumulative
perpetual preferred stock,  mandatory  convertible debt, term subordinated debt,
and a certain  portion of the allowance for loan losses up to a maximum of 1.25%
of risk-weighted assets.

The following table reflects the regulatory  capital  position of the Bank as of
March 31,  1996 and  December  31,  1995 as well as the March 31,  1996  minimum
regulatory capital requirements for well-capitalized institutions.



                                     March 31,    December 31,         FDIC
                                       1996           1995         Requirement
                                     --------     ------------     -----------
Tier 1 leverage captial ratio          7.68%          7.57%             5.00%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio       12.92%         12.52%             6.00%
Total risk-based capital ratio        14.18%         13.77%            10.00%


                                       20


<PAGE>


Interest Rate Risk Management
The operations of the Bank are subject to the risk of interest rate fluctuations
to the extent that there is a substantial difference in the amount of the Bank's
assets and liabilities  repricing or maturing  within specific time periods.  An
asset-sensitive  position  indicates that there are more  rate-sensitive  assets
than  rate-sensitive  liabilities  repricing or maturing  within  specific  time
horizons,  which would generally imply a favorable impact on net interest income
in periods of rising  interest rates and a negative impact in periods of falling
interest rates. A liability-sensitive  position would generally imply a negative
impact on net interest income in periods of rising interest rates and a positive
impact in periods of falling interest rates.

The  objective  of the  Bank's  interest  rate  risk  management  process  is to
identify, manage and control its interest rate risk within established limits in
order to produce  consistent  earnings that are not  contingent  upon  favorable
trends in interest rates.  This is attained by monitoring the levels of interest
rates, the relationships  between the rates paid on assets and the rates paid on
liabilities,  the absolute  amount of assets and  liabilities  which  reprice or
mature  over  similar  periods,  and the  effect of all of these  factors on the
estimated level of net interest income.

There  are  a  number  of  industry   standards  used  to  measure  a  financial
institution's  interest  rate risk  position.  Most  common  among  these is the
one-year  gap  which  is  the  difference  between  assets,   liabilities,   and
off-balance  sheet  instruments  that will  mature or  reprice  within  one year
expressed as a percentage of total assets. Using Management's estimates of asset
prepayments and core deposit decay in its  computation,  the Bank estimates that
its  cumulative  one-year gap position was a positive  $98.4 million or 8.67% of
total  assets  at March  31,  1996.  The Bank also  utilizes  income  simulation
modeling in  measuring  its interest  rate risk and  managing its interest  rate
sensitivity.  Income simulation not only considers the impact of changing market
interest  rates  on  forecasted  net  interest  income,   but  also  takes  into
consideration  other factors such as yield curve  relationships,  the volume and
mix  of  assets  and  liabilities,   customer  preferences  and  general  market
conditions.

The following table sets forth the amounts of assets and liabilities outstanding
at March 31,  1996,  which are  anticipated  by the Bank to mature or reprice in
each of the future time periods  shown using  certain  assumptions  based on its
historical  experience,  the current interest rate  environment,  and other data
available to management.  Management believes that these assumptions approximate
actual  experience  and considers  such  assumptions  reasonable,  however,  the
interest  rate  sensitivity  of the  Bank's  assets and  liabilities  could vary
substantially if different  assumptions were used or actual  experience  differs
from  the  assumptions   used.   Management   periodically   reviews  and,  when
appropriate, changes assumptions used in creating this table.

                                       21
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 GAP Position
                                                                              at March 31, 1996
                                            --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            (Dollars in Thousands)
 
                                                             More than six
                                               Less than      months less
                                               six months     than one year       1 - 5 Years       Over 5 Yrs             TOTAL
                                             -------------   ---------------     -------------     -----------           ---------
<S>                                          <C>              <C>                <C>               <C>                 <C>

Assets:
Federal funds sold and
   interest bearing deposits                  $  6,045         $      -         $      -           $      -           $    6,045
Investment securities                          260,086          147,596           50,578             26,354              484,614
Residential real estate                         91,282           56,608           89,240             14,657              251,787
Commercial real estate                          30,855           23,090           59,554                  -              113,499
Commercial loans                                61,046            7,471           52,799              1,174              122,490
Home equity                                     61,920              399            6,162              2,157               70,638
Consumer loans                                   5,309              227              828                221                6,585
Other Assets                                         -                -                -             79,512               79,512
                                              --------         --------         --------           --------           ----------
Total assets                                  $516,543         $235,391         $259,161           $124,075           $1,135,170
                                              ========         ========         ========           ========           ==========


Liabilities & stockholders' equity:
Savings accounts                              $ 29,178         $ 29,178         $136,167          $       -           $  194,523
NOW accounts                                     8,446            8,446           39,411                  -               56,303
Money market accounts                           61,930           61,930           82,573                  -              206,433
Time deposits                                  197,026          113,304           61,799                  -              372,129
Borrowed funds                                  96,443           15,022              206              1,245              112,916
Other liabilities & stockholders' equity        16,292           16,292           48,877            111,405              192,866
                                              --------         --------         --------           --------           ----------
Total liabilities & stockholders' equity      $409,315         $244,172         $369,033           $112,650           $1,135,170
                                              ========         ========         ========           ========           ==========

Period GAP position                           $107,228         ($8,781)        ($109,872)            $11,425

Net period GAP as a percentage of total          9.45%           -0.77%           -9.68%       
assets                                                                                                1.01%

Cumulative GAP                                $107,228          $98,447        ($11,425)                  -

Cumulative GAP as a percentage of total
   assets                                        9.45%            8.67%           -1.01%                  -
<FN>

For purposes of the above interest 
    sensitivity analysis:

Residential  loans held for sale at March 31, 1996  totaling $4.4 million are in
the less than six month interest sensitivity period.

Fixed rate assets are  schedule by  contractual  maturity  and  adjustable  rate
assets are schedule by their next  repricing  date.  In both cases,  assets that
have prepayment optionality are adjusted for the Bank's estimate of prepayments.

Loans do not include non accrual loans of $10.8 million.

Loans do not include the allowance for loan loss of $14.6 million.

In certain deposit categories where there is no contractual maturity, Management
assumed  the  sensitivity  characteristics  listed  below  based on the  current
interest  rate  environment  and the Bank's  historical  experience.  Management
reviews  these  assumptions  on  a  quarterly  basis  and  may  modify  them  as
circumstances dictate.

     -    Savings accounts are assumed to decay at an annual rate of 30%
     -    NOW accounts assumed to decay at an annual rate of 30%
     -    Money market accounts are assumed to decay at an annual rate of 60%
     -    Non-interest  bearing  accounts of $81.7 million are included in other
          liabilities and are assumed to decay at an annual rate of 40%.

</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       22

<PAGE>



Certain  shortcomings  are  inherent in the method of analysis  presented in the
foregoing  table.  For example,  while certain assets and  liabilities  may have
similar  contractual  maturities  or  periods  to  repricing,  they may react in
different ways to changes in market interest rates.  Further,  in the event of a
change in interest rates,  prepayment and early  withdrawal  levels would likely
deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table. Additionally,
certain assets, such as adjustable rate mortgages,  have features which restrict
changes in interest rates on a short-term  basis and over the life of the asset.
Finally, the ability of borrowers to service their adjustable rate mortgages may
decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.

Liquidity
Liquidity measures the ability of the Bank to meet its maturing  obligations and
existing commitments,  to withstand  fluctuations in deposit levels, to fund its
operations and to provide for customer credit needs.

The Bank's  principal  sources of funds are deposits,  advances from the FHLB of
Boston,   repurchase   agreements,   repayments  and  maturities  on  loans  and
securities,  proceeds  from the  sale of  securities  in the  available-for-sale
portfolio,  and funds provided by operations.  While scheduled loan and security
amortization and maturities are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit
flows and loan and  security  prepayments  are  greatly  influenced  by economic
conditions,  the  general  level of  interest  rates and  competition.  The Bank
utilizes   particular   sources  of  funds  based  on   comparative   costs  and
availability. The Bank generally manages the pricing of its deposits to maintain
a steady deposit balance,  but has from time to time decided not to pay rates on
deposits  as  high as its  competition,  and  when  necessary,  will  supplement
deposits  with longer term and/or less  expensive  alternative  sources of funds
such as advances from the FHLB and repurchase agreements.

Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term responsibility of Management.
The  Bank  adjusts  its  investments  in cash and cash  equivalents  based  upon
Management's assessment of expected loan demand,  projected security maturities,
expected deposit flows, yields available on interest-bearing  deposits,  and the
objectives of its asset/liability management program. If the Bank requires funds
beyond its ability to generate  them  internally,  it has  additional  borrowing
capacity  with the FHLB  and  collateral  eligible  for  repurchase  agreements.
Because the Bank has a stable  retail  deposit  base,  Management  believes that
significant  borrowings will not be necessary to maintain its current  liquidity
position.

The Bank's ongoing principal use of capital resources remains the origination of
single-family   residential  mortgage  loans,   commercial  real  estate  loans,
commercial loans, and consumer loans secured by residential real estate.


                                       23



<PAGE>




                                    Form F-4
                                    Exhibit A

                       SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS
      COMPUTATION OF PRO FORMA PRIMARY AND FULLY DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
                     (In Thousands Except Per Share Amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                     Three Months Ended
                                                                                                           March 31,
                                                                                              ------------------------------- 
Primary:                                                                                         1996                  1995
                                                                                              ---------              -------- 
<S>                                                                                           <C>                  <C>    

Net income                                                                                     $2,404                  $789

Weighted average and pro forma weighted
   average shares outstanding during the period                                                 5,562                 5,562
Unearned ESOP shares                                                                             (391)                 (445)
Stock options considered outstanding during the period                                            105                     -
Restricted stock shares considered outstanding during the period                                   60                     -
                                                                                               ------                ------      
Total shares                                                                                    5,336                 5,117
                                                                                               ======                ====== 

Net income per share                                                                            $0.45                 $0.15
                                                                                               ======                ======




                                                                                                     Three Months Ended
                                                                                                          March 31,
                                                                                              ------------------------------- 
Fully Diluted:                                                                                   1996                  1995
                                                                                              ---------              -------- 
<S>                                                                                           <C>                  <C>    

Net income                                                                                     $2,404                  $789

Weighted average and pro forma weighted
   average shares outstanding during the period                                                 5,562                 5,562
Unearned ESOP shares                                                                             (391)                 (445)
Stock options considered outstanding during the period                                            105                     -
Restricted stock shares considered outstanding during the period                                   60                     -
                                                                                               ------                ------
Total shares                                                                                    5,336                 5,117
                                                                                               ======                ======

Net income per share                                                                            $0.45                 $0.15
                                                                                               ======                ======
</TABLE>


Net income per share for the three  months  ended  March 31, 1996 is computed on
weighted shares  outstanding for the period.  Net income per share for the three
months  ended  March 31,  1995 is  computed on a pro forma basis as if the stock
issued in the  conversion  had been  issued as of the  beginning  of the  period
presented.

This  computation  includes the impact of the Restricted  Stock Plan ("RSP") and
the Stock Option Plan which were approved by  stockholders at the Annual Meeting
of the Stockholders held on May 31, 1995.


                                       24


<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES


Under the requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  the
Bank has duly caused  this report to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned
thereunto duly authorized.


                                SPRINGFIELD INSTITUTION FOR SAVINGS





May 13, 1996                                 /s/  F. William Marshall, Jr.
Date                                         F. William Marshall, Jr.
                                             President & Chief Executive Officer


May 13, 1996                                /s/  John F. Treanor
Date                                        John F. Treanor
                                            Executive Vice President
                                            and Chief Financial Officer
  










                                       25


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission